o — * jam?/ — ~ ~ a g n~ L I B RAR I ES”SMITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTI0Nt/,N0UniliSN|ZNIVIN0SHlllA/S H; v. z * to z (/> x to o I ^ 1 I ^ I ’ s ,TI°N NOIlfUllSNI^NVINOSHIlWS S3IBVB9I1 LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTIO v> - — ■» OT — UP* D3 33 o fiv* -»*i o J 30 rn ^L£C^ | rn '^L£S^ « <^^5/ m (TION^ NOIJLfUIXSN^NVINOSHilWS^Sa I dVd 8IUI0 RAR I Es"sMITHSONiAN = lNSTITUTI< ^ 1 | I s ^ > a 8 n_ tl B RAR I ESOTSMITHS0NIAN_!NSTITUTI0NU>N0ll(UIXSNI^NVIN0SHilWs‘/,S3 I d Vd 8 2 5? 2 ^ 00 2 J § TION NOIlfUllSNI NVIN0SH1MS SBIBVBail^LIBRARI ES^ SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTIC £ - ' . 5 d 5 d m '\W ''^S55?y — tO „ (/) «_ ^ J8H LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinilJLSNI NVIN0SH1MS S3 ! HVH 0 , £ > 2 - — ^ z t co 2 oo >-* 5 ^ 2 xCsTirt^v v s > ■'w s > xiamsex s % > R I ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIXfllliSNI NVINOSHXIWS S3 I 0 V0 0 M_ u 0 R AR I E! CO — r ^ . — y ^ ^ UJ m ^ r n mX*\ w CO O _ X^TJIIS^ Q >\ ^ XOXIXS^X O I1SNI ~NVIN0SHJLIWSZS3 I a V0 9 11 "V I B R AR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION NOIXflXIXSN m '' \^y ^ rn x^\osh*x ^ m r i es^smithsonian” iNSTiTUTiON^NOixnxixsNi ~ nvinoshxiins S3 1 ava an LI B RAR I e: CO ^ z T CO 2 co 5 CO Hbl CO co z.4fa'x > VTfrx 5 ' \^ > ' 2 X^osv^ >’ 2 ixsni nvinoshxiwswS3 i a va a n li b r ar i es^smithsonian “"institution noixoxixsn CO = fO “ co o ' Z x^vashx o x^^x “ • o RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlifUIJLSNI^NVINOSHimS S3 I ^ VH 0 11 L 1 B R AR 1 E 2 f” _ 2 r* ^ r" rn ^ x^oxixs^x m IIXSNI~ NVINOSHXIWS S3 I 0 va 9 I1_ L I B R AR I ES^SMITHSONIAN- INSTITUTION, NOIXOXIXSI z _ o> z w z .< s ^ 4» < — ^srsss^. s 5 RIES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIXOXIXSNI NVINOSHXIWS^SS I ava 0 I1_ Ll 8 RAR 1 E co -p __ co r: co ^ .IXSNI NVINOSHXIINS S3iava0l1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _ NOIXflXIXSN r; ,, z _ r- z IT ^ ^ z Sfes. m A. 2 ~ y'T*L»'oX o m /CfSSS' ID X^yosvAV,^ RIES SMITHSONIAN~INSTITUTIONt/>NOIXnXIXSNI_NVINOSHXIWS S3I0V09I1 LIBRARIE ^ ^ _ 2 * CO 2 CO Quaestiones Entomologicae VOLUME 16 1980 CONTENTS Perkins - Aquatic beetles of the family Hydraenidae in the Western Hemisphere: classification, biogeography and inferred phylogeny (Insecta:Coleoptera) 5 Pike - Origin of tundra butterflies in Alberta 555 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta - Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus (Coleoptera: Scarabaeinae) 597 Smith and Lehmkuhl - The larvae of four Hydropsyche species with the checkerboard head pattern (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae) .621 Smith and Lehmkuhl - Analysis of*two problematic North American caddisfly species: Oecetis avara (Banks) and Oecetis disjuncta (Banks) ( Trichoptera : Leptoceridae) . 635 Donald and Mutch - The effect of Hydroelectric dams and sewage on the distribution of stoneflies (Plecoptera) along the Bow River 657 Smith - Sawflies (Hymenoptera: symphyta) from George Lake, Alberta 671 Book Review-Griffiths, G.C.D. 1980. Flies of the Nearctic Region. 676 Book Review-Howden, H.F. and O.P. Young. 1981. Panamanian Scarabaeinae:Taxonomy, distribution and habits (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). 678 Book Review-Reigert, P.W. 1980. From arsenic to DDT: A history of entomology in western Canada . 679 Book Review-Matthews, E.G. 1980. A guide to the genera of beetles of South Australia. Part 1. 681 Editor’s acknowldgements 683 Index 685 6 13 Ent y Quaestiones" Entomologicae A periodical record of entomological investigations, published at the Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada. VOLUME 16 NUMBERS 1, 2 JANUARY-APRIL 1980 / QUAESTIONES ENTOMOLOGICAE ISSN 0033-5037 A periodical record of entomological investigation published at the Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta. Volume 16 Number 1,2 January 1980 CONTENTS Perkins - Aquatic beetles of the Family Hydraenidae in the Western Hemisphere: Classification, Biogeography and Inferred Phylogeny (Insecta:Coleoptera) . . 5 Fig. 1. Dorsal habitus of (clockwise from top left) Hydraena marginieollis , Hydraena cuspidicollis, Spanglerina brevis and Limnebius alutaceus (not to same scale). AQUATIC BEETLES OF THE FAMILY HYDRAENIDAE IN THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE: CLASSIFICATION, BIOGEOGRAPHY AND INFERRED PHYLOGENY (INSECTA: COLEOPTERA) PHILIP DON PERKINS c/o Department of Entomology National Museum of Natural History Smithsonian Institution Quaestiones Entomologicae Washington, D.C. 20560 16:3-554 1980 The aquatic beetle family Hydraenidae in the Western Hemisphere includes nine genera and 206 species. One genus, Spanglerina (type species S. ingens new species ), is described as new; two genera, Gymnochthebius and Neochthebius, are elevated from subgeneric rank. New species (142) are described in the following genera: Hydraenida (1), Parhydraenida (5), Hydraena (77), Spanglerina (3), Limnebius (11), Gymnochthebius (14), Ochthebius (30) and Meropathus (1). New synonomies are proposed in Hydraena (1), Limnebius (3), Gymnochthebius (2) and Ochthebius (7). Taxonomically and phylogenetically significant structures are illustrated with line drawings or scanning electron micrographs, and geographical distributions are mapped. Natural history data are noted for genera and, when available, species. Keys to genera, species groups, and species are given. Morphological features unique to the family, including abdominal and aedeagal structure, are discussed with respect to homologies, and illustrated. Internal reproductive systems of representative species are illustrated and discussed. Phylogenetic relationships of the genera are proposed using inferred synapotypic character states of larvae (external) and adults (external and internal). As a result, a new subfamily, Ochthebiinae, is proposed, the Hydraeninae is redefined and the Limnebiinae is reduced to subtribal rank. Geographical distributions of genera and species groups are briefly discussed with respect to continental drift, global distribution and available fossil data. Phylogenetic relationships of all species and species groups are presented in phylograms, together with generalized distribution maps to illustrate repetitive vicariance patterns and serve as a data base for further studies of historical biogeography. Vicariance zones are proposed based upon coincident sister-group patterns. North American and some Middle American vicariance zones are discussed relative to paleogeological events. Based upon coincidence of vicariance zones and paleogeological events, dichotomies are placed in mid-Cretaceous, Miocene, Pliocene, and Pleistocene times. Endemism is discussed relative to vicariance zones. The following new species are described (type localities parenthetic): Hydraenida robusta (Maule, Chile); Parhydraenida bubrunipes (Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil), Parhydraenida hygropetrica (Santa Teresa, Espirito Santo, Brazil), Parhydraenida lambda (Jaguariaiva, Parana, Brazil), Parhydraenida paralonga (Campos do Jordao, Sao Paulo, Brazil), Parhydraenida pentatenkta (Portoviejo, Manabi, Ecuador); Spanglerina fluvicola (Oaxaca, Mexico), Spanglerina frondsicola (Nayarit, Mexico), Spanglerina ingens (Mexico, Mexico); Limnebius arenicolus (Los Angeles Co., California), 6 Perkins Limnebius aridus ( Hidalgo Co., New Mexico), Limnebius borealis ( British Columbia, Canada ), Limnebius leechi ( Mendocino Co., California), Limnebius mexicanus ( Oaxaca , Mexico), Limnebius mitus ( Zacatecas , Mexico), Limnebius octolaevis (Totonicapan, Guatemala), Limnebius ozapalachicus ( Bath Co., Virginia), Limnebius richmondi (Lewis Co., New York), Limnebius texanus (Culberson Co., Texas), Limnebius utahensis (Wasatch Mts., Utah); Gymnochthebius bartyrae (Lima, Peru), Gymnochthebius bisagittatus (Cundinamarca, Colombia), Gymnochthebius clandestinus (Maule, Chile), Gymnochthebius compactus (Parana, Brazil), Gymnochthebius curvus (Valdivia, Chile), Gymnochthebius falli (Logan Co., Kansas), Gymnochthebius maureenae (George Co., Mississippi), Gymnochthebius octonarius (Tucuman, Argentina), Gymnochthebius oppositus (Baja California, Mexico), Gymnochthebius perlabidus (Limon, Costa Rica), Gymnochthebius plesiotypus (Concepcion region, Chile), Gymnochthebius reticulatissimus (Tucuman, Argentina), Gymnochthebius seminole (Monroe Co., Florida), Gymnochthebius tectus (Maule, Chile); Meropathus vectis (Isla de los Estados, Argentina). New species of Ochthebius are: Ochthebius alpinopetrus (Natrona Co., Wyoming), Ochthebius angularidus (Coahuila, Mexico), Ochthebius apache (Cochise Co, Arizona), Ochthebius arenicolus (Colusa Co., California), Ochthebius arizonicus (Gila Co., Arizona), Ochthebius biincisus (Monterey Co., California), Ochthebius bisinuatus (Trinity Co., California), Ochthebius borealis (Glenn Co., California ), Ochthebius brevipennis (Tillamook Co., Oregon), Ochthebius browni (Mexico, Mexico), Ochthebius californicus (Tulare Co., California), Ochthebius crassalus (Ventura Co., California), Ochthebius gruwelli (Baja California, Mexico), Ochthebius hibernus (Oregon), Ochthebius lecontei (British Columbia, Canada), Ochthebius madrensis (Cochise Co., Arizona), Ochthebius mesoamericanus (Jalapa, Guatemala), Ochthebius mexicanus (Mexico, Mexico), Ochthebius mexcavatus (Durango, Mexico), Ochthebius orbus (Marin Co., California), Ochthebius pacificus (Sonoma Co., California), Ochthebius pauli (Oaxaca, Mexico), Ochthebius recticulus (Colusa Co., California), Ochthebius rectusalsus (Contra Costa Co., California), Ochthebius reticulocostus (Mexico, Mexico), Ochthebius richmondi (Humboldt Co., California), Ochthebius sculptoides (Ventura Co., California), Ochthebius sierrensis (Fresno Co., California), Ochthebius tubus (Baja California, Mexico), Ochthebius uniformis (San Francisco Co., California). New species of Hydraena are: Hydraena alternata (Durango, Mexico), Hydraena alterra (Minas Gerais, Brazil), Hydraena anaphora (Matto Grosso, Brazil), Hydraena ancylis (York Co., Pennsylvania), Hydraena anisonycha (Cundinamarca, Colombia), Hydraena appalachicola (Bath Co., Virginia), Hydraena arenicola (Lake Co., California), Hydraena arizonica (Santa Cruz Co., Arizona), Hydraena argutipes (Durango, Mexico), Hydraena atlantica (Montgomery Co., Maryland), Hydraena barricula (Chiapas, Mexico), Hydraena bituberculata (Cochise Co., Arizona), Hydraena bractea (Durango, Mexico), Hydraena bractoides (Durango, Mexico), Hydraena breedlovei (Durango, Mexico), Hydraena browni (Guarico, Venezuela), Hydraena californica (Marin Co., California), Hydraena campbelli (Chiapas, Mexico ), Hydraena canticacollis (Zacatecas, Mexico), Hydraena chiapa (Chiapas, Mexico), Hydraena circulata (Butte Co., California ), Hydraena colombiana (Cundinamarca, Colombia), Hydraena colymba (Jalapa, Guatemala), Hydraena costiniceps (Salta, Argentina), Hydraena crystallina (Jalisco, Mexico), Hydraena cuspidicollis (Oaxaca, Mexico), Hydraena d-destina (Chiapas, Mexico), Hydraena exilipes (Tamaulipas, Mexico), Hydraena geminya (Oaxaca, Mexico), Hydraena guatemala (Escuintla, Guatemala), Hydraena haitensis (Etang Lachaux, Haiti), Hydraena hyalina (Guarico, Venezuela ), Hydraena jivaro (Napo, Ecuador ), Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 7 Hydraena leechi ( Coconino Co., Arizona), Hydraena limpidicollis ( Canal Zone, Panama), Hydraena malkini (Tres Rios, Costa Rica), Hydraena maureenae (Bath Co., Virginia), Hydraena mazamitla ( Jalisco , Mexico), Hydraena mexicana (Chiapas, Mexico), Hydraena mignymixys (Lake Co., California), Hydraena nevermanni (Reventazon, Costa Rica), Hydraena newtoni (Canal Zone, Panama), Hydraena oaxaca (Oaxaca, Mexico), Hydraena oblio (Baja Verapaz, Guatemala), Hydraena occidentalis (Mendocino Co., California), Hydraena orcula (Goias, Brazil), Hydraena ozarkensis (McDonald Co., Missouri), Hydraena pacifica (British Columbia, Canada), Hydraena paeminosa (Zanderij, Surinam ), Hydraena particeps (Guarico, Venezuela), Hydraena pavicula (Lima, Peru), Hydraena peru (Huanuco, Peru), Hydraena petila (Tehama Co., California), Hydraena pontequula (Canal Zone, Panama), Hydraena premordica (Mayaro, Trinidad), Hydraena prieto (Durango, Mexico), Hydraena pulsatrix (Tamaulipas, Mexico ), Hydraena quadricurvipes (Chattooga Co., Georgia), Hydraena quechua (Los Rios, Ecuador), Hydraena sabella (Chiapas, Mexico), Hydraena scintilla (Oaxaca, Mexico), Hydraena scintillabella (Cundinamarca, Colombia), Hydraena scintillutea (Minas Gerais, Brazil), Hydraena scolops (Mexico, Mexico), Hydraena scopula (Jalisco, Mexico), Hydraena sierra (Madera Co., California), Hydraena spangleri (Montgomery Co., Maryland), Hydraena splecoma (Chiapas, Mexico), Hydraena terralta (Minas Gerais, Brazil ), Hydraena trinidensis (St. Augustine, Trinidad), Hydraena tucumanica (Tucuman, Argentina), Hydraena tuolumne (Tuolumne Co., California), Hydraena turrialba (Turrialba, Costa Rica), Hydraena vela (Nayarit, Mexico), Hydraena yosemitensis (Mariposa Co., California), Hydraena youngi (Alachua Co., Florida), Hydraena zapatina (Jalisco, Mexico). The following new synonymies are proposed (junior names parenthetic): Limnebius alutaceus (Casey) (L. columbianus Brown, L. congener Casey), L. angustulus (Casey) (L. coniciventris (Casey)); Gymnochthebius fossatus (LeConte) (G. nitiduloides (d’Orchymont), G. parvulus (Sharp)); Ochthebius interruptus LeConte (O. aberti Hatch), O. aztecus Sharp (O. bruesi Darlington), O. marinus (Paykull) (O. holmbergi Maklin), O. discretus LeConte (O. insulanus Brown), O. lineatus LeConte (O. milleri Hatch), Ochthebius attritus LeConte (O. schubarti d’Orchymont), Ochthebius similis Sharp (O. wickhami Fall); Hydraena punctata LeConte (H. needhami d’Orchymont ). La famille de coleopteres aquatiques des Hydraenidae compte, dans I’hemisph'ere ouest, neuf genres et 206 especes. Un genre nouveau. Spanglerina (espece type, S. ingens, especes nouveau ). est decrit; les sous-genres Gymnochthebius et Neochthebius sont eleves au rang de genre. Un total de 142 especes nouvelles sont decrites dans les genres suivants: Hydraenida (I), Parhydraenida (5), Hydraena (77). Spanglerina (3), Limnebius (II), Gymnochthebius (14), Ochthebius (30) et Meropathus ( I ). De nouveaux synonymes sont proposes dans les genres Hydraena (1), Limnebius (3), Gymnochthebius (2) et Ochthebius (7). Les structures d’une importance taxonomique et phylogenetique particuliere sont illustrees par des dessins ou des photos prises au microscope a balayage electronique; la repartition geographique des taxons est presentee sur des cartes. Les donnees d'histoire naturelle sont presentees pour chaque genre et, lorsque disponibles, pour les especes. Des cles d’ identification sont fournies pour les genres, les groupes d’especes et les especes. Les caracteres morphologiques uniques a la famille sont illustres et discutes en relation avec leurs homologues, et incluent des structures de V abdomen et de I’edeage. Les parties internes du systeme reproducteur d’especes representatives sont illustrees et discutees. Les relations phylogenetiques des genres sont etablies a partir de synapotypies des larves (caracteres externes seulement) et des adultes (caracteres externes et internes). En consequence, une nouvelle sous-famille, celle des Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 8 Perkins Ochthebiinae, est proposee, les Hydraeninae sont redefinis et les Limnebiinae sont abaisses an rang de sous-tribu. La repartition geographique des genres et des groupes d'especes est brievement discutee en relation avec la derive des continents, la distribution globale de la famille et les fossiles disponibles. Les relations phylogenetiques de toutes les especes et de tous les groupes d’especes sont illustrees par des phylogrammes; a celles-ci sont adjointes des cartes illustrant les distributions generalises, qui montrent les patrons repetitifs de vicariance et qui pourront servir de donnees de base pour des etudes eventuelles sur la biogeographie historique. Les zones de vicariance sont determinees a partir des distributions co'incidentes de groupes apparentes. Les zones de vicariance de I’Amerique du Nord et de I’Amerique Centrale sont discutees en rapport avec des evenements paleontologiques. Suivant la coincidence des zones de vicariance et les evenements paleontologiques qui leur sont associes, les dichotomies devraient dater du Cretace Moyen, du Miocene, du Pliocene et du Pleistocene. Les cas d’endemisme sont interprets en rapport avec les zones de vicariance. Les noms des especes nouvelles (ainsi que les localites types) sont enumer&s dans le resume anglais. TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction 8 Natural History 11 Criteria for Species Level Taxa 13 Methods and Materials . . 14 Morphological Analysis 15 Key to Genera of Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 34 Checklist of Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 36 Genus Hydraenida Germain 40 Genus Parhydraenida J. Balfour-Browne 45 Genus Hydraena Kugelann 60 Genus Spanglerina, new genus 212 Genus Limnebius Leach 222 Genus Gymnochthebius d’Orchymont 244 Genus Ochthebius Leach 292 Genus Meropathus Enderlein 406 Genus Neochthebius d’Orchymont 408 Phylogenetic Relationships and Zoogeography 410 Epilogue 481 Appendix A: Paratypes and Material Examined 482 Appendix B: Tabulary Summary 525 Acknowledgements 536 References 537 Index 544 INTRODUCTION Adults of Hydraenidae are minute aquatic beetles, most of which are slightly less than 2.00 mm long and found at the margins of aquatic habitats, especially streams. They have been Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 9 termed “minute moss beetles” by some, but in actuality a very small percentage of species are associated with moss. Most species live in sandy or gravelly aquatic situations, therefore, a more appropriate common name for the family might be “micropsammophilous aquatic beetles”. Generalities regarding the habits of the family are difficult to make since, as in any consideration of a rather large evolutionary unit, exceptions abound. Hence, various kinds of hydraenid beetles live in such diverse aquatic habitats as hot springs, cold mountain streams, rapid tropical cascades, saline beach pools, cracks in rocks covered at high tide, and vertical rock faces in hygropetric habitats. Although the family is relatively small in most respects, including size of individuals, number of species and generic diversity, from an evolutionary and biogeographic viewpoint it is one of the most interesting members of the series Staphyliniformia. Hydraenids have a curious combination of characters and habits which have resulted in their placement with the primitive Staphylinoidea by some authors, and with the Hydrophiloidea by others. The family has not been studied in a collective, monographic manner, and none of the Western Hemisphere genera have been treated in a modern, revisionary context. Most descriptions of Western Hemisphere species are scattered throughout the literature, and illustrations of taxonomically important structures are the exception. This study stems from an earlier investigation in which I attempted to elucidate taxonomic characters to differentiate larvae of a few species of hydraenids in southern California. Although I was able to rear larvae and therefore definitely associate the adult and larval forms of a species, it soon became apparent that taxonomic literature on the adults was quite inadequate. Consequently, although differentiating characters were found for the larvae, the taxa they represented remained problematic. This work will correct that situation, and, hopefully, provide a stimulus and stable basis for future studies on the immature stages. The family Hydraenidae was first proposed by d’Orchymont (1919) based upon criteria he had presented previously (1916). These criteria included some considerations of both larval and adult structures, and resulted in the organization of the included taxa in three subfamilies: Hydraeninae, Limnebiinae, and Spercheinae. These three groups had originally been placed in the Hydrophilidae. Twelve years later, Boving and Craighead (1931) published their extensive work on the larvae of Coleoptera, in which they concluded that the genera Limnebius , Hydraena and Ochthebius constituted a family in the “leptinid association” of the Staphylinoidea, and proposed the name Limnebiidae, whereas Spercheus was afforded familial rank within the Hydrophiloidea. Apparently Boving and Craighead were unaware of d’Orchymont’s previous work. Leech (1948) was the first American entomologist to point out that d’Orchymont’s name Hydraenidae was published prior to Boving and Craighead’s Limnebiidae; he also indicated that the name may be credited to Mulsant (1844). Leech (1948) states, “Judging from the recent work of students in other orders of insects, and their interpretation of the International Rules and of Opinion 133, the name Limnebiidae should be credited not to Boving but to Mulsant who proposed it as ’Limnebiaires’ (1844: 88). On the other hand, the name Hydraenidae has been in use for many years by d’Orchymont, and perhaps should take precedence. It too may be credited to Mulsant (1844: 27), based on his ‘Hydraenaires’.” Later, Leech (in Leech and Chandler, 1956) used the name Hydraenidae in his review of the United States genera and California species. Nevertheless, during the 1960’s the incorrect Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 10 Perkins name Limnebiidae continued to appear in general works by American authors (e.g., Borror and DeLong, 1964; Arnett, 1968). More recent works by American authors (e.g., Doyen and Ulrich, 1978) use the name Hydraenidae, and the name has been in use by European authors since it was proposed by d’Orchymont (1919). LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations in the text indicate collections from which material was borrowed and the repository of specimens. AFN AG AMNH ASP BMNH CAS CCW CFMNH CMP CNC CSQ CU DCM DPW EJK FNY GWF HM HNHM HPB INHS IOJ ISNB ISU JEC JFB JLC JLH JS KS LACM LSU MCZ MHNC MSP MU NDSU NMD NYSS ODA ORSU OSU PBPI PDP PM PMNH PU A.F. Newton, Jr., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Flarvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts A. Gillogly, Fort Baker, California L.H. Herman, American Museum of Natural History, New York Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia P. Hammond, M.E. Bacchus, British Museum (Natural History), London H.B. Leech, D.H. Kavanaugh, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco W.R. Suter, Carthage College, Wisconsin H. Dybas, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago G. Wallace, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh A. Smetana, Canadian National Collection, Ottawa R. Beique, Complexe scientifique du Quebec L. L. Pechuman, Cornell University, New York D. C. Miller, City College of New York C.P. Wooldridge, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania E. J. Kiteley, Quebec F. N. Young, Univeristy of Indiana, Bloomington, Indiana G. W. Folkerts, Auburn University, Auburn, Alabama H. Silfverberg, Helsinki Museum Z. Kaszab, Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest Harley f\ Brown, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma M. W. Sanderson, Illinois Natural History Survey T.H. Farr, Science Museum, Institute of Jamaica, Kingston E. Janssens, G. Demoulin, Institut royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Brussels R.E. Lewis, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa J.E. Cronin, California J.F. Brimley, Wellington, Ontario J.L. Carr, Calgary, Alberta J.L. Heilman, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland J. Schuh Klamath Falls, Oregon Karl Stephan, Tucson, Arizona C.L. Hogue, Los Angeles County Museum J.B. Chapin, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, Louisiana J. Scott, A. Newton, M. Thayer, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts A. Camousseight, Museo Nacional de Historia Naturale, Santiago, Chile Hans Reichardt, Cleide Costa, Museu de Zoologia da University de Sao Paulo V.R. Vickery, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec R.L. Post, A. Ashworth, North Dakota State University, Fargo, North Dakota N. M. Downie, Lafayette, Indiana R.E. Kurczewski, State University of New York, Syracuse R.L. Westcott, Oregon Department of Agriculture, Salem, Oregon L. Ryker, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon C.A. Triplehorn, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio K. R. Valley, Pennsylvania Bureau of Plant Industry P.D. Perkins, National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. J. Menier, Museum National d'Historie Naturelle, Paris, France K. W. Brown, Peabody Museum of Natural History, Connecticut A. Provonsha, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 11 RG R. Gordon, Washington, D.C. RTA R.T. Allen, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville SC St. Cloud State College, Minnesota SDSU E.U. Balsbaugh, Jr., South Dakota State University Sll Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences, New York UA F.G. Werner, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona UBC K.M. Stuart, University of British Columbia, Vancouver UCB J.A. Chemsak, University of California, Berkeley UCD R.O. Schuster, University of California, Davis UCR S. Frommer, University of California, Riverside UCM U.N. Lanham, University of Colorado Museum, Boulder UI University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho UM M. Coulloudon, University of Montreal, Montreal UMA P.J. Clausen, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota UM1 T.E. Moore, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan UNH University of New Flampshire, Durham, New Flampshire USNM P.J. Spangler, National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. UW L.J. Bayer, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin UWA S. Rohwer, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington VMK V.M. Kirk, South Dakota Insect Laboratory WRS Walter R. Suter, Carthage College, Wisconsin WSUP W.J. Turner, Washington State University, Pullman. NATURAL HISTORY Members of the family Hydraenidae in the Western Hemisphere are most frequently found at the margins of clear, sandy streams (Figs. 191A,192A). In such habitats they are easily collected by stirring the sand and gravel at the waterline and waiting for the beetles to float to the surface, where they remain suspended, upside-down, in the surface film. Since they cannot swim, these tiny beetles become trapped in the surface film, appearing as silvery specks due to their ventral air bubble. While in this inverted position, a beetle is able to walk about on the underside of the surface film, and when near an emergent object the floating beetle is immediately pulled to the object by surface tension, and rapidly crawls beneath the surface. In streams of western North America one can frequently find Hydraena, Ochthebius and Limnebius adults in microsympatry with adults of such hydrophilid genera as Laccobius and Chaetarthria. Elsewhere (Perkins, 1976) I described a sampling technique which can be used to study the different microhabitat zones used by these psammophilous aquatic beetles, and factors which limit their microhabitat distributions. I refer the reader to that paper for details on this topic, and restrict my comments to more generalized aspects of habitat use by hydraenids. Generally speaking, the adaptation of species to margins of lentic habitats, such as ponds, lakes and rock pools, sees its greatest expression in Ochthebius and allied genera, a decidedly smaller percentage of Hydraena species being typical of such habitats, whereas New World Limnebius species are known only from flowing water. Ochthebius is also the only genus of these three which has species adapted to margins of saline and alkaline aquatic habitats, such as salt marshes and mineralized hot springs. Certain other genera are quite specialized in their use of aquatic habitats. Neochthebius adults are found only in cracks and crevices of intertidal rocks (Figs. 198A-C), whereas Parhydraenida adults are madicolous and Spanglerina adults live on plant debris trapped behind emergent rocks in rapid tropical streams (Figs. 196A,B). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 12 Perkins Although members of Hydraenidae in the Western Hemisphere are less frequently collected than those of many other families of aquatic insects, they are extremely abundant locally if the physical conditions are appropriate (e.g., Hydraena anisonycha, Ochthebius attritus, Limnebius ozapalachicus, among others). Where along a drainage system hydraenids live, and densities attained by the localized populations, are determined to a large extent by particle and interstitial space size of shoreline substrate; if particle size is too small, and consequently also interstitial space size, such as in muddy areas (or silty streams), hydraenids will usually not be present. Conversely, if the shoreline substrate consists of large stones and boulders, a few specimens of hydraenids may be found, but not dense populations (an exception to this statement are those species well adapted to lentic habitats, such as potholes, which can develop dense populations when conditions are favorable). Population densities are also intimately related to slope and permanence of the stream bank (Perkins, 1976). Relatively permanent streambanks with well sorted particles provide living space and permanence necessary for larvae to complete their development. Larvae have thin cuticles, requiring that they be in moist situations. However, hydraenid larvae are not aquatic in the strict sense, and drown if kept beneath the water’s surface for extended periods. Their small size makes even a drop of water potentially dangerous in the proper circumstances. Slope of a streambank, its permanence, and degree of saturation of the psammic zone are all intimately related. Relatively saturated banks generally have a much lower slope angle and are much more frequently washed downstream and redeposited, whereas relatively unsaturated banks are generally much more permanent and have a higher slope angle. Frequent mixing of particles in the relatively saturated and impermanent banks results in more uniform particle size and prevents vertical sorting of particles. Relatively permanent banks, however, do not have the particles mixed frequently and the banks are high enough above the water level of the stream to allow percolation of rain water and water splashing from the stream, with the consequent sorting of particles (Perkins, 1976). Along streams and creeks with relatively permanent, sandy shorelines high population densities of hydraenids are usually encountered (again, these generalizations do not pertain to species typical of standing water). My experiences collecting in Mexico and Central America revealed habitat preferences which were quite unexpected. Specimens of a few hydraenids, including all species of Spanglerina, were found almost exclusively on leaves and twigs which had become trapped behind stones in rapid tropical streams and cascades (Figs. 196A,B). These tropical streams typically have a fast flow rate and lack relatively permanent sand-gravel banks of moderate slope angle and consisting of well sorted particles. Instead, these rapid tropical streams generally have large boulders behind which first limbs then leaves and twigs of the plentiful tropical vegetation become trapped. Two species of Hydraena have also been found in these Spanglerina type habitats, Hydraena cuspidicollis and Hydraena geminya, as I have collected the former in association with Spanglerina ingens and the latter with Spanglerina brevis The common habitat of Hydraena geminya and Spanglerina perhaps explains the widely separated pro- and mesocoxae of adults of Hydraena geminya and of the other two species of Hydraena closely related to it (geminya Subgroup). One of the distinctive characteristics of Spanglerina adults is the widely spread coxae (Figs. 63A,65B) which, as in the Elmidae, are probably an adaptation to allow the beetles to cling tightly to leaves and twigs in habitats where water flows rapidly. Data on the immature stages of Hydraenidae, other than that presented in the section on Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 13 phylogeny, will be published separately. More specific natural history data pertaining to adults, when available, is presented in the individual species sections. CRITERIA FOR SPECIES LEVEL TAXA The common notion of reproductive isolation is central to the biological species concept, which I accept (see Mayr, 1969). In practice, determination of reproductive isolation in most groups is based almost entirely upon indirect, anatomical evidence. Therefore, although it is possible to demonstrate reproductive isolation, in actuality it is inferred in most taxonomic work. However, anatomical features upon which inferences are based when predicting species limits differ markedly from those used in phylogeny reconstruction in that autapomorphous characters (unique to a species), which do not provide information for phylogeny reconstruction, are the primary basis for inferring reproductive isolation. Conversely, synapomorphic (see Hennig, 1966) anatomical features are most useful in phylogeny reconstruction, but of little aid when attempting to determine species limits. In most insect groups, including the Hydraenidae, the taxonomist is provided with a powerful tool of species limits inference in the male genitalia. In Hydraenidae the aedeagus provides the single most dependable structure upon which to base species level inferences. Consequently, I have placed a great deal of emphasis upon this structure and am confident it justifies the “weighting” it has been given. I have made an attempt, when possible, to not only display the aedeagal differences between species, but also indicate infraspecific aedeagal variation (e.g., Figs. 91 A-F, 104,1 13A, etc.). After examination of the adeagus in excess of 5200 males, I am confident of the diagnostic importance of this structure. Other external characteristics are important and they have been carefully studied and described in detail. However, the most important features in determining closely related sister-species are provided by the aedeagus. Because of the highly diagnostic nature of the male genitalia, I have refrained almost entirely from describing new species when males were not available. Thus, of the 142 new species described herein, only four of these are known at present from female specimens alone. These four species are very distinct externally and have been described because they contribute significantly to our knowledge of either generic distributions ( Meropathus vectis, Parhydraenida pentatenkta) or species group phylogeny ( Gymnochthebius maureenae, Gymnochthebius perlabidus ). Additional species in the genera Parhydraenida , Hydraena, Ochthebius and Gymnochthebius are apparent in the material studied, but I prefer to await capture of males before describing these species. For supraspecific categories, subgenera are recognized only for Ochthebius (see classification section for rationale). Other aggregates of species (below the generic level) are ranked in informal categories of “species group”, “species subgroup” or “species complex”. As is discussed in the classification sections on Hydraena and Ochthebius , subgeneric taxa recognized by earlier workers are generally found to be linked to one another by transitional stages, and hence, in this family at least, serve principally to burden the nomenclature. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 14 Perkins METHODS AND MATERIALS I have examined more than 21,250 adult New World hydraenids plus a significant number of specimens from other regions of the globe during this study (see Appendix B). Of the New World specimens, more than 5,218 males were dissected to remove the aedeagus, and numerous females were dissected to remove the spermatheca (see following section). To attach beetles to paper “points”, I used common fingernail polish which dissolves with amyl acetate or fingernail polish remover. A “Wild M5” stereomicroscope was used throughout the study, and measurements were made with an ocular micrometer fitted to the microscope. Dissecting techniques The aedeagus of hydraenid beetles is best removed by opening the elytra and making an incision along one side in the tergal-sternal membrane from the fourth to the sixth segments, plus severing the intersegmental membranes between the third and fourth and between the sixth and seventh terga. The flap of terga thus formed is then laid back, exposing the abdominal contents, and the aedeagus is extracted with a fine probe. Once the aedeagus has been removed, the flap of terga is replaced and the elytra returned to the closed position. For study of the gut and internal reproductive system, it is generally necessary to remove the elytra entirely, then make an incision along the length of the pleural membrane so that all of the terga may be lifted. The gut is severed where it enters the abdominal cavity, and the intersegmental membrane between the fifth and sixth sterna is ruptured, allowing the abdominal cavity contents to be removed intact. Once removed, aedeagus and/or abdominal contents are transferred to glycerin from the water or alcohol in which the dissections were made. For adeagi dissected in alcohol, the transfer must be made very rapidly so that partial drying does not occur. Drying allows the formation of air pockets, which in turn obscure internal structure. Once the sclerites are in glycerin, this is no longer a problem because of the low evaporative rate. For storage, aedeagi were placed in a tiny drop of glycerin inside a small glass vial which is cork stoppered. The vial is then affixed to the pin by inserting the pin through the cork, and the vial is oriented so that the aedeagus is visible through the upper surface of the vial when the beetle is being studied. Storage in a vial not only provides protection for the aedeagus, but also affords a degree of protection for the beetle since some of the glass vial projects slightly beyond the beetle. I view the method used by d’Orchymont and some others of gluing the aedeagus by its base to the corner of the card upon which the beetle is also glued as improper since it places this singularly important structure in a very precarious position. Additionally, it allows the aedeagus to dry which makes it very brittle and further subject to damage. Equally improper is the preparation of permanent slide mounts of aedeagi in this group. This treatment forces the apical portion to be twisted from its proper place in relation to surrounding surfaces, resulting also in distortion of the midregion. In addition, oval structures are flattened, the aedeagus is seen in only one view, and the microslide must be placed in a collection separate from the beetle, thereby increasing the probability of loss. The results of distortion by microslide mounting are apparent in the illustration of the aedeagus of Hydraena insularis d’Orchymont (Fig. 53D). Ochthebius kaszabi Janssens is an example of the problems that can develop when the holotype aedeagus is slide mounted. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 15 Illustrations All drawings were made by me. Aedeagi were drawn with the aid of a microprojector, which presents the specimen’s exact image. Highly asymmetrical structures such as the aedeagi of hydraenids must be illustrated in two views to allow adequate conceptualization of contours. Consequently, all of the aedeagal illustrations were made in two views, one dorsal and one of the left lateral aspect. Additionally, partial drawings were made when slight rotation of the apical portion provides significant additional information. The more complex aedeagi of Hydraena, and portions of aedeagi of other genera where contours are especially well developed and important, are stippled in an attempt to reveal these contours and internal structures. All aedeagi are at the same scale to make comparison easy. Representative scale lines are given for most genera (Figs. 13,18,19,22,72,84,100,138,144). Likewise, all body outline illustrations, drawn with a camera lucida mounted to the microscope, are at the same scale. Internal reproductive structures were also drawn with the aid of a microprojector. MORPHOLOGICAL ANALYSIS Certain morphological features of various genera in the family are worthy of special comparative discussion, which is presented here. Morphological features used in the taxonomic treatment are not treated in detail here, but are discussed and illustrated within each generic unit under the “Discussion” and “Pronotal features” sections. Sexual dimorphism Sexual differences are expressed in several external morphological trends within the family. Because of the highly diagnostic nature of the male genitalia, these sexual differences assume a significant practical importance since they permit ready recognition of males. The apex of the abdomen differs between sexes in all species: males with the last sternum narrower and the penultimate tergum “wrapped around” the sides of the abdomen so that this tergum is readily visible from ventral view (Figs. 3A,B,63D); females have the last sternum broader and the penultimate tergum not wrapped around to the extent seen in males (Figs. 3D,35C). In addition, males of certain species have the last abdominal segments elongate, this applies primarily to species of the leechi and marginicollis Groups of Hydraena (Figs. 54B,63B). However, since males of many species do not have elongate segments, and because the last sternum and part of the last tergum are concealed in some individuals due to contraction (Figs. 63A,C), it is convenient to have recourse to other sexual differentiating structures. Females of Hydraena and Spanglerina have a row of long setae across the anterior portion of the fifth abdominal sternum (Figs. 35C,48B); this fringe probably functions to prevent collapse of the ventral air bubble during oviposition. Males have sparse, random, shorter setae on this sternum (Figs. 63A-D). Males of many species of Hydraena and Spanglerina (but not including the circulata Group of Hydraena other than Hydraena quadricurvipes), have distinctive modifications of the pro- and metatibiae which take a great many forms, some of which are species specific. Protibiae are excavated near the apex (Figs. 54G,H) or are swollen in many shapes on the inner surface (Figs. 61C,D,G,H). The metatibiae of some males are enlarged Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 16 Perkins i Figs. 2A - F (A) diagrammatic representation of abdominal sclerites of Hydraena d-destina <3. (B) aedeagus, homologues of sterna 9 and 10 and associated muscles of Ochthebius puncticollis. (C) ventral view of terga 9 and 10 (numbered to left) and sterna (numbered to right) of Hydraena anisonycha. (D) sterna 9 and 10 and associated membrane of Ochthebius puncticollis. (E) as above, Hydraena anisonycha. (F) hypothetical hydraenid aedeagus. (Figs. 32D-G,57C,E,F,61A,B,E,F), or have distinctive “brushes” of setae which are stiff and therefore do not lie flat against the leg in dry specimens (Figs. 32D-G). The extensive variation in form of the metatibiae suggests a high mutation rate for genes controlling this structure. Indeed, the only obvious deformity I have seen in the many specimens of Hydraena studied was a bifurcate metatibia in Hydraena pontequula (Fig. 63D). Among the more unusual sexual differences in Hydraena are the highly asymmetrical middle claws of Hydraena anisonycha males (Fig. 57D) and the stridulatory ridges on the occiptial area of the head in males of the leechi Group (Fig. 3 ID) (discussed in a later section). In sharp contrast to Hydraena , males of Ochthebius, Gymnochthebius and related genera do not display obvious differences in tibiae between sexes and females do not have the distinctive row of long setae on the fifth abdominal sternum. Instead, males of Ochthebius generally (but not invariably) have distinctive suction setae on protarsal segments (Figs. 98C,128E). Additionally, males of many species of Ochthebius and Gymnochthebius have the anterior margin of the labrum upturned and emarginate. Within the emargination are sensilla of various shapes, generally trumpet-shaped or spatuliform (Figs. 98B,D,103F,1 1 1 A,1 15B,128D,F). Females also have these sensilla, but they are less developed and the labral margins are not Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 17 upturned at all or to the extent seen in males. The greater development of these sensilla in males (plus upturned margin which would presumably allow them to be placed closer to. the object sensed) suggest that they may, at least in part, serve for mate recognition. Males of Gymnochthebius species have two distinctive, longitudinal rows of setae on the last abdominal sternum. Males of many Meropathus species have the labrum extended anteriorly into two remarkably long processes (e.g., M. campbellensis). The only Western Hemisphere species ( M . vectis ) is known only from females, but males are expected to possess these processes. Hydraenida males are easily recognized by large pads of protarsal suction setae. Parhydraenida males, however, lack these pads of suction setae, but many have the labrum strongly upturned (Figs. 15B-D) and the abdominal differences between sexes described above generally are obvious. Limnebius males are easily differentiated, possessing large pads of suction setae on the pro- and mesotarsi (Fig. 69C). Additionally, males generally have the elytral apices truncate slightly, and frequently have a median oval depression on the sixth abdominal sternum. Aedeagus In most species of hydraenids the aedeagus is a tubular structure, more or less curved at the base and has two lateral parameres (Figs. 2F,22A-E,60A-D). It differs from the typical four lobed (basal piece + median lobe + two parameres) aedeagus of most polyphagan males in that it lacks (in many species) an obvious, distinct demarcation between basal piece and median lobe. Lack of a distinctive demarcation between basal piece and median lobe has prompted some authors to postulate that the basal piece, as such, is absent from Hydraenidae, and therefore the entire aedeagus, with the exception of the parameres, consists of a structure homologous to the median lobe of other beetles. Thus, Crowson (1955) states, “Not the least remarkable feature of these perplexing insects is their abdominal structure. Assuming that, as is general in Haplogastran beetles, the first complete visible sternite belongs to the third abdominal segment and that the second is represented only by lateral pleural vestiges and perhaps some trace in the middle between the hind coxae, the adult in both sexes would appear to have complete tergites and sternites up to and including the ninth segment and a distinct tergite for the tenth. The presence of a distinct ninth sternite seems here, as in the Staphylinidae, to be correlated with the absence of a basal piece of the aedeagus; in fact it seems quite possible that the basal piece of the aedeagus is the ninth sternite”. Specialists in the Hydraenidae, however, have contended that the main tube of the aedeagus actually represents the basal piece and that the structure at the apex of this heavily sclerotized tube is homologous to the median lobe of the plesiomorphic state. This terminal structure is frequently movable (mobile) and structurally very complex. D’Orchymont (1929c) was apparently the first to present this view, as he compared the hydraenid aedeagus to that of the hydrophilid, Spercheus : “II se compose d’une partie rigide et fortemont sclerifiee en form de coin, de forme tres variee, ordinairement en courbe plus or moins prononcee dont la concavite es dorsale. C’est l’equivalent du lobe basal des Spercheus et des Hydrophilidae ( sensu stricto ); de a lobe basal a une certain distance de sa base et avant son extreemite se detache a droite un lobe median....”. F. Balfour-Browne (1958: 45), after mentioning the comments of d’Orchymont, states, “My son has come to the same conclusion, that the main-piece is the basal piece and in this I agree”. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 18 Perkins It is also possible that the basal piece and median lobe have fused. If so, the major portion of the main-piece could be homologous to the median lobe, and perhaps the terminal or pre-terminal process of hydraenid aedeagi is homologous to the internal sac of staphylinoids. This interpretation has its problems, however. For instance, in Limnebius (Figs. 70,71) the enlarged base has an internal, coiled duct. In addition, the aedeagus has a well developed, articulated terminal process. If the terminal process is considered the internal sac homologue, then what is the homology of the coiled duct? If however the coiled duct is considered the internal sac homologue, then the terminal process could be considered the median lobe homologue, and the basal portion becomes homologous to the basal piece. Returning to Crowson’s (1955) suggestion that the basal piece of hydraenids has become the ninth sternum, I must disagree with this notion since, as is explained further in the following section on the abdomen, it appears to me that the last abdominal sternum is actually the tenth, whereas the ninth sternum has become the rod-like, internal strut (Figs. 2A-E) which is attached to this last sternum. In many males there is a small swelling near the midregion of this strut, and a minute fragment of membrane attached at this swelling; these possibly represent the vestiges of the intersegmental membrane which separated the ancestral ninth and tenth sterna. Further, large, short muscles join the end of the strut to the base of the aedeagus (Fig. 2B). If the strut actually represented the basal piece, these strong muscles would therefore be between the basal piece and the median lobe, a highly unlikely arrangement. These strong, short muscles connecting the end of the strut and the base of the aedeagus present an interesting problem, since they are obviously too short to permit protrusion of the aedeagus beyond the abdominal apex during copulation. Another group of muscles also attach at the base of the aedeagus, but these muscles are long and originate on the ninth tergum, and presumably are those which function to extend the aedeagus. One explanation to resolve this problem is that the slender strut is flexible and bends to permit extrusion of the aedeagus, then provides the force, due to its elasticity, to return the aedeagus to its position in the abdomen when the long muscles relax following copulation. If one looks closely at the short muscles connecting the strut and the aedeagal base (Fig. 2B), they are seen to be attached to the aedeagus in two groups, one on each side of the base. Contraction of these muscles, therefore, would not only cause the aedeagus to be very slightly drawn closer to the end of the strut, but would also cause extensive rotation of the aedeagus. How do these muscles function? I have observed Hydraena marginicollis adults during copulation, and have seen the following sequence in aedeagal extension: 1) the aedeagus extends in a straight line posteriorly out of the abdomen, until all, or nearly all, of the aedeagus (except the curved basal portion) is outside the abdomen; 2) the aedeagus tilts upward so that its apex is pointed dorsally: 3) the aedeagus swings to the left side of the beetle and continues this arc until it is directly beneath the midline of the abdomen, in the copulatory position. This sequence of events is followed in reverse during retraction of the aedeagus, but differs in that retraction is generally more rapid than extension. Apparently the muscles and strut function in the following manner: 1) at rest in the abdomen, the aedeagus is dorsal to the strut, with the curved basal portion (and therefore the basal opening of the aedeagus) directed dorsally (tilted to the side slightly in some species); 2) the long muscles connecting the aedeagal base and ninth tergum contract, causing the aedeagus to emerge from the abdomen on a straight line until the curved base reaches the abdominal Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 19 apex, and also causing the strut to bend; 3) further contraction of the long muscles cause the aedeagus to tilt upward so that it points dorsally; 4) one of the two muscle bundles joining the aedeagus and strut contracts, causing the aedeagus to swing to the side and then ventrally to the horizontal, copulatory position; 5) following copulation, contraction of the other of the two short muscle bundles (and concurrent relaxation of the first) connecting the aedeagal base and the strut returns the aedeagus to the vertical position; and 6) the long muscles relax, permitting elasticity of the strut to return the aedeagus to the horizontal resting position within the abdomen. In Hydraena marginicollis males the slender tube at the apex of the aedeagus (Fig. 5 5 A) is inserted into the female and the small, slightly elastic globose portion at the base of the slender tube comes in contact with the tenth tergum of the female. After insertion of the slender tube, the male pulsates the aedeagus against the female at a frequency of about two pulsations per second. It seems likely that this pulsation might cause the bulb at the base of the slender tube to act as a pump mechanism in sperm transfer. Such a bulb is seen in several species of Hydraena-. Hydraena pontequula (Fig. 60D); Hydraena guatemala , (Fig. 51 A); Hydraena browni, (Fig. 53A); Hydraena pulsatrix, (Fig. 55C); etc. I have observed copulation in a number of Hydraena species, and suspect that parthenogenesis is quite rare in the family, if it exists at all. F. Balfour-Browne (1958), based upon the bizarre appearance of some hydraenid aedeagi, concluded that parthenogenesis was widespread in the family, stating (p. 149), “These Hydraena- group beetles, of which some or many may still be capable of mating, are in the early stage of a process which has gone much farther in the sawflies, but my son argues against there being any parthenogenesis among them and relies upon his work with some of the species in aquaria where he was unable to obtain eggs until he introduced males. He does not, however, claim to have seen the mating and he does not attempt to explain how the deformed aedeagus of many of the species can make the contact with the female”, and regarding the four species of British Limnebius (p. 132), “To suggest that this type of armature is functional is stretching the imagination too far (reference is to truncatellus and papposus). Even in nitidus, in which the aedeagophore can still be recognized as trilobed, the aedeagus has such an elaborate expansion at or near the apex that it also is probably ornamental and otherwise functionless and I regard all our species as parthenogenetic”. Ratios of male/female specimens generally are indicative of bisexual reproduction (see Appendix A for figures). Two exceptions might be Spanglerina brevis and Hydraena puncticollis , both of which have very low male/female ratios which might be interpreted as reflecting facultative parthenogenesis. At one locality in Guatemala, near La Tinta (see Spangler and Perkins, 1977, figure 20), my wife and I collected 85 specimens of S. brevis , all female. There were also numerous larvae present, indicating excellent biotic potential for the site. However, the male/female ratio for a locality in Oaxaca, Mexico (see Spangler and Perkins, 1977, figure 19) approximated that seen in other species. Hydraena puncticollis , and what appear to be a few closely related, undescribed species, are only represented in collections by female specimens. Further field study is needed to determine the causes of low, sporadic male/female ratios in these species. Males of some species appear to have developed an internal, sclerotized, protrusible tube which possibly is the primary intromissive portion of the aedeagus. Gymnochthebius males have an obvious internal sclerotized tube (Figs. 84A-D,88C) which differs in shape from species to species. I have seen one specimen which has this tube extended (Fig. 85D) and suspect that Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 20 Perkins males of most other species have the ability to extend this tube during copulation (see discussion section of Gymnochthebius for additional comments). Likewise, Limnebius males (Figs. 70A,71A,75D) have an internal tube, but it is much different than Gymnochthebius , being coiled in the globose base of the aedeagus. As in Gymnochthebius , I have seen only a single specimen with the tube extended, but suspect it is extended in all species during copulation. Males of certain species of Hydraena, such as H. prieto (Fig. 47 A) and H. punctata (Fig. 44B) have a slender, weakly sclerotized flagellum attached to the terminal portion of the aedeagus, but it is not known if these structures are retractile. Indeed, the supposition that the gonopore is located at the apex of these flagella requires verification. Intraspecific variation in shape of the aedeagus is generally quite slight compared to interspecific differences . I have illustrated aedeagal morphs where they are significant {Ochthebius lineatus, Figs. 104,108C,D; Ochthebius discretus, Fig. 134A; Gymnochthebius fossatus Figs. 91 A-F; etc.). Convergence in shape of the aedeagal “terminal piece” (see below), which is generally the most species-specific diagnostic portion of the structure, between distantly related species occurs very infrequently, an example being Ochthebius batesoni and Neochthebius vandykei (Figs. 143D,146D). Concerning convergences, one development, loss of parameres, is a commonly derived condition, appearing in every major phylogenetic lineage within the family (see phylogram, Fig. 147). Hence, parameres are absent from males of Limnebius (Bilimneus) Hydraena (Haenydra), and Meropathus. Likewise, J. Balfour-Browne (1976) reported that a species within the Ochthebius (sensu stricto) lineage (as used herein) also is devoid of parameres. Partial loss of parameres within certain lineages raises the question of mode of reduction of these structures. In most species of New World Limnebius the aedeagus has setose enlargements or patches of setae which probably represent the vestiges of parameres (Figs. 70A,71A), but these vestiges are located toward the distal end of the “main-piece” (see below), not near the base, the point of paramere insertion for those aedeagi with well developed parameres (Fig. 22A). Likewise, parameres of Hydraena paeminosa males (Fig. 95D) have setose swellings near the apex of the main-piece, obviously derived from parameres. Similarly, the aedeagi of Parhydraenida males (Figs. 18A-D) have a very small left paramere and a spike-like process (which I regard as the remnant of the right paramere - see discussion section of that genus), both of which are located near the apex of the main-piece, not attached to the base as in the closely related Hydraenida. How, then, is paramere loss accomplished, and is the method of reduction the same in the diverse genera in which this trend is expressed? Two obvious possible modes of reduction come to mind: 1) loss of the parameres due to reduction in size or the more immediate loss due to one-step mutation; and 2) gradual fusion of the parameres to the main-piece. The first explanation appears to apply to Hydraena (Haenydra) species, Ochthebius lindbergi J. Balfour-Browne (1976; mentioned above), and Meropathus species as males of these groups have a relatively slender main-piece (no indications of paramere fusion or remnants of setae) and generally have a small swelling at the base of the aedeagus where parameres generally originate in other species. The second explanation, fusion of parameres to the main-piece, might be attributed to those species of Limnebius whose males have remnants of lobes and patches of setae near the distal end of the main-piece, the latter being relatively thickened. This mode might also apply to Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 21 Parhydraenida, where there is a strong indication of paramere reduction on one side, with the other paramere showing various degrees of reduction {Parhydraenida paralonga, Fig. 20A; Parhydraenida reichardti, Fig. 18A; and Parhydraenida lambda , Fig. 18D). Another explanation might be advanced which relates to the question of the derivation of the main-piece which was discussed above, i.e., whether this part of the aedeagus is the homologue of the basal piece or median lobe of other beetles. If one accepts the theory supported above, as do I, that the main-piece is derived from the basal piece, then it can be supposed that a lengthening of the ancestral basal piece was necessary to form the heavily sclerotized, relatively long tube now seen in hydraenids. Therefore, it is possible that in certain lineages the basal piece elongated distal to the insertion of the parameres, resulting in the parameres being attached closer to the base of the aedeagus, whereas in other lineages the basal piece might have elongated proximal to the insertion of the parameres, resulting in parameres attached near the distal end of the sclerotized tube. Such evolution of the basal piece might also explain the differences in basic plan of Gymnochthebius and Ochthebius, as the basal piece in males of the former surrounds the internal sclerotized tube (presumed homologue of the median lobe) (Fig. 84A), whereas in Ochthebius males the median lobe (terminal mobile piece) is outside the basal piece and attached subapically (Fig. 100A). One cannot deny the great plasticity of the aedeagus in this family, as the illustrations herein attest. Because of this great variation, I have generally deferred to more descriptive terminology in reference to the aedeagus, as the hydraenid homologue of the “median lobe” is generally not median, and the “basal piece” is usually the major portion of the aedeagus (Fig. 2F). Instead, I have generally used “main-piece” for the basal piece homologue and “terminal mobile piece” or “terminal piece” for the median lobe homologue (or, as in the case of Gymnochthebius , the median lobe homologue is termed the “internal tube”). Abdomen The abdomen in hydraenids is unusual in a number of respects. First and second terga are without corresponding sterna (the first tergum is incomplete, represented by two divided, sclerotized plates). The third tergum, however, does have a sternal counterpart so I assume that the first complete sternum actually represents the third abdominal segment. Adults of most genera have a small sclerite between the hind coxae (Fig. 2 ID) which must be derived from the second abdominal segment (this sclerite is referred to herein as the “intercoxal sternum”). Counting from the first tergum, therefore, abdominal segments 3-8 are complete and unambiguous. The sternal counterparts of terga 9 and 10, however, provide a source of controversy since there is only one obvious sternum which can be associated with the two terga (Fig. 2A). As discussed earlier, Crowson (1955) suggested that this small, last sternum was derived from the ancestral basal piece of the aedeagus. In the previous section on the aedeagus I have presented my reasons for considering the aedeagus of hydraenids as possessing a basal piece, therefore, the nature of the last sternum must be explained differently. This last sternum is unusual in that in males it is prolonged anteriorly into a thin, rod-like strut (Figs. 2A-E) in the abdomen, joined to the aedeagus by muscles (see previous section). This strut frequently has a small enlargement near midlength to which attaches a small fragment of tissue which could be the vestige of the intersegmental membrane separating the ancestral ninth and tenth sterna. I propose, therefore, that the rod-like strut is the modified Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 22 Perkins ancestral ninth sternum and the last sternum present today is the counterpart of the last tergum, that is, the tenth. The manner in which the ninth tergum “wraps around” the abdomen (Figs. 2C,3A,B) in hydraenid males seems to support this hypothesis since its enlargement ventrally would presumably be associated with an equal reduction in size of the ninth sternum. In males of hydraenids, the “wrapped around” portions of the ninth tergum are more developed than in females and in some groups this apparatus is withdrawn into the abdomen, being concealed by the sixth visible (true eighth) sternum. Consequently, in these groups inspection of the ventral surface reveals only six sterna. In other groups, especially those such as the marginicollis Group of Hydraena in which males have the apical (especially ninth tergite) segments elongate, the “wrapped around” portion of the ninth tergum plus the last sternum are clearly visible. Hence, in these groups inspection of the ventral surface reveals seven sterna (Figs. 63A-D). In females the “wrapped around” portion of the ninth tergum is much less developed and the last sternum is larger than in males and is exposed. Hence, females always have seven Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 23 visible abdominal sterna (Figs. 35C,48B). In the species descriptions that follow, sterna are referred to in an anatomical sense, numbering them beginning with the first complete sternum visible (visible #1, true #3) and ending with the last visible sternum (visible #7, true #10). Internal Reproductive System The male reproductive system of hydraenids (Fig. 4A), which has not been previously described, consists of paired testes, vasa deferentia, lateral accessory glands, median accessory gland, ejaculatory duct, and aedeagus. Each testis is a single mass (Figs. 4D,8A) or two separate masses (Figs. 4B,5A,6C). Differentiation of sperm tubes is (Figs. 7C,8C) or is not apparent. Ochthebius and Gymnochthebius males differ from one another in that males of Gymnochthebius (Figs. 4A,B,D,) have a distinct, globose posterior enlargement of the median accessory gland and the lateral accessory glands are globose also, whereas males of Ochthebius (Figs. 5,6A,B) lack a posterior enlargement of the median accessory gland and the lateral accessory glands are generally tubular. In addition, most Ochthebius males have the proximal end of the vas deferens enlarged which, presumably, serves as a sperm storage area, whereas in the Gymnochthebius males studied, the vas deferens is not enlarged at the proximal end, but empties into the globose anterior enlargement of the median accessory gland where sperm storage probably occurs. The anterior enlargement of the median accessory gland in Ochthebius assumes remarkable size in some males ( O . tubus , Figs. 6A,B). Within Ochthebius, I have studied only a single member of the subgenus Asiobates ( O . discretus , Fig. 5A), which appears to differ from the nominal subgenus in that the proximal ends of the vas deferens are not enlarged and the median accessory gland is completely tubular, lacking an anterior enlargement (males of Ochthebius (sensu stricto) studied include O. lineatus of the interruptus Group, Fig. 5C; O. californicus of the bisinuatus Group, Fig. 5D; O. gruwelli and O. tubus of the biincisus Group, Figs. 5B,6A,B). In Hydraena males, the median accessory gland and lateral accessory glands differ markedly among species groups. The median accessory gland has an anterior enlargement, but form of the enlargement and manner in which the enlargement and lateral accessory glands are joined varies. Unlike Ochthebius males, where the anterior enlargement appears simply a continuation of the median accessory gland, in Hydraena males the anterior enlargement, although generally small, appears more as an entity distinct from the median accessory gland, which generally joins its anterior enlargement at the same location as does the common duct of the lateral accessory glands (Figs. 7A,C). In males of Hydraena anisonycha (Fig. 8D), the major glandular region of the median accessory gland is situated more toward the proximal end, whereas the anterior enlargement is relatively small. Males of this species are unique among those studied in possession of distinct lacunae formed by a tight loop of the vas deferens. Hydraena d-destina males (Fig. 8C), by contrast, have the anterior enlargement of the median accessory gland very large and quite complex, with the lateral accessory glands adpressed to its surface, the entire complex mass being topped by a twisted portion of the median accessory gland. Males of this species are also unusual in form of the sperm tubes, which are frequently coiled into flat discs. In Hydraena bituberculata males, (Fig. 8A) the anterior enlargement of the median accessory gland is well developed, as are the lateral accessory glands. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 24 Perkins Figs. 4A - D, Internal reproductive structures. (A) Gymnochthebius nitidus, 3 (testes omitted). (B) G.fossatus, 3. (C) nitidus, 9. (D) G. clandestinus, 3 (plus abdominal ganglion). (B-D at same scale). Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 25 Figs. 5A - D, Male internal reproductive structures. (A) Ochthebius discretus. (B) O. gruwelli. (C) O. lineatus. (D) O. californicus. (testes omitted from B, C and D). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 26 Perkins Figs. 6A - C, Male internal reproductive structures. (A) Ochthebius tubus , specimen from Monterey County, California. (B) O. tubus, specimen from San Luis Potosi, Mexico. (C) Limnebius sinuatus. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 27 Figs. 7 A - E, Internal reproductive structures. (A) Hydraena atlantica, 6. (B) H. circulata $ (C) H. marginicollis , <3. (D) H. spangleri <3. (E) H. spangleri, 2. (testes omitted from A, B and D). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 28 Perkins Figs. 8 A - D, Internal reproductive structures. (A) Hydraena bituberculata , Z CO X E < < UJZZ j lu yj O < < z cc cc < Q Q Q- >- >- CO I I I rr CO LU CO h- 3 < LU CD Z — o co^ CO ^ CO < CO CO CO coco - CO CO CO < 33 CD 3 LU -r 3 32 coco X E — — LU CD CD < LU LU XX t= < X Q. WJ W I z z ^ HK o o ss; XX O cc oo LU LU 1 — 1 1 oo Z S co 3 QQ LU I H X O o >- o < z co LU < OC Qco I1" CD LU z LU 2® X1- LU < LU < LU X CD LU ?CM O _J Fig. 147. Proposed phylogeny of supraspecific taxa of Hydraenidae. Numbers refer to morphoclines and derived character states discussed in text. Rectangle distinguishes taxa of Laurasian origin (inside) from Gondwanian (outside). Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 415 Figs. 148 A - D, Head, prosternum, antenna and maxillary palpus. (A) Ochthebius tubus. (B) Parhydraenida reichardti. (C) Hydraena circulata. (D) Limnebius sinuatus. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 416 Perkins Figs. 149A - F, Head, ventral aspect. (A) Ochthebius tubus \ (B) Gymnochthebius clandestinus. { C) O. tubus. (D) Limnebius sinuatus. (E-F) Parhydraenida reichardti. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 417 between closely related genera are discussed elsewhere in the text and summarized in the key to genera. 1. Reduction of gula, and related modifications to the tentorium of adults. - The genera Ochthebius , Meropathus,Neochthebius, Gymnochthebius and Tympanogaster (Australian) have a large, triangular gula with a relatively short median gular suture (Fig. 148 A), whereas in Hydraena, Hydraenida, Parhydraenida and Coelometopon (African) the gula is much smaller, apparent as a narrow transverse sclerite at the rear of the head, and the median gular suture is longer than in the Ochthebius group (Figs. 148B,C). The morphocline is completed in Limnebius, which lacks both gular sclerite and median gular suture (although there may be a weak impression in adults of some species), but retains remnants of the lateral gular sutures (Fig. 148D). To see these features in their entirety the head must be cleared of tissue with hydroxide solution and the pigment partially removed with hydrogen peroxide. When an untreated specimen is viewed with reflected light, the gular sclerite of Ochthebius and allied genera is readily apparent (Figs. 103C,128C,145B,152A,B), whereas in Hydraena , Hydraenida and Parhydraenida the transverse gular sutures may be evident in lightly colored species, but the most prominent external manifestations are the invaginations (apodemes) marking the lateral limits of the sclerite (Figs. 21H,57A,63G,65D,149E). In Limnebius there is only the slightest indication of the lateral gular sutures, and these are generally hidden beneath the anterior edge of the prosternum in dried specimens (Figs. 152C,D). These differences in the gular sclerite are related to rather marked differences in form of the tentorium. The tentorium of Ochthebius and allied genera ( Gymnochthebius , Meropathus, Neochthebius ) (Figs. 151A,B,D) forms a complete enclosure around the subesophageal ganglion. The anterior “wall” of the tentorium provides the muscle attachment site for some of the muscles which move the mouthparts. In the center of the “wall” is a small foramen through which nerves pass connecting the ganglion and the anterior part of the head. The larger foramen through which nerves pass connecting the brain and subesophageal ganglion is divided by a narrow portion of the tentorium. In Hydraena and Parhydraenida the tentorium (Figs. 150D,151C) lacks the complete anterior “wall”, this structure being reduced to a low transverse ridge (arising from the transverse gular suture) near the rear of the head. Some of the muscles which move the mouthparts are attached to this ridge, and are, therefore, longer than the homologous muscles in the head of an Ochthebius (etc.) of comparable size. Since these muscles attach closer to the rear of the head, a major portion of the subesophageal ganglion is on top of the muscle fibers, in contrast to Ochthebius (etc.) where the anterior “wall” of the tentorium completely separates the muscles and the ganglion. Further, the foramen through which nerves pass connecting the brain and subesophageal ganglion is a single opening, not divided as in the Ochthebius group. The structure in Limnebius (Figs. 150A-C) is very similar to the Hydraena-Parhydraenida type, except that the anterior “wall” of the tentorium is now contiguous with the posterior margin of the head, which, again, provides the site for muscle attachment. Therefore, the muscles completely separate the subesophageal ganglion from the ventral part of the head capsule. The remainder of the tentorium is very similar to that of the Hydraena-Parhydraenida type. Differences in lengths and to a certain degree mass of muscles (more mass in Ochthebius) between these three types, and especially between Ochthebius ( et cetera) and the others taken together is interesting. Perhaps it relates to form of maxillae, which are much stouter and of the Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 418 Perkins Figs. 150A - D, Tentorium (arrows indicate opening through which nerves pass between brain and subesophageal ganglion). (A-C) Limnebius sinuatus. (D) Hydraena atlantica (some distortion due to hydroxide treatment). scraping, rasping type in the Ochthebius group (Fig. 98F), but more of the gathering type in the other genera (Figs. 153A-H). Then again, if a certain muscle length were necessary to function properly, having the attachment at the rear of the head would allow the head to become shortened, as in Limnebius. That a morphocline is indicated should be evident from the above discussion, but what is the direction of change? Based on out-group comparisons, (see Maslin, 1952; Hennig, 1966), direction of this morphocline must be from the more developed gular sclerite and tentorium to the less developed (i.e., reduction) since both the Hydrophilidae and Staphylinidae have a well developed gular sclerite in adults. 2. Development of closed procoxal cavities in adults. — The procoxal cavities vary considerably within the family, differences occurring in degree of development of the (1) coxal cavity base, (2) intercoxal process, and (3) proepisternum. The coxal cavity base exhibits a Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 419 Figs. 151 A - D, Tentorium (horizontal arrows indicate foramen in wall separating subesophageal ganglion and muscles of mouthparts; vertical arrows indicate opening through which nerves pass between brain and subesophageal ganglion). (A-B) Meropathus vectis. (C) Parhydraenida reichardti. (D) Ochthebius puncticollis. morphocline in increasing development from Ochthebius and allied genera ( Meropathus , Neochthebius ) through Limnebius, to Hydraena (Figs. 54I,148A-D,152A-F). By out-group comparison, the open condition must be considered primitive, as the coxal cavities are open in the great majority of Hydrophilidae and Staphylinidae. Consequently, direction of the morphocline is presumably toward increased development of the cup-shaped coxal cavity, which again indicates affinities between Hydraena and Limnebius. The intercoxal process is well developed in Hydraena and Spanglerina (Figs. 2 IE, 541, 65D), whereas the proepisternum is markedly reduced in Limnebius , both of which I consider derived conditions for these structures. 3. Increased values for ratio of maxillary palpus/antenna length in adults. — As discussed earlier, this ratio (P/A) increases from Ochthebius to Hydraena in this representative sequence: Ochthebius tubus , 0.61; Parhydraenida reichardti , 0.78; Limnebius sinuatus , 1.20; Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 420 Perkins Figs. 152A - F, Prosterna (left leg removed). (A) Ochthebius tubus. (B) Gymnochthebius clandestinus. (C-D) Limnebius sinuatus. (E-F) Parhydraenida reichardti. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 421 Figs. 153A - H, Adult maxillae. (A-C) Hydraena atlantica (arrow indicates “plate” protecting base of palpus). (D-E) Parhydraenida reichardti. (F-G) Limnebius sinuatus (arrow indicates “plate” protecting base of palpus). (H) Hydraena anisonycha. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 422 Perkins Figs. 154A - C, Larval labrum. (A) Ochthebius tubus. (B) Hydraena circulata. (C) Limnebius alutaceus. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae Figs. 155A - B, Hydraena circulata, larval antenna. (A) dorsal aspect. (B) ventral aspect. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) Figs. 156A - B, Limnebius alutaceus, larval antenna. (A) dorsal aspect. (B) ventral aspect Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 425 Figs. 157A - B, Ochthebius tubus , larval antenna. (A) dorsal aspect. (B) ventral aspect. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 426 Perkins Figs. 1 58 A - B, Apical abdominal segments of larvae. (A) Hydraena circulata. (B) Ochthebius gruwelli. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 427 Hydraena circulata, 2.00 (Figs. 148A-D). By generalized out-group comparison the plesiotypic state is antenna much longer than maxillary palpus. Thus direction of this morphocline should be toward an increase in value of the ratio (i.e., in the sequence as stated above). The branching sequence suggested by this morphocline, therefore, concurs with that suggested by the two previous morphoclines. 4. Hydraena-Limnebius united by antennal sensilla of larvae. — The antennae of Hydraena and Limnebius larvae (Figs. 155,156) (here represented by Hydraena circulata and Limnebius arenicolus) have a dorsal and a ventral sensillum, whereas the antennae of Ochthebius (Fig. 157) (represented by Ochthebius tubus) possess only the ventral sensillum. Richmond (1920) illustrated the antenna of Hydraena pennsylvanica with a single sensillum, but two are present (I have used phase-contrast microscopy at a magnification of lOOOx). I have also studied other species of Ochthebius (these findings and others on hydraenid larvae will be presented in a separate paper devoted solely to larvae) and have found the single sensillum a constant feature in that genus. By out-group comparison the single sensillum must be considered primitive, as all Hydrophilidae (Richmond 1920, and unpublished data) and Staphylinidae ( sensu lato) (Paulian, 1941) have a single sensillum. Consequently, two sensilla is the derived condition, and from which can be inferred monophyly of Hydraena and Limnebius. Further, shape of the seta adjacent to the ventral sensillum in Hydraena and Limnebius is also suggestive of a relationship. Dybas (1976) in his excellent paper on larvae of Ptiliidae and Limulodidae has shown that the antenna of the ptiliid Nossidium also has two sensilla whereas the remainder of the ptiliids and limulodids he studied had a single sensillum or a single one which is bifid ( Actidium ). This raises questions concerning which condition is the primitive state since Dybas considers Nossidium as the ptiliid genus retaining the most primitive characteristics. Dybas (1976:41), however, also illustrates the antenna of an undescribed genus near Nossidium which lacks the second sensory appendage (“accessory sensory appendage” of Dybas). This undescribed genus is also remarkable in that, according to Dybas, it is the only known ptiliid larva with indications of ocelli or pigmented eyespots, which Dybas considers plesiotypic, “The retention of eye pigment in a member of the most generalized group of Ptiliidae represents a plesiomorphic or ancestral character that has been lost in the other genera studied.” That the plesiotypic condition of the ocelli has been retained in this larva certainly does not mean that the antennae necessarily also represent the primitive condition with respect to sensilla, but it does make one suspicious that the two sensilla condition of Nossidium may actually be a derived condition, whereas the single sensillum of the remainder of the genera is plesiotypic. 5. Hydraena-Limnebius united by form of labral setae in larvae. — The labrum of hydraenid larvae has five pairs of setae along the anterior margin, the second pair from the midline being thickened and branched. In Ochthebius these setae (Fig. 154A) bifurcate, whereas in Hydraena and Limnebius (Figs. 154B,C) the setae are pectinate. D’Orchymont (1928:8) stated that in the Hydraeninae ( Hydraena and Ochthebius ) the “first anterior seta of labrum (on each side) curved to the axis of body and ramous at extremity or at least bifid”, whereas in the Limnebiinae ( Limnebius ), the “first anterior seta covered also to the body but single, not even bifid at extremity.” In the few larvae I have studied the complex setae are the second pair and these are not simple in Limnebius , and suspect higher magnification accounts for differences in our findings. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 428 Perkins Fig. 1 59. Limnebius arenicolus, apical abdominal segments of larva. Since I have no means at present for testing whether the pectinate or bifurcate condition represents the apotypic state, the supposed relationship of Hydraena and Limnebius based upon common possession of the pectinate condition must be considered untested and subjective. Discovery of the larval stage of Hydraenida, Parhydraenida and other rare genera is necessary to establish morphoclines. 6. Hydraena-Limnebius united by form of urogomphi in larvae. — The urogomphi of Hydraena and Limnebius larvae (Figs. 158A,159) have a seta which originates at the apex of the basal article. Ochthebius (Fig. 158B), on the other hand, has this seta originating farther proximally. Moreover, form of the urogomphi in Hydraena and Limnebius are more similar to one another than either is to Ochthebius. Finally, distance separating the urogomphi at their bases, a character often used in keys (Richmond, 1920; d’Orchymont, 1928; Chandler, in Leech Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 429 and Chandler, 1956), is equal to or greater than the width of a urogomphus at its base in Hydraena and Limnebius, whereas in Ochthebius the urogomphi are nearly contiguous proximally. Unfortunately, not enough data are available on urogomphus chaetotaxy or form in the primitive staphyliniform larvae to establish the primitive state, these proposed synapotypies being therefore untestable at this time. Judging from illustrations by Dybas (1976), less derived larvae of Staphylinoidea (i.e., Ptiliidae and Limulodidae) generally have the urogomphi situated dorsally and rather close together. From this one might suspect the ancestral condition of the Staphyliniformia (and the Hydraenidae) to be likewise. Therefore, the more widely separated urogomphi of Hydraena and Limnebius could be considered synapotypic. Various degrees of urogomphus separation is seen in the more derived Staphylinoidea (Paulian, 1941) and the Hydrophilidae have the apex of the abdomen (in the more derived genera) highly modified to form a stigmatic atrium, whereas the less derived genera (with respect to urogomphi) have the urogomphi moderately separated ( Helophorus ; Richmond, 1920) or widely separated ( Epimetopus; Rocha, 1967). 7. Hydraena-Limnebius united by loss of ocelli from adults. — If ocelli in the adults of Coleoptera represents retention of a primitive condition, then absence of ocelli in Hydraena and Limnebius could be considered synapotypic and therefore indicative of monophyly. Conversely, common possession of ocelli by Ochthebius (plus allied genera) and Hydraenida (plus allied genera) cannot be used as indicative of relationships as such a grouping would be based upon symplesiotypy. 8. Hydraena-Limnebius united by possession of plate-like structure at base of maxillary palpus in adults. — The maxillae of Hydraena and Limnebius adults have a thin, plate-like structure arising from the stipes, at the base of the maxillary palpus (Figs. 153C,F). This structure, which presumably adds support to the base of the maxillary palpus, is absent from all other genera studied ( Parhydraenida , Ochthebius, Meropathus and Neochthebius (but present in Spanglerina also). It is presumed that this plate is a derived structure, and therefore indicates monophyly of Hydraena and Limnebius. 9. Fimbriate galea in adults of Hydraena lineage. 10. Stoutly spined lacinia in adults of Ochthebius lineage. — Galeae of Hydraena, Limnebius and Parhydraenida adults (Figs. 153A-H) are quite similar, having a well developed, fimbriate apex which is larger and more prominent than the lacinia, and undoubtedly accomplishes most of the gathering of food particles. By contrast, the galea of Ochthebius, Meropathus and Neochthebius (Fig. 98F) is much less complex and does not extend beyond the lacinia, the latter possessing stout scraping processes which obviously perform most of the actual food gathering function of the maxillae. That two basic types are involved is clearly evident, but which represents the derived state? I propose that the more complex stage of both structures, that is, the complex fimbriate galea of Hydraena-Limnebius-Parhydraenida and the stoutly spined lacinia of Ochthebius-Meropathus-Neochthebius represent the derived states, the plesiotypic condition being simplified in both structures. Development of the lacinia in one lineage and galea in the other must surely reflect differences in feeding habits, but what these differences may be remain undiscovered. Out-group comparisons, especially in other less derived staphyliniform beetles, are necessary to test these assertions. 11. Non-fimbriate galea in larvae of Ochthebius lineage. — Dybas (1976) has shown that larvae of Hydraena possess a fimbriate galea and that this structure is common to most genera Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 430 Perkins in the “leptinid association” of Boving and Craighead (1931). Larvae of Limnebius also have a fimbriate galea. However, larvae of Ochthebius (Richmond, 1920; unpublished data), Meropathus (Paulian, 1941) and Neochthebius (unpublished data) lack fringed margins on the galea. If the fimbriate condition is primitive (according to Dybas this would be the primitive state within the “leptinid association”, but derived with respect to the Staphylinoidea), then the non-fimbriate condition of Ochthebius and related genera can be considered synapotypic. 12. Development of pronotal hyaline borders in adults of the Ochthebius lineage. — One of the most distinctive developments of the Ochthebius lineage is hyaline borders of the pronotum. These are present at the anterior and posterior margins ( Meropathus , Neochthebius ) and generally laterally also ( Ochthebius , Gymnochthebius ) (Figs. 80A-F,98A, 145A,C). These transparent borders are probably apotypic as they are lacking from the remainder of the family and also unknown in the Hydrophilidae and (to my knowledge) the remainder of the Staphyliniformia. 13. Ochthebius-Meropathus-Neochthebius united by form of the aedeagus. — As discussed in the section on Gymnochthebius , the basic plan of the aedeagus in that genus differs from that of other genera of that lineage, i.e., Ochthebius , Meropathus and Neochthebius , and apparently represents a different evolutionary line. Further, it is proposed that the bilaterally symmetrical “median piece” of the aedeagus in the less derived species of Gymnochthebius (G. plesiotypus. Fig. 82A) more closely approximates the ancestral form of the lineage, and, therefore, the aedeagal type of Ochthebius-Meropathus-Neochthebius which possesses a terminal mobile piece (and lacks the internal tube seen in Gymnochthebius) represents a derived state. 14. Neochthebius-Meropathus united by fused elytra, body form, metasternal shape, and habitat. — As discussed in the sections on Neochthebius and Meropathus, the above similarities suggest monophyly of these two genera. No doubt the character states are apotypic. 15. Hydraenida-Parhydraenida-Coelometopon united by form of head, number of antennomeres , form of metasternum, and habitat. — Similarity of Hydraenida and Parhydraenida adults in external features are apparent (refer to the section of Parhydraenida). They share with Coelometopon , a very highly derived madicolous genus from east Africa, 1 1 antennomeres which are in well developed grooves beneath the eyes (Fig. 16A). Additionally, the metasternum of these three genera has a longitudinal impression in the midline and the maxillary palpi are of similar proportions. 16. Hydraena-Spanglerina united by elongate maxillary palpi of adults.— No doubt the elongate maxillary palpi of these two genera (Fig. 148D) represent an apotypic character state. 17. Limnebius-Laeliaena united by smooth body form. — The reduced body form of adults of these two genera is readily apparent and derived. Laeliaena, a rare genus from Turkestan (1 species) and India (1 species), retains the incised posterior angles of the pronotum (a primitive condition) but is very similar to Limnebius in other characters. (Note: my concept of Laeliaena is based on specimens of Laeliaena sahlbergi Champion in the BMNH; I have not seen adults representing the type of the genus, Laeliaena sparsa Sahlberg). Two primary evolutionary lines are inferred from morphological data (see phylogram, Fig. 147); Ochthebius plus related genera, and the Hydraenida-Hydraena-Limnebius lineage. Consequently, I propose that the Ochthebius group be recognized as a new subfamily, the Ochthebiinae, and that the Limnebiinae (of authors) be ranked as a subtribe within the Hydraeninae. Further, to reflect differences in the two major lineages within the Hydraeninae, I propose that they be recognized as tribes, the Hydraenini and Hydraenidini. Within the Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 431 Hydraenini two new subtribes are proposed, Hydraenina and Limnebiina. Zoogeography at the Generic Level The nine genera of Hydraenidae now recognized in the Western Hemisphere display rather distinct Gondwanian or Laurasian distribution patterns, indicating that most, if not all of the genera evolved before North and South America separated from their respective supercontinents. To the contrary, however, several species groups within the genera appear to be endemic to the Western Hemisphere and therefore possibly originating after splitting of the continents. The Gondwanian components include Gymnochthebius, Hydraenida, Pahydraenida, Meropathus and the leechi and marginicollis Groups of Hydraena , whereas the genera Ochthebius (including both subgenera) and Limnebius, and apparently also the circulata Group of Hydraena , are of Laurasian origin (Figs. 160,161). Spanglerina might be endemic to Central America, but I would not be greatly surprised if it is eventually found in Africa. Genus Gymnochthebius Gymnochthebius has a wide distribution in South and Central America, with few species in North America (Fig. 161). It is also represented in Australia (d’Orchymont, 1943; Janssens, 1967a), but is apparently absent from Africa. This distribution pattern is consistent with current hypotheses regarding separation sequence of Africa, South America, Australia and New Zealand (Keast, 1973), in which Africa is postulated as the first component to have separated from the Gondwana landmass. As discussed more fully in the classification section, the less derived lineages (i.e., plesiotypus lineage) are in southern South America (Chile and Argentina), whereas the more derived lineages ( laevipennis and oppositus lineages) are North American. Absence of these derived groups from the Palearctic indicates that these lineages possibly evolved after continental splitting (see later sections on these groups for phylogenetic relationships). The nitidus Subgroup might also be in this category, but the wide distribution of one of its species (G. fossatus) in South America invites the suspicion that the Subgroup might also be in Australia (the Australian fauna is too incompletely known to confidently use absence of a lineage as evidence for post-split evolution). Genus Hydraenida Hydraenida and the closely related Parhydraenida are currently known only from South America (Fig. 160). However, I have seen an undescribed species of Hydraenida from South Africa and suspect that Parhydraenida will eventually be found there also. These data appear to contradict what was stated previously regarding earlier separation of Africa, but absence of these two genera from Australia may only be apparent. If distribution of Hydraenida is correct, then one must surmise that the genus was present in the South American and African, but not Australian, components of Gondwana before continental split. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 432 Perkins Fig. 160. Generalized geographical distributions of hydraenid genera Hydraenida , Parhydraenida , Hydraena, Spanglerina and Limnebius in the Western Hemisphere. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 433 Fig. 161. Generalized geographical distributions of hydraenid genera Gymnochthebius , Ochthebius, Neochthebius and Meropathus in the Western Hemisphere. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 434 Perkins Genus Parhydraenida Parhydraenida is restricted almost entirely to the mountains of southeastern Brazil, with one widely disjunct species, P. pentatenkta, in Ecuador (also an undescribed species in Paraguay). This disjunct distribution may be simply a result of insufficient collecting in intervening areas. Based upon label data, Parhydraenida is clearly hygropetric, as is the related Coelometopon from Tanzania (see Janssens, 1972b). Hydraenida apparently is not strictly hygropetric, as Paul Spangler has collected H. robusta from small pools at a roadside seepage area of loess substratum. Genus Meropathus Meropathus has a typical austral Gondwanian distribution pattern, living on islands of the New Zealand subregion (3 species), the island group consisting of Prince Edward Islands, Kerguelen Island and Heard Island (1 species), eastern Australia (3 species), and Isla de los Estados and Falkland Islands at the tip of South America (1 species), the latter discovery completing the circum-polar distribution pattern. As Ordish (1971) has noted, the early supposition that Meropathus was endemic to the subantarctic islands was dispelled by discovery of Australian species, and suggests that their present distribution may be a result of continental drift. Since insular species are frequently taken from nests of large oceanic birds, together with the fact that these beetles have relatively long, stiff bristles on the dorsal surface which collect debris, possibly these beetles could adhere to feathers of birds and thus be dispersed to other islands. But if one proposes that individuals of the vectis-campbellensis stem species were brought by birds from Campbell Island to South America (ca. 4,800 miles), does not this suggest that transport of these beetles over short distances must be a much more common occurence? If this be so, then one would suspect transport between Campbell Island, Auckland Islands and Snare Islands (ca. 200 miles between each) is frequent enough to result in dispersal, not speciation. This clearly is not so; each island group has a different species (see Ordish, 1971), and no two species are found on one island. Distribution of the Australian species must be explained by methods other than avian transport as they are associated with streamside habitats, not nests of large oceanic birds. Genus Hydraena Hydraena (Fig. 160) includes four groups, two of which ( leechi and marginicollis Groups) are widespread and principally tropical, which have invaded North America via the Mississippi River drainage system and the eastern coastal regions. These two groups, as now known, do not extend into the more temperate areas of southern Argentina and Chile (this may be a collecting artifact with regard to Argentina, but the large number of Gymnochthebius specimens I have seen from Chile suggests that appropriate collecting has been done in that region, although no Hydraena has been found). Another component ( circulata Group) is strictly North American, Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 435 forming small areas of sympatry with the tropical groups in southern Arizona, the Mississippi drainage, and in northeastern United States. The last of the four components (paeminosa Group) is known only from a single species in Surinam. I have seen specimens of Hydraena from the Palearctic, Ethiopian and Australian regions which appear to be members of the leechi Group, and also suspect that the marginicollis Group was rather widespread on Gondwana and, to a less extent, Laurasia, before the New World diverged. Within these two lineages, however, are several sublineages with apotypic states not yet described in Old World forms (i.e., scintilla of the pronotum) suggesting that at least the leechi, alternata and scintillabella Subgroups of the leechi Group evolved after continental separation. I also suspect that the more highly derived sublineages within the marginicollis Group (i.e. anisonycha Complex of the marginicollis Subgroup and the geminya Subgroup) evolved following continental splitting. The amount of taxonomic work remaining to be done on Old World members of this large and complex genus, especially in tropical areas, prevents a definitive statement at this time. The paeminosa Group, with its single species in Surinam, has important external characteristics in common with the Nearctic circulata Group, but has a much different (more highly derived) aedeagus in which the parameres are reduced to small processes near the apex (Fig. 95D)(a condition convergent with Parhydraenida). It may be a remnant of the North African component of the principally Laurasian paeminosa-circulata stem group. Minimum age of Hydraena in North America can be inferred from fossil fragments of the extant species, H. angulicollis from Pleistocene deposits of Scarborough Bluffs, near Toronto, Ontario. These fragments are reputedly 70,000 years old (see Morgan, 1971)(see comments below concerning Ochthebius fossils). Genus Ochthebius Ochthebius is clearly of Laurasian origin, both subgenera in the Western Hemisphere being well represented in the Palearctic. In fact, at least two of the four sublineages ( interruptus and benefossus Groups) have Palearctic components. The other two sublineages ( bisinuatus and biincisus Groups) apparently have evolved after continental separation (or were present before the split but only in the pre-North American component). The great concentration of different lineages and species in western North America as opposed to the two species (O. benefossus and O. putnamensis ) in eastern North America (see Figs. 180-185) might be cited as evidence in support of the “Pacifica” theory in which land components of western North America are theorized to be of a western Pacific (eastern Palearctic) origin. This western North American distribution might also be credited to Pleistocene dispersal of stem species across the Bering land bridge (see Darlington, 1957). The holarctic distribution of O. kaszabi and O. marinus, plus the usual habitat of those species, boreal ponds, suggests such a dispersal. The majority of other species in the genus in western North America, however, are montane stream forms, a habitat not generally associated with the land bridge. A possible scenario is that a stem species of all Ochthebius ( sensu stricto)) in the New World (or several stem species, each the ancestor of its respective sublineage of Ochthebius (sensu stricto )) crossed the land bridge, diverged and proliferated to form the Ochthebius seen today, two species of which, O. kaszabi and O. marinus, later recrossing into the Palearctic. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 436 Perkins However, through the courtesy of Dr. Anne Morgan I have seen a fossil pronotum which is either O. kaszabi or O. marinus (it is impossible to be totally certain because of morphological overlap of pronotal characters in present day specimens). This beetle fragment is from Pleistocene deposits near Toronto, Ontario which are dated at about 100,000 years of age (Morgan, in litt.). We know, therefore, that O. kaszabi or O. marinus had already evolved before the Pleistocene (if one assumes that its presence in both the Nearctic and Palearctic is due to crossing the land bridge, then it must have been present before emergence of the bridge; of course, this is true also if the present distribution is due to a Laurasian pattern). The aedeagus of O. kaszabi is strikingly different from aedeagi of New World species with which it is most closely related (i.e., O. marinus, O. borealis and O. uniformis -Figs. 108A-D,1 10A-D). This prompts the inference that its presence in the New World is due to relatively recent (Pleistocene) dispersal across the Bering land bridge. Its sister-species, therefore, possibly exists in the Palearctic, and is not one of the Nearactic members of its lineage. In fact, the Palearctic and Nearctic populations of O. kaszabi at present are genetically and morphologically diverging due, in part, to range disjunction of the ancestral stock, caused by the Bering Sea. Fossil fragments (pronotum and elytra) of O. (Asiobates) discretus from the Pleistocene Scarborough Bluffs deposits near Toronto, Ontario, which are 70,000 years old (see Morgan, 1971) leads to the inference that the subgenus Asiobates was probably also present in North America before Pleistocene glaciation. Genus Limnebius Limnebius occupies, in North America, three slightly disjunct areas (Fig. 160), the Great Basin and Central Prairies lacking proper habitats for this genus. It extends southward as far as Guatemala, but is unknown from the remainder of Central America, the Antilles and South America. The genus is best represented in north temperate areas, apparently being Laurasian in origin as it is absent from South America and Australia. Its presence in Africa, therefore, is probably a product of range expansion after South America and Africa separated. Its presence in North America is probably a result of Laurasian distribution, not recent dispersal. Genus Neochthebius The genus Neochthebius is currently known only from two closely related intertidal species, N. granulosus from Japan and N. vandykei of the North American Pacific coast (Fig. 161). Neochthebius is apparently the sister-group (see previous section on phylogeny) and Laurasian counterpart of the Gondwanian Meropathus. The distribution of Neochthebius in Japan and western North America (instead of South America or Africa) suggests that the stock from which the two genera are derived probably was present at the “Australian end” of Pangaea. The presence of N. vandykei on the opposite side of the Pacific Ocean from Japan may be explained by dispersal in sea currents along the coast (they are wingless) in Pleistocene times (and subsequent vicariance), or by referral to a “Pacifica” land movement model. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 437 Zoogeography and Phytogeny within the Genera Vicariance and Chance Survivors Models. — The number of new taxa described herein is an indirect indication of the work remaining to be done in other regions of the world, especially Africa and Australia; considerations of historical zoogeography and phylogeny of the family should be tempered by this reality. Even within South America I suspect knowledge of the hydraenid fauna is quite incomplete, at least in respect to species diversity within Gymnochthebius and, especially, Hydraena. My level of confidence is high, however, that distributional limits now known for Limnebius (not found south of Guatemala) and Ochthebius (southern limits in northern South America for stream species - halophilic species such as O. attritus extending farther southward along the coasts) approximate the real limits (Figs. 160,161). Even within Central America and the Caribbean Islands knowledge of the hydraenid fauna is incomplete, at least for Hydraena. The groups of species now known, based primarily upon aedeagal structure, such as the particeps Subgroup and the mexicana and marginicollis Complexes (see below), suggest that our knowledge of Hydraena in that region is sufficiently complete to permit a reasonable evaluation of the relationships of structural evolution and historical zoogeography. The North American fauna is the most completely known, which distinctly enhances discussion of species of that region which have affinities with primarily tropical components of the hydraenid fauna. At the time of this writing there has been, within the pages of the journal Systematic Zoology , much discussion and disagreement concerning two theories which attempt to explain patterns of plant and animal distribution: 1) center of origin and dispersal, and 2) vicariance. Croizat, Nelson and Rosen (1974) summarize the differences between these two theories and I refer the reader to that paper and its bibliography for anterior works related to the topic. Briefly, both theories accept dispersal of organisms and that genetic isolation of a populational (species) subunit is necessary for speciation to occur. They differ in their suppositions regarding temporal relationship of dispersal and barrier formation. Because both theories accept occurrence of dispersal, it is inappropriate to refer to one theory as “center of origin and dispersal” (and to its advocates as “dispersalists”). I propose to designate this theory as that of “chance survival” for reasons presented below. Proponents of vicariance reject the idea that the primary driving force in speciation is chance dispersal of a few individuals across a nearly perfect, pre-existing barrier^ my emphasis) (topographic, ecologic, etc.), and the supposed isolation that follows which would provide the time necessary for genetic divergence and eventually speciation. Instead, vicariance advocates propose that barriers arise within distributional limits of a species, dividing it into two or more isolated populations which then undergo genetic divergence, eventually to the level of species (see Platnick, 1976). Since advocates of vicariance acknowledge dispersal, they must accept that crossing nearly perfect, pre-existing barriers does occur, but their denial of this process as a major cause of speciation presupposes that the rate of genetic divergence between the two populations thus formed is slow enough that subsequent, and repeated crossings of the nearly perfect, pre-existing barrier will occur before, and prevent, speciation; and/or that occurrence of nearly perfect pre-existing barriers is rare in nature. It appears that a perfect balance of three factors must be reached for speciation to occur when “chance survivors” cross a pre-existing barrier. First, rate of genetic change must be Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 438 Perkins adequate to allow speciation to take place before the next “chance survivors” arrive (if individuals cross a static barrier once, logic dictates that, given enough time, other individuals will also cross). Second, balance between vagility of species and effectiveness of the barrier must be within very narrow limits. By way of example, if a stream-dwelling hydraenid species is expanding its range and encounters an arid, streamless barrier, for the “chance survivors” theory to operate, vagility of the species and size of the arid barrier must be perfectly matched. If the barrier is too extensive for the vagility of that particular species, no crossing will be achieved; conversely, if vagility is too great for that particular barrier, too many crossings will be accomplished and consequently range expansion will occur and not speciation. Further, the slower the rate of genetic divergence, the greater the length of time necessary for speciation of two reproductively isolated populations; hence, the slower this rate the more “perfect” must be the match between vagility and the barrier. Therefore, advocates of the importance of chance survival postulate perfect balance between these three components: 1) dispersal capabilities (vagility), 2) barrier completeness, and 3) genetic divergence. By contrast, advocates of the importance of vicariance postulate that 1) totally effective barriers arise within the distributional limits of a species, and 2) duration of a barrier is adequate to permit genetic divergence necessary for speciation. A perfect “mix” of the vagility-barrier-genetic divergence components of speciation is not necessary for the vicariance model. Based upon the great number of extant and extinct species, the vicariance model must also postulate occurrence of numerous range interruptions to account for the great diversity of plants and animals. (Existence of numerous barriers is also implied in the chance survivors model; in fact, many more than the vicariance model since only a small percentage of those barriers would be sufficiently perfect to permit speciation). This supposition certainly is not inconsistent with our current knowledge of plate tectonics, continental drift, orogeny, climatic shifts, etc.. Because of 1) the narrow constraints imposed by the chance survivors model, 2) knowledge of continental drift and other events that lead to vicariance, and 3) relatively slow genetic divergence (as opposed to dipersal capabilities of winged insects) indicated by age of fossil beetle fragments of extant species (see Coope 1967; Coope and Brophy, 1972; Ashworth and Brophy, 1972; Ashworth 1973a,b; Morgan 1972), I find the vicariance model the more logically attractive of the two concepts, and therefore interpret distribution data with vicariance in mind (although not disregarding the chance survivors model). Genus Hydraenida Marked dissimilarity in male genitalia (Figs. 13A,B) suggests that the two included species diverged from a common ancestor a long time ago. Genus Parhydraenida The provisional phylogeny (Fig. 162) is based upon the following postulated synapotypies (numbers refer to those given in phylogram): 1) hydrofuge pubescence of abdominal sterna 1-4 Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 439 plus anterior portion of 5; 2) hydrofuge pubescence on abdominal sterna 1-2 plus anterior portion of 3; 3) aedeagus with well developed dorsal lobe (e.g., largest lobe in reichardti , Fig. 18A); 4) reduced pronotal sculpture; 5) aedeagus with a lobe between flagellum and median piece (Fig. 18B); 6) clypeus quadrate, aedeagus with dorsal lobe partially or wholly coalesced (Figs. 1 8C, 1 9); 7) right paramere reduced to spike situated at apex of median piece; 8) aedeagus with short left paramere. Fig. 162. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of Parhydraenida species in southeastern Brazil ( P . pentatenkta , an Ecuadorian species, is omitted). Validity of this proposed phylogeny will be tested when the male of P. pentatenkta is discovered and its aedeagus characterized. Further, I have seen a number of females from southeastern Brazil which apparently represent additional undescribed species. Once the males of these species are described and their aedeagi characterized, relationships suggested herein can be further tested and the reconstructed phylogeny modified accordingly. Comparison of the phylogeny and distribution patterns suggests a vicariant event between current distributions of P. bubrunipes and P. quadraticeps. This event could have concurrently split the stem species of those two species and also provided the first dichotomy in the other major lineage (i.e., P. effeminata to the south, and its sister-group to the north). The distributions at first glance appear sympatric, but this is due to the rather widely distributed P. reichardti. Actually, no proposed sister-species pairs display sympatry. Whether this reflects actual distributions or is an indication of inadequate sampling remains to be seen. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 440 Perkins Genus Hydraena The species of Hydraena in the Western Hemisphere are arrayed in four major lineages. The proposed phylogenetic relationships of these four lineages are based upon complex aedeagal structure and development of a pronotal scintilla in the leechi and marginicollis Groups (Fig. 163A:1) and the development of a genal ridge and concave intercoxal sternite in the circulata and paeminosa Groups (2). Plesiotypic states of these characters include: a simple aedeagus, lack of a pronotal scintilla, lack of a genal ridge, and a flat intercoxal sternite. This provisional phylogeny will be verified or modified as the phylogeny of non-Western Hemisphere species of Hydraena are elucidated. At present, I suspect that each of these four groups were well defined before continental drift, as a preliminary study of species from the Ethiopian and Australian regions indicates close similarity with members of the leechi and marginicollis Groups. Adults of the circulata Group share marked similarities in habitus and aedeagal details which are taken as evidence for monophyly. The pronotum of H. paeminosa , the only species now known for the paeminosa Group, bears a resemblance to that of the circulata Group; likewise, the intercoxal sternite is shaped similarly in both Groups. H. paeminosa differs in that the elytral punctures are totally random, not in series as in circulata Group species. Additionally, aedeagi of H. paeminosa males differ in basic plan from those of males of the circulata Group, having the parameres very reduced, originating near the apex of the aedeagus. H. paeminosa is a South American species; all circulata Group species are Nearctic. Members of the leechi Group have depressions on the pronotum (posterointernal foveolae), whereas marginicollis Group members lack these foveolae. This may seem a rather insignificant distinction, however, aedeagal structure in the two groups more-or-less corroborates the dichotomy. Inferring phylogenies of many of the sublineages of Hydraena is complicated by the existence of “clusters” of species, the members of which can reliably be distinguished from one another only on the basis of aedeagal structure. These “clusters” occur in every major lineage and, since they lack external derived character states (observable, at any rate), greatly hinder an already difficult task. With this in mind, the reader should view the following phylogenies as very preliminary steps in determining relationships, and as “road maps” for further study. The circulata Group. This group contains several species whose members cannot be reliably distinguished externally. For the most part, the group displays “clusters” of similarly shaped aedeagi which, it seems logical to assume, are indicative of phylogenetic relationships. Within these “clusters” however, variation of form is such that morphoclines are not readily apparent, and phylogenetic inference is of necessity highly speculative. Nevertheless, I feel the genitalic data are acceptable for reconstruction of a phylogeny. I have arranged the species of the circulata Group in four complexes based upon similarities in the aedeagus (Figs. 163C,164A,B,165A,B) (numbers given in parentheses below refer to those given in the phylograms). Males of Hydraena circulata (3) and those of the three other species in its complex (Fig. 164A) have the transparent lobe at the apex of the aedeagus rather well developed in relation to the size of the apical filament which arises from the lobe; additionally, these species have long and dense setae on the parameres (Figs. 22A-E). Males of Hydraena angulicollis (4) and those of the two other species in its complex (Fig. 164B) have Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 441 LEECHI GROUP MARGINICOLLIS GROUP CIRCULATA GROUP PAEMINOSA GROUP A i LEECHI SUBGROUP ALTERNATA SUBGROUP SCINTILLABELLA SUBGROUP PARTICEPS SUBGROUP ARGUTIPES SUBGROUP B 3 CIRCULATA COMPLEX ANGULICOLLI S COMPLEX ATLANTICA COMPLEX PENNSYLVANICA COMPLEX O- MID-CRETACEOUS C 2 MARGINICOLLIS SUBGROUP ANISONYCHA COMPLEX MEXICANA COMPLEX JIVARO COMPLEX MARGINICOLLIS COMPLEX TRINDENSIS COMPLEX COLYMBA COMPLEX GEMINYA SUBGROUP D Figs. 163A - D, Proposed phylogeny of major sublineages of Hydraena. (A) group relationships. (B) leechi Group. (C) circulata Group. (D) marginicollis Group. the apex of the main-piece (not the apical lobe) heavily sclerotized on the right side, and more or less enlarged (most greatly so in angulicollis ); as in the circulata complex, two of the three species have long and dense paramere setae (Figs. 24C,D,29D). Males of Hydraena atlantica (5) and six other species in its complex (Fig. 165 A) have the transparent lobe at the apex of the aedeagus shaped similarly to that seen in the circulata complex, that is, the lobe is large in relation to the size of the apical filament; however, the parameres of males in the atlantica complex have very sparse and relatively short setae (Figs. 26 A, B). The fourth complex includes species associated with Hydraena pennsylvanica (6) (Fig. 165B). Males have the transparent lobe at the apex of the aedeagus small in relation to the apical filament (Figs. 29A-C,30A,B); enlargement of the filament reaches its extreme in H. ancylis’, H. sierra might at first appear to have a large apical lobe and a small filament, but apparently the lobe has enlarged after elongation of the filament, as a comparison with the aedeagus of H. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 442 Perkins Figs. 164A - B, Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of Hydraena. (A) circulata Complex. (B) angulicollis Complex. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 443 YOSEMITENSIS ATLANTICA PACIFICA MIGNYMIXYS CALI FORN ICA PET I LA QUADRICURVIPES Figs. 165 A - B, Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of Hydraena. (A) atlantica Complex. (B) pennsylvanica Complex. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 444 Perkins vandykei clearly suggests, indeed, H. vandykei and H. sierra are more similar to one another externally than either is to any other species of Hydraena. I associate the circulata and angulicollis complexes on the basis of their common possession of long and dense paramere setae, whereas the atlantica and pennsylvanica complexes are united because of their short and sparse setae (Fig. 1 63C: 1 ,2). This grouping is not supported by a synapomorphy. Within the complexes, the following character states were used for forming sister-species pairs and sister-groups (numbers refer to those in phylograms, Figs. 64A,B,lo5A,B): (7) H. circulata- arenicola united on the basis of similarity of main-piece shape; (8) H. occidentalis-tuolumne united on basis of expanded parameres; (9) H. angulicollis-appalachicola united on basis of morphocline of increasing enlargement of apical region on right side of main-piece; (10) H. yosemitensis is unique in possession of long spines on the apex of the aedeagus (lateral view); (11) H. quadricurvipes is unique in the lack of a slender apical filament of the aedeagus (externally H. quadricurvipes is unique among circulata Group species in possession of arcuate meso- and metatibiae); (12) H. calif ornica-petila united on basis of very slender main-piece of the aedeagus; (13) H. atlantica- pacifica united due to overall aedeagal similarity; (14) H. pennsylvanica-ancylis united based on mutual possession of very long apical processes; (15) H. vandykei-sierra united because the apical lobe is attched to the slender apical process above the point where the latter attaches to the main-piece. Comparison of geographical distributions of the four complexes in the circulata Group reveals two patterns. First, three of the groups have both an eastern and a western North American component, which I view as evidence of vicariance caused by Pleistocene glaciations. Secondly, all three complexes with an eastern component have two species each, one more northernly and one more southernly distributed; two of these north-south pairs are sister-species, which may also relate to Pleistocene glaciations. The leechi Group. Five Subgroups of the leechi Group are recognized, based upon external features. The following character states are used to define the proposed monophyletic groups (numbers refer to those in phylogram, Fig. 163B): (1) this grouping is based on general habitus similarity, I cannot suggest a synapomorphic character state at this time; (2) pronotum with a scintilla (Fig. 3 1C); (3) males with arcuate hind tibiae (Figs. 32D,E); (4) hind tibiae of males with a brush of setae; (5) hind tibiae with two stiff spines; elytra with alternate intervals elevated; (6) hind tibiae of males straight, lacking a brush of setae; (7) pronotum without a scintilla; (8) anteromedian region of metasternum forming a ridge (Fig. 48D). Of these criteria, I am confident that 2-5 and 8 represent synapomorphic characters, whereas criteria 1,6 and 7 should be considered likely candidates for modification in future evaluations of relationships in this lineage. The leechi Subgroup. - This is well defined and quite distinctive by virtue of the arcuate and setose hind tibiae of males. Within the lineage, however, differences in external features are generally of an autapomorphic nature and consequently of no value in determining sister-groups. The reconstructed phylogeny (Fig. 166) is based on both aedeagal (Figs. 33A-D,36A-D) and external features, but principally the former. The following character states are used (numbers refer to those in phylogram): (1) H. canticacollis is characterized by shape of parameres, which is unique in the group, and setae are distributed Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 445 along the entire dorsal edge of the parameres, not just near the apex and on the ventral edge as in males of other species of the leechi Subgroup; (2) the aedeagus of H. scopula is unique in development of a process near the apex, and in paramere shape; (3) I am unable at present to suggest apotypic character states for these proposed monophyletic groups, which are based on overall external and aedeagal similarity; this similarity however may be due to retention of plesiotypic characters; (4) H. arizonica and H. breedlovei have the metatibiae of males expanded in the region of the setal brush (Figs. 32D,G), which is considered a derived condition; (5) H. scintilla and H. bituberculata are united based upon similarity in the aedeagal apex. Comparison of proposed phylogeny and generalized distributions (Fig. 166) reveals that most sister-groups consist of a northern (southeastern Arizona and southwestern New Mexico) and a southern (central Mexico) component (i.e., H. scopula- sister-group, H. scintilla-bituberculata, and H. arizonica-breedlovei). Interpreted from a vicariance theory viewpoint, this distribution suggests that some portion of the Sierra Madre Occidental mountains (or an historical antecedent) is a likely candidate as a vicariance barrier. The scintillabella Subgroup. - Males of this subgroup are similar to those of the leechi Subgroup in that several species display only aedeagal differences. Consequently, the proposed phylogeny (Fig. 167) is based almost entirely on these genitalic characters. In certain species the aedeagus is so bizarre ( H . zapatina and H. colombiana, Figs. 39C,D) that similarities with the other species are not readily apparent. This also suggests that several species in this lineage still remain to be collected and studied. Reconstructing a phylogeny is further complicated by the fact that five of the 17 species in this lineage are known from only female specimens. The following character states are used to justify the proposed phylogeny (numbers refer to those in phylogram); (1) this lineage has relatively simple aedeagi which are slender in lateral view and lack intricate convolutions in the apical portion (Figs. 37B, 41A-D); (2) aedeagi in this lineage are relatively broad in lateral view and have the terminal portion highly convoluted and extremely complex (Figs. 38A-D,39A-D); (3) in this grouping, the aedeagal main-piece extends as a process at its apex; (4) H. maureenae-H. ozarkensis united based upon high degree of overall aedeagal similarity (Figs. 41A-C), additionally, these two species have random punctures on the elytral disc, not serial rows as in the other species, and a basic overall external similarity; (5) in H. exilipes-H. campbelli the right side of the aedeagal main-piece is heavily sclerotized and extends well beyond the left side; (6) placement of H. sordida and H. puncticollis is highly speculative as males are not yet known; (7) these species are proposed as monophyletic because of the tendency of the aedeagus to have an elevated region upon which the parameres insert (see lateral views, Figs. 38A-D); (8) the aedeagus of H. costiniceps (Fig.39B) differs in basic structure from that of the aforementioned species, hence its placement; uniting H. germaini, H. paraguayensis and H. plaumanni to this lineage is highly suspect as males are not yet known for these species; (9) species in this lineage have the dorsal process of the aedeagal main-piece well developed; (10) uniting H. zapatina and H. colombiana is based on their very complex aedeagal structure (Figs. 39C,D), however, this placement is highly provisional and will almost undoubtedly require modification when additional, related species are found; (11) this dichotomy and the H. alterra- H. terralta sister-species pair are quite obvious from the aedeagal similarities of these three species (Figs. 38A,C,D). A comparison of phylogeny and generalized distributions reveals that the first dichotomy corresponds with the northern (North and Central American) and southern (South American) distributions, the only exception being H. zapatina , which may not actually belong in the Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 446 Perkins A B C D E F G CANT ICACOLLI S LEECHI ARIZONICA BREEDLOVE I SCINTILLA BITUBERCULATA SCOPULA Fig. 166. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the leechi Subgroup of Hydraena. lineage as herein proposed (see above). The distribution patterns of the H. maureenae- H. ozarkensis-H. exilipes-H. campbelli lineage closely approximates that of species in the Hydraena marginicollis Complex (see below). Concerning the South American species, the phylogeny suggests that species from southeastern Brazil are more closely related to those from Colombia and Peru than to those (somewhat) geographically intermediate species from Paraguay, Bolivia and northern Argentina ( H . costiniceps, etc.). However, male genitalia are not known for three of these species, so their phylogenetic placement is doubtful. Further, additional species of this lineage from South America surely await discovery. The particeps Subgroup. - Adults in this sublineage of the leechi Group lack a pronotal scintilla. Externally they are all quite similar (except H. oblio , see below), the reconstructed phylogeny (Fig. 168) being therefore based upon aedeagal structures. Character states below are used to justify the proposed phylogeny (numbers refer to those of phylogram). (1) Placement of H. oblio in this lineage is highly provisional, being based upon lack of a pronotal scintilla. The pronotum is markedly punctate and microreticulate, which could be considered a derived condition for this group. However, this sculpturing may also have resulted in the secondary loss of a scintilla; the aedeagus (Fig. 44A) also differs considerably from that of other species in this lineage, and perhaps indicates relationship with certain species in the scintillabella Subgroup. A more defendable phylogenetic placement of H. oblio must await further data. (2) Males of this lineage have the parameres originating above the base of the aedeagus. (3) Overall aedeagal similarity of males of these three species (Figs. 44B-D), includes presence of a lobe on the left side of the aedeagus, which is considered apotypic. (4) Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 447 Fig. 167. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the scintillabella Subgroup of Hydraena. Males have the parameres originating just below the modified apex of the aedeagus (Figs. 43A-D,45B). In H. orcula the parameres originate lower on the main-piece, but this is thought to be secondarily derived. Males of three of the four species have a slender process at the aedeagal apex, which are considered homologues {H. youngi is the exception). (5) These three species share an aedeagal lobe (see lateral views of Figs. 43A-D; lobe lies in front of right paramere). (6)7/. youngi is thought to be a highly derived member of its lineage, with adults characterized by an unusual, very linear body form and scabrous sculpture on the pronotum. The aedeagus (Fig. 45B) is also quite unusual, I suspect a result of fusion and reduction of various parts (cf.. H. particeps aedeagus, Fig. 43 A). The morphological gap in aedeagal and external features between H. youngi and the species of its sister-group suggests that several Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 448 Perkins species have become extinct in this lineage. (7) H. decui and H. particeps are united on the basis of overall aedeagal similarity (Figs. 43A-C). One can mentally visualize the bending and reduction necessary to derive the H. decui aedeagus from an H. particeps-Mke precursor. The aedeagus of H. orcula males does not easily lend itself to a third step in this type of modification, hence its very reduced structure is thought to reflect early divergence of the stock from which it descended (most of which remain to be collected and described). (8) Males of H. guadelupensis, H. spangleri and H. punctata display three transformation series in aedeagal features (Figs. 44B-D): development of a sclerotized sinuation on the dorsal surface between the parameres (maximum expression in H. punctata)', increasing width of main-piece (H. punctata the extreme); and increasing slenderness of apical filament ( H . punctata again the extreme). Based on out-group comparison with the other species of the particeps Group, the slender aedeagus which lacks a sclerotized sinuation between the parameres would appear plesiotypic. This suggests that direction of change was from H. guadelupensis to H. spangleri and finally to H. punctata , and consequently the latter two species are considered monophyletic. Comparison of the proposed phylogeny and generalized distributions (Fig. 168) reveals that the Caribbean species, H. guadelupensis and H. decui, are related to North and South American lineages, respectively. When traced backward, however, both lineages “retreat” in a southern direction, indicating that ancestral species had Central or South American distributions. Are the Caribbean distributions a result of vicariance caused by formation of these islands (see Rosen’s hypothesis, 1975), or due to dispersal and divergence after insular formation? If the species dispersed to the islands and then diverged, it would seem logical that the southernmost Caribbean species, H. guadelupensis, would have its sister-species in northern South America. Likewise, the species from Cuba, H. decui, would probably have its sister-species in Florida and adjacent areas of North America. The exact opposite is true, however, as H. guadelupensis is related to H. spangleri and H. punctata of North America, whereas H. decui is related to H. particeps and H. orcula of South America. One wonders if further collecting will expand the distributions of these Caribbean species. The argutipes Subgroup. - The reconstructed phylogeny (Fig. 169) of this lineage is based on both external and aedeagal characteristics (numbers below refer to those of phylogram). (1) H. cuspidicollis differs both externally and genitalicaly from the remaining species in this lineage. Anterior angles of the pronotum (Fig. 48C) are produced, males have a brush of setae on the hind tibiae, and the protibiae are shaped uniquely (Figs. 61G,H), all of which are considered apotypic for this lineage. The aedeagus of H. cuspidicollis (Fig. 45A) is unique in that the left paramere is much shorter than the right, and the main-piece extends well to the left of the mobile-piece. (2) Synapotypic character states are not known for this lineage. (3) Synapotypic character states are not presently known for this lineage either. (4) H. mazamitla is here separated based upon the dissimilarity of its aedeagus (Fig. 46B) from aedeagi characteristic of other species. (5) This group of species is proposed as monophyletic based on the large size of the opening at the base of the aedeagus, a very unusual condition and almost surely apotypic for this lineage. (6) H. bractea and H. bractoides share a very similar and unusual habitus, expanded hind tibiae in males, and very large metasternal plaques. There is little question they are sister-species. (7) Bifid right parameres (Figs. 47 A, B) plus ochraceous legs are derived features shared by H. argutipes and H. prieto. (8) Males of this lineage have lobe-shaped right parameres (Figs. 46A,C,D). (9) H. oaxaca and H. scolops males share an unusual lobe between the left Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 449 OBLIO SPANGLER I PUNCTATA GUADELUPENSIS ORCULA SAHLBERG I DECUI PARTICEPS YOUNG I ISTOCENE Fig. 168. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phytogeny of the particeps Subgroup of Hydraena. paramere and the main-piece. This lobe inflates when the aedeagus is transferred from glycerin to water. Interpretation of the generalized distributions (Fig. 169) in light of the proposed phylogeny is difficult due to extensive sympatry. The most clearly defined section of the phylogram (5) is composed of a northern (7) and a southern (8) component, which may suggest a geographically intermediate barrier that was effective in the past. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 450 Perkins The marginicollis Group. Although the marginicollis Group contains some externally distinctive species, there are many species whose diagnostic features are restricted to aedeagal characters. Two sublineages (Fig. 163D) are recognized, based upon characters of the ventral surface. In one sublineage, the geminya Subgroup (1), the prosternal carina is separated from the procoxae by a narrow shelf, and the mesosternal intercoxal process is broad (Figs. 63 A, F). In the marginicollis Subgroup the pro-and mesocoxae are less widely separated (Figs. 54B,I). These differences relate, in general, to different habitats occupied by these groups (see classification section of the geminya Subgroup). More narrowly separated coxae must be considered the plesiotypic condition, therefore synapotypy of the marginicollis Subgroup remains to be demonstrated. Fig. 169. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the argutipes Subgroup of Hydraena. The marginicollis Subgroup. - Six species complexes based upon aedeagal similarities are included in this lineage. Proposed phylogenetic relationships of these complexes (Fig. 163D) reflect an apparent transformation series of positions of the parameres. In the anisonycha and mexicana Complexes (2,3) the parameres originate at or very near the aedeagal base (//. mexicana Fig. 5 1C); males of the jivaro Complex (4) have the parameres near the basal 0.33 of the main-piece {jivaro , Fig. 52C); in the marginicollis and trinidensis Complexes (5) the left paramere is further from the base than is the right {H. trinidensis , Fig. 53C); finally, in the Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 451 Fig. 170. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the mexicana Complex of Hydraena. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 452 Perkins Figs. 171 A - B, Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of Hydraena. (A) geminya Subgroup. (B) jivaro Complex. colymba Complex (6) both parameres originate above midlength of the main-piece ( H . colymba. Fig. 60A). H . anisonycha (2) is placed as the sister-group of the other complexes because of highly unusual external characteristics (see species diagnosis section); also, although parameres attach near the base of the aedeagus (the primitive condition, Fig. 58B) as does the mexicana Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 453 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 454 Perkins states as follows: (1) the main-piece is straight near the apex in limpidicollis and newtoni (Figs. 49C,D)(these two species are also unique in that the pronotum is testaceous); (2) in these species the main-piece extends to the right at its apex; (3) these species are assembled on overall aedeagal similarity, and the assembly is provisional (Figs. 49A,B,51 A-D). Comparison of generalized distributions and phylogeny (Fig. 170) reveals no overlap between any of the sister-species pairs. Since this reconstruction is provisional, relationship of the Caribbean species ( H . haitensis and H. perkinsi ) to those from South America ( H . quechua and H. tucumanica ) must also be viewed as tentative. The reconstructed phylogeny for the jivaro Complex (Fig. 17 IB) is based on aedeagal similarities (2) and testaceous labrum (1). Although aedeagi of H. hyalina and H. grouvellei males (Figs. 52A,64A) are similar to those of the remaining three species, I am not confident that their proper phylogenetic position is within this lineage. Clarification of their placement must await discovery of additional, more closely related species. Relating generalized distributions to the phylogeny should be restricted to H. jivaro, H. anaphora and H. premordica aedeagi, (Figs. 52B-D) due to the highly speculative placement of H. grouvellei and H. hyalina. Marked similarity of aedeagal form of H. trinidensis and H. browni males (Figs. 5 3 A-D) is the basis of the reconstructed phylogeny for the trinidensis Complex (Fig. 172A). The reconstructed phylogeny for the marginicollis Complex (Fig. 172B) is based upon aedeagal similarities which appear to be synapotypic (Figs. 55 A-D, 58 A): (1) terminal mobile piece with a vesicle; (2) left side of main-piece with a heavily sclerotized lobe; (3) terminal mobile piece with two processes at its apex; (4) overall aedeagal similarity (I cannot demonstrate that this latter criterion is synapotypic). Comparison of the generalized distributions (Fig. 172B) with the phylogeny reveals that the Central and North American species form the sister-group of the South American species. I suspect that the ancestor of H. marginicollis-pulsatrix-longicollis had a wide distribution around the Gulf of Mexico, underwent vicariance to form H. marginicollis and the ancestor of H. pulsatrix-H. longicollis ; a subsequent vicariant event caused the formation of H. pulsatrix and H. longicollis. The reconstructed phylogeny for the colymba Complex (Fig. 173) is based upon the following criteria (numbers refer to those in phylogram): (1) overall aedeagal similarity (Figs. 60A-D,62A); (2) large body size, pronotum lacking macula, overall aedeagal similarity (Figs. 62B-D); (3) metatibiae of males enlarged; (4) similarity of terminal mobile piece; (5) left paramere reduced in size. With the possible exception of the placement of H. sabella, I am fairly confident that this phylogeny closely approximates the true relationships of this complex. In general, the distributions (Fig. 173) of species in the mountains of Chiapas, Mexico, and those further south in Central America equate with the first dichotomy of the lineage. The high degree of sympatry within the two sublineages, however, prevents further generalizations. The geminya Subgroup. - The reconstructed phylogeny (Fig. 171 A) of the three species in this lineage is based upon similarity in aedeagal form of H. chiapa and H. geminya males (Figs. 64B-D). The widely separated ranges do not permit analysis of the pattern, and probably reflect inadequate sampling of appropriate habitats. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 455 Genus Spanglerina The two sister-species pairs of this genus are clearly indicated by small size, bicolored head, and aedeagal similarities of S. brevis-frondsicola (Fig. 174:1), and large size, unicolorous head and aedeagal similarities of S. ingens- fluvicola (2). Rather close similarity of sister-species and distribution patterns suggest a single vicariance event between present day distributions of S. ingens and S. fluvicola , which could also have formed geographical isolates of the S. brevis-frondsicola stem species. Genus Limnebius Adults of Limnebius are extremely similar to one another externally, reliable determinations being based almost entirely on aedeagi, which are highly dissimilar. Likewise, the reconstructed phylogeny (Fig. 175) must be based entirely on aedeagal form. Aedeagi of males in the upper section of the first dichotomy (1) ( L . borealis , etc.) have the apical portion more or less lobate and mobile (Figs. 70,71,72A,73C), whereas the apical portion of the aedeagus of the sister-group (2) is generally narrower and firmly affixed to (not hinged with) the basal part (Figs. 72C,D,73A,B). Sister-species are based upon similarities in aedeagal form, some of which are quite obvious (L. sinuatus-utahensis, L. borealis-arenicolus , L. piceus-alutaceus ), and in other instances rather obtuse (e.g., L. mitus-angustulus) . Lack of external characteristics to corroborate the proposed relationships impose a low level of confidence on the phylogram. The most obvious correspondence between phylogeny and distribution pattern is relationship of eastern species of United States to those in western North America, not to those of Mexico and Texas. The Mexican and Texan species have two sister-group relationships with the species of the western United States: L. leechi - ( aridus - mexicanus-octolaevis) and L. texanus - ( arenicolus-borealis ). Therefore, as is seen in Ochthebius , the geographical area of southern California and southern Arizona appears a likely location for an event causing vicariance during the past. Also suggestive of a pattern seen in Ochthebius is the allopatric distributions of L. arenicolus-borealis , separated by areas of Oregon and Washington (the two subpopulations of alutaceus discussed in the classification section also reflect this presumed barrier). Genus Gymnochthebius Proposed phylogenetic relationships of the Subgroups of Gymnochthebius are illustrated by Fig. 176B. Numbers on the phylogram represent the following synapotypic character states: 1) absence of hydrofuge pubescence from posterior 0.50 of abdominal sternum 5 and from median area of metasternum; 2) absence of hydrofuge pubescence from anterior 0.50 of of abdominal sternum 5; 3) loss of elytral striae; 4) unusual pronotal form (see Figs. 89D,E); 5) markedly microreticulate pronotum; and 6) similarity in aedeagal form. Unification of the nitudus- laevipennis Subgroups as monophyletic requires verification as I cannot suggest a synapotypy at this time. The oppositus Subgroup is obviously the more highly apotypic member of this trio. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 456 Perkins Fig. 173. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the colymba Complex of Hydraena. but there is no morphocline which will allow it to be united with either the nitidus or laeyipennis Subgroup: I therefore view its distinctiveness as resulting from early divergence from the nitidus Group stock. The three species in the plesiotypus Group retain presumed primitive features of the pronotum and ventral pubescence, but the close resemblance of the aedeagi indicates monophyly. Generally speaking, Gymnochthebius displays increasingly derived morphological states of the Subgroups northward from Chile to the United States. Thus, the germaini Subgroup is intermediate in pronotal form between the plesiotypic plesiotypus Subgroup of Chile and Argentina and the apotypic laevipennis and oppositus Subgroups of Central America, Mexico and southern United States; likewise, the germaini Subgroup is geographically intermediate between the aforementioned groups. The plesiotypus Subgroup. - Primitive form of the pronotum of G. plesiotypus , which resembles that of certain Ochthebius (sensu stricto) species, has been discussed previously. The closely similar body form and aedeagi of G. jensenhaarupi and G. octonarius clearly indicate monophyly with G. plesiotypus. The monophyly of G. jensenhaarupi and G. octonarius (1) is based upon their close external and genitalic resemblance. The allopatric distribution patterns of the three species also suggest the phylogeny as proposed (Fig. 176A). The germaini Subgroup. - Proposed common ancestry in this lineage (Fig. 177) is based upon similarities in the aedeagus and trends toward reduction of pronotal punctation Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 457 Fig. 174. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of Spanglerina species. ( e.g.,G.tectus-topali ). Members of several species differ noticably only in genitalic characteristics, or vary externally such that the genitalia must be used in identification. This, plus the complex sympatric distribution patterns of the Chilean species makes phylogenetic inferences difficult and consequently of a low level of confidence. The body form of G. bartyrae (1) (Fig. 80B) is quite dissimilar from body form characteristic of the remaining species. Likewise, G. compactus (2) with its compact body appears distinct from the remaining species of its assemblage. I have seen an additional species (undescribed-no males) related tq G. compactus from Uruguay, suggesting that these two species may represent a monophyletic vicariant group in the highlands of Brazil and adjacent montane areas of eastern-southern South America. Proposed sister -species pairs for the remaining species of the germaini Subgroup are based upon similarities in shape of the aedeagal apex, the two sides of the “fork” being of unequal length in G. germaini and G. bisagittatus (4) (Figs. 85A,95B), and of equal length (3) in the remaining species. Illustrations (Figs. 84A-D,88B) of the remaining species show similarities between various pairs, but I cannot at present demonstrate defendable Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 458 Perkins O- MID-CRETACEOUS □- MIOCENE a- PLEISTOCENE K OCTOLAEVIS L MEXICANUS M ARIDUS N LEECHI 0 MITUS P ANGUSTULUS Fig. 175. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of Limnebius species. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 459 NITIDUS SUBGROUP LAEVIPENNIS SUBGROUP OPPOSITUS SUBGROUP GERMAINI SUBGROUP RETICULATUS SUBGROUP PLESIOTYPUS SUBGROUP B Figs. 176A - B. (A) generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the plesiotypus Subgroup of Gymnochthebius. (B) proposed phylogeny of major sublineages of Gymnochthebius. synapotypies. We are clearly far from a definitive statement of the phylogenetic relationships of the germaini Subgroup. The reticulatus Subgroup. - This highly distinctive Subgroup is currently represented by a single sister-species pair (Fig. 90B). The morphological distance separating this Subgroup from its sister-group {germaini Subgroup) suggests that additional related species probably remain to be discovered. The oppositus Subgroup. - Only two species are presently known for this highly derived group (Fig. 94A). The laevipennis Subgroup. - There is an obvious trend toward reduction of dorsal sculpture in this group, as adults of all species lack well impressed rows of elytral punctures. This trend to smoothness is also seen in the pronotum, reduction of foveae presenting a morphocline which can be used to infer relationships (Fig. 178): G. crassipes-laevipennis are united (2) by loss of lateral (foveate) depressions, and G. crassipes-laevipennis- maureenae are united (1) by loss of posterior foveae. By out-group comparison, the foveate condition is primitive. The allopatric pattern of distribution can also be interpreted as suggesting this branching sequence. The nitidus Subgroup. - The sister-species pair nitidus-falli (Fig. 179:1) is based upon the relatively wide median piece of the aedeagus. Shape of the median piece in G. fossatus is more similar to that of species in the germaini Subgroup. Externally, G. falli and G. fossatus are more similar, but this similarity suggests symplesiotypy, G. nitidus being clearly the more divergent species of the trio. One possible scenario is that the ancestor of the group was probably distributed in Central and/or northern South America, spread northward, forming as the result of a vicariant event G. fossatus plus the ancestor of G. falli-nitidus. The latter subsequently differentiated, with G. fossatus more recently expanding its range northward and southward to its present extent. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 460 Perkins Fig. 1 77. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the germaini Subgroup of Gymnochthebius. Fig. 1 78. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the laevipennis Subgroup of Gymnochthebius. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 461 Fig. 179. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the nitidus Subgroup of Gymnochthebius. Genus Ochthebius Ochthebius species in the New World are grouped into two subgenera, Ochthebius ( sensu stricto) and Asiobates (see section on classification). Ochthebius (sensu stricto) is best Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 462 Perkins represented in western North America, but has one major sublineage ( biincisus Group) which has diversified in Mexico and Central America. Ochthebius (Asiobates) also has these two geographical components, but they are approximately equal in species numbers, although the Mexican components are more morphologically diverse. Subgenus Ochthebius The proposed branching sequences of the major sublineages of Ochthebius ( sensu stricto ) (Fig. 181 B) are based primarily on form of pronotum, especially shape of the anterior margin (1). An exception is separation of O. benefossus from the remaining species based on unusual sides of the pronotum, which have the hyaline border entirely within the sinuation (2) (Fig. 96D). Additionally, the apical mobile piece of the aedeagus (Fig. 131 A) differs from the basic form of the remaining species. The interruptus and borealis sublineages are united by the straight anterior margin of the pronotum (Fig. 1 82B: 1 ). The rectus Subgroup is joined to the aforementioned by the nearly straight anterior margin, but is distinct from those in shape of the pronotal sides (2) (Figs. 96A,112D-F). The bisinuatus Group has the anterior margin of the pronotum bisinuate, which is more closely similar to the form seen in the interruptus Group than that of the biincisus Group, hence its placement as the sister-group of the former (Fig. 181 B:3). Finally, the biincisus Group is treated as the vicariant (southern vs. northern) sister-group of the interruptus + bisinuatus Groups (Fig. 181 B:4) based on the development of postocular emarginations and processes on the anterior margin of the pronotum (Figs. 125A-F,128A). Fig. 180. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phytogeny of the biincisus Group of Ochthebius (sensu stricto). Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 463 Obviously I am not applying constraints of equal ranking of sister-groups (e.g., biincisus Group ranked equal with interruptus Group plus bisinuatus Group), the reason being that this proposed phylogeny is meant as the first phase in elucidation of phylogenetic relationships of the sublineages of Ochthebius (sensu stricto), the groups therefore being treated as working units. Equally obvious is lack of synapotypies for the proposed groups, these being based primarily on morphological trends; one trend (morphocline) leading to a markedly bisinuate anterior margin of the pronotum ( O . calif ornicus. Fig. 116D) and the other leading to well developed postocular emarginations and processes ( O . mexcavatus , Fig. 128A). Figs. 1 8 1 A - B. (A) generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the bisinuatus Group of Ochthebius (sensu stricto ). (B) proposed phylogeny of major sublineages of Ochthebius (sensu sricto). Both of these groups are thought to be derived from an ancestor with a straight or slightly arcuate anterior margin, hence the interruptus Group, which is defined by this criterion, must be considered untested with respect to apotypic characters in common. One possible scenario to explain structure and distributions is: 1) a widely spread species or group of species (with straight anterior margin) diverged to form a northern and southern group; 2) the southern group diverged to form the biincisus Group (anterior margin with postocular processes and Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 464 Perkins emarginations); 3) the northern group (concurrently perhaps) diverged to form the more boreal sublineage and the western bisinuatus lineage; 4) the boreal sublineage expanded its range westward, then underwent a vicariant event to form the rectus Subgroup in the west and the interruptus-borealis stock in the north; 5) the process repeated, with the formation of the interruptus and borealis Subgroups. The benefossus Group This monotypic group and O. ( Asiobates ) putnamensis are the only members of the genus restricted to eastern North America (Figs. 99C,186). O. benefossus bears a resemblance to Palearctic species in the subgenus Henicocerus (see comments in classification section); this, plus absence of other species in eastern North America suggests an ancient, Laurasian distribution pattern. Further study will probably demonstrate that O. benefossus is more closely related to Palearctic species than to any of the New World. The biincisus Group The proposed phylogeny of this lineage, which contains more tropical elements than any other sublineage of Ochthebius (sensu stricto ) Leach is illustrated by Fig. 180, the numbers representing the following characteristics (presumed apotypic): 1) postocular emarginations present; 2) absence of hydrofuge pubescence on abdominal sternum 6; 3) confluent posterior foveolae of pronotum ( a reversal in O. biincisus ); 4) not demonstrable at this time; 5) reduction of pronotal microreticulation; 6) convex lateral depressions; 7) deep postocular emarginations; 8) loss of median groove; and 9) similarities of aedeagi and habitus. Some dichotomies have one component north and the other south of the Arizona-Mexico boundary (presently an arid region). Examples are (northern component of each pair given first): O. gruwelli- arizonicus-biincisus vs. O. mexcavatus; and O. alpinopetrus- spanglerorum vs. O. attritus-batesoni. Similarity, there is a “dividing line” near the Tropic of Cancer in Mexico which could be viewed as evidence for a single vicariant event resulting in O. tubus vs. O. pauli\ and O. madrensis vs. O. obscurus. Distribution of the sister-species pair O. attritus- batesoni, the former circum-Caribbean, the latter Galapagian, is suggestive of an “eastern Pacific-Caribbean generalized track” (see Rosen, 1975). However, this inference should be tempered by recognition that O. attritus is a halophilic species (living in salty pools near beaches) and therefore is more likely to develop an extensive range (as is indicated by the seemingly disjunct Brazilian population). Consequently, the marine barrier between the Galapagos and Central America may be “perfectly matched” for the stem species of this pair, allowing the “chance survivors” model to operate (see discussion in introduction to this section). On the other hand, Rosen (1975) has illustrated this distribution pattern with such divergent organisms as isopods, shrimps, crabs and rats. It would seem highly unlikely that these very different organisms, and also the O. attritus-batesoni stem species, would have the same vagility and rate of genetic divergence which would allow this sea barrier to function in each example (via the chance survivors model). The bisinuatus Group The bisinuatus lineage trends toward reduction in body size and development of rough pronotal sculpture, the latter trend reaching its extreme in O. crenatus. This trend toward rough sculpture is one of the major transformation series upon which the proposed phylogeny (Fig. 181 A) is based. The criteria are (numbers refer to those on phylogram): 1) bisinuate Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 465 anterior margin of the pronotum (arcuate margin assumed to be the plesiotypic state; 2) I cannot suggest a synapotypy for this group, though O. richmondi is isolated by retention of a more primitive habitus; 3) development of widely produced lateral depressions of the pronotum which terminate abruptly posteriorly (Figs. 116A,C); 4) morphocline of pronotal roughness; and 5) crenulations present on anterior margin of pronotum. Analysis of distribution is complicated by extensive sympatry. However, if sympatry of sister-groups is evidence of dispersal following a vicariant event (Platnick, 1976; Platnick and Nelson, 1978), then it is apparent that the most likely geographical location for such an event (Fig. 181 A) is the general vicinity of southern Oregon and southern Idaho. This area separates most of the components of the first dichotomy (except O. californicus) and also separates (discounting area of sympatry) the sister-species pair O. crenatus-californicus. A RECTUS B RECTICULUS C RECTUSALSUS A B Figs. 182A - B. (A) generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the rectus Subgroup of Ochthebius (sensu stricto). (B) proposed phylogeny of major sublineages of the interruptus Group. The rectus Subgroup. - Members of these three species present a habitus (Figs. 98A,112D-F) quite distinct from the other related sublineages of Ochthebius ( sensu stricto ). One species, O. recticulus , is known only from the overflow area of a thermal spring in Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 466 Perkins California; the second, O. rectusalsus, is apparently adapted to salty ponds near beaches; and the third, O. rectus , is widespread in western North America, frequently found in saline pools. The reconstructed phylogeny (Fig. 182A:1) unites O. rectus and O. recticulus based upon similarities of the aedeagus of males (Figs. 1 13B,C,1 14A). One possible scenario consistent with the distributions, habitats and proposed phylogeny is as follows: 1) the stem species of the lineage was widespread in western North America, containing some ecological components more highly adapted to saline water; 2) a vicariant event, such as decrease in temperature, causes a southward range contraction, leaving a component in warmer coastal ponds (latter to diverge to become O. rectusalus ), a very small population at Wilbur Hot Springs or other geographically approximate thermal springs (Wilbur Hot Springs has a high degree of endemicity- further support for a vicariance hypothesis) (this component later to become recticulus ), and finally a southern, less ecologically restricted component (rectus); 3) under more favorable environmental conditions, the less ecologically restricted species, O. rectus , expands its range to the present limits. The interruptus Subgroup. - Species of this lineage are restricted to western North America; all members have a straight or arcuate anterior pronotal margin and distinct posterior pronotal foveae. The reconstructed phylogeny (Fig. 183) is based upon similarities in habitus (1), pronotal punctation (3), and color (2) (O. pacificus-arenicolus are generally black, the other three species brownish) (Figs. 97A-E). As was seen in the bisinuatus Group, there is a complex pattern of sympatry, especially in California. Further, the vicariant boundary proposed for the bisinuatus Group (southern regions of Oregon and Idaho) also appears to be that region most likely involved in vicariance of interruptus Subgroup species. The distribution pattern of O. lecontei is unique among the hydraenids of this region, from which might be inferred that the O. lecontei-sierrensis species pair is an example of the “chance survivors” model. These two species are separated by the Great Basin. The borealis Subgroup. - This lineage contains primarily cold adapted species which are typically found in pond habitats. Two species, O. kaszabi and O. marinus are the only members of the family known to have a holarctic distribution pattern. The reconstructed phylogeny (Fig. 184) is based upon the following synapotypies: 1) confluent posterior foveae of the pronotum; 2) loss of median groove; 3) development of confluent pronotal foveae of a side to form sinuate lines; 4) similarities of aedeagi; and 5) similarities of pronotal microreticulation. Remains of O. marinus (or O. kaszabi ) in late Pleistocene deposits of Canada (age of deposits = 100,000 years; see comments in “Zoogeography at the Generic Level” section), establish that at least one of these two species had evolved prior to the Pleistocene. This information plus present day distributions suggests that both species were holarctic prior to the Pleistocene. What effect upon speciation in this Subgroup did glacation have? Perhaps the stem species of O. marinus-uniformis-borealis was “cleaved” by advancing ice sheets to form O. marinus and the stem of O. uniformis-borealis. A problem species in this lineage is O. lineatus which, unlike the remaining species, extends southward into tropical regions where it is a rather distinctive morph (see section on classification). Possibly possession of confluent posterior foveae of the pronotum (which are used to place it in the borealis lineage) is an example of convergence, as the southern morph of this species in other respects resembles O. attritus of the biincisus Group. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 467 A LECONTE I B S I ERRENS I S C INTERRUPTUS D PACIFICUS E ARENICOLUS Fig. 183. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the interruptus Subgroup of Ochthebius (sensu strieto). A KASZABI B MARINUS C UNIFORMIS D BOREALIS E LINEATUS Fig. 184. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the borealis Subgroup of Ochthebius ( sensu strieto ). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 468 Perkins Subgenus Asiobates The subgenus Asiobates includes the puncticollis Group, which contains large, coarsely punctate adults with a similar aedeagus, and the discretus Group, including small adults, generally less coarsely punctate and with a different aedeagal type. The reconstructed phylogeny (Fig. 185B) of the Groups and Subgroups is based upon the following (numbers refer to those given in the figure): 1) aedeagus with a process on terminal mobile piece (( discretus Group); 2) body large, males similar in details of the aedeagus (Figs. 144A-E); 3) anterior foveae of pronotum present or region coarsely punctate and depressed; 4) anterior foveae, and also posterior foveae in some specimens, absent, body form and aedeagus similar. The allopatric distribution of a northern and a southern component of nearly all sister-groups within this lineage invites the inference that a single vicariant event in the southwestern United States (or a cyclic environmental change in this region) has had a marked influence on dichotomies within the lineage. For example, the following north-south sister-groups are separated by this geographic region: discretus Subgroup - reticulocostus Subgroup; cribricollis Subgroup - similis Subgroup; puncticollis species - angularidus species. The puncticollis Group. This lineage of distinctive, large (about 2.50 mm long) species is restricted to the western United States, with one disjunct species ( O . angularidus) in the Rio Grande River drainage of southern Texas and northern Mexico. The species O. martini-leechi are united (Fig. 185A:1) by the relatively flattened pronotum (a more convex type considered primitive), whereas O. puncticollis-angularidus are united (2) by general habitus resemblance, including well developed pronotal foveae, and genitalic resemblance. Distribution patterns and proposed phylogeny suggest two vicariant events, the first occurring in southern California and adjacent Arizona, dividing the stem species of the Group into a population in the northern coastal region of California (O. martini-leechi stem species) and a population farther south (O. puncticollis-angularidus stem species); and a second, subsequent vicariant event occurring somewhere between the current ranges of O. puncticollis and O. angularidus causing that dichotomy (with subsequent range expansion of O. puncticollis to its present limits). Given a different phylogeny, for instance uniting O. leechi-puncticollis-angularidus as a monophyletic group could suggest this scenario: an ancestral species, with a distribution similar to that of O. puncticollis today, moving southward due to decrease in temperature, leaving small populations in warmer coastal areas (to become O. martini ), in thermal springs (to become O. leechi ), followed by a northward expansion of the southern population under favorable conditions, and subsequent vicariance of O. puncticollis-angularidus. The discretus Subgroup. - The reconstructed phylogeny (Fig. 186) is based primarily upon similarities in aedeagal features (2,3) and secondarily upon habitus resemblances (1). The proposed position of O. putnamensis is provisional as males are unknown for that species. Overlapping patterns of sympatry in Oregon make that region a likely candidate for an inferred vicariant event. I have seen fossil fragments of a species which is probably O. discretus or O. hibernus from Ontario (age ca. 70,000 years - see Morgan, 1972), indicating a more eastern distribution Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 469 DISCRETUS SUBGROUP RETICULOCOSTUS SUBGROUP CR IBR I COLLI S SUBGROUP S I MI LI S SUBGROUP PUNCT I COLLI S GROUP B Figs. 185A - B. (A) generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the puncticollis Group of Ochthebius ( Asiobates ). (B) proposed phylogeny of major sublineages of O. ( Asiobates ). pattern in the past for this Subgroup. This may partially explain the disjunct distribution of the eastern O. putnamensis. The similis Subgroup. - The single species known for this group, based upon external features and aedeagus, is closely related to the cribricollis Subgroup (Fig. 187A) (see classification section for further comments). The cribricollis Subgroup. - Only two species are currently known for this group, both of which have a northern distribution pattern (Fig. 187A). Previous authors placed O. cribricollis in the subgenus Homalochthebius (see section on classification). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 470 Perkins Fig. 186. Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phytogeny of the discretus Subgroup of O. ( Asiobates ). The reticulocostus Subgroup. - Lack of correspondence between external resemblances and aedeagal structure in this group makes phylogenetic inference difficult. For example, although O. reticulocostus and O. mexicanus are similar in possession of costate elytral intervals, certainly a derived character state in this group, the other external features of these two species (Figs. 140A,C) and the aedeagi (Figs. 141 A, C) are quite dissimilar. A number of autapotypic characters, such as the two apical aedeagal processes of O. apache , the lack of a process in O. mexicanus, and fusiform body shape of O. apicalis, do not aid determination of sister-species relationships (although they may as further species are discovered and described). The basal lobe of the aedeagus common to O. apache and O. reticulocostus must be considered primitive as it is present in the out-group ( discretus Subgroup), however, absence of this lobe can be used to unite O. mexicanus-browni(¥ig. 187B:3). The phylogeny I have proposed (Fig. 187B) is based partially on body size and form (1), and partially on aedeagal similarities (2). This phylogeny is provisional and I suspect that other, as yet undescribed, species will eventually make possible an interpretation of the present confusing pattern of morphological features. Accepting this phylogeny, the distribution patterns suggest two locations for vicariant events: 1) between the present distributions of O. apicalis and and O. reticulocostus, and 2) between O. apache and O. reticulocostus. The latter region, near the Tropic of Cancer, corresponds with that also suggested by components of the biincisus Group of Ochthebius ( sensu stricto) (see above). (I have made a conscious effort to avoid circularity inherent in basing phylogeny on allopatric distributions and then using that phylogeny to support allopatric Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 471 speciation.) Genus Meropathus The single New World species of this genus, M. vectis, is most closely similar to M. campbellensis from the Campbell Island of the New Zealand subregion, and less so to M. chuni from the Kerguelen Island group. However, evolutionary classification of these similarities must await a complete review of the genus. Genus Neochthebius The two intertidal species currently known for this genus, N. granulosus from Japan and N. vandykei from the Pacific coast of North America, are very similar sister-species. Coincident Sister-Group Patterns, Vicariance Zones, and Endemism “Sweet are the uses of adversity.”(Shakespeare, As you like it) Croizat (1958, 1964), Croizat, Nelson and Rosen (1974), Rosen (1975, 1978) and Platnick (1976) (among other papers by these authors) have used Croizat’s method of plotting geographical distributions of species or monophyletic groups of species, then joining these distributions by lines to form “tracks”. Rosen (1975) states: “A track is no more than a line on a map connecting the disjunct populations of a species or the disjunct species of a monophyletic group. Thus, a line may be drawn between the distribution of a monophyletic group of species and that of its sister-group of one or more species. Plotting on a map the distributions of many different animal and plant assemblages from a certain region will demonstrate if commonality of distribution pattern occurs. If it does occur, the individual tracks will coincide to from a single pathway of massed tracks. This pathway, or generalized track, may be straight, curved, or irregular, but will be identifiable as a generalized track to the extent that all of its components share the same boundaries.” Tracks therefore join sister-groups and, theoretically, span geographical areas which, at some past time, have undergone drastic geological and/or biological modification. Plotting tracks is hindered by extensive areas of sympatry displayed by putative sister-groups. By vicariance theory, sympatry of sister-species and/or groups indicates dispersal following a vicariant event. Dispersal, therefore, obscures locations of past vicariant events. Because of dispersal in Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae, I have elected to illustrate geographical sister-group relationships in a slightly different way. As mentioned at various points in the previous section detailing phylogenies, geographical relationships of certain sister-groups within Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae are repetitive. That is, some geographical vicariance zones are indicated by more than one sister-group relationship. Some lineages within a genus and/or different genera indicate the same vicariance zone. A vicariance zone is no more than the geographical area separating sister-groups, and therefore corresponds to the “middle” of individual or generalized tracks. Validity of a proposed vicariance zone might logically be measured by number of Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 472 Perkins sister-groups separated by that geographical area. Further, an estimation of faunal composition for a given geographical region in the past, and relative ages of phylogenetic dichotomies can be inferred for the sister-group pairs ( synvicariads^. ) of a vicariance zone. Figure 188 A is a summary of the vicariance zones inferred from phylogenies and generalized distributions of hydraenid beetles presented in Figs. 162-187. Arrows in Fig. 188 A indicate locations of sister-group elements separated by a given vicariance zone. For example, Vicariance Zone 7 is inferred from the two synvicariads Hydraena exilipes-campbelli (Fig. 167) and Hydraena pulsatrix-longicollis (Fig. 172B). The number of sister-groups supporting these vicariance zones varies from one to eight. Most North and Central American vicariance zones are represented by two or more synvicariads, whereas all vicariance zones proposed for South America, except one, are at present supported by only a single sister-group. The lack of synvicariads for South American zones may be real or a result of inadequate sampling. Indeed, some of the vicariance zones indicated by present species ranges may be significantly modified when additional distribution data are obtained for South America. Certainly additional vicariance zones will be identified in South America as the fauna is better sampled. Less modification of proposed Central American vicariance zones is anticipated, and very little change for North American zones. Phylogenies and geographical distributions supporting the vicariance zones of Fig. 188A are as follows (numbers of Figures in parentheses): 1 (164B, 165A,B, 172B, 175, 178,179,186). 2 (164 A, 175, 181A, 183). 3 (165A). 4(180). 5 (175,180, 185A.B, 187A). 6 (165B,167, 168). 7 (167, 172B), 8 (169, 174, 187B). 9 (169, 171A, 174, 187B). 10 (170, 171A, 173, 175). 11(173, 178). 12 (173). 13 (170). sl4 (172A). 15 (172B). 16 (171B). 17 (171B, 177). 18 (167). 19 (176A). 20 (176A). 21 (168). 22 (162). 23 (162). 24 (167). These vicariance zones of hydraenid beetles need not coincide with those of other groups, as vagility and responses to environmental change vary from group to group. As Rosen (1978) puts it, “..a vicariant event separating two once-connected streams will affect the fishes and aquatic invertebrates, but not necessarily the birds that feed on them.” Do these vicariance zones correspond to known paleogeological events? Some North and Central American vicariance zones seem to relate to Cretaceous and Cenozoic geological events which will be discussed below. Most vicariance zones proposed for Central America, and all of those proposed for South America are considered highly provisional; no attempts will be made herein to relate them to past geologic events or to vicariance patterns of other organisms. They will serve at this time, however, as part of the growing data base of vicariance theory. Vicariance Zone 1. - (Fig. 188 A) This corresponds in general location to a shallow sea which covered part of North America during the late Mesozoic and into early Cenozoic times. At its maximum transgression in mid-Cretaceous time the Epicontinental Seaway extended from the Gulf Coast to the Arctic and from Minnesota to western Wyoming. At this same time (ca. 100 MYBP) sea water flooded about one-third of the present land area of the earth (but not eastern and western mountains of North America). By the end of the Cretaceous the Epicontinental Seaway had retreated to the present Plains region. Contraction continued into early Cenozoic time until the waters parted and drained completely from the craton both northward and southward (Dott and Batten, 1976). From the geologist’s point of view, “the Cretaceous flood affected North America profoundly” (Dott and Batten, 1976:362). Rosen (1975, 1978) suggests that this Epicontinental Seaway (“Cannonball Seaway” in 1978 paper) acted as a vicariant event “that affects the North American and encroaching southern elements in the Gulf coastal region of North America” (1975:453). Rosen (1978) Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 473 O- MID-CRETACEOUS A- PLIOCENE A MEXICANUS B BROWN I C RETICULOCOSTUS D APACHE E AP I CALI S Fig. 187A-B. (A) Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the similis and cribrieollis Subgroups of O. ( Asiobates ). (B) Generalized geographical distributions and proposed phylogeny of the reticulocostus Subgroup of O. ( Asiobates ). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 474 Perkins Figs. 188A-B. (A) Vicariance Zones of Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae (arrows indicate location of sister-groups). (B) Zones of endemism. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 475 illustrates this with examples of freshwater fishes, salamanders, snakes, an owl, a squirrel, and mesophytic trees and shrubs. Platnick (1976) suggests the Epicontinental Seaway acted as a vicariant event for the Holarctic spider genus Callilepis, and that it serves as an explanation for distributions of monophyletic groups with species in North America, Europe and Asia. Cox (1974) states that the Epicontinental Seaway and Turgai Straits acted together to divide Laurasia into two land areas with distinct dinosaur faunas: “Asiamerica” (Asia plus western North America) and “Euramerica” (Europe plus eastern North America) (see also Platnick, 1976). This vicariance zone is suggested by eight different dichotomies in four genera of hydraenid beetles (see above), including both temperate and tropical groups. Although the location of this vicariance zone corresponds to that of the Epicontinental Seaway, I do not dismiss the possibility that Pleistocene glaciation and this zone may be causually related. Some northern species of Hydraena might very well be candidates for Pleistocene-induced speciation. Stocks of the circulata Group of Hydraena probably existed as two monophyletic lineages across North America (more precisely, what was to become North America) before flooding formed the Epicontinental Seaway. The seaway then probably divided each group to form the ancestors of the four Complexes existing today (Figure 163C - note that the most recent dichotomies have an eastern and a western component). What leads me to suspect that Pleistocene glaciations are involved in more recent dichotomies is the fact that two eastern groups ( angulicollis and pennsylvanica Complexes - Figures 164B, 165B) and one western group ( atlantica Complex - Figure 165 A) each have one or two species in the opposite area. Therefore it seems reasonable that preceding the Pleistocene the ancestor of H. nigra-^angulicollis-appalachicola (Fig. 164B) dispersed westward and that concurrently the ancestor of H. pacifica-atlantica (Figure 165 A) dispersed eastward. Likewise, westward range expansion of the pennsylvanica Complex stem species (Figure 165B) probably occurred. Pleistocene glaciation then split these stem species to form the following sister-groups: H. pacifica (western) and H. atlantica (eastern); H. nigra (western) and H. angulicollis-appalachicola (eastern); H. vandykei-sierra (western) and H. pennsylvanica-ancylis (eastern). Dispersal abilities/propensities of extant species in these groups are illustrated by H. pennsylvanica (Figure 165B) and, especially, H. angulicollis (Figure 164B), which now inhabit previously glaciated regions. The genus Limnebius would appear to be another example where Pleistocene glaciation more adequately explains the synvicariads of Vicariance Zone 1. Western Hemisphere species of this genus occupy three geographical areas (Fig. 175): far western (five species) and eastern (three species) North America, and Central America (eight species). The reconstructed phylogeny indicates that eastern species have their sister-groups among the western North American component, not the Central American component. Therefore the major dichotomy of the genus does not correspond to Vicariance Zone 1, but to Vicariance Zone 5 (see below for a discussion of that zone). Is it likely that Limnebius spread northward from Central America? I doubt this since the genus is primarily temperate, displaying a Laurasian distribution pattern (absent from South America and Australia). I surmise, consequently, that sometime after recession of the Epicontinental Seaway, two western species spread across North America and their ranges were subsequently divided by Pleistocene glaciation to form the western-eastern sister-group relationships now seen. If one is to disagree with this hypothesis and claim that eastern species result from the Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 476 Perkins Epicontinental Seaway, then Vicariance Zone 5 must be thought to antedate the Epicontinental Seaway or the phylogeny as proposed thought incorrect (or both). For example, one could postulate a single wide-spread ancestral species (found in portions of western, eastern and southern areas of the present day range of the genus) which was vicariated sequentially by the Epicontinental Seaway (to form an eastern and a western-southern sister-group relationship), and by a vicariant event in vicariance zone 5 (to form the western and southern sister-groups). If this sequence of events is correct, however, not only the major dichotomy of the proposed phylogeny must be spurious, but also the sister-group relationships of the eastern species. If one were to accept the phylogeny as proposed, while maintaining that eastern species were causally related to the Epicontinental Seaway, then Vicariance Zone 5 must be assumed to have preceded the seaway. Further, two stem species (each with ranges spanning Vicariance Zone 1) must be postulated to result in the sister-group relationships proposed for eastern species. In partial summary, it appears that temperate sister-groups of Vicariance Zone 1 may be due either to the Epicontinental Seaway or Pleistocene glaciation, but the much older vicariant event is reflected (in reconstructed phylogenies) at the species complex level (at least in temperate Hydraena ), whereas the recent vicariant event is reflected in species-level dichotomies (at least for temperate Hydraena and Limnebius). Contrastingly, however, components of primarily tropical hydraenid lineages with sister-group elements on either side of Vicariance Zone 1 appear to be causually related to the Epicontinental Seaway at the sister-species or sister-species pair level. Rosen (1975, 1978) has shown that sister-groups of several types of organisms have one component in the eastern United States, and the other in northeastern Mexico (i.e., on either side of the southern end of Vicariance Zone 1, Fig. 188 A). Sister-groups of two tropical lineages of Hydraena also display this pattern (Figs. 167, 172B). These two synvicariads differ in that one involves primarily montane species whereas the other is composed of lowland coastal species. The montane species-group (Fig. 167) consists of the sister-species H. ozarkensis (Ozark Plateau) and H. maureenae (Appalachians), plus the sister-species H. exilipes-H. campbelli (highlands of eastern and southern Mexico). The lowland coastal species-group (Fig. 172B) is H. marginicollis in southeastern United States and H. pulsatrix-H. longicollis in eastern Mexico and Guatemala. Two other examples of tropical synvicariads of Vicariance Zone 1 are seen in the genus Gymnochthebius. As discussed elsewhere herein, Gymnochthebius is a Gondwanian genus with less derived species in temperate South America and more derived species in Central and North America (the genus is also in Australia). Sister-species of Gymnochthebius which could be considered zone 1 synvicariads are G. nitidus-G. falli (Fig. 179) and G. oppositus-G. seminole (Fig. 94 A - seminole is known only from Everglades, Florida). Both of these dichotomies could be considered causally related to the Epicontinental Seaway and therefore dating from the mid-Cretaceous. In short, it appears that Vicariance Zone 1 is a result of both mid-Cretaceous (Epicontinental Seaway) and Pleistocene (glaciation) geologic events. Within the temperate circulata Group of Hydraena the much older geologic event (Epicontinental Seaway - ca. 100 million year ago) is reflected in dichotomies at the species complex level, whereas the very recent geologic event (Pleistocene glaciations - ca. 0.6 million years ago) is reflected in some species level dichotomies. Likewise, some sister-species and species-groups of temperate Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 477 Limnebius appear more likely a result of Pleistocene glaciations than Paleocene flooding. Nearctic components of primarily tropical lineages, however (e.g., marginicollis and leechi Groups of Hydraena, and nitidus Group of Gymnochthebius) , which are found in eastern North America frequently display dichotomies which are probably causually related to the Epicontinental Seaway. A vicariance zone, especially one as extensive in size and latitudinal coverage as Vicariance Zone 1, can therefore be a composite of vicariance events and reflect different dichotomy levels in reconstructed phytogenies of different groups. Vicariance Zone 2. - This zone in western North America (Fig. 188 A) coincides in general location to the “Basaltic Plateau” formed by giant lava flows which began during the Oligocene and continued locally into Pleistocene times. These lava flows spread out rapidly over large areas, exceeding 300,000 square kilometers, and filling in valleys (Dott and Batten, 1976). It seems safe to assume that these extensive lava flows would have extirpated any organisms in that region (certainly hydraenid beetles), and that resulting disjunction of biological ranges would have been of lengthy duration. Five sister-groups of hydraenid beetles support this region as a vicariance zone, including two in the circulata Group of Hydraena (Fig. 164A), one in Limnebius (Fig. 175) and two in Ochthebius (Figs. 181 A, 183). Post-vicariance dispersal partially obscures patterns in some of these examples. Dichotomies causually related to the Basaltic Plateau vicariant event would date to late Oligocene or Miocene, perhaps about 20-25 million years ago. As an addendum to discussion of Zone 2, I wish to point out the high degree of sympatry displayed by species of the discretus Subgroup of Ochthebius in zone 2 (Fig. 186). If one were to accept the notion that “vicariance underlies and antedates nearly all cases of sympatric distributions” (Croizat et al., 1974:278), then certainly this lineage could be added to the list of synvicariads for zone 2. Also, does it possibly betray an error in the proposed phylogeny? Vicariance Zones 3 and 4. - These zones amongst the California Coast Ranges may well relate to Miocene marine flooding of the California region. During this time the coast range basins “suffered remarkable ’see-saw’ tectonics - that is, areas depressed in one epoch to receive thick sediments were upheaved to form ranges in another epoch of time” (Dott and Batten, 1976). Only one hydraenid sister-group relationship is known for each of these zones, which, in light of the high hydraenid density in California (discussed below) must mean that California has been an active area of post-vicariance dispersal for many species. Vicariance Zone 3 is indicated by the sister-species Hydraena calif ornica-petila (Fig. 165 A), members of a primarily northern lineage. Zone 4 is derived from the sister-group Ochthebius biincisus-(gruwelli+ arizonicus) (Fig. 180), members of a lineage which has its greatest diversity in Mexico. Vicariance Zone 5. - This zone is suggested by six sister-group relationships, one in Limnebius (Fig. 175) and five in Ochthebius (Figs. 180, 185A,B, 187A). Generally speaking, this zone equates to portions of the present arid region of the southwestern United States. Synvicariads of this zone have their northern components in the coastal ranges of California or, rarely, in northern Arizona (but apparently not the Rocky Mountains) southern components are in the Sierra Madre Occidental (including mountains of southeastern Arizona) or, rarely, the Rio Grande drainage basin. What paleogeological events could account for this vicariance zone? Data suggest that two, and possibly three major geological changes have occurred in this region, including a mid-Cretaceous, a late Cenozoic and a Pleistocene event. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 478 Perkins Dott and Batten (1976:358) depict this region (and areas to the south) as inundated with sea water during mid-Cretaceous. Rosen (1978:171) illustrates the entire region as exposed during “Cretaceous-Pleistocene” times, and depicts the western margin of the Epicontinental Seaway (“Cannonball Seaway”) as east of Vicariance Zone 5 (i.e., passing through what is now Texas, but not extending westward into present Arizona). Dott and Batten (1976:357), however, depict mid-Cretaceous sediments of zone 5 as contiguous with those of the Epicontinental Seaway, consisting of shale and carbonate rocks. Based on this latter evidence, it seems highly likely that Vicariance Zone 5 was flooded with sea water from the Epicontinental, Seaway. For this flooding to act as a vicariant event, however, exposed land must have existed northwest (i.e., present California) and south (i.e., southern Arizona or northern Mexico) of this region. Dott and Batten (1976:355) state that during late Jurassic times (i.e., long before mid-Cretaceous flooding) “lands were beginning to be raised in the Cordillera, especially in western Arizona”, and with respect to the western coastal regions: “The culminating Cordilleran Orogeny spanned Late Jurassic through early Cenozoic time” (p. 355) and “Along the western margin of the Cordilleran tectonic land, the Cretaceous shoreline oscillated somewhat, but effects were less pronounced than on the cratonic side. The western coastline was steeper...” (p. 362). It therefore appears likely that, at a time just prior to flooding of Vicariance Zone 5 by the Epicontinental Seaway, a species could have ranged from the western montane region, through zone 5 and southward into montane regions of southern Arizona and northern Mexico. A second geological upheaval occurred in the region of Vicariance Zone 5 during the Late Cenozoic (about 80 million years after the Epicontinental Seaway - 20 MYBP). During that time structural changes disrupted drainage systems and caused tremendous volcanic activity, including extensive lava flows. According to Dott and Batten (1976:389), “Renewed structural disturbances began in middle Cenozoic time in the central Cordilleral region, as in the Rocky Mountains, and have continued to the present. But here they were much more severe, involving chiefly block faulting. In Nevada, southeastern California, western Utah, southern Arizona, and adjacent Mexico, parallel northerly trending faults produced alternating narrow ranges and valleys... Faulting provided paths of escape of magma from the bowels of the crust and mantle. Flows spread over downfaulted valleys and lapped against ranges. Erosion of ranges produced sediments that also were dumped into the valleys. Renewed faulting offset the lavas and sediments, and new volcanic outpourings then burried older, faulted rocks”. Such monstrous Miocene volcanic activity probably could have acted as a vicariant event for hydraenid beetles. A third possible geological vicariant event in Vicariance Zone 5 might have occurred during Pleistocene times as the arid zone begun in the Miocene increased in size until at maximum glacial advance it extended over much of California, Nevada, Utah and southern Idaho in the United States, and south to the volcanic plateau in Mexico. “Striking shifts of plant communities in arid southwestern United States and Mexico (begun in the Miocene) continued into Pleistocene time” (Dott and Batten, 1976). The effect of Pleistocene drying upon aquatic organisms with rather limited dispersal capabilities such as hydraenid beetles may have been principally to “reinforce” disjunction already formed by Miocene volcanics. However, if hydraenid species extended their ranges into (and through) zone 5 after the violent Miocene volcanics, say perhaps in mid-Pliocene, they may have undergone disjunction as a result of Pleistocene hot, dry climatic conditions. I suspect that Pleistocene-induced disjunctions had very little effect on hydraenid Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 479 sister-group relationships for the following reasons. First, recent studies (e.g., Coope, 1967; Ashworth, 1973a) have shown that periods of glacial recession were quite frequent during the Pleistocene, and that entire beetle faunal assemblages were able to follow the “ebb and flow” of ice sheets. Secondly, many hydraenid species now inhabit the arid southwest, in regions which have adequate physical relief to form permanent streams. It seems likely to me that runnoff from ice caps on mountains in zone 5 would have produced adequate streams to support most hydraenid species adapted for arid habitats, and that these species followed the ebb and flow of the ice caps much as did beetle faunal assemblages near glaciated regions of the northern United States and Europe. Pleistocene effects on species in Vicariance Zone 5 were, therefore, probably much less pronounced than those resulting from Miocene volcanics or mid-Cretaceous flooding. The decision must now be made as to which of the three postulated vicariant events are causually related to which hydraenid dichotomies. Of the six sister-groups which show disjunctions in zone 5, three are major dichotomies of their respective lineages, three represent more “apical” dichotomies of their respective lineages, and all involve two Laurasian genera. Interestingly, only one lineage displays two phylogenetically distant dichotomies as related to Vicariance Zone 5 ( Limnebius , the first dichotomy of the genus plus that of L. texanus-(richmondi + borealis + arenicolus), Fig. 175), and only one lineage shows notable sympatry in zone 5 (the biincisus Group of Ochthebius, Fig. 180). Although the following is more arbitrary than one might wish, based upon the “basal” nature of three dichotomies, they are tentatively placed at a mid-Cretaceous origin (vicariant event = Epicontinental Seaway). These dichotomies include: Limnebius , the first dichotomy (Fig. 175); Ochthebius, discretus Subgroup -reticulocostus Subgroup, and cribricollis Suhgroup-similis Subgroup (Figs. 185B, 186, 187A,B). The three “apical” dichotomies are placed at a more recent, Miocene origin (vicariant event = volcanics). These dichotomies include: Limnebius , sister-group L. texanus-(richmondi~\- borealis + arenicolus) (Fig. 175); Ochthebius , sister-species O. puncticollis-angularidus (Fig. 185A), and sister-group O. mexcavatus - (gruwelli+ arizonicus+ biincisus) (Fig. 180). Only one dichotomy, not yet discussed, is tentatively attributed to Pleistocene aridity: Ochthebius gruwelli-arizonicus (Fig. 180). Vicariance Zone 6. - This zone in eastern North America is supported by three synvicariads in the genus Hydraena, one of temperate and two of tropical lineage. The limits of this zone are not clearly defined. Synvicariads of tropical lineage include a montane and a lowland coastal sister-species pair; the montane pair with one species in the Ozarks and its sister-species in the Appalachians ( H . ozarkensis-maureenae, Fig. 167); the lowland coastal pair with one species widely distributed from Texas to Florida and north to Maryland, and its sister-species restricted to New England states ( H . spangleri-punctata. Fig. 168). The third sister-species pair are members of the temperate circulata Group of Hydraena ( H . pennsylvanica-ancylis. Fig. 165B). At present I am unable to definitely associate this vicariance zone with a paleogeological event, but suspect it relates to Pleistocene glaciation, for the temperate H. pennsylvanica-ancylis sister-species pair at least. As indicated for other vicariance zones, zone 6 may be a composite of paleogeological events. Dichotomies of the tropical lineages may be due to early geological events in this region, or to Pleistocene glaciation. Vicariance Zone 7. - This zone along the gulf coast of Mexico is derived from two sister-species pairs of tropical Hydraena lineages (H. exilipes-campbelli, Fig. 167; H. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 480 Perkins pulsatrix-\ongico\\is, Fig. 172B). Rosen (1978) has very nicely documented examples of sister-groups which show geographical disjunction in this region, including fresh water fish and various plants. Rosen (1978:171) depicts this geographical region as being flooded during mid-Cretaceous times, a position I believe is corroborated by these two hydraenid sister-groups. Vicariance Zone 8. - This zone corresponds closely in geographical location to a belt of volcanism which extended across Mexico during Plio-Pleistocene times (Rosen, 1978:171; Dott and Batten, 1976:430). Hydraenid synvicariads of this zone include two in Spanglerina and one each in Hydraena and Ochthebius. They are: S. brevis-frondsicola and S. ingens- fluvicola (Fig. 174); H. argutipes-prieto (Fig. 169); and O. apache-( sister-group) (Fig. 187B). These dichotomies are therefore postulated to have occurred during Pliocene times. Vicariance Zone 13. - This zone (between Cuba and Haiti-Dominican Republic) is suggested by one sister-group of Hydraena , H. perkinsi-haitensis (Fig. 170). However, more complicated patterns of distribution in this region are seen in the particeps Subgroup of Hydraena (Fig. 168). These sister-group patterns have been discussed earlier in the section on that Subgroup; they may relate to Rosen’s (1975) vicariance model of Caribbean biogeography. Endemism As a conclusion to this preliminary study of hydraenid zoogeography, I have divided the Western Hemisphere into geographical regions (Fig. 188B) and compiled, for each region, (1) the total number of species and (2) the number restricted to that region (i.e., endemics). Region 2 for example, which consists almost entirely of California, has 45 hydraenid species, 17 of which are restricted to that region. The primary goal in delineating these regions is to identify and contrast areas high in endemics from those with depauperate faunas. Most of the boundaries selected coincide with vicariance zones (cf. Figs. 188A,B), which is not mysterious since vicariance zones are measures of sister-group allopatry as are zones of endemism. Some of these areas correspond generally to geological regions, such as the Great Basin (4), Rocky Mountains (6) and Great Plains (7); others, such as the Antilles (21) may be more arbitrary. The number of species per region are as follows (endemics/total): I (1/28). 2 (17/45). 3 (0/4). 4 (0/10). 5 (0/5). 6 (3/26). 7 (0/5). 8 (3/19). 9 (0/1). 10 (2/14). II (3/12). 12 (12/24). 13 (14/22). 14 (0/4). 15 (0/3). 16 (6/13). 17 (5/16). 18 (3/14). 19 (4/10). 20 (3/6). 21 (5/9). 22 (1/4). 23 (1/7). 24 (8/9). 25 (0/3). 26 (1/1). 27 (3/5). 28 (14/14). 29 (1/1). 30 (1/3). 31 (2/3). 32 (1/1). 33 (7/7). 34 (0/0). 35 (1/1). 36(1/1). Since most hydraenid species live in montane streams, it is not unexpected that montane geographical regions 2 (California-45 species, 17 endemic) and 6 (Rocky Mountains-29 species, 3 endemic) have more species than arid, flat areas such as regions 4 (Great Basin- 10 species, no endemics) and 7 (Great Plains-5 species, no endemics). Why, however, do species totals and endemism percentages differ greatly between montane regions 2 (45 species, 38% endemic) and 6 (29 species, 12% endemic)? The number of species in each geographical region is a product of the number of vicariant events within and at the borders of that region, plus the extent of dispersal into that region. Dispersal in turn is dependent upon vagility and habitat availability (the latter including Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 481 competition factors), Vor a given geographical region, the percentage of endemics is higher when border vicariance zones are not crossed by synvicariads, and lower when post-vicariance is common. As Fig. 188A shows, California has been a region of extensive, demonstrable vicariance activity. The Rocky Mountains, however, show fewer vicariant events (only one in hydraenids, but other vicariant events probably occurred and have been subsequently obscured by dispersal). Additionally, dispersal east and south from (and into) California has been greatly curtailed by desert conditions since the Miocene, which results in a higher percentage of endemism. However, post-Miocene dispersal of California species northward into the Rocky Mountains of British Columbia, and then southward in the Rockies has been rather commonplace, as has dispersal in the opposite direction by Rocky Mountain species (see Figs. 164A,B, 165A, 175, 186). EPILOGUE In this paper I have attempted to elucidate, as clearly as possible, the individual building blocks of hydraenid systematic studies: species taxa. I have also attempted to define the major evolutionary lines of the family, based upon synapotypic character states. These tasks remain, however, far from complete. Phylogenetic relationships of the most dissimilar genera are now fairly well established. However, this reconstructed phylogeny is only a preliminary framework to be tested and built upon as new genera, most likely South African and Australian, are discovered and described. Some of the putative synapotypic character states I have used, especially those of the larvae, are based only on simple similarity. Much work remains to establish, particularly by out-group comparisons, morphocline polarities and to differentiate apotypic from plesiotypic character states. Especially within the species-complex do we find difficulty in supporting suggested phylogenies. Many of the sister-species pairs proposed herein are based upon aedeagal similarity. Certainly some of these species have been correctly paired, and we can credit the complex male genitalia for this small success. But again, certainly some of these putative pairs are incorrect, and errors in the phylogenies lead to more of the same in the biogeographical analysis, since correct historical biogeography is contingent upon strict monophyly. Cladistics and vicariance methods rely entirely upon adequate material, the field-work foundation of all systematic studies. Much specialized collecting remains to be done in Central and especially South America. Certainly there are many undiscovered forms in the neotropics which, when carefully studied, will modify the reconstructed phylogenies and distributions, and alter the very preliminary vicariance zones which are indicated by specimens presently available. We cannot know for certain the percentage of error in the reconstructed, species-level phylogenies, but the repetitiveness of sister-group patterns does suggest some degree of correctness, that is if vicariance theory is accepted. That is to say, repetitiveness of disjunction areas between sister-groups is what one would expect to find if reconstructed phylogenies are correct. Of course we must avoid the circular argument of using vicariance theory to explain sister-group distributions and concurrently using coincident sister-group patterns as evidence that vicariance has occurred. In this work the reconstructed phylogenies are based solely upon Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 482 Perkins morphology. Only after the phytogenies were reconstructed did I search for sister-group coincidence. Finally, as a last step, I searched the literature for paleogeological events to correlate with these geographical areas of sister-group disjunction. To my pleasant surprise, in nearly every instance, the “vicariance zones” established for hydraenids in North America and northern Central America had a geographical coincidence with a major paleogeological event, either flooding, volcanism or glaciation. Now, in retrospect, I have more confidence in the phytogenies than had I not used them in a biogeographic analysis. APPENDIX A: PARATYPES AND SPECIMENS EXAMINED (Depository abbreviations in parentheses are accompanied by the number of specimens studied. When two numerical entries are given, separated by a diagonal line, males are represented by the first entry, females by the second. Genera are given in this sequence: Parhydraenida, Hydraena, Limnebius, Gymnochthebius, Ochthebius, and Neochthebius. Dates are given in a year-month-day sequence. Species which have all of their locality data cited in the text are not included in this appendix). 1 . Parhydraenida reichardti J. Balfour- Browne Map: Figure 14B Specimens examined: 16 Brazil: Espirito Santo: 18 km E. Itabita, 900 m (km 138, Br 262), 75-02-07, H. & B. Reichardt (0/1 MSP). Rio de Janeiro: Teresopolis, km. 17, 1180 m., hygropetric habitat, 77-04-19, S. Vanin & O. Flint (2/1 MSP; 1/0 USNM; 1/1 PDP). Santa Catarina: Blumenau, cascata-Estrada, junto Rio Garcia, 75-12-02, Froehlich & Vanin (2/1 MSP; 1/0 USNM; 1/0 PDP). Sao Paulo: Salesopolis, Reserva Casa Grande (Pedreira), hygropetric habitat, 77-10-03, Froehlich & Chapon (1/0 MSP). Sao Sabastiao, 15 km. S., 71-10-03, FI. & B. Reichardt (1 MSP). Salesopolis, Est. Biol. Boraceia, 71-09-24, H. & B. Reichardt (1 MSP). 1 . Hydraena eirculata new species Map: Figure 23A Paratypes: 790 Canada: Alberta: Edmonton, 20-05-19, F.S. Carr (0/1 MCZ). British Columbia: Victoria, Vancouver Is., no date, Wickham (0/1 USNM). Cariboo Dist., Beedy Creek at Gaston Ranch, 30 mi. NE McLeese Lake, 71-07-25, P.D. Perkins (1/6 PDP). Fraser Valley, no date, no collr. (0/1 USNM). Ashcroft Manor, irrigation ditch, 40-05-30, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Tappen, White Lake Creek, 33-10-09, H.B. Leech (5/12 CAS). Summerland, 32-06-09, A.N. Gartrell (1/0 CNC). Kitchener, Goat River, 51-08-26, G. Stace Smith (9/6 UBC). As above, 55-09-04 (0/2 UBC). Sanca, Sanca Creek, 33-04-23, G. Stace Smith (1/0 UBC). 20 mi. W. Rossland, bog, 69-09-23, J. Schuh (0/1 JS). Fraser Valley, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Peachland, 15-08-23, J.B. Wallis (0/1 CNC). Kamloops, Lac du Bois swamp, no date, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Jaffray, Little Sand Cr., 50-07-23, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Lumby, 37-09-19, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Terrace, no date, M.E. Hippisley (0/1 CAS). Edgewood, Inonoaklin River, 46-09-29, S.H. Farris (0/1 CAS). Mexico: Baja California: La Suerte, Sierra San Pedro Martir, pool in canyon, 3700’, 63-06-04, R.K. Benjamin (0/1 CAS). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Upper Carr Cyn., Huachuca Mts., 7500’, 52-08-06, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Sunnyside Cyn., W. side Huachuca Mts., 52-08-04, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Chiricahua Mts., above Herb Martyr, 74-06-22, Harley P. Brown (1/0 HPB). Coconino Co.: Oak Cr. Canyon Midgley Bridge, 52-07-25, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Pima Co.: Santa Catalina Mts., 46-06-01, Bryant (0/1 CAS). S. Catalina Mts., 5000’ no date, no collr. (1/1 CU). Pinal Co.: Riverside no date, Wickham (0/1 USNM; 1/0 CAS). Santa Cruz Co.: Madera Cyn., Santa Rita Mts., 52-08-01, H.B. Leech (4/3 CAS). Yavapai Co.: Brush Cyn., Bloody Basin, 74-06-19, H.P. Brown (1/0 HPB). California: Alameda Co.: Dublin, 47-07-20, P. Giuliani (0/1 CAS). Dimond, 60-05-15, F.E. Blaisdell (0/2 CAS). Butte Co.: 1 mi. E. Paradise, 1650’, 70-11-26, P.D. Perkins (1/1 PDP). Little Chico Creek at School Rd., E. of Forest Ranch, Alt. 2300', 61-09-01, H.B. Leech (15/12 CAS). French Creek, 49-06-23, H.P. Chandler (3/0 CAS). Calaveras Co.: 4.5 mi. W. Altaville, Waterman Cr., 63-08-31, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Murphys, 2500’, 36-05-19, F.E. Blaisdell (1/0 CAS). Mokelumne Hill, 07-08-06, F.E. Blaisdell (0/3 CAS). Contra Costa Co.: Perkins Gulch, 7 mi. SE Clayton, 66-07-22, J. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 483 Doyen (2/1 UCB). El Dorado Co.: Strawberry Valley, 03-09-01, no collr. (0/3 CAS). Rubicon River at Georgetown-Ralston Rd., 63-07-27, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). 2 mi. SSE Quintette, tributary. Whaler Creek, 63-07-27, H.B. Leech (4/3 CAS). Fresno Co.: Fresno, no date, E.A. Schwarz (0/1 USNM). Fresno, no date, H.T. Scott (2/2 LACM). Fresno, 33-06-01, R. Wagner (38/40 UCD). Taenio, no date, no collr. (1/2 UCB). Stream from E. entering S. Fr. San Joaquin R. at gauging station by N. end Jackass Dike, N. of Florence Lake, 7200’, 71-08-31, H.B. Leech (14/7 CAS). Fresno, no date, R. Wagner (2/2 CAS). Humboldt Co.: Mad R. at Kneeland-Addison road, 66-08-09, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Hydesville, no date, no collr. (1/0 CAS). 0.8 mi. W. Butte Cr., pool in drying up stream under Route 36, Larabee Valley, Alt. 2470’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Inyo Co.: Bartlett Sprs., no date, no collr. (0/1 MCZ). Kern Co.: Cedar Cr., just above Alder Cr. campground, Greenhorn Mts., 4000’, 70-03-24, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Alder Creek, Alder Creek Campground, 4000’, W. side Greenhorn Mts., 70-03-24, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Lake Co.: L. Blue Lake, 47-08-11, 1500’, 47-08-11, H.P. Chandler (0/1 CAS). Bartlett Creek, Bartlett Springs, 55-080-1, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Lucerne, fool pool, dried bed of Cottage City creek, 55-08-30, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). 6.9 mi. N. Middletown on Hway. 29, puddle in grassy slope, R.A. Badger Ranch, 55-02-07, J.R. Heifer (14.3 CAS). 6.9 mi. N. Middletown on Hway 29, R.A. Badger Ranch, ephemeral stream, 55-02-20, H.B. Leech (0/3 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Pasadena, 18-1 1-02, J.O. Martin (1/0 Cas). Los Angeles, no date, A. Koebele (0/2 USNM). Mts. nr. Claremont, no date, no collr. (1/0 CMP). Chatsworth Cyn., 20-04-03, L.L. Muchmore (2/4 LACM). Los Angeles, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (1/0 USNM). Los Angeles, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Pasadena, 18-02-09, J.O. Martin (0/1 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Madera Co.: Boggy Mdws., 6000’, 46-07-15, H.P. Chandler (0/1 CAS). Whiskey Creek, 4000’, H. Dietrich (2/0 CU). Northfork, 29-03-19, H. Dietrich (1/0 CU). As above, 20-03-07, (7/7 CU). Sugar Pine, no date, A. Fenyes (0/12 CAS). Marin Co.: Lake Lagunitas, 19-04-01 (0/1 CAS). Novato, in stream bed, 52-06-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). No site, 19-11-08, H. Dietrich (1/0 CU). Mariposa Co.: Miami Range Sta., 5000’, 42-07-06, H.P. Chandler (1/0 UCB). Sweetwater Creek, 46-07-24, H.P. Chandler (2/0 CAS). Mendocino Co.: Bear Pen Canyon Cr., just above junction with Burger Creek, Dos Rios-Laytonville rd., 72-08-30, H.B. Leech (0/3 CAS). Mill Cr. just W. of Mailliard Redwoods State Park, 64-09-06, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Black Butte River just above mouth, 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Mendocino, 54-07-17, J.R. Heifer (0/1 CAS). Jumpoff Cr., 53-08-14, P.S. Bartholomew (0/2 CAS). Eel River R.S., 53-08-14, P.S. Bartholomew (0/1 CAS). Williams Creek at Covelo-Paskenta Rd., 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Bloody Run Creek, 7 mi. E. route 101 on Longvale-Covelo rd., 1100’, 68-07-18, H.B. Leech (0/3 CAS). Mendocino, 57-07-21, J.R. Heifer (0/1 CAS). McDowell Cr., just below Oasis, 1800’, 55-07-27, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Modoc Co.: Rush Cr., 9 mi. N. Admin, 50-07-16, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Mono Co.: Round pond on ridge S. of Leavitt Mdw., 63-08-13, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Pond on ridge S. of Leavitt Mdw., 7500’, 62-08-10, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Leavitt Mdw., Ranunculus pool by West Walker River, 62-08-09, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Monterey Co.: Escondido, 74-09-01, J.E. Cronin (1/0 JEC). As above, 73-05-19. (2/2 JEC). Jolon, 44-04-08, E. Ray (0/1 CFMNH). Lion Cr., 4.1 mi. NE jet. Hwy. 1 and Kirk Cr., 71-10-25, P.D. Perkins, (4/8 PDP). As above, 72-06-17 (8/5 PDP). The Indians, seepage trickle over gravelly soil, 2 mi. SE Santa Lucia Memorial Park, 56-01-15, H.B. Leech (7/0 CAS). As above, 56-01-16 (5/4 CAS). The Indians, seepage over rocks and small cliffs, 56-01-16, H.B. Leech (5/11 CAS). Junipero Serra Pk., Santa Lucia Mts., Forestry Camp spring, ca 4900’, 56-08-12, H.B. Leech (8/3 CAS). Pleyto Rd. at San Antonio River, 63-04-09, D.C. Rentz and K.A. Hale (1/0 CAS). Monterey, 16-06-24, J.O. Martin (0/1 CAS). Carmel, 14-06-27, L.S. Slevin (1/0 CAS). Napa Co.: Pope Cr. at Walter Sprs. road, 520’, 64-08-24, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Pope Cr. at Maxwell Creek, 64-05-10, H.B. Leech, (0/1 CAS). Calistoga, 34-06-13, Bryant (1/0 CAS). Nevado Co.: Graniteville, 70-07-01, D.S. Chandler (0/2 UA). Graniteville, 52-08-22, P.S. Bartholomew (3/0 CAS). Sagehen Cr., 70-07-27, D.S. Chandler (1/1 UA). As above, 70-07-22, (1/0 UA). Placer Co.: No site, no date, A. Koebele, (0/2 USNM). Lake Tahoe, 1879-05-24, no collr. (0/1 1NHS). Plumas Co.: West Ridge, Portola, 53-05-10, P.S. Bartholomew, (0/1 CAS). Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Mts., no date, F. E. Winters, (0/2 CAS; 0/2 MCZ). Riverside, no date, F.E. Winters, (0/2 MCZ). San Jacinto Mts., no date, F.E. Winters, (14/5 CU). Sacramento Co.: Folsom, 1885-07-05, no collr. (0/1 USNM). San Bernardino Co.: Lake Arrowhead, 43-05-07, G.P. Mackenzie, (1/3 LACM; 1/0 UCR; 1/3 CAS; 1/2 UA). San Diego Co.: Poway, no date, F.C. Bowditch (1/1 MCZ). Nr. Warner Hot Sprs., 58-05-07, D. Giuliani (1/0 CAS). San Diego, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (0/1 CAS). San Francisco Co.: San Francisco, no date, D. Giuliani (0/1 CAS). San Luis Obispo Co.: Santa Lucia Range, 1800’, 54-07-05, Bryant (1/2 CAS). San Mateo Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2/3 CAS). San Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (4/11 CAS). Santa Cruz Island, no date, F.E. Winters (0/1 CAS). Santa Clara Co.: Guadelupe Creek, 74-06-01, J.E. Cronin (3/4 JEC). Sveadal, 71-05-04, J.E. Cronin (0/2 JEC). Sveadal, 68-04-27, A. and A. Gillogly (1/0 AG). 15 mi. N. Lick, Mt. Hamilton, 68-02-22, A. and A. Gillogly (6/13 AG; 1/0 UCR). 16.5 mi. N. Lick, Mt. Hamilton, 68-03-01, A. and A. Gillogly (0/9 AG). 14 mi. N. Lick, Mt. Hamilton, 68-03-01, A. and A. Gillogly (0/1 AG). 25.6 mi. N. Lick, Mt. Hamilton, 68-03-31, A. and A. Gillogly (1/0 AG). Stanford Univ., Los Trancos Creek, 51-02-09, P.S. Bartholomew (0/1 CAS). Gilroy, 15-06-07, no collr. (1/0 CAS). Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Cruz Mts., no date, A. Koebele (2/7 USNM; 1/0 CAS). Shasta Co.: 2.5 mi. W. and S. Viola Bailey Creek, 61-08-31, H.B. Leech (/3 CAS). Castle Crags St. Park, Silver Slipper Creek, 50-07-29, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Sierra Co.: N. Fork Yuba River above Indian Valley, 61-08-26, H.B. Leech (1/2 CAS). Onion Cr., N. end Onion Valley, 6075’, 64-10-21, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: N. Russian Creek at foot Jumpoff Joe curve, Etna road, 3640’, 70-08-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Shasta Retreat, no date, no collr. (1/0 CAS). No site, no date, A. Koebele (0/1 USNM). No site, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (1/0 CAS). Sonoma Co.: Cheney Cr. 2.8 mi. S. and E. of Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 484 Perkins Bodega Bay, 63-07-01, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (0/1 CAS). Mark West Cr. at Calistoga rd„ ca 4 mi. S. of Petrified Forest, 63-07-08, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Stanislaus Co.: 16 mi. W. Patterson, Adobe Creek, 48-04-25, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Tehama Co.: 1 mi. SW Government Camp, clear mountain stream, 6000’, 60-07-29 (0/1 CAS). S. Fr. Battle Creek, 70-05-16, D.S. Chandler, (1/3 UA). As above, 70-08-09 (1/0 UA). 7.1 mi. W. Manton, S. Fk. Battle Creek, 61-08-31, H.B. Leech (7/5 CAS). Trinity Co.: Upper Mumbo Lake, NE corner Trinity Co., 6110’, 68-08-04, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Darlingtonia bog, Scott Mt. Pass, 5300’, 66-08-18, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Van Horn Cr. 1.5 mi. above its mouth at upper Mad river, 2850’, clear water pools in gravel and stones of otherwise dry and shaded creek, 70-08-09, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Mud Lake, road to Lake Eleanor trail, 1280 m, 72-08-10, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Scott Mtn. summit campground, Callahan-Carville Road, pools, small stream in drying Darlingtonia bog by camp, 5403’, 70-08-22, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Tulare Co.: Kaweah, no date, Hopping (0/1 USNM). Sequoia N.P., no date, F. T. Scott (1/0 MZ). Kaweah, 44-09-20, no collr. (1/0 CAS). Marble Fork, 7000’, no collr. (0/2 CAS). Potwisha, 2000’-5000’, 31-07-16, no collr. (2/0 CAS). As above, 3000’-5000', 29-06-02, (6/6 CAS). As above, 7000’-9000’, 29-06-20 (2/3 CAS). 3 km E. California Hot Springs, tributary to Capinero Creek, alt. 1219 m, 69-04-10, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Kaweah, no date, R. Hopping (2/2 CAS). Tuolumne Co.: 1.5 mi. N. Pinecrest Lake, trib. to Herring Cr., 6000’, ex seepage full of dead conifer leaves, 64-08-08, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Pinecrest, 47-07-15, P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (1/0 CAS). Sonora, no date, H P. Chandler (1/0 CAS). Colorado: Chaffee Co.: Buena Vista, no date, no collr. (0/1 MCZ). El Paso Co.: Colorado Springs, 6000’-7000', 1896-Fremont Co.: Coal Creek Canyon, 30-07-25, J.W. Green (5/4 CAS). Gunnison Co.: W. side of Monarch Pass, 36-07-29, no collr. (0/2 UCM). Routt Co.: Steamboat Springs, 6800’, 41-10-01, Bryant (3/0 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, C. Palm (3/1 AMNH). No site, no date, no collr. (2/4 INHS). Idaho: Adams Co.: 3 mi. W. New Meadows, Mud Creek, 56-07-20, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Bingham Co.: No site, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (0/2 USNM). Bonner Co.: Pack River, 50-07-19, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). 8 mi. N. Sandpoint, Pack River, 69-09-22, J. Schuh (0/4 JS). Montana: Blaine Co.: Bear Paw Mt., no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (5/3 USNM). El Paso Co.: Colorado Springs, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (1/0 USNM). Lewis and Clark Co.: Helena, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (2/1 USNM). Unspecified Co.: Assinbne, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (2/0 USNM). New Mexico: Catron Co.: 4 mi. NE Glenwood, Whitewater Canyon, 52-08-20, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Grant Co.: 6 mi. N. Pinos Altos, Cherry Cr. picnic grounds, 52-08-21, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Sandoval Co.: Jemez Mts. no date, J. Woodgate (1/0 CAS). Jemez Sprs., no date, no collr. (1/2 CU; 6/15 AMNH). Sante Fe Co.: St. Fe. Canyon, no date, no collr. (1/1 CNC). Oregon: Baker Co.: Halfway, 68-07-06, J.L. Carr (3/0 JLC). Benton Co.: 9 mi N. Corvallis, 59-05-02, G. Kraft (1/1 USNM). Curry Co.: Pistol River, Meyers Cr., 38-05-18, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Douglas Co.: 1.5 mi. E. Tiller, side hill rill, 66-05-31, J. Schuh (0/1 JS). Grant Co.: Pass Cr. N. of Long Cr., 50-07-18, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Beech Cr., 5015', 50-07-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Ritter Hot Springs, temp. 78-90°F., 62-04-05, K. Goeden (0/1 ODA). Hood River Co.: Hood River, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (1/0 USNM). Jackson Co.: 8 mi. S. Hwy. 66 Copco Rd., ex. moss along creek, 61-05-20, J. Schuh (0/1 JS). Klamath Co.: Mare’s Egg Spring, 62-05-30, J. Schuh (2/1 DCM). 8 mi. NE Bly, Deming Creek, 67-08-19, J. Schuh (1/4 JS). 11 mi. NE Bly, edge Deming Creek, 66-05-13, J. Schuh (2/1 JS). 15 mi. NE Bly, Deming Creek, J. Schuh (2/0 JS). 11 mi. NE Bly, Deming Creek, 69-09-16, J. Schuh (1/0 JS). 12 mi. NE Bly, Long Creek, 67-09-24, J. Schuh and E. Evans (0/2 JS). Denny Cr., 58-05-01, J. Schuh (0/1 JS). Upper Klamath Lake, along lake shore, 55-05-17, J. Schuh (0/1 JS). Klamath Falls, Barkley Springs, 55-06-01, J. Schuh (0/1 JS). 7 mi. NW Bly, Meryl Cr., 62-05-01, J. Schuh (0/1 JS). Lane Co.: 7mi. S. Florence, Siltcoos Bch., Vertrees, Hansen, Carter and Schuh, 62-05-01 (0/2 JS). 2 mi. N. Junction City, 72-02-12, L. Ryker (0/1 ORSU). Multnomah Co.: Portland, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (0/1 USNM). Umatilla Co.: Fly Cr., 61-11-15, J. Schuh (0/2 JS). Blue Mts., 34-08-12, Bryant (0/1 CAS). Wheeler Co.: 10 mi. NNE Spray, NE Fk. Deadhorse Cr., 3178’ 64-07-06, H.B. Leech (0/3 CAS). Utah: Garfield Co.: Canyon City, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (0/2 USNM). Unitah Co.: Cub River Cyn., 56-12-04, G.F. Knowlton (2/3 OSU). Wasatch Co.: Provo River, 2 mi. below upper bridge, 48-06-01, G.K. Todd (0/1 INHS). Washington: Pierce Co.: Tacoma, no date, H.F. Wickhan (0/1 USNM). Whatcom Co.: Ross Lake, 71-07-22, P.D. Perkins (2/0 PDP). Wyoming: Lincoln Co.: Allred Flats Rec. Area, 6700’, 62-06-24, C.W. O’Brien (0/1 UCB). Sheridan Co.: Bighorn Natl’l. Forest, Isaac Walton picnic area, nr. Dayton, 62-08-14, P. and P.J. Spangler (1/1 USNM). 2. Hydraena arenicola new species Map: Figure 27D Paratypes: 433 United States: California: Butte Co.: Little Chico Cr. at School Rd., E. of Forest Ranch, 2300', 61-09-01, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Contra Costa Co.: Hills back of Oakland, 08-06-07, no collr. (1/2 cas). Berkeley, 19-11-11, H. Dietrich (1/2 CU). Humboldt Co.: Mad River at Kneeland-Addison Rd., 66-08-09, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Frenchman Creek at Garberville-Alder Point Rd., 68-07-18, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Larabee Valley, 0.8 mi. W. Butte Cr., pool in drying up stream under route 36, 2470', 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (4/0 CAS). Conley Creek, 0.8 mi. SE Blocksburg, 1350’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (4/5 CAS). Burr Cr., 3 mi. S. of Bridgeville, 1200’, 68-07-19, H. B. Leech (0/5 CAS). Martin Cr., 10 mi. S. of Bridgeville, 1150’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). N. Fork Yager Cr. at Bridgeville-Kneeland Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 485 Road, 130&’, 66-08-08, H. B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Stream under Blair road at 1950’, 3 mi. airline WSW Hoopa, 70-08-14, H.B. Leech (4/3 CAS). Toss-up Creek, confluence with Redwood Cr., 2.5 mi. N. road to Hoopa, 70-08-13, H.B Leech (2/4 CAS). Redwood Creek, Redwood Valley, 3 mi. N. of road to Hoopa. 70-08-12, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Lake Co.: Headwaters, Long Valley Creek, 55-08-01, H.B. Leech (3/3 CAS). Lucerne, foul pool, dried bed of Cottage City Creek, 55-07-30, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Bartlett Creek, Bartlett Springs, 55-08-01, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Lucerne, creek behind Cottage City Resort, 53-07-05, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Kelsey Creek, Kelseyville, 49- 05-29, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). 6.9 mi. N. Middletown, R.A. Badger Ranch, ephemeral stream, 55-02-20, H.B. Leech (21/32 CAS). Bear Cr. at Crabtree Hot Sprs. Rd., 55-08-04, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Rice Fork of Eel River at Crabtree Hot Sprs., 57-08-09, H.B. Leech (1/3 CAS). 12 mi. N. Upper Lake, 65-03-18, J. Doyen (2/1 UCB). Middle. Cr., 5 mi. N. Upper Lake, 55-08-04, H.B. Leech (3/2 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: San Gabriel Mts., no date, no collr. (1/0 CU). Mts. nr. Claremont, no date, no collr. (1/2 CMP). Pomona Mts., no date, no collr. (2/0 MCZ). No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Marin Co.: Mill Valley, 52-04-04, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). As above, 52-04-27, (0/1 CAS). Novato, 52-04-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Redwood Cr. at Hwy. 1, 71-10-24, P.D. Perkins (1/2 PDP). Carson Ridge, Woodacre, 56-01-09, H. B. Leech (3/3 CAS). Lake Lagunitas, 19-09-01, no collr. (1/0 CAS). Lagunitas Cr. at Tocaloma, 68-05-04, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Cypress Ridge, 57-05-16, D. Giuliani (1/0 CAS). Fairfax, no date, F.E. Blaisell (2/2 CAS). Mill Valley, 57-04-25, H.B. Leech (3/1 CAS). Mill Valley, Cascade Cr., 51-05-09, H.B. Leech (2/5 CAS). As above, 52-04-04, R.E. Leech (2/6 CAS). Lagunitas Cr. at Tocaloma, 68-05-04, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Tocaloma, pool at culvert, 68-05-04, H.B. Leech (1/11 CAS). Rock Spring, Mt. Tamalpais, Cataract Creek, 52-05-25, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS), no site, 19-11-08, H. Dietrich (1/0 CU). Mendocino Co.: Mendocino, 57-07-21, J R. Heifer (2/1 CAS). Longvale Cr., 38-07-27, Van Dyke (1/0 CAS). McDowell Cr. just below Oasis, 1800’, 55-07-27, H.B. Leech (8/6 CAS). McDowell Cr. at foot of grade below Oasis, 1000’, 55-07-27, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Williams Cr. at Covelo-Paskenta Rd., 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Beebe Cr., 50-09-05, H. B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Twin Rocks, 29-07-10, Van Dyke (5/2 CAS). Parson Cr., 4.5 mi. NE Hopland, 64-06-30, H.B. Leech (4/12 CAS). 1 mi. S. Tatu, Longvale-Dos Rios Rd., Rodeo Creek, 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Mendocino, 57-07-06, J.R. Heifer (0/1 CAS). Mill Cr., just W. of Mailliard Redwoods S. P., 64-09-06, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Eel River N. of Potter Valley, 50- 09-02, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Rancheria Cr., 5.5 mi. SE Boonville, 0-06-15, H.B. Leech (7/4 CAS). Rattlesnake Cr., Cummings, 48-09-14, H.P. Chandler (2/0 CAS). Napa Co.: 6 mi. NE Rutherford, 71-07-16, P.D. Perkins (1/3 PDP). Nevada Co.: Graniteville, 52-08-22, P.S. Bartholomew (1/2 CAS). Riverside Co.: Palm Springs, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (1/5 USNM). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Cruz Island, 70-09-19, P.D. Perkins (3/9 PDP). Santa Inez Mts., no date, no collr. (1/3 CAS). Clear Creek, Cuyama Cyn., 37-03-07, E. Ross, H.B. Leech & M. Cazier (0/1 CAS). Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (0/1 CAS; 1/2 CU). Santa Cruz Co.: Zayante Creek, 72-06-03, J.E. Cronin (1 /0 JEC). Santa Cruz Mts., no date, no collr. (1 /6 CAS). Zayante, 47-08-26, no collr. (0/1 CAS). Santa Cruz Mts., no date, A. Koebele (2/3 USNM). Sierra Co.: N. Fork Yuba R. above Indian Valley, 61-08-26, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: Shasta Retreat, 2416’, no date, no collr. (2/0 CAS). Etna Creek 1.5 mi. SW of Etna, 3100’, 70-08-20, H.B. Leech (1/2. CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (0/1 CAS). Sonoma Co.: Guerneville, 08-07-23, F.E. Blaisdell (1/2 CAS). Mark West Creek at Calistoga Rd., ca. 4 mi. S. Petrified Forest, 63-07-08, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Duncan Mills, 05-07-25, F.E. Blaisdell (1/0 CAS). Camp Meeker, no date, Wintersteiner (1/1 CAS). Duncan Mills, 08-07-14, F.E. Blaisdell (2/0 CU). Duncan Mills, 08-07-14 (1/0 UMI). Duncan Mills, 08-07-14, no collr. (3/1 CFMNH). Duncan Mills, 08-07-24, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Tehama Co.: 1 mi. SW Government Camp, clear mt. stream, 6000’, 60-07-29, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Dead Mule Spring, 3 km by road N. of Paskenta-Covelo Rd., 1570 m, 72-08-29, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Trinity Co.: Mad River, 6 mi. S. Ruth, 60-07-31, H.B. Leech (8/6 CAS). Wilson Cr., Lake Mtn. area, 60-07-30, H.B. Leech (5/3 CAS). S. Fork Van Horn Cr., 2 mi. from mouth at Upper Mad R., moss-edged rock pools in running stream, open area, 3000’, 70-08-09, H.B. Leech (6/6 CAS). Mad River at route 36, nr. Mad River Park, 68-07-20, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Little Brown Cr. at route 3, ca. 3 mi. airline SW Douglas City, 70-08-1 1, H.B. Leech (6/1 CAS). Bridge Gulch Creek at Natural Bridge, 7.5 mi. airline N. Wildwood, 70-08-10, H.B. Leech (1/4 CAS). Calistoga, 34-06-12, Bryant (7/12 CAS). Van Horn Cr., 1.5 mi. above its mouth at upper Mad River, clear water pools in gravel and stones of otherwise dry and shaded creek bed, 2850’, 70-08-09, H.B. Leech (12/15 CAS). Kerlin Cr. at Hyampom-Big Slide Rd„ 68-07-23, H.B. Leech (3/1 CAS). Scott Mtn. Summit campground, Callahan-Carrville Rd., pool, small stream in drying Darlingtonia bog by camp, 5403’, 70-08-22, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Hayfork Cr. at Hayfork-Wildwood Rd., 70-08-11, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Mad River just above mouth Van Horn Cr., 4.25 air miles SE Ruth, pools in drying bed of upper Mad River, 70-08-08, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Mad River at Route 36, nr. Mad River Park, 68-07-20, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Tulare Co.: Sequoia N. Park, no date, F.E. Winters (1/0 CU). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Oregon: Grant Co.: Spring at SE corner Grant Co., 67-10-14, J. Schuh (1/0 JS). Multonomah Co.: Portland, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (3/0 USNM). 3. Hydraena occidentalis new species Map: Figure 23B Paratypes: 221 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 486 Perkins Canada: British Columbia: Creston, 30-04-25, G. Stace Smith (1/1 CFMNH). Salmon Arm, Salmon River, 33-10-14, H. B. Leech (1/2 CAS). Salmon Arm, Pumphouse pool. Miles’ Creek, 41-03-25, H. B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Salmon Arm, Salmon River, 33-10-06, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Frazier Valley, no date, no collr. (3/0 USNM). Terrace, no date, M.E. Hippisley (3/2 CU). Squamish, 62-07-01, J.L. Carr, (1/1 JLC). Creston, 30-04-25, G. Stace Smith (1/2 UBC). Creston, ephemeral pond, 2000’, 53-04-06, G. Stace Smith (1/0 UBC). Royal Oak, V. L, 53-08-13, E. Argyle (1/0 UBC). Silverhope Cr., 9 mi. S. Hope, 71-07-23, P.D. Perkins (3/3 PDP). Cranbrook, 56-08-12, no collr. (0/3 UBC). United States: California: Contra Costa Co.: Moraga, 37-04-18, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). El Dorado Co.: Strawberry, 57-09-02, P.S. Bartholomew (2/3 CAS). Humboldt Co.: Conley Cr., 0.8 mi. SE Blocksburg, 1350’, 68-07-09, H.B. Leech (1/2 CAS). Willow Cr., 16-06-14, F.E. Blaisdell (1/3 CAS). Martin Cr., 10 mi. S. Bridgeville, 1150’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Orick, 38-05-17, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). South Dobbyn Cr., Alderpoint-Blocksburg Rd., margin of Typha pool, 450’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (1/7 CAS). Lake Co.: Middle Cr., 5 mi. N. Upper Lake, 55-08-04, H.B. Leech (1/2 CAS). Scott Cr., 2.75 mi. S. of Lower Blue Lake, 55-08-05, H.B. Leech (1/2 CAS). Hidden Lake, 4 mi. NW of Lakeport, 55-08-05, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Lucerne, pond, 49-05-28, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Little Blue Lake, 1500', 47-11-08, H.P. Chandler (1/0 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: No site, no date. Coquillet (1/0 CAS). Mts. nr. Claremont, no date, no collr. (4/0 CMP). Madera Co.: Northfork, 20-03-07, H. Dietrich (1/1 CU). Marin Co.: Carson Ridge, Woodacre 56-01-09, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). No site, 19-11-08, H. Dietrich (1/0 CU). Mariposa Co.: Tenaya L., 45-09-11, G.P. Mackenzie (1/1 LACM). Mendocino Co.: 7 mi. E. of Route 101 on Longvale-Covelo Rd., Bloody Rum Creek, 1100’, 68-07-18, H.B. Leech (5/3 CAS). 1 mi. S. Covelo, Grist Creek, 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). 1 mi. N. Covelo, W. Branch Mill Cr., 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). 2 mi. NW Philo, Hendy Woods S.P., Navarro River, 64-07-22, P. Rubtzoff (1/0 CAS). Mendocino, 57-07-21, J.R. Heifer (0/1 CAS). Mendocino, ex moss in bed of dried-up woodland pool, Berlese funnel, 54-08-07, J.R. Heifer (0/1 CAS). Parson Cr., 4.5 mi. NE of hopland, 64-06-30, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). 15 mi. W. Willits, stream, 48-06-15, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Monterey Co.: Salinas, no date, no collr. (1/0 CU). Little Sur R. at Hwy. 1, 71-10-24, P.D. Perkins (1/0 PDP). Napa Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Calistoga, 34-06-12, Bryant (6/3 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (0/2 CAS). Placer Co.: Penryn, no date, no collr. (1/1 CAS). Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Mts., no date, F.E. Winters (3/13 CU). Riverside, no date, F.E. Winters (2/2 CU). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (3/7 CU). Santa Clara Co.: Stanford Univ., 57-03-24, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: Salmon Trinity Alps Wilderness Area, Big Hat Camp, Josephine Creek at Carter’s Trinity Alps Lodge, 5150’, 68-08-02, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Sonoma Co.: Sonoma Creek, Glen Ellen, 50-04-29, H.B. Leech (3/5 CAS). Duncan Mills, 09-07-26, F.E. Blaisdell (1/0 CAS). Tehama Co.: 12 mi. SW Red Bluff, Montgomery FFS, 72-06-25, D.S. Chandler (1/0 US). As above, 72-07-14 (0/1 UA). Oregon:Clackamas Co.: 4 mi. S. Newberg, BL trap, 69-08-11, no collr. (1/0 ODA). Coos Co.: Coos Bay, 51-07-09, B. Malkin (0/2 CFMNH). Curry Co.: Pistol River, 56-09-17, B. Malkin (1/2 CFMNH). As above, 52-06-18 (0/1 CFMNH). B. Malkin & V.E. Roth (0/1 CFMNH). Klamath Co.: Aspen Lake, 57-05-05, J. Schuh (1/1 JS; 1/4 NMD; 2/1 WRS). Lane Co.: Eugene, BL trap, 68-07-29, no collr. (0/1 ODA). Lincoln Co.: 5 mi. S. Newport, BL trap, 61-08-01, no collr. (0/1 ODA). Polk Co.: West Salem, 71-06-20, R.L. Westcott (0/1 ODA). Washington: King Co.: Green River Gorge, 56-07-15, B. Malkin & R. Kottke (19/24 CFMNH). Thurston Co.: Olympia, no date, no collr. (2/2 MCZ). Whatcom Co.: Lynden, 68-04-21, L. Russell (1/1 NMD). Whitman Co.: Pullman, no date, C.V. Piper (1/0 USNM). 4. Hydraena tuolumne new species Map: Figure 23E Paratypes: 46 United States: California: Calaveras Co.: Big Trees, 37-09-13, F.E. Blaisdell (1/0 CAS). Fresno Co.: S. Fk. Tamarack Cr. at Tamarack Meadow, ca 6 mi. airline south of Huntington L., pools in drying streambed, 7440’, 71-09-02, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Florence Lake, 50-08-24, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Stream from E. entering S. Fk. San Joaquin R. at gauging station by N. end Jackass Dike, N. of Florence Lake, 7200’, 71-08-31, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Wishon vicinity, 70-08-02, D.G. Marqua (1/0 PDP). Madera Co.: E. fork Granite Creek at road to Soldier Meadow, 71-08-23, H.B. Leech (14/20 CAS). Chiquito Creek at bridge, Clover Mdw. road, 6800’, 71-08-11, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). N. Fork San Joaquin River at Sheep Crossing, 6000’, 71-08-22, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Nevada Co.: Shotgun L., 23-07-13, J.O. Martin (1/1 CAS). Upper Truckee River, 52-08-19, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Tuolumne Co.: Same data as Holotype (2/0 Cas). 5. Hydraena angulicollis Notman Map: Figure 25A Specimens examined: 184 Canada: Alberta: Tp. 38 Rge. 5 W. 5 Mer., 72-09-16, B. & J. Carr (2/1 JLC). Tp. 28 Rge. 5 W. 5 Mer., 72-10-06, Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 487 B. & J. Carr (1/0 JLC). Jumpingpound Cr., 72-05-13, Carr (0/1 JLC). Tp. 37 Rge. 5 W. 5 Mer., 72-09-10, B. & J. Carr (0/3 JLC). Tp. 38 Rge. 6 W. 5, 72-09-16, B. & J. Carr (0/1 JLC). Tp. 37 Rge. 5 W. 5 Mer., 72-05-27, B. & J. Carr (0/1 JLC). Tp. 25 Rge. 5 W. 5 Mer., 72-05-23, B. & J. Carr (0/1 JLC). Edmonton, 18-04-18, F.S. Carr (1/0 UM). Edmonton, 17-09-15, F.S. Carr (0/1 CAS). Edmonton, 19-04-19, F.S. Carr (0/1 CNC). Edmonton, 19-06-19, F.S. Carr (0/1 CNC). Edmonton, 19-06-19, F.S. Carr (3/3 CAS). Edmonton, 18-04-04, F.S. Carr (0/1 CAS). Edmonton, 19-08-28, F.S. Carr (0/1 CAS). Edmonton, 19-04-19, F.S. Carr (1/1 CAS). Manitoba: Ninette, in shore debris, 58-05-06, R.B. Madge (0/1 CNC). Northwest Territories: 3.5 mi. SE Ft. Simpson, 72-06-21, A. Smetana (1/0 CNC). As above, 72-06-17, A. Smetana (0/1 CNC). Norman Wells, 49-06-10, S.D. Hicks (0/2 CNC). Ontario: Algonquin Park, lake of two rivers nature trail, 60-05-25, B.V. Peterson (0/1 CNC). Dryden, small lake edge, 70-09-04, E. J. Kiteley (1/0 EJK). Quebec: Wakefield, 31-08-07, W.J. Brown (7/7 CNC). As above, 30/06-04, W.J. Brown (0/3 CNC). Duchesnay, 42-07-08, J.l. Beaulne (0/1 CNC). Kazubazua, 31-08-18, W.J. Brown (3/3 CNC). As above, 28-08-26, W.J. Brown (2/3 CNC). Tremblant, Parc du Mont, 58-05-28, A. Robert (1/0 UM). As above, 58-06-09 (1/0 UM). As above, 58-06-13 (0/1 UM). As above, 58-05-26 (0/1 UM). Duparquet, 35-08-02, G. Stace Smith (1/0 CAS). As above 37-8-18 (0/1 CAS). Knowlton, 30-06-05, L.J. Milne (0/1 CNC). United States: Connecticut: Fairfield Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (0/1 USNM). Litchfield Co.: Cornwall, 22-04-30, K.F. Chamberlain (2/0 JFB). Indiana: Kosciusko Co.: No site, 08-06-24, W.S. Blatchley (0/2 PU). Maine: Penobscot Co.: Corinth, 69-07-22, S. Malcolm (0/1 DCM). Maryland: Anne Arundell Co.: Odenton, 18-07-14, H. Dietrich (1/0 USNM). Massachusetts: Middlesex Co.: Tyngsboro, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Tyngsboro, 1873-12-01, no collr. (5/4 MCZ). Tyngsboro, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Norfolk Co.: Natick, 49-04-13, C.A. Frost (1/0 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 MCZ). Michigan: Emmet Co.: 4 mi. E. Levering, 52-08-05, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). Maple River, 52-08-08, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). Livingston Co.: E.S. George Reserve, Big Swamp, 52-07-04, F.N. Young (1/1 UM1). E.S. George Reserve, 50-04-17, l.J. Cantrall (1/0 FNY). Mackinac Co.: 4 mi. E. Engadine, 72-08-21, W.R. Suter (5/3 USNM). Marquette Co.: Marquette, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (0/1 USNM). Minnesota: Clearwater Co.: Itasca State Park, 27-11-01, S. Garthside (1/0 USNM). Mille Lacs Co.: 2 mi. E. and 2 mi. S. Onamia, from leaf litter using a Berlese funnel, 65-07-05, P.J. Clausen (4/3 UMA). Onamia, 65-06-19, P.J. Clausen (1/0 UMA). New Hampshire: Grafton Co.: Franconia, no date, no collr. (0/1 AMNH). Hillsboro Co.: Antrim, 42-10-16, C.A. Frost (1/1 CAS). New Jersey: Morris Co.: Towaco, sifting leaves, 44-11-07, A. Nicolay (0/1 USNM). New York: Hamilton Co.: Hope (N.): Hope Falls Road, sphagnum, streamside alder swamp, 74-08-25, W.R. Suter (41/22 USNM). Oneida Co.: Cold Brook, 16-06-30, W.A. Clemens (0/1 USNM). Orange Co.: West Point, 10-05-21, W. Robinson (1/0 USNM). Ohio: Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, F. C. Bowditch (1/1 MCZ). Vermont: Bennington Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM: 1/0 CU). Windsor Co.: Woodstock, no date, Wintersteiner (1/1 CU). 7. Hydraena nigra Hatch Map: Figure 27F Specimens examined: 1 16 Canada: British Columbia: Fernie, 34-06-05, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Trinity Valley, trib. to Vance Creek, 46-10-03, H.B. Leech (7/3 CAS; 1/1 CNC; 0/1 UBC). Fernie, Lizard Creek, 34-08-27, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Fernie, 34-06-05, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). United States: California: El Dorado Co.: Gin. Alpine, no date, A. Fenyes (1/1 CFMNH). 2 mi. SSE Quintette, trib. Whaler Cr., 63-07-27, H.B. Leech (3/1 CAS). Fresno Co.: Stream from E. entering S. Fork San Joaquin R. at gauging station by N. end Jackass Dike, N. of Florence Lake, 7200’ , 71-08-31, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Kern Co.: Shirley Cr. at Glenville-Kernville Rd., Greenhorn Mts., 5500’, 70-03-25, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Lassen Co.: Norval Flats, 5500’, 20-07-04, no collr. (5/3 CAS). Madera Co.: Boggy Mdws., 6000’, 45-07-15, no collr. (0/1 CAS). Mariposa Co.: NE slope Chowchilla Mts., bog by Stove Pipe campground, 6100’, 71-08-06, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Nevada Co.: Sagehen Cr., 66-06-22, W.J. Turner (1/1 UCB). Placer Co.: Lake Tahoe, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (0/1 USNM). Lake Tahoe, no date, no collr. (1/0 LACM). Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Mts., no date, F.E. Winters (1/0 CAS; 1/0 CU). Siskiyou Co.: Wolf Cr., Scott Mts. S. of Callahan, 5200’, 70-08-24, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Fox Lake Road, headwaters Blue Jay Creek, 5000’, 70-08-24, H.B. Leech (2/4 CAS). Tulare Co.: Sequoia N. Park, no date, F.E. Winters (5/16 CU). Tuolumne Co.: Trib. Niagara Cr., Niagara Cr. Forest Campground, 63-08-11, H.B. Leech (5/8 CAS). Pinecrest, 47-07-15, P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (1/1 CAS). Colorado: Chaffee Co.: Buena Vista, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Buena Vista, 7900’-8000’, 1896-07-01, H.F. Wickham (0/8 USNM). El Paso Co.: 6 mi. W. Colorado Sprs., Gold Camp Road, 9500’, 73-06-06, A.R. Gillogly (4/4 PDP). Oregon: Klamath Co.: 8 mi. NE Bly, Deming Creek, 67-08-19, J. Schuh (3/0 JS). 12 mi. NE Bly, Long Creek, 67-09-24, J. Schuh (2/3 JS). 15 mi. NE Bly, Deming Creek, 66-08-05, J. Schuh (1/1 JS). Utah: Cache Co.: Logan Canyon, in moss, 74-10-20, G.F. Knowlton (1/0 USNM). Garfield Co.: Canyon City, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2/0 USNM). Uintah Co.: Cub River Cyn., 56-12-04, G.F. Knowlton (0/1 OSU). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 488 Perkins 8. Hydraena atlantica new species Map: Figure 25B Paratypes: 199 Canada: Quebec: Tremblant, Parc du Mont, 52-06-12, A. Robert (0/1 UM). As above, 58-05-28 (1/2 UM). As above, 58-05-24 (0/1 UM). As above, 58-05-30 (0/1 UM). Kazubazua, 31-08-18, W.J. Brown (1/0 CNC). United States: Connecticut: Fairfield Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (5/6 USNM; 2/2 MCZ). Litchfield Co.: Litchfield, 22-04-28, L.B. Woodruff (1/0 AMNH). Illinois: Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (0/1 CU). Maine: Cumberland Co.: North Yarmouth, 67-08-16, P.J. Spangler (2/0 USNM). Maryland: Anne Arundel Co.: Odenton, 18-07-14, H. Dietrich (0/2 USNM). Montgomery Co.: Plummer’s Island, in pothole, 72-04-01, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). As above, 72-04-19, P.J. Spangler (3/6 USNM). Plummer’s Island, 72-04-19, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). C. & O. Lock at Plummer’s Island, 60-06-29, P.J. Spangler (2/0 USNM). As above, 61-06-07 (4/1 USNM). Prince Georges Co.: Bladensberg, no date, no collr. (1/2 CU). Talbot Co.: Easton , woodland pond, 71-07-19, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). Easton, Seth State Forest, 74-06-19, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). As above, 76-05-13 (15/25 USNM). Massachusetts: Bristol Co.: Fall River, 08-08-28, N.S. Easton (1/0 MCZ). Fall River, no date, N.S. Eston (0/4 CAS). Hampden Co.: West Springfield, 03-08-03, F. Knab (1/0 USNM). Middlesex Co.: Sherborn, no date, no collr. (1/0 CU). Framingham, pasture pool, 35-05-10, C.A. Frost (1/0 CAS). Norfolk Co.: Brookline, no date, F.C. Bowditch (1/0 MCZ). Plymouth Co.: Marion, no date, no collr. (2/0 MCZ). Suffolk Co.: Boston, no date, no collr. (1/0 MCZ). Tyngsboro, no date, no collr. (1/4 CU). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 CMP; 2/0 SDSU). Lawrence, no date, no collr. (1/0 CFMNH). Michigan: Eaton Co.: Grand Ledge, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (0/3 USNM). New Hampshire: Merrimack Co.: Danbury, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Stafford Co.: Lee, 61-07-25, R.L. Blickle (1/0 UNH). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Three Mile Island, 27-05-08, no collr. (1/0 MCZ). New Jersey: Bergen Co.: Seacaucas, no date, Wintersteiner (1/3 CU). Hackensac, no date, Wintersteiner (2/2 CU). Westwood, No date, no collr. (1/0 CU). Westwood, 19-07-01, no collr. (3/2 AMNH). Oradell, 18-04-07, E D. Quirsfeld (1/0 USNM). Oradell, 18-04-06, E.D. Quirsfeld (1/0 JFB). Mercer Co.: Trenton, 10-03-29, H.B. Kirk (1/0 PBP1). Passaic Co.: Paterson, 10-04-01, no collr. (0/2 AMNH). Unspecified Co.: Snake Hill, no date, no collr. (1/4 AMNH). No site, no date, no collr. (1/1 CAS; 1 /I USNM). As above, Wintersteiner (4/0 CU). New York: Richmond Co.: Staten Island, 16-0930, no collar. (0/1 USNM). Staten Island, no date, no collr. (1/0 CAS). Staten Island, 91-07-07, no collr. (0/1 USNM). Suffolk Co. Long Island, no date, no collr. (1/2 MCZ). As above, Wintersteiner (10/2 CU). Long Island, Forest Park, no date, no collr. (8/6 CU). Long Island, Shelter Island, 40-05-29, R. Latham (1/0 CU). Tompkins Co.: Ithaca, 15-04-14, no collr. (01 CU). Ithaca, 55-04-30, H. Dietrich (0/2 CU). Westchester Co.: New Rochelle, 10-08-03, L. Lacey (0/2 AMNH). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 UMA; 0/1 USNM). No site, no date, C. Palm (1/2 AMNH). Pennsylvania: Delaware Co.: Castle Rock, no date, H.A. Wenzel (2/0 OSU). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, F.C. Bowditch (1/1 MCZ). Rhode Island: Newport Co.: Tiverton, 12-10-20, Dodge (1/1 PMNH). Washington Co.: Kingston, 21-02-04, no collr. (0/1 CU). South Carolina: Charleston Co.: No site, 66-10-13, R.E. Widdows (1/1 CFMNH). Vermont: Bennington Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (15/11 USNM; 1/0 CMP; 0/1 CU). Virginia: Unspecified Co.: Fort Monroe, no date, no collr. (1/1 USNM). Wisconsin: Sauk Co.: Sauk City, 99-08-02, no collr. (1/1 MCZ). Sauk City, 99-08-09, no collr. (1/4 UW). 9. Hydraena pacifica new species Map: Figures 27A-C Paratypes: 634 Canada: Alberta: Pincher Creek, no date, no collr. (2/3 MCZ). Coleman, 58-08-04, J.L. Carr (2/1 JLC). 6 mi. S. Pincher Creek, 71-07-01, P.D. Perkins (1/0 PDP). British Columbia: Terrace, no date, M.E. Clark (1/2 MCZ). Quesnel Lake, no date, no collr. (1/3 MCZ). Fernie, Elk River, 34-07-26, H.B. Leech (4/3 CAS). Fernie, 34-06-05, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Terrace, no date, M.E. Clark (4/0 CAS). Trinity Valley, tributary to Vance Creek, 46-10-03, H.B. Leech (6/8 CAS). As above, 44-07-12 (2/0 CAS). As above, 37-09-12 (1/3 CAS). As above, 40-06-13 (0/1 CAS). Kamloops, in a swamp, 39-07-30, G. Spencer (0/2 CAS). Terrace, Lost lake, no date, M.E. Hippisley (1/0 CAS). British America, Ft. McLeod, no date, no collr. (2/0 USNM). Terrace, no date, M.E. Hippisley (2/0 CU). Princeton, 30-05-25, G. Stace Smith (1/0 UBC). Wynndel, head of Lizard Creek, 47-08-28 (2/1 UBC). As above, 46-10-05 (1/2 UBC). As above, 45-10-07 (1/0 UBC). Wynndel, Duck Creek, 31-07-18, G. Stace Smith (0/1 UBC). As above, 31-07-10 (0/1 UBC). Wynndel, Lizard Creek, 2600’, 47-10-12, G. Stace Smith (1/0 UBC). Copper Mtn., 30-03-28, G. Stace Smith (5/6 UBC). As above, 30-05-04 (1/1 UBC). As above, 30-09-04 (1/0 UBC). As above, 30-03-29, (2/1 CNC). As above, 29-05-17 (0/2 CNC). Creston, ephemeral pond, 2000’, 52-03-21, G. Stace Smith (1/1 UBC). Royal Oak V. I., evening flight, 53-07-17, E. Argyle (1/2 UBC). Terrace, no date, M.E. Clark (1/4 MCZ). Quesnel Lake, no date no collr. (1 /3 MCZ). Lister, Rykert Creek, 47-07-02, G. Stace Smith (2/4 UBC). United States: California: Fresno Co.: Ca 6 mi. S. Huntington Lake, S. Fork Tamarack Cr. at Tamarack Meadow, pools in drying streambed, 7440’, 71-09-02, H.B. Leech (3/9 CAS). N. of Huntington Lake, 71-08-25, H.B. Leech Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 489 (11/17 CAS). NE of Huntington Lake, Kaiser Pass Meadow, 9025’, 71-08-27, H.B. Leech (46/60 CAS). N. of Florence Lake, stream from E. entering S. Fork San Joaquin R., at gauging station by N. end Jackass Dike, 7200’, 71- 08-31, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Glenn Co.: Plaskett Mdws., margins of Upper Plaskett Lake, 6000’, 60-07-29, H.B. Leech (10/13 CAS). 4.5 mi. S. Mendocino Pass, collecting stop No. 5, 6500’, 60-07-29, H.B. Leech (0/4 CAS). Inyo Co.: Cottonwood Cr., ex waterlogged limb in stream, 10,000’, 71-05-16, P.D. Perkins (2/6 PDP). Lassen Co.: Duck Lake, 21-05-08, J.O. Martin (1/1 CAS). Facht, 21-05-24, no collr. (1/3 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Pomona, no date, no collr. (1/0 MCZ). Madera Co.: Jackass Creek, E. end Jackass Meadow, 6960’, 71-08-17, H.B. Leech (9/8 CAS). Chiquito Creek, at bridge Clover Meadow Road, 6800’, 71-08-11, H.B. Leech (1/2 CAS). E. Fork Granite Creek at road to Soldier Meadow, 6960’, 71-08-23, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Branch, Granite Cr., 0.15 mi. W. Soldier Meadow, 6965’, 71-08-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Chiquito Creek, 0.25 mi. below upper Chiquito campground, 6820’, 71-08-1 1, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Mariposa Co.: Yosemite N. Park, Snow Flat, 46-09-07, H.P. Chandler (1/0 CAS). Mirrow Lake, 55-08-21, P.S. Bartholomew (0/6 CAS). Tenaya L„ 45-09-11, G.P. Mackenzie (2/1 LACM; 2/0 NMD). Nevada Co.: Sagehen Creek, nr. Hobart Mills, 66-06-26, W.J. Turner (2/0 UCB). Sagehen Cr., 66-06-23, W.J. Turner (1/0 UCB). Upper Truckee R., 52-08-19, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: 6.25 mi. airline SW Etna, stream flowing into Meeks Meadow, 1925 m, 72-08-23, H.B. Leech (9/13 CAS). S. of Callahan, East Boulder Lake, Scott Mts., 6680’, 70-08-25, H.B. Leech (4/1 CAS). Poker Flat, head of W. Branch Indian Creek, 5040’, 66-08-14, H.B. Leech (6/2 CAS). 6.25 mi. airline SW Etna, murky flood pool by stream flowing into Meeks Meadow Lake, 72- 08-23, H.B. Leech (34/51 CAS). Fox Lake Road, headwaters Blue Jay Creek, 5000’, 70-08-24, H.B. Leech (3/0 CAS). Taylor Lake, Salmon Mts., small stream, meadow south end Taylor Lake, 6500’, 70-08-20, H.B. Leech (9/10 CAS). Tiny creek, NW side Scott Mt„ 6660’, 66-08-20, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Headwaters E. Fork of S. Fork Salmon River, Cecilville-Callahan Road, 6000’, 68-07-31, H.B. Leech (2/6 CAS). Stream in Darlingtonia Bog, source Big Carmen Creek, NNW slope Scott Mtns., 70-08-23, H.B. Leech (2/2 CAS). Upper Boulder Lake, 6780’, Scott Mtns., S. of Callahan, 70-08-25, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Etna Road, N. Russian Creek at foot Jumpoff Joe Curve, 3640’, 70-08-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Meeks Meadow lake, 6.25 mi. airline SW Etna, 1872 m, 72-08-23, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Tehama Co.: Judd Cr., 52-06-25, H.P. Chandler (0/1 CAS). Trinity Co.: Scott Mtn. summit campground, Callahan-Carrville Rd., pools, small stream in Darlingtonia bog by camp, 5403’, 70-08-22, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Tuolumne Co.: Tioga, 45-09-11, G.P. Mackenzie (2/1 LACM). Sonora Pass, 58-08-16, D. Giuliani (2/0 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 INHS). Colorado: Chaffee Co.: Buena Vista, no date, F.E. Wickham (2/3 USNM). Conejs Co.: Cumbres Creek, E. slope of Cumbres Pass, 9920’, 65-08-12, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Costilla Co.: Fort Garland, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (0/1 USNM). Huerfano Co.: Veta Pass, no date, no collr. (1/1 MCZ). Veta Pass, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (4/2 USNM). La Veta, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (0/1 USNM). Veta Pass, no date, no collr. (3/1 MCZ). Routt Co.: Steamboat Springs, 6800’, 41-10-01, Bryant (1/0 CAS). Clark, 8000’, 47-08-03, Bryant (1/0 CAS). Summit Co.: Fremont Pass, 10,300’, 52-08-17, B. Malkin (0/1 CFMNH). Idaho: Bingham Co.: No site, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1/1 USNM). Blaine Co.: Alturas Lake, Sawtooth Mts., 52-07-23, B. Malkin (1/1 CFMNH). As above, 52-07-22 (1/1 CFMNH). Custer Co.: Stanely lake, Sawtooth Mts., 52-07-23, B. Malkin (2/1 CFMNH). Montana: Cascade Co.: 7.5 mi. N. Neihart, Belt Creek, 6950’, 64-07-21, H.B. Leech (6/8 CAS). Nevada: Elko Co.: E. foot Secret Pass, Hwy. 1 1 at road from Arthur, 6200’, 65-08-26, H.B. Leech (1/3 CAS). Lander Co.: 5 mi. ESE Austin Hwy. 50 at Hwy. 21, 64-08-05, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Washoe Co.: 0.5 mi. E. Top Pass, stream under route 27, E. slope Mt. Rose, 8800’, 69-08-27, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Oregon: Clackamas Co.: Clackamas Lake, 40-07-20, no collr. (1/1 MCZ). Harney Co.: Fish Lake, Steens Mts., 51-06-22, B. Malkin (11/9 CFMNH). Klamath Co.: Crescent, Little Deschutes River, 57-05-12, J. Schuh (1/0 JS). Bly, Horse Glades, 55-05-05, J. Schuh (1/0 JS). Lake Co.: Lake City, sweeping plants, springs and seepage, 67-08-02, K. Goeden (2/4 ODA). Lane Co.: 2 mi. N. Junction City, 72-02-12, Ryker (0/1 ORSU). Utah: Cache Co.: Logan Canyon, in moss, 74-10-20, G.F. Knowlton (3/0 USNM). Emery Co.: Wasatch MTts., 47-06-28, Bryant (0/1 CAS). Garfield Co.: Escalante River, mouth of calf creek, 39-08-01, H.P. Chandler (0/2 CAS). City Can., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (0/1 USNM). Salt Lake Co.: Alta, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1/0 USNM). Utah Co.: Timpanogas, Aspen Grove environs, 7000’, 41-22-05, H.P. Chandler (1/2 CAS). Hobble Cr. Canyon, 6000’, 41-08-09, H.P. Chandler (0/2 CAS). Wasatch Co.: Lost Lake Camp, Uinta Mts., 9800’, 40-08-26, H.P. Chandler (0/1 CAS). As above, 40-08-27 (0/1 CAS). As above, 8000’, 40-08-26 (1/0 CAS). Tyrol Lake, Uintah Mts., 9800’, H.P. Chandler (1/2 CAS). Washington: King Co.: Bothell, 61-03-21, no collr. (0/1 DCM). Green River Gorge, 56-07-15, B. Malkin & R. Kottke (1/0 CFMNH). Wyoming: Uintah Co.: 8.3 mi. W. Fr. Bridger, trib. of muddy Cr., 65-08-23, F.O. Leech (0/1 CAS). Yellowstone National Park: Yellowstone, N. P., Apollinasis Spr., 62-08-17, P. & P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). Yellowstone N.P., colld. in Obsidian Creek at Crystal Spring, 62-08-17, P. & P.J. Spangler (6/19 USNM). Aedeagal morph “B” Specimens examined: 177 Canada: British Columbia: Jaffray, Little Sand Creek, 50-07-23, H.B. Leech (3/1 CAS). Sumas Prairie, 33-06-03, G. Hopping (1 /0 CAS). Agassiz, 31-03-07, H.B. Leech (1 /2 CAS). Victoria, Vancouver, no date, Horn (1 /0 USNM). United States: California: Contra Costa Co.: Hills back of Oakland, 08-06-07, no collr. (0/1 CAS). Danville, 51-06-01, F.X. Williams (1/1 CAS). Berkeley, no date, F.E. Winters (0/1 CAS). Del Norte Co.: 2 mi. S. Crescent City, roadside pond, 67-03-29, J. Schuh & D. Vertrees (2/1 JS). 8 mi. NE. Cresent City, Smith River at Hiouchi Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 490 Perkins bridge, 65-09-30, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Humboldt Co.: Hydesville, no date, no collr. (0/3 CAS). Mad River at Kneeland-Addison Rd., 66-08-09, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Lake Co.: Kelseyville, Kelsey Creek, 49-05-29, H.B. Leech (1/4 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/5 CU). Marin Co.: Novato, streambed by sifting, 52-06-17, H.B. Leech (15/10 CAS). Fairfax, no date, F.E. Blaisdell, (2/3 CAS). As above, 06-09-09 (0/1 CAS). Lagunitas Creek at Tocaloma, 68-05-04, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Olema, 48-03-01, H P. Chandler (1/0 CAS). Headwaters of Salmon Dr., Wilson Hill Rd., 64-02-22, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Mariposa Co.: Miami Ranger Station, 5000’, 42-07-06, H.P. Chandler (0/1 CAS). 6 mi., E. Miami Ranger Station, 46-07-04, H.P. Chandler (1/0 CAS). Mendocino Co.: Parson Creek 4.5 mi. NE. of Hopland, 64-06-30, H.B. Leech (2/3 CAS). Univ. Cal. Range Exp. Sta., Vasser Corner Creek, 63-06-20, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Grist Creek, 1 mi. S. Covelo, 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Rodeo Creek, 1 mi. S. Tatu, Longvale-Dos Rios Road, 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Mono Co.: Mammoth, 45-09-15, G.P. Mackenzie (1/0 LACM). Monterey Co.: Salinas, no date, no collr. (0/1 CAS). Napa Co.: Rutherford, 51-06-10, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). San Mateo Co.: Woodside, Pulgas Temple, 51-06-10, P.S. Bartholomew (0/7 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winners (1/0 CAS). Santa Clara Co.: Stanford Univ., 57-03-24, P.S. Bartholomew (2/1 CAS). Stanford Univ., Jasper Ridge, 52-05-31, P.S. Bartholomew (2/2 CAS). Sierra Co.: Sierraville, 4950’, 47-07-03, H.P. Chandler (3/3 CAS). Sonoma Co.: Duncan Mills, 08-07-26, F.E. Blaisdell (0/1 CAS). Santa Rosa-Calistoga, 50-06-25, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Calistoga, 34-06-12, Bryant (1/0 CAS). Glen Ellen, Sonoma Creek, 50-04-29, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Mark West Cr. at Calistoga Rd., ca 4 mi. S. Petrified Forest, 63-07-08, H.B. Leech (5/6 CAS). Santa Rosa, 65-04-10, J.D. Birchim (1/0 CAS). Tulare Co.: Sequoia N. Park, no date, F.E. Winters (2/0 CU). Unspecified Co.: Waddell, no date, J.E. Cronin (1/1 JEC). Little Miller Creek, 74-08-04, J.E. Cronin (1/0 JEC). Fr. Creek, no date, H.W. Wenzel (2/1 OSU). Oregon: Benton Co.: Corvallis, no date, no collr. (4/21 USNM). Corvallis, 38-05-20, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Corvallis, no date, no collr. (5/12 CU). Corvallis, 72-04-26, L. Ryker (1/0 ORSU). Corvallis, no date, no collr. (3/0 MCZ). 10 mi. S. Corvallis, Winkle Lake, 63-05-10, T. Schuh (0/1 JS). Pub. Golf course pond, 72-06-30, L. Ryker (1/0 ORSU). Granger, 32-04-25, no collr. (1/0 JS). Klamath Co.: Above Geary Ranch, Aspen duff at swamp, 71-10-25, J. Schuh (1/0 JS). Lane Co.: Eugene, 41-06-29, B. Malkin (3/0 CAS). Washington: King Co.: Bothel, 61-03-21, no collr. (1/0 DCM). Bothel, 60-04-16, D. Miller (0/1 DCM). Aedeagal morph “C” Specimens examined: 73 Canada: British Columbia: Langley, 31-06-21, K. Graham (1/0 CAS). As above, 35-06-23 (2/2 CAS). United States: California: El Dorado Co.: Strawberry, 57-09-02, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Fresno Co.: Vic. Wishon, 70-08-02, D.G. Marqua (1/0 PDP). Mariposa Co.: Mirror Lake, 55-08-21, P.S. Bartholomew (1/1 CAS). Mendocino Co.: Rancheria Cr., 5.5 SE Booneville, 50-06-15, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Napa Co.: Burton Cr., Pope Valley, 64-05-10, H.B. Leech (2/2 CAS). Nevada Co.: Upper Truckee River, 52-08-19, P.S. Bartholomew (6/10 CAS). Placer Co.: Emigrant Gap, from pool, 66-07-27, P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (3/7 CAS). Shasta Co.: 2.5 mi. W & S. of Viola, Bailey Creek, 61-08-31, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Sierra Co.: Sierraville, 4950’, 47-07-03, H.P. Chandler (3/0 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: No site, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (1/0 CAS). Tulare Co.: Sequoia N. Park, no date, F.E. Winters (2/0 PDP). 1 0. Hydraena californica new species Map: Figure 23D Paratypes: 14 United States: California: Humboldt Co.: Redwood Park, 18-08-10, J.O. Martin (1/2 CAS). San Mateo Co.: La Honda, 25-07-29, F.E. Blaisdell (1/0 CAS). Santa Clara Co.: Alma, 27-08-01, J.O. Martin (3/0 CAS). Los Gatos, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (1/0 USNM). Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Cruz, no date, F.W. Nunenmacher (1/0 UMI). Santa Cruz Mts., no date, Koebele (2/0 CAS). Boulder Creek, 55-01-22, M. Wasbauer (1/0 UCB). Zayante Creek, 72-06-03, J.E. Cronin (0/1 JEC). As above, 73-02-19 (1/0 JEC). 1 1 . Hydraena petila new species Map: Figure 27E Paratypes: 96 Canada: British Columbia: Vancouver, 33-04-23, H.B. Leech (4/1 CAS; 1/1 CNC). United States: California: Del Norte Co.: No site, no date, F.W. Nunenmacher (1/1 CFMNH). Gasquet, 50-06-24, P.S. Bartholomew (1/2 CAS). Humboldt Co.: Toss-up creek, confluence with Redwood creek 2.5 mi. N. of road to Hoopa, ca 650’, 70-08-13, H.B. Leech (9/13 CAS). Willow creek just above its E. Fork, 1500', 70-08-28, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Conley creek, 0.8 mi. SE Blocksburg, 1350', 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (0/3 CAS). Pool in drying up stream under Route 36, Larabee Valley, 0.8 mi. W. Butte Cr., 2470’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Burr Cr. 3 mi. S. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 491 Bridgeville, 1200’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Stream under Bair Rd., tributary to Pine Cr. W. of Hoopa, 70-08-14, 3300’, F.O. Leech (2/0 CAS). N. Fork Yager Cr. at Bridgeville-Kneeland Rd., 1300’, 66-08-08, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Pepperwood, 07-06-28, Bradley (1/0 CU). Stream under Blair Rd., 3 mi. airline WSW of Hoopa, 1950’, 70-08-14, H.B. Leech (0/4 CAS). Mendocino Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/1 CAS). Hendy Woods S. P., 68-06-14, L.N. & C.J. Bell (2/2 CAS). Mendocino, 57-07-21, J.R. Heifer (1/0 CAS). 15 mi. W. Willits, stream, 48-06-15, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Twin Rocks, 29-07-10, no collr. (1/0 CAS). Gualala Cr., 51-07-11, P.S. Bartholomew (0/1 CAS). Santa Clara Co.: Stanford Univ., Corte Madera Creek, 51-08-21, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Santa Cruz Co.: 10 mi. S. Holy City, 68-04-27, A. & A. Gillogly (1/0 AG). Zayante Cr., 72-06-03, J.E. Cronin (1/3 JEC). Sonoma Co.: Duncan Mills, 69-07-21, P. Rubtzoff (3/0 CAS). Camp Meeker, 52-07-10, P.S. Bartholomew (1/2 CAS). Santa Rosa, 50-06-25, P.S. Bartholomew (0/1 CAS). Tehama Co.: Dead Mule Sprint, 3 km by road N. of Paskenta-Covelo Rd., 1570 m., 72-08-29, H.B. Leech (9/5 CAS). Trinity Co.: S. Fork Van Horn Cr. 2 mi. from mouth at upper Mad River, 3000’, moss-edged rock pools in running stream, open area, 70-08-09, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Van Horn Cr. 1.5 mi. above its mouth at upper Mad River, , 2850’, clean water pools in gravel and stones of otherwise dry and shaded creek bed, 70-08-09, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Kerlin Creek at Hyampon-Big Slide Rd., 68-07-23, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). 13. Hydraena quadricurvipes new species Map: Figure 25D Paratypes: 7 United States: Alabama: Marshall Co.: Grant, nr. River Cave, floor debris, light zone at entrance, 68-05-25, H.R. Steeves, Jr. (0/1 CFMNH). Georgia: Chattooga Co.: 2 mi. NE Subligna, outside Parker Cave, Berlese; #67 forest FM(HD) #67-121, 67-06-20, S. Peck & A. Fiske (1/0 CFMNH). Indiana: Brown Co.: Small stream nr. Needmore, 50-02-11, F.N. Young (1/0 PDP). Monroe Co.: Morgan-Monroe State Forest, 61-07-29, J.C. Schaffner (1/0 USNM; 1/1 PDP). Maryland: Montgomery Co.: Glen Echo, 22-06-24, J.R. Malloch (0/1 USNM). 15. Hydraena pennsylvanica Kiesenwetter Map: Figure 25C Specimens examined: 610 Canada: Ontario: Pr. Edw. Co., 23-05-01, J.F. Brimley (1/1 JFB). As above, 47-05-12 (1 /0 JFB). No site, no date, no collr. (0/2 MU). Normandale, 31-06-04, W.J. Brown (1/0 CNC). Marmora, 52-07-22, J.R. Vockeroth (1/2 CNC). Ottawa, Black Rapids, 27-05-23, W.J. Brown (2/0 CNC). As above, 27-05-11 (0/1 CNC). Trenton, 04-11-23, Evans (0/1 CNC). Hastings, 05-05,15, Evans (0/1 CNC). Ventnor, 28-08-05, J.A. Adams (3/5 CNC). Ottawa, Black Rapids, 24-05-19, W.J. Brown (1/0 CAS). Quebec: La Trappe, no date, J. Ouellet (1/3 CSQ). Magog, 41-05-24, J.l. Beaulne (0/1 CSQ). Buffalo, 38-09-07, no collr. (1/1 USNM). Montreal, Berlese-clumps of moss and grass from swampy area overgrown with willows, 70-06-24, E.J. Kiteley (1/0 EJK). As above, 70-09-10 (0/1 EJK). As above, 70-08-01 (0/1 EJK). As above, 71-11-25 (1/0 EJK). Montreal, moss-Berlese, 70-11-15, E.J. Kiteley (2/4 EJK). Montreal, 70-11-19, E.J. Kiteley (0/1 EJK). As above, 69-09-07 (0/1 EJK). Montreal, 23-06-20, J. Ouellet (1/0 UM). As above, 05-08-10 (1/5 UM). As above, no date (0/1 UM). As above, 03-06-20 (0/1 UM). La Trappe, 44-07-09, J. Ouellet (1/1 UM). As above, 37-05-11 (1/2 UM). As above, 37-05-08 (0/1 UM). As above, 33-07-21 (1/0 UM). As above, 44-04-008 (0/1 UM). La Trappe, 43005-23, P. Leopold (1/0 UM). La Trappe, 46-07-29, J. Ouellet (1/0 UM). As above, 45-08-09 (0/1 UM). As above, 35-08-08 (1/0 UM). La Trappe, 37-05-08, P. Leopold (2/3 UM). Rigaud, 37-07-31, A. Robert (1/2 UM). As above, 39-05-29 (0/1 UM). Berthierville, 50-05-27, A. Robert (0/1 UM). As above, 69-07-30, (0/1 UM). Cascapedia, 33-08-17, W.J. Brown (3/0 CNC). Aylmer, 29-05-11, W.J. Brown (0/1 CNC). Fairy Lake, 27-10-02, W.J. Brown (1/0 CNC). As above, 27-08-07 (1/0 CNC). As above, 27-05-17 (1/0 CNC). As above, 27- 09-09 (0/1 CNC). Kazubatua, 31-09-18, W.J. Brown (2/3 CNC). As above, 27-06-06 (1/0 CNC). As above, 28- 08-26 (1/2 CNC). Duparquet, Duparquet Lake, 34-11-01, G. Stace Smith (1/0 CAS). Duparquet, 35-08-02, G. Stace Smith (0/6 CAS). As above, 35-08-26 (0/1 CAS). La Trappe, 37-05-12, J. Ouellet (2/3 CAS). Kazubazua, 28-08-26, W.J. Brown (0/1 CAS). Wakefield, 28-05-05, W.J. Brown (0/1 CAS). United States: Connecticut: Litchfield Co.: Litchfield, 22-04-28, L.B. Woodruff (1/0 AMNH). Litchfield, stoney brook, 25-09-29, L.B. Woodruff (1/0 AMNH). Lake Co.: Volo, Sayer Bog (Volo Bog), 66-10-01 (3/3 WRS). As above, 61-03-16 (1/1 WRS). Tamarack Bog, 46-07-05, H.S. Dybas (1/0 CFMNH). Volo Bog, 68-03-29, A. Smetana (1/0 CNC). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2/1 1NHS). Maryland: Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/4 UMA). Massachusetts: Bristol Co.: Dighton, no date, no collr. (0/1 MCZ). Swansea, 1 1-05-20, N.S. Easton (0/1 MCA). Fall River, 02-07-27, N.S. Easton (0/2 UM1). Essex Co.: Lawrence, no date. Crew (0/1 CU). Lawrence, no date, no collr. (4/1 CMNH). Hampden Co.: W. Springfield, 03-08-04, F. Knab (1/0 USNM). Hampshire Co.: Northampton, UV light, 71-06-12, E.J. Kiteley (0/1 EJK). Middlesex Co.: Framingham, 34-12-02, N.M. Downie (1/0 NMD). Framingham, 34-11-17, N.M. Downie (0/1 NMD). Framingham, 07-08-18, C.A. Frost (0/2 INHS). Natick, no date, F.E. Winters (2/0 CU). Wayland, sifting moss, no date, F.E. Winters (1/0 CU). Framingham, no date, C.A. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 492 Perkins Frost (0/1 CU). Framingham, 36-09-07, C.A. Frost (1/0 UCD). Framingham, 07-09-07, no collr. (1/2 CNC). Sherborn, 21-10-23, C.A. Frost (1/0 MCZ). Lowell, no date, no collr. (1/1 MCZ). Norfolk Co.: Brookline, 1895-03-24, F.C. Bowditch (2/1 MCZ). Suffolk Co.: Cambridge, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (1/1 USNM). Cambridge, no date, no collr. (0/2 MCZ). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/1 MCZ). Michigan: Cheboygan Co.: Nigger Creek, 52-07-14, P.J. Spangler (3/0 USNM). Livingston Bog, 52-07-14, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). Bryants Bog, 52-07-16, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). Mud Lake Bog, 66-07-24, T. Schuh, E. Evans (0/1 WRS). Clinton Co.: Rose Lake, 66-03-02, no collr. (4/0 JS). Delta Co.: Escanaba, 58-05-31, E.J. Kiteley (0/1 EJK). Eaton Co.: Grand Ledge, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (0/1 USNM). Emmet Co.: Bryant Road, 52-07-25, P.J. Spangler (3/1 USNM). 4 mi. E. Levering, 52-07-05, P.J. Spangler (1/1 USNM). Maple River, 52-08-08, P.J. Spangler (0/1 USNM). Ingham Co.: Ag. Coll., no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Lansing, no date, no collr. (0/1 MCZ). Lapper Co.: Lapeer St. Game Area, Cedar Lake Bog, 63-08-25, W. Suter and R.C. Graves (2/3 CFMNH). Livingston Co.: E.S. George Reserve, 50-04-17, I.J. Cantrall (2/2 CAS). As above, 52-07-22, F.N. Young (35/50 UMI). As above, 51-04-08, I.J. Cantrall (46/60 UM1). As above, 50-04-17, F.N. Young (6/5 FNY). As above, 51-07-09, I.J. Cantrall and F.N. Young (1/0 FNY). As above, 50-06-10, F.N. Young (0/2 FNY). As above, 51-06-22, F.N. Young (0/1 FNY). As above, 51-07-08, F.N. Young (0/1 FNY). As above, 51-08-30 (0/1 FNY). As above, 52-06-21 (0/1 FNY). As above, 51-05-18 (1/1 BM). E.S. George Reserve, Big Cassandra Bog, 58-10-19, M. Englemann (1/0 WRS). Luce Co.: Dollarville, 64-07-31, R.B. Wilson (1/1 WRS). Midland Co.: No site, 51-07-10, R.R. Dreisbach (1/0 UMI). Shiawassee Co.: T5N, R1E Sec 20-29, 67-06-04, T. Schuh and T. Hlavac (1/0 JS). As above, 67-05-21 (1/0 JS). Washenah Co.: Whitmore Lake, sweeping grass in swamp, 55-05-14, G.H. Nelson (0/1 WRS). Washtenaw Co.: Ann Arbor, 40-09-25, R. Kenk (1/0 CAS). Wayne Co.: Detroit, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (3/2 USNM). Detroit, no date, no collr. (2/0 CMP). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Minnesota: Cass Co.: Leech Lake, 64-08-21, P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (1/0 CAS). Mille Lacs Co.: 2 mi. E. and 2 mi. S. Onamia, from leaf litter using a Berlese funnel, 65-06-19, P.J. Clausen (40/8 UMA). New Jersey: Bergen Co.: Westwood, no date, no collr, (6/7 AMNH). Hackensac, no date, Wintersteiner (3/0 CU). Cape May Co.: Petersburg, no date, no collr. (0/1 MCZ). Morris Co.: Troyhills, 66-08-18, D.C. Miller (10/8 DCM). Newfoundland, no date, no collr. (0/1 AMNH). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/1 CU). New York: Albany Co.: Rennselaerville: Huyck Preserve, litter in open area of bay, shore of the Myosotis, 74-08-27, W.R. Suter (6/2 USNM). As above. Fir buttress nr. bay (2/1 USNM). As above, lake shore litter under fern (6/0 USNM). As above, lake shore litter under mint and jewelweed (1/1 USNM). As above, litter under fern and jewelweed, shore of Lake Myosotis, in protected southern bay, 74-08-24 (0/1 USNM). S. Westerlo: Bear Swamp, sphagnum, 74-08-14, W.R. Suter (1/1 USNM). Bronx Co.: Mosholu, no date, no collr. (1/0 CU). Erie Co.: 4 mi. N. Alden, moss on Willow buttress, wamp, dried, 74-08-07, W.R. Suter (0/1 USNM). Monroe Co.: Rochester, no date, K.W. Cooper (0/1 FNY). Niagara Co.: Olcott, 21-07-06, H. Dietrich (0/1 CU). Onondaga Co.: No site, 41-10-15, N.M. Downie (3/2 NMD). Richmond Co.: Staten Island, no date, no collr. (1/4 CAS; 8/5 CU). St. Lawrence Co.: Rossie, 63-08-19, N.M. Downie (1/0 NMD). Suffolk Co.: Long Island, no date, Wintersteiner (3/1 CU). Tompkins Co.: Ithaca, 15-04-14, no collr. (1/0 CU). As above, 15-04-29 (1/1 CU). Ringwood Res., 64-04-18, P. Wood (1/0 CU). Ithaca, Ringwood, no date, H. Dietrich (0/4 CU). Ulster Co.: Ludlow, no date, no collr. (1/0 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM). Arnot Forest, no date, R.D. Harwood (1/0 CU). Pennsylvania: Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 AMNH). Rhode Island: Washington Co.: Rockville, sphagnum. Eel Pond (bog), 61-07-04, Suter, Wagner and Reichle (0/1 WRS). Vermont: Bennington Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM; 1/0 CU). Lamoille Co.: Lake of the Clouds on Mount Mansfield, 59-06-19, F.N. Young (1/0 FNY). Windsor Co.: Woodstock, no date, no collr. (0/2 CU). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 USNM: 1/0 CAS). Virginia: Highland Co.: Head waters, Colombia Union College Field Station, 66-07-27, P.J. Spangler (4/5 USNM). Wisconsin: Kenosha Co.: Salem, Van Halter Bog, sphagnum, 67-09-16, W.R. Suter (1/0 WRS). Salem, Van Halter Bog, Sphagnum, 69-09-01, W.R. Suter (2/4 USNM). 3 mi. NW Somers, mosses, Holmes Woods, 74-04-17 (0/1 USNM). Salem, Van Halter Bog, Sphagnum, 74-02-19, W.R. Suter (0/1 USNM). 3 mi. NW Somers, Holmes Woods, mosses, 73-03-28, W.R. Suter (2/3 USNM). Marinette Co.: Harvey Cr., 70-08-24, John L. Heilman (0/1 JLH). Marquette Co.: Endeavor, Sphagnum bog, 61-04-10, W.R. Suter (2/2 WRS). Sauk Co.: Sauk City, 1899-08-09, no collr. (1/0 US). Sauk City, 1899-08-05, no collr. (1/0 MCZ). Waushara Co.: S. Br. Wedde Cr., 70-08-13, John L. Heilman (1/0 JLH). Soules Cr., 70-08-13, John L. Heilman (0/1 JLH). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 CU; 0/3 USNM). 16. Hydraena ancylis new species Map: Figure 25D Paratypes: 21 United States: Indiana: Monroe Co.: Bloomington, Z. Pond 144a, 61-07-01, D.P. Wooldridge (5/1 DPW). Beech Flats N. of Bloomington, 55-07-12, F.N. Young (1/0 FNY). Louisiana: Madison Co.: Tallulah, 30-12-08, P.A. Glick (1/0 USNM). Missouri: Boone Co.: Silver Fork St., St. 5, 76-07-16, no collr. (1/1 USNM). Pennsylvania: York Co.: 5 mi. NW Davidsburg, 62-07-07, P.J. Spangler (2/5 USNM). Same, 72-09-03, P.J. Spangler & P.D. Perkins (1/0 PDP). Texas: Hardin Co.: Saratoga, Ghost Road, Sphagnum, 72-06-11, W. Suter (1/2 PDP). Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 493 17. Hydraena vandykei d’Orchymont Map: Figure 23C Specimens examined: 378 Canada: British Columbia: Victoria, Vancouver, no date, no collr. (1/3 MCZ). United States: California: Alameda Co.: San Ramon Creek, 51-07-12, PS. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Dimond, 60-05-15, F.E. Blaisdell (1/0 CAS). Contra Costa Co.: Berkeley, 19-11-11, H. Dietrich (10/16 CU). Perkins Gulch, 7 mi. SE Clayton, 66-07-22, J. Doyen (27/26 UCB). Hills back of Oakland, 08-06-07, no collr. (1/0 CAS). Berkeley, 47-10-28, D. Giuliani (1/0 CAS). Mt. Diablo, 19-09-21, J.O. Martin (1/0 CAS). Humboldt Co.: Conley Creek, 0.8 mi. SE Blocksburg, 1350’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (1/5 CAS). N. Fork Yager Cr. at Bridgeville-Kneeland Rd., 1300', 66-08-08, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Toss-up Creek, confluence with Redwood Creek, 2.5 mi. N. of road to Hoopa, ca 650', 70-08-13, H.B. Leech (6/4 CAS). Mill Cr., 7/5 mi. S. of Bridgeville, 1200’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (0/3 CAS). Stream under Bair Rd., trib. to Pine Cr., W. of Hoopa, 3300’, 70-08-14, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). N. Fork Mad River at Route 299, NE of Korbel, 525’, 70-08-30, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Burr Cr., 3 mi. S. Bridgeville, 1200’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Lake Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (0/1 USNM). Barlett Sprs., no date, no collr. (0/1 CU; 0/1 MCZ). Lucerne, foul pool, dried bed of Cottage City Creek, 55-07-30, H.B. Leech (8/19 CAS). Headwaters, Long Valley Cr., 3750’ 55-08-01, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Middle Cr., 5 mi. N. Upper Lake, 55-08-04, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Scott Cr., 2.75 mi. S. Lower Blue Lake, 55-08-05, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Kelsey Cr., Kelseyville, 49-05-29, H.B. Leech (0/2 CAS). Rice Fork of Eel River at Crabtree Hot Spring, 57-08-09, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). 6.9 mi. N. Middletown, on hwy. 29, R.A. Badger Ranch, ephemeral stream, 55-02-20, H.B. Leech (1/2 CAS). Creek behind Cottage City Resort, 53-07-05, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Big Rock Cr., San Gabriel Mts., 59-03-31, P.H. Raven (1/0 CAS). Pasadena, 17-01-28, J.O. Martin (1/2 CAS). As above, 17-09-06 (0/2 CAS). As above, 18- 09-02 (2/2 CAS). San Gabriel Canyon, 46-04-16, G.P. Mackenzie (1/0 UCR). Mts. nr. Claremont, no date, no collr. (2/2 CMP). Claremont, no date, C.F. Baker (0/4 CFMNH). Pomona Mts., no date, no collr. (1/1 MCZ). Los Angeles, no date, no collr. (0/2 MCZ). Mts. nr. Claremont, no date, Baker (0/1 MCZ). No site, no date, Koebele (1/0 USNM). Marin Co.: No site, 19-11-08, H. Dietrich (0/1 USNM). No site, 19-11-08, H. Dietrich (1/4 CU). Fairfax, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (1/2 CAS). Mill Valley, 51-07-09, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Mill Valley, Cascade Cr., 52-05-11, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). As above, 52-05-13 (1/1 CAS). As above, 52-03-29, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). L. Lagunitas, 58-12-23, D.C. Rentz (0/1 CAS). Mill Valley, Falls Cr., 57-04-25, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Lagunitas Cyn., 19- 1 1-08, J.O. Martin (2/2 CAS). Lake Lagunitas, 19-1 1-01, no collr. (1/2 CAS). Carson Ridge, Woodacre, 56-01-09, H.B. Leech (4/3 CAS). Tocaloma, pool at culvert, 68-05-04, H.B. Leech (8/9 CAS). Mariposa Co.: Miami Ranger Station, 5000’, 42-07-06, H.P. Chandler (0/1 CAS). Mendocino Co.: Eel River R.S., 53-08-14, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Hendy Woods S.P., 58-06-14, L.N. & C.J. Bell (1/0 CAS). Mill Creek just W. of Mailliard, Redwoods State Park, 64-09-06, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Twin Rocks, 29-07-10, no collr. (4/8 CAS). Williams Creek at Covelo-Paskenta Rd., 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Beebe Cr., 50-09-05, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Eel River N. of Potter Valley, 50-09-02, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Mendocino, 57-07-21, J.R. Heifer (0/1 CAS). Rancheria Cr., 5.5 mi. SE Boonville, 50-06-15, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Bloody Run Creek, 7 mi. E. of route 101, on Longvale-Covelo Road, 1100’, 68-07-18, H.B. Leech (3/4 CAS). Parson Creek, 4.5 mi. NE Hopland, 64-06-30, H.B. Leech (9/6 CAS). Monterey Co.: Escondido, 73-05-19, J.E. Cronin (1/1 JEC). Napa Co.: 6 mi. NE Rutherford, 71-07-16, P.D. Perkins (3/6 PDP). San Bernardino Co.: L. Arrowhead, 43-07-26, G.P. Mackenzie (1/1 AMNH). L. Arrowhead, 43-07-25, G. P. Mackenzie (1/0 UA). San Mateo Co.: No site, no date, A. Koebele (1/0 USNM). La Honda, 26-07-14, P.S. Bartholomew (0/1 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara 2300’, no date, F. Winters (2/1 CU). Santa Inez Mts., no date, no collr. (0/1 CAS). Santa Cruz Island, 70-09-19, P.D. Perkins (1/0 PDP). Santa Clara Co.: Los Gatos, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (0/1 USNM). Los Gatos, 67-10-27, A. & A. Gillogly (1/0 AG). Alma, 27-08-01, J.O. Martin (1/3 CAS). Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Cruz Mts., no date, no collr. (1 /3 CAS). Santa Cruz Mts., no date, A. Koebele (0.2 USNM). Sonoma Co.: Duncan Mills, no date, no collr. (0/2 USNM). Duncan Mills, 08-07-14, F.E. Blaisdell (/3 CU). Calistoga, 34-06-12, Bryant (3/5 CAS). Rio Nido, 47-07-06, D. Giuliani (0/1 CAS). Duncan Mills marsh, 69-07-21, P. Rubtzoff (0/2 CAS). Duncan Mills, 08-07-14, no collr. (3/1 CFMNH). Austin Cr., 2 mi. S. Cazadero, 54-10-30, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Mark West Cr. at Calistoga Rd., ca 4 mi. S. Petrified Forest, 63-07-08, H.B. Leech (4/2 CAS). Camp Meeker, 52-07-10, P.S. Bartholomew (6/2 CAS). Guerneville, 08-07-14, F.E. Blaisdell (0/1 CAS). As above, 08-07-23, (1/0 CAS). Tehama Co.: Dead Mule Spr., 3 km by road N. of Paskenta-Covelo Rd., 1570 m, 72-08-29, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Trinity Co.: Van Horn Cr., 1.5 mi. above its mouth at upper Mad River, clear water pools in gravel and stones of otherwise dry and shaded creekbed, 2850’, 70-08-09, H.B. Leech (3/9 CAS). Salt Cr. at Peanut, 60-08-01, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Mad River at route 36, nr. Mad River Park, 68-07-20, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Hayfork Cr., 1.5 mi. S. of its East Fork, on Solidage flowers, 838 m, 72-08-08, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Hayfork Cr. at Hayfork-Wildwood Road, 70-08-1 1, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). S. Fork Van Horn Creek, 2 mi. from mouth at Upper Mad River, moss-edged rock pools in running stream, open area, 70-08-09, H.B. Leech (4/1 CAS). Bridge Gulch Cr. at Natural Bridge, 7.5 mi. airline N. Wildwood, 70-08-10, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Mad River, 6 mi. S. Ruth, 60-07-31, H. B. Leech (4/2 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1 /0 CFMNH). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 494 Perkins 18. Hydraena sierra new species Map: Figure 23F Paratypes: 16 United States: California: Fresno Co.: Stream from E. entering S. fork San Joaquin River, at gauging station by N. end Jackass Dike, N. of Florence Lake, 7200’, 71-08-31, H.B. Leech (0/6 CAS). Madera Co.: Same data as Holotype (5/2 CAS). Nevada Co.: Graniteville, 52-08-22, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Tulare Co.: Sequoia Nat. Park, no date, F.E. Winters (1/0 CU). Oregon: Multnomah Co.: Portland, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1/0 USNM). 1 9. Hydraena leechi new species Map: Figure 34A Paratypes: 180 Mexico: Chihuahua: 30 mi. NW Chihuahua, Majalca Rd., 5500’, 61-04-14, Howden and Martin, (1/0 CNC). Tamaulipas: 2 mi. SW Ciudad Victoria, stream in desert, 74-07-27, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (1 /0 PDP). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Sunnyside Cyn., W. side Huachuca Mts., 6000', 52-08-04, H.B. Leech, (14/5 CAS). E. of Cochise Stronghold, 70-09-18, P. Bartholomew, (0/1 CAS). Dry Cn. Sands Ranch, SE end Whetstone Mts., 52-08-10, H.B. Leech, (2/2 CAS). Bisbee, 33-03-25, Bryant, (0/1 CAS). Hot Springs, no date, Barber and Schwarz, (0/3 USNM). Chiric. Mts., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz, (0/1 USNM). Chiric. Mts., no date, no collr. (0/2 CU). Huachuca Mts., Garden Canyon, 50-06-23, C.P. Alexander, (0/1 MCZ). Cochise Stronghold, black light, 71- 09-25, D.S. Chandler, (1/0 UA). Coconino Co.: Oak Cr. Canyon, Midgley Bridge, 52-08-25, H.B. Leech, (23/21 CAS). Gila Co.: Globe, 48-10-13, F.H. Parker, (4/2 CAS). As above, (0/1 UA). Globe, Pinal Creek, 4000’, 53-04-24, A. & H. Dietrich, (1/0 CU). Pima Co.: Santa Catalina Mts., Bear Canyon HH. mi. 11, B.L. trap. 59-07-09, F.G. Werner, K.W. Radford, & G.A. Samuelson, (0/1 UA). Santa Catalina Mts., Pepper Sauce Cyn., B.L. trap, 61-07-08, P.H. Johnson, (0/1 UA). Sabino Cyn., Catalina Mts., 55-11-27, G.D. Butler & F.G. Werner (1/1 UA). 2 mi. NW Arivaca, in moss and grass roots along stream, 72-01-03, D.P. Levin & D.S. Chandler, (2/3 UA). 2 mi. NW Arivaca, under bark of dead cottonwood, 72-03-29, D.S. Chandler, (1/1 UA). As above, in moss and grass roots along stream, 72- 02-06, (0/1 UA). As above, collected along creek edge, 71-11-13, (0/3 UA). Pinal Co.: Riverside, no date, Wickham, (1/1 USNM). Santa Cruz Co.: Nogales, no date, no collr., (4/3 CAS). Sycamore Cyn., pools, cr. bed below Yank’s Spring, Tumacacori Mts., ca 4000', 65-07-27, H.B. Leech, (2/1 CAS). Santa Rita Mts., Madera Cyn., 70-09-01, D.G. Marqua & P.H. Sullivan, (1/1 PDP). Nogales, 06-09-07, F.W. Nunenmacher, (1/1 CU). As above, (1/1 CFMNH). 15 mi. NW Nogales, Pena Blanca Lake, 61-05-26, Howden & Martin, (3/2 CNC). Sycamore Cyn. nr. Ruby, 55-11-20, F.G. Werner & G.D. Butler, (3/6 UA). Florida Cyn., Santa Rita Mts., 59-04-19, F.G. Werner, (1/0 UA). Oklahoma: Johnston Co.: Pennington Cr., Tishomingo, 62-06-30, H.P. Brown, (1/1 PDP). Pennington Cr., Devil’s Den, 72-07-25, H.P Brown, (0/1 PDP). Murray Co.: Honey Cr., Turner Falls, 68-08-23, H.P. Brown, (0/1 PDP). Texas: Brewster Co.: Big Bend N. P., Pulliam Canyon, 45-6500’, 59-05-12, W.R.M. Mason, (4/0 CNC). Big Bend N.P., Boot Spring, 7000’, 59-05-18, Howden and Becker, (3/1 CNC). Big Bend N.P., Glenn Springs, 72-03-23, H.P. Brown, (1/1 PDP). Culberson Co.: 2.5 mi. E. of Nickel Creek Sta., 52-09-02, B. Malkin & V.E. Thathcre, (1/0 CFMNH). Jeff Davis Co.: Limpia Creek Canyon, Davis Mts., 52-09-04, B. Malkin, (14/17 CFMNH). Limpia Creek, 74-06-26, H.P. Brown (0/1 PDP). 20. Hydraena breedlovei new species Map: Figure 166 Paratypes: 34 Mexico: Durango: Same data as Holotype (14/18 CAS). 9 mi. E. Los Bancos, ca 90 mi. W. Durango, stream, pine forest meadow, 74-07-17, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (1/0 PDP). 1 mi. E. Los Bancos, ca 98 mi. W. Durango, stream in pine forest, 74-07-17, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (1/0 PDP). 2 1 . Hydraena arizoniea new species Map: Figure 34A Paratypes: 47 Mexico: Durango: Los Altares, ex under stones in small creek in moutains, 2500 m, 74-10-10, H. & B. Reichardt (1/0 MSP). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Sunnyside Cyn., W. side Huachuca Mts., 6000’, 52-08-04, H.B. Leech (12/5 CAS). Chiricahua Mts., above Herb Martyr, 74-06-22, H.P. Brown (2/1 PDP). Rustler's Park, 56-07-08, F.N. Young Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 495 (4/1 FNY). Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Rita Mts., Madera Cyn., 6200’, H.B. Leech (2/4 CAS). Madera Cyn., collected along creek edge, 71-1 1-20, D.S. Chandler, (5/8 UA). Santa Rita Mts., 34-10-21, Bryant (0/1 CAS). Santa Rita Mts., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1/0 USNM). 22. Hydraena bituberculata new species Map: Figure 34B Paratypes: 52 United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Southwest Research Station, 64-10-24, P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (5/4 CAS). 3.5 mi. SW Portal, Chiricahua Mts., 5000’, 52-08-13, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Chiric Mts., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (9/2 USNM). Chiricahua Mts., above Herb Martyr, 74-06-22, H P. Brown (1/1 HPB). Rustler’s Park, spring, 56-07-08, F.N. Young (15/11 FNY). Chiricahua Mts., Rucker Cyn., 1730-1760 m., stream banks, 76-07-22, P.M. Hammond (2/0 BMNH). New Mexico: Dona Ana Co.: Organ Mts., no date, no collr. (1 / 0 CU). 26. Hydraena alternata new species Map: Figure 34B Paratypes: 27 Mexico: Durango: 9 mi. E. Los Bancos, ca 90 mi. W. Durango, stream, pine forest meadow, 74-07-17, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/1 PDP). Los Altares, ex under stones in a small creek in the mountains, 2500 m, 74-10-10, H. & B. Reichardt (8/8 MSP; 5/5 PDP). 42. Hydraena ozarkensis new species Map: Figure 42B Paratypes: 61 United States: Indiana: Monroe Co.: Stephens Creek in T-9-N, R-l-E, Sec 20, 704, 50-06-23, F.N. Young (1/4 FNY). Parke Co.: 4 mi. W. Rockville, Hajji Hollow, air-4:45-5:l 5 PM, 71-08-14, H.S. Dybas (1/1 CFMNH). Missouri: Boone Co.: 5 miles S. Columbia, 54-04-19, P.J. Spangler (0/1 USNM). Cape Giarardeau Co.: Cape Girardeau, La Croix Creek, 53-09-11, P.J. Spangler (3/8 USNM). Cape Girardeau, 54-05-10, D. Stout (1/0 USNM). Dallas Co.: Bennett Springs, 56-07-07, P.J. Spangler (1/6 USNM). Greene Co.: 3 mi. E. Springfield, Sac River, 56-04-13, P.J. Spangler (3/5 USNM). McDonald Co.: Rush Creek, 2 mi. E. Jane, 72-08-08, P.D. Perkins (4/8 PDP). Ripley Co.: Doniphan, 56-04-23, no collr. (0/2 USNM). Oklahoma: Wagoner Co.: 14 mi. E. Wagoner, 64-06-20, P.J. Spangler (5/5 USNM). Tennessee: Humphreys Co.: Near Buffalo, 62-07-20, F.N. Young (0/2 FNY). 46. Hydraena particeps new species Map: Figure 59 Paratypes: 22 Grenada: Mount Gay Est. (Leeward side), no date, H.H. Smith (2/1 BMNH). Honduras: Choluteca: 10 mi. W. Choluteca, 65-07-29, P.J. Spangler (1/0 PDP). Panama: Panama: Madden L. near dam, pocket of damp leaves in dry streambed, 59-02-15, H.S. Dybas (4/4 CFMNH). Canal Zone: Albrook Forest Site, B-light, 68-01-31, R.S. Hutton (2/1 PDP). Trinidad: Base of Galeota Pt., 35-09-20, N.A. Weber (2/2 MCZ). Venezuela: Portuguesa: Guanare, 57-09-10, B. Malkin (1/2 CAS). 48. Hydraena guadelupensis d’Orchymont Map: Figure 59 Specimens examined: 59 Costa Rica: Reventazon, Hamburg Farm, sifted from swamp litter, 33-08-07, F. Nevermann (1/0 USNM). Jamaica: Moneague, 34-08-26, Darlington (1/2 MCZ). Ocho Rios, 34-08-20, Darlingon (2/4 MCZ). Porus, sta. 414, Hying at dusk, 37-02-23, Chapin & Blackwelder (14/28 USNM). Milk River, 37-02-25, Chapin and Blackwelder (0/1 USNM). Bog Walk, 37-02-02, Chapin & Blackwelder (0/3 USNM). Hope River, 18-05-26, M. Cameron (1/0 BM). St. Catherine, Bushy Park, 47-02-09, ex. small pool in narrow gully, G.B. Thompson (1/1 10J). Virgin Islands: St. John, Cinnamon Bay, spring, 63-01-23, P.J. Spangler & D. Zani (15/45 USNM). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 496 Perkins 49. Hydraena spongier i new species Map: Figure 56B Paratypes: 150 United States: Florida: Alachua Co.: Wacahootee, 39-10-12, F.N. Young (1/1 FNY). Island Grove at Orange Lake, debris at swamp edge, yellow poplar, palms, 65-08-22, H.R. Steeves (1/0 CFMNH). Collier Co.: Monroe Sta., 2.5 mi. E., hardwood hammock along Tamiami Trail, 66-04-07, J. Wagner (10/5 CFMNH). Dade Co.: Everglades Natl. Park, Palm Vista Hammock, 65-08-27, W.R. Suter (3/0 CFMNH). Everglades Natl. Park, Mahogany Hammock, Palmetto-Mahogany Swamp, 65-06-18, W.R. Suter (7/9 CFMNH). Highlands Co.: Venus, 4 mi. W„ Fisheating Creek, under water hyacinth, 73-12-30, W.R. Suter (2/3 USNM). Venus, 4 mi. W., Fisheating Creek, grassy compost mixed with Cypress needles on bridge approach, 65-08-25, W.R. Suter (3/0 CFMNH). Hammock State Park, Magnolia buttress, 66-04-06, W.R. Suter (1/0 CFMNH). Jackson Co.: Marianna, 3 mi. NW„ litter in sinkhole, 68-09-08, S. Peck (1/0 CFMNH). Leon Co.: Chaires, 65-08-29, W.R. Suter (0/1 CFMNH). Sarasota Co.: Myakka River State Park, Fla. rt. 72, Palmetto-oak pocket, 65-06-16, W.R. Suter (2/0 CFMNH). Volusia Co.: lake Helen (vicinity), berlese, litter, 69-04-10, W.R. Suter (3/3 CFMNH). Georgia: Glynn Co.: St. Simon’s Island, Brunswick, 77-06-19, Hoffman (2/0 PDP). Louisiana: Madison Co.: Tallulah, no date, no collr. (1/0 PDP). Maryland: Montgomery Co.: Plummer’s Island, 60-06-06, P.J. Spangler (16/28 USNM). As above, 60-09-01, (3/3 USNM). As above, 72-04-19, (1/0 USNM). C. & O. Lock at Plummer’s Island, 60-06-29, P.J. Spangler (1/3 USNM). As above, 61-06-07, (9/16 USNM). Talbot Co.: Easton, 73-07-29, Spangler & Cross, (4/3 USNM). Easton, Seth State Forest, 76-05-13, Spangler et al. (30/48 USNM). Mississippi: George Co.: Pool 6 mi. W. Pascagoula R., 60-06-17, F.N. Young (1/2 FNY). Oklahoma: Carter Co.: 5 mi. E., stump berlese, 68-07-09, W. Suter (1/0 USNM). South Carolina: Bramberg Co.: No site, 66-11-20, R.E. Widdows (1/1 CFMNH). Berkeley Co.: No site, 66-10-13, R.E. Widdows (2/1 CFMNH). Charlestown Co.: No site, 66-10-13, R.E. Widdows (1/0 CFMNH). Sumter Co.: Sumter, 66-10-29, R.E. Widdows (1/0 CFMNH). Texas, Hardin Co.: Saratoga, Ghost Road, sphagnum, 72-06-11, W. Suter (1/2 USNM). Virginia: Hampton Co.: Fort Monroe, no date, no collr (0/1 PDP). 50. Hydraena punctata LeConte Map: Figure 42B Specimens examined: 24 United States: Connecticut: Fairfield Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2/0 CU). Massachusetts: Middlesex Co.: Drac, 1890-08-02, no collr. (2/2 CMP; 1/2 MCZ). Drac, no date, no collr. (1/1 MCZ; 0/1 BMNH). Tyngsboro, no date, no collr. (2/1 MCZ; 0/1 BMNH). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2/1 CMP; 0/1 MCZ). New Jersey: Bergen Co.: Westwood, no date, no collr. (0/1 AMNH). New York: Tompkins Co.: Ithaca, Fall Creek, Stewart Park, A. d’Orchymont (0/1 1SNB). Ulster Co.: Esopus, no date, no collr. (1/0 CU). Unspecified Co.: Totowa, no date, Wintersteiner (1 /0 CU). 5 1 . Hydraena oblio new species Map: Figure 59 Paratypes: 13 Guatemala: Baja Verapaz: Same data as Holotype (2/2 PDP). Chiquimula: 4 mi. N. Quezaltepeque, madicolous habitat, 74-06-17, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/2 PDP). Huehuetenango: 6 mi. NW Huehuetenango, stream in oak-pine, 74-06-29, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/1 PDP). Mexico: Chiapas: Jet. Rts. 190 & 195, 69-06-1 1, J.M. Cambpell (3/3 CNC). 57. Hydraena prieto new species Map: Figure 42A Paratypes: 29 Mexico: Durango: Same data as Holotype (16/10 PDP). Los Altares, 2500 m, ex. under stones in a small creek in the mountains, 74-10-10, H. & B. Reichardt (1/1 MSP). Jalisco: 7 mi. S. Mazamitla, 48-12-01, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 497 61. Hydraena cuspidicollis new species Map: Figure 42A Paratypes: 72 Mexico: Colima: 29 mi. NE (by road) of Colima, 48-12-03, H.B. Leech (0/18 CAS). Jalisco: 7 mi. S. Mazamitla, stream in pine forest, 74-07-15, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/1 PDP). Mexico: 11 mi. S. Valle de Bravo, stream in deciduous-pine forest, 74-07-12, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/20 PDP). San Antonio, 8000-10,000’, 66-10-11, H.P. Brown (0/22 HPB). Temescaltepec, Real de Arriba, 6-7000', 34-07-01, H.E. Hinton & R.L. Usinger (0/3 BMNH). As above, 1932 (0/1 BMNH). Oaxaca: Same data as Holotype (2/4 PDP). Veracruz: 1.2 mi. S. Huatusco, cloud forest litter, berlese, 1344 m, 68-08-02, S. & J. Peck (0/1 CNC). 68. Hydraena mexicana new species Map: Figure 42A Paratypes: 5 Mexico: Chiapas: Same data as Holotype (1/0 PDP). San Luis Potosi: Same data as Allotype (2/0 CAS). Veracruz: Cordoba, no date, A. Fenyes (1/1 CAS). 74. Hydraena hyalina new species Map: Figure 92A Paratypes: 70 Brazil: Bahia: 5 km W. Ilheus, 69-07-04, P. & P. Spangler (1/3 USNM). Guyana: British Guiana, nr. Lethem, Rupununi, weeds on mud of drying pond in Savannahs, 61-02-02, T. Clay (5/3 BMNH). Brit. Guiana, Kanuku Mts., Rupununi, debris edge of forest creek, 61-02-21, T. Clay (1/3 BMNH). Venezuela: Guarico: 15 km S. Calabozo, coll’d, in Lago de Los Patos, 69-02-09, P. & P.J. Spangler (26/23 USNM). 32 km SW Calabozo, 69-02-11, P. P.J. Spangler (3/1 USNM). Barinas: 10 km NE Barinas, 69-02-23, P. & P.J. Spangler (0/1 USNM). 77. Hydraena insularis d’Orchymont Map: Figure 172A Specimens examined: 1 Dominica: 2 mi. NW Pont Casse, 64-10-05, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). 78. Hydraena marginicollis Kiesenwetter Map: Figure 56A Specimens examined: 177 United States: Alabama: Houston Co.: Chattachoochee Park, creek, 54-06-06, S.N. Brown, F.N. Young (0/1 DPW). Macon Co.: 0.5 mi. E. of Line Cr. on interstate hwy. 85, 67-11-11, G.W. Folkerts (1/0 GWF). Mobile Co.: Mobile, no date, no collr. (2/2 MCZ). Mobile, no date, H.P. Loding (0/1 MCZ). Arkansas: Randolph Co.: 1 mi. N. Maynard, at light in Oak-Maple-Walnut-Juniper woods, 67-08-05, H.B. Leech (0/1 CAS). Florida: Alachua Co.: Payne’s Prairie, nr. Gainesville, emergent vegetation at lake shore, 73-08-23, P.D. Perkins (3/3 PDP). 2 mi. N. Santa Fe, small pools adjacent to reservoir, 73-05-21, P.D. Perkins (2/5 PDP). Gainesville, Green Sink, 39-09-25, F.N. Young (0/2 BMNH). Gainesville, Greek Sink, 37-03-08, F.N. Young (1/2 FNY). No site, no date, no collr. (4/1 CU). Charlotte Co.: Punta Gorda, 11-11-16, no collr. (0/1 AMNH). Dade Co.: Miami Springs, at light, 62-08-02, B. Benesh (1/0 CAS). Homestead, 51-06-11, Bryant (1/2 CAS). Duval Co.: Jacksonville, no date, no collr. (0/2 CU). Gadsden Co.: Nr. Mt. Pleasant, Glen Julia Springs, 54-06-06, F.N. Young (1/0 DPW). Hendry Co.: 6 mi. S. LaBelle, litter under water hyacinth at creek, 74-02-04, W.R. Suter (0/1 USNM). LaBelle, 18-02-26, W.S. Blatchley (0/1 AMNH; 3/0 PU). Highlands Co.: Archbold Bio. Station, at black light, 73-12-28, W.R. Suter (2/7 USNM). Venus, Fish Eating Creek, 75-01-20, W.R. Suter (6/16 WRS). Sebring, 39-03-07, no collr. (0/1 AMNH). Sebring, 42-10-10, C. Parsons (0/1 CAS). Hillsborough Co.: Tampa, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (0/1 USNM). Tampa, no date, F.C. Bowditch (0/1 MCZ). Okeechobee Co.: Okeechobee, 43-03-12, W. Proctor 91/0 CU). Okeechobee, 39-03-13, F.E. Lutz (5/0 AMNH). Palm Beach Co.: Royal Palm Park, 32-04-01, W.S. Blatchley (1/0 PU). L. Worth, no date, no collr. (0/1 AMNH). Pinellas Co.: Dunedin, 30-05-04, W.W. Blatchley (6/6 BMNH). Dunedin, 13-03-15, W.S. Blatchley (0/3 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 498 Perkins NYSS). Dunedin, no date, no collr. (1/0 CAS). Dunedin, 29-02-21, W.S. Blatchley (3/4 CU). Dunedin, 13-01-22, W.S. Blatchley (1/0 PU). As above, 17-12-23 (1/0 PU). As above, 16-12-21 (0-1 PU). As above, 14-01-03 (0/1 PU). As above, 24-02-03 (0/1 PU). Haven, 22-03-23, W.S. Blatchley (0/1 PU). Dunedin, 18-03-17, W.S. Blatchley (2/1 UW). Putnam Co.: Cresent City, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2/3 USNM). Taylor Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/2 CU). Volusia Co.: Enterprise, no date, F.C. Bowditch (0/4 MCZ). Enterprise, debris, lake shore, no date, no collr. (0/1 CAS). L. Harney, no date, no collr. (1/0 CU). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1/0 MCZ; 2/3 CU). Georgia: Lowndes Co.: Valdosta, no date, no collr. (1/0 CU). Louisiana: East Baton Rouge Co.: Baton Rouge, 61-04-29, B. Monroe (0/1 LSU). Madison Co.: Tallulah, 29-09-05, P.A. Glick (0/1 USNM). Tallulah, 33-11-13, Folsom (0/3 MCZ). New Jersey: Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, Wintersteiner (0/1 CU). North Carolina: Currituck Co.: Knotts Island, 72-09-16, P.D. Perkins (10/10 PDP). South Carolina: Florence Co.: Florence, 54-07-22, V.M. Kirk (2/0 VMK). 80. Hydraena pulsatrix new species Map: Figure 56A Paratypes: 32 Mexico: Tamaulipas: Ciudad Mante, 64-08-22, P.J. Spangler (1/1 USNM). Veracruz: 15 mi. SE Tantcyuca, 65-08-28, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). United States: Oklahoma, Marshall Co.: Willis, 1 mi. SE, floor, willow swamp, 68-07-06, W. Suter (1/0 USNM). Texas: Cameron Co.: Brownsville, 33-06-11, Darlington (8/11 MCZ). Kinney Co.: Brackettsville, 72-03-21, H.P. Brown (2/1 USNM). San Patricio Co.: 7.5 mi. N. Sinton, Welder Wildlife Foundation, mucky dead grass mat, margin of small lake, 74-01-18, J.L. Bengston (2/0 USNM). Uvalde Co.: Garner St. Pk., Con Can Rio Frio area, Berlese, streamside litter under cypress, 72-07-06, W. Suter (2/0 CFMNH). Val Verde Co.: Devil’s River, at light, 07-05-06, Bishopp & Pratt (1/0 USNM). Unspecified Co.: No site, 72-11-22, J.L. Carr (0/1 JLC). 8 1 . Hydraena longicollis Sharp Map: Figure 56A Specimens examined: 15 Guatemala: Estancia Virgen, 65-08-12, P.J. Spangler (3/2 USNM). Same data as Lectotype (2/2 BMNH) (labelled paralectotypes). Duenas, no date, no collr. (0/1 BMNH) (labelled paralectotype). Paso Antonio, 400’, no date, no collr. (0/1 BMNH) (labelled paralectotype). Mexico: Chiapas: Jet. Rts. 190-195, 69-06-1 1, J.M. Campbell (1/2 CNC). Nicaragua: Chontales, no date, no collr. (0/1 BMNH) (labelled paralectotype). 83. Hydraena anisonycha new species Map: Figure 50B Paratypes: 1,714 Colombia: Cundinamarco: 11 km N. Bogota, 69-0 1 -( 1 -8), P. & P.J. Spangler (571/826 USNM). 5 km N. Bogota, 69-03-01, P. & PJ. Spangler (122/128 USNM). 12 km S. Tocancipa, 69-03-02, P. & P.J. Spangler (26/11 USNM). Meta: 10 km S. Villavicencio, 69-03-03, P. & P.J. Spangler (14/16 USNM). 84. Hydraena colymba new species Map: Figure 59 Paratypes: 55 Costa Rica: 8 mi. SE Liberia, 65-07-24, P.J. Spangler (2/2 USNM). Guatemala: Jalapa: Same data as Holotype (15/20 PDP). Jutiapa: Jutiapa, 66-10-29, H P. Brown (1/0 USNM). Honduras: Copan, in algae, rain pond, 55-09-08, B. Malkin (1/1 CAS). San Marcos Colon, 65-07-28, P.J. Spangler (1/5 USNM). Mexico: Chiapas: Jet. Rts. 190-195, 69-06-11, J.M. Campbell (3/1 CNC). As above, 69-06-06 (3/0 CNC). 85. Hydraena nevermanni new species Map: Figure 173 Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 499 Paratypes: 57 Costa Rica: Same data as Holotype (3/3 USNM). Hamburgfarm, Reventazon ebene Limon stehendem Wasser, 29-10-26, F. Nevermann (1/1 USNM). Reventazon, Hambergfarm, 33-01-28, Ferdinand Nevermann (21/28 CFMNH). 87. Hydraena pontequula new species Map: Figure 173 Paratypes: 165 Panama: Canal Zone: Same data as Holotype (20 RTA; 20 PDP; 10 DCM; 10 USNM). As above, black light, 68-05-24 (5 RTA; 5 DCM; 5 USNM; 5 PDP). Rio Frijoles, 4.1 mi. NW Gamboa, berlese, wet leaves and flood debris along river, 76-02-19, A. Newton (4/0 PDP). Panama: Madden L. near dam, berlese, damp pockets of leaves and debris in streambed, 59-02-15, H.S. Dybas (44/36 CFMNH). As above, 59-02-06 (0/1 CFMNH). 88. Hydraena sabella new species Map: Figure 59 Paratypes: 140 Guatemala: Izabal: 1 mi. N. Morales, 65-08-16, P.J. Spangler (7/48 USNM). Mexico: Chiapas: 8 mi. W. Teapa, large tropical stream, 74-05-26, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (2/83 PDP). 3. Spanglerina brevis (Sharp) Map: Figure 68B Specimens examined: 232 Guatemala: Alta verapaz: 20 mi. W. La Tinta, rapid tropical stream, 74-06-07, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (1/32 PDP). 5 mi. W. La Tinta, small tropical brook, 74-06-06, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/86 PDP). Baja verapaz: 1 mi. S. San Jeronimo, rapid stream in pines, 74-06-03, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/2 PDP). 4 mi. S. Rabinal, stream, transition xeric-tropical, 74-06-10, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/7 PDP). Huehuetenango: 21 mi. NW Huehuetenango, 74-06-29, M.E. & 4jD. Perkins (0/6 PDP). 7 mi. S. La Mesilla, slightly silty stream, 74-05-30, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/1 PDP). 35 mi. S. La Mesilla, tropical brook, 74-05-30, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/3 PDP). 26 mi. S. Rabinal, large stream with boulders, 74-06-12, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/1 PDP). Jalapa: 10 mi. E. Guatamala City, 65-08-08, P.J. Spangler (0/1 USNM). Suchitepequez: 5 mi. N. Patulul, stream in bananna trees, 74-06-26, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/1 PDP). Honduras: Morazan: 9 mi. N. Sabana Grande, rapid stream, 74-06-22, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/1 PDP). Ocotepeque: 14 mi. N. Nueva Ocotepeque, rapid brook in dense vegetation, 74-06-18, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/30 PDP). Mexico: Chiapas: 10 mi. S. Malpaso, 69-05-24, J.M. Campbell (2/1 CNC). nr. Ixtala, Rio Escopetazo, 66-12-03, H.P. Brown (0/3 HPB). 9 mi. N. Tapilula, tropical stream, 74-05-27, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/2 PDP). 4 mi. N. Bochil, stream in pine forest, 74-05-28, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/2 PDP). Colima: El Cobano, 70-03-25, H.P. Brown (0/1 PDP). Guerrero: El Limon, 69-04-04, H.P. Brown (0/1 PDP). Oaxaca: 1 mi. N. Ixtlan de Juarez, stream in oak-pine, 74-07-03, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (0/1 PDP). 4 mi. S. Valle National, cascading tropical brook, 74-07-06 (2/20 PDP). 8 mi. E. Tapanatepec, tropical stream with large boulders, 74-07-03, M.E. & P.D. Perskins (0/25 PDP). Panama: Chiriqui: Bambito, small trib. of Rio Chiriqui, 66-1 1-17, H.P. Brown (0/1 PDP). 1 . Limnebius discolor Casey Map: Figure 78B Specimens examined: 216 United States: Indiana: Brown Co.: Caldwell’s Hollow near Belmont, 64-10-01, H. Clifford (3/5 FNY). Maryland: Frederick Co.: Thurmont, C.F. St. Pk., 76-09-18, P.J. Spangler (7/3 USNM). Missouri: Reynolds Co.: Ellington, Logan Cr., 56-08-19, P.J. Spangler (2/0 USNM). Pennsylvania: Potter Co.: Ole Bull St. Park, 66-08-20, P.J. Spangler (4/5 USNM). Virginia: Bath Co.: 12 mi. S. Williamsville, pebbly stream, 73-10-06, P.D. Perkins (92/95 PDP). 3. Limnebius ozapalachicus new species Map: Figure 78B Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 500 Perkins Paratypes: 300 United States: Kentucky: Ohio Co.: Fordsville, 72-08-12, P.D. Perkins (9/8 PDP). Maine: Penobscot Co.: Corinth, 69-07-22, S. Malcolm (1/0 DCM). Missouri: Cape Girardeau Co.: Cape Girardeau, La Croix Cr., 56-09-13, P.J. Spangler (2/7 USNM). Same, 53-09-11 (19/20 USNM). Cape Girardeau, 54-05-10, D. Stout (1/0 USNM). 5 mi. S. Columbia, 54-04-19, P.J. Spangler (2/3 USNM). Crawford Co.: Merrimac River, 54-11-21, P.J. Spangler (5/10 USNM). Same, 53-07-21 (3/3 USNM). Dallas Co.: Bennett Springs, 56-07-07, P.J. Spangler (2/2 USNM). Dent Co.: 5 mi. E. Salem, 55-10-10, P.J. Spangler (1/4 USNM). Greene Co.: 3 mi. E. Springfield, Sac River, 56-04-13, P.J. Spangler (7/19 USNM). Madison Co.: Mine La Motte, 53-09-09, P.J. Spangler (6/0 USNM). Maries Co.: Vienna, 56-09-25, P.J. Spangler (15/31 USNM). McDonald Co.: Rush Cr., 2 mi. E. Jane, 72-08-08, P.D. Perkins (9/21 PDP). 10 mi. E. Anderson, 60-07-12, E. Todd (0/2 USNM). Reynolds Co.: Bunker, Sugar Creek, 56-08-08, P.J. Spangler (1/0 USNM). Ellington, Logan Creek, 56-08-08, P.J. Spangler (3/0 USNM). Ripley Co.: Doniphan, Logan Creek, 56-04-23, P.J. Spangler (2/0 USNM). Oklahoma: Wagoner Co.: 14 mi. E. Wagoner, 64-06-20, P.J. Spangler (28/17 USNM). Tennessee: Humphreys Co.: Near Buffalo, 62-07-20, F.N. Young (5/9 FNY). Virginia: Bath Co.: 12 mi. S. Williamsville, pebbly stream, 73-10-06, P.D. Perkins (11/10 PDP). West Virginia: Hardy Co.: 6 mi. SW Wardensville, 74-10-12, P.D. Perkins (2/0 PDP). 4. Limnebius piceus (Horn) Map: Figure 76D Specimens examined: 257 Mexico: Baja California: Baja California Norte, Arr. Santo Domingo, 5.7 mi. E. Hamilton Ranch, dam site, 63-04-23, P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (13/12 CAS). La Suerte, Sierra San Pedro Martir, pool in canyon, 3700', 63-06-04, R.K. Benjamin (1/2 CAS). United States: California: Calaveras Co.: Waterman Cr., 4.5 mi. W. of Altaville, Hwy, 4, 63-08-31, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Colusa Co.: Little Stony Cr., 6 mi. S. Stonyford, 56-03-29, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Contra Costa Co.: Mt. Diablo, 19-09-21, no collr., (1/0 CAS). Fresno Co.: Kings River Camp, 50-08-23, P.S. Bartholomew (8/11 CAS). Glenn Co.: Trib. to Stony Cr., 7 mi. N. Stonyford, 56-03-29, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Lake Co.: North Fork Cache Cr. at Route 20, 312 m., 71-10-10, H.B. Leech (1/3 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Pasadena, no date, H.C. Fall (1/0 CAS). Big Rock Creek, San Gabriel Mts., 59-03-31, P.H. Raven (4/0 CAS). Los Angeles, no date, no collr. (2/3 USNM). Monterey Co.: Carmel River, 50-08-20, P.S. Bartholomew (15/22 CAS). Carmel, 56-09-21, B. Malkin (1/0 CFMNH). Same, 53-06-28 (8/7 CFMNH). Napa Co.: Soda Cr. at Highway 128, 64-08-30, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Pope Cr. at Walter Springs Rd„ 520’, 64-08-31, H.B. Leech (4/9 CAS). Same, 71-07-17, P.D. Perkins (9/20 PDP). Placer Co.: Squaw Valley Cr., 55-06-25, P.S. Bartholomew (1/1 CAS). Riverside Co.: Palm Canyon, 16-04-15, J.O. Martin (1/0 CAS). Palm Springs, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1/1 USNM). San Jacinto Mts., no date, F.E. Winters (1/1 CAS). Riverside, no date, F.E. Winters (1/1 MCZ). San Bernardino Co.: Mojave River near Victorville, 56-02-12, R.K. Benjamin (5/3 CAS). Hesperia, 18-06-30, no collr. (4/5 CAS). San Diego Co.: Camp Pendleton, Oceanside, 45-10-26, H.P. Chandler (19/23 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters, (5/9 CAS). Cuyama River, ca 10 mi. E. Santa Maria, 52-07-21, H.B. Leech (2/3 CAS). Stanislaus Co.: Adobe Cr., 16 mi. W. of Patterson, 48-04-25, H.B. Leech (2/2 CAS). Tulare Co.: Kaweah, no date, no collr. (1/0 CAS). 5. Limnebius alutaceus (Casey) Map: Figure 76A Specimens examined: 434 Canada: British Columbia: Copper Mtn., 30-10-12, G. Stace Smith (2/1 CAS; 9/9 UBC). Enderby, Shuswap River, 46-10-11, H.B. Leech (6/5 CAS; 0/2 UBC). Salmon Arm, Salmon River, 46-10-13, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Lister, pond, 2000 feet, 37-08-12, G. Stace Smith (1/0 UBC). Creston, Goat River, 46-09-01, G. Stace Smith (1/0 MCZ). Cariboo Dist., Beedy Cr. at Gaston Rch., 30 mi. NE McLeese Lake, 71-07-25, P.D. Perkins (10/12 PDP). Cariboo Dist., Beaver Cr., 40 mi. NE McLeese Lake, 71-07-28, P.D. Perkins (23/34 PDP). United States: California: Colusa Co.: Indian Cr., 1.5 mi. along road to Cooks Springs, SW of Lodoga, 71-10-10, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). El Dorado Co.: Rubicon River at Georgetown- Ralston Rd„ 63-07-27, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Glenn Co.: Trib. to Stony Cr., 7 mi. N. Stonyford, 56-03-29, H.B. Leech (1/5 CAS). Humboldt Co.: Hydesville, no date, no collr., (1/0 CAS). Korbel, 16-06-16, F.E. Blaisdell (6/2 CAS). Bear River at Capetown, 65-10-01, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). N. Fork Mattole River, NW of Petrolia, 65-10-02, H.B. Leech (1/2 CAS). Toss-up Cr., confluence with Redwood Cr., 2.5 mi. N. of road to Hoopa, ca 650 ft., 70-08-13, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Lake Co.: Creek behind Cottage City Resort, Lucerne, 53-07-05, H.B. Leech (6/8 CAS). Bartlett Cr., Bartlett Springs, 55-08-01, H.B. Leech (4/4 CAS). Middle Cr., 5 mi. N. of Upper Lake, 55-08-04, H.B. Leech (3/13 CAS). Headwaters, Long Valley Cr., 3750 ft., 55-08-01, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Pasadena, no date. Winters (1/0 CAS). Big Rock Cr., San Gabriel Mts., 59-03-31, P.H. Raven (1/0 CAS). San Fernando, no date, no collr. (1/0 MCZ). Madera Co.: Jackass Cr., Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 501 E. end Jackass Meadow, 6960 ft., 71-08-17, H.B. Leech (3/4 CAS). Mendocino Co.: Rancheria Cr., 2 mi. S. Yorkville, tiny stream, 54-07-25, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Rancheria Cr., 5.5 mi. SE Boonville, 50-06-15, H.B. Leech (1/2 CAS). Middle Fork of Eel River, 0.3 mi. below mouth of Black Butte River, 1500’, 68-07-16, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Eel River, 4.5 mi. NW of Lanes Redwood Flat, 60-08-05, H.B. Leech (7/6 CAS). Navarro River, 2 mi. NW Philo, Hendy Woods State Park, 64-07-22, P. Rubtzoff (2/1 CAS). Garcia River at Highway 1, 64-10-12, H.B. Leech (1/4 CAS). Navarro River, 8 mi. W. Navarro, 50-06-15, H.B. Leech (3/0 CAS). Beebe Cr., 50-09-05, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Williams Cr. at Covelo-Paskenta Rd„ 70-10-17, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Outlet Cr., 1 mi. ENE of Longvale Dos Rios Rd., 70-08-07, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Napa Co.: Pope Cr. at Walter Springs Rd., 520’, 640-08-31, H.B. Leech (4/0 CAS). 6 mi. NE Rutherford, 71-07-16, P. D. Perkins (1/0 PDP). Plumas Co.: Clio, on Middle Fork Feather River, 61-08-28, H.B. Leech (5/8 CAS). Chester, 14-10-15, R. Hopping (1/2 CAS). San Bernardino Co.: Lake Arrowhead, 44-07-24, G.P. Mackenzie (1/0 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (1/5 CAS). Santa Clara Co.: Gilroy Hot Springs, 15-07-07, no collr. (1/0 CAS). San Martin, 52-06-26, P.S. Bartholomew (1/0 CAS). Sierra Co.: Onion Cr., N. end Onion Valley, 60751, 64-10-21, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: Sugar Cr., 2.3 mi. NW of Callahan, 66-08-17, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Etna Cr., 1.5 mi. SW of Etna, 3100’, 70-08-20, H.B. Leech (1/3 CAS). No site, no date, A. Koebele (2/2 USNM). Sonoma Co.; Austin Cr., 2 mi. S. Cazadero, 54-10-30, H.B. Leech (5/1 CAS). Austin Cr., 2.5 mi. up from its mouth, 64-09-28, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Wheatfield Br. of Gualala River at bridge, Annapolis & Stewarts Point-Healdsburg Rd., 64-09-07, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Russian R., bank, 2 mi. below Guerneville town, 64-09-28, H.B. Leech (4/2 CAS). Guerneville, 08-07-23, F.E. Blaisdell (1/0 CAS). Cloverdale, 26-06-19, V.S. Brown (1/0 CAS). Santa Rosa, 94-10-10, no collr. (1/0 UW). The Geysers, 70-09-07, P.D. Perkins (3/3 PDP). Trinity Co.: Mad River, 6 mi. S. Ruth, 60-07-31, H.B. Leech (4/8 CAS). Salt Creek at Peanut, 60-08-01, H.B. Leech (2/2 CAS). Mad River just above mouth Van Horn Cr., 4.25 air miles SE of Ruth, 70-08-07, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Tuolumne Co.: Jackass Cr., 4.2 mi. SE of Priest, on Coulterville Rd., 2100’, 62-08-19, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Niagara Cr., Forest. Campgd., 62-08-09, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Pinecrest, 48-07-13, P.H. Arnaud (1/1 CAS). Blaine Co.: Wood River, 69-09-10, Schuh, Phipps & Coulson (1/1 JS). Idaho: Lemhi Co.: Salmon R., 4 mi. N. Salmon, 71-08-03, P.D. Perkins (1/0 PDP). Montana: Ravalli Co.: Mill Cr. at Hwy. 93, 7 mi. N. Hamilton, 71-08-02, P.D. Perkins (32/55 PDP). Oregon: Curry Co.: Euchre Cr. at Hwy. 101 by Ophir, 65-09-28, H.B. Leech (7/8 CAS). Pistol River, 52-06-18, B. Malkin (4/3 CFMNH). Douglas Co.; S. Umpqua R. at Canyonville, 71-07-17, P.D. Perkins (4/3 PDP). Washington: King Co. Green River Gorge, 56-07-15, Malkin & Kottke (2/1 CFMNH). 6. Limnebius arenicolus new species Map: Figure 76C Paratypes: 472 Mexico: Baja California: Sierra San Pedro Martir, La Grulla, 6900’, 52-06-12, P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (1/1 CAS). United States: California: Butte Co.: Little Chico Cr. at School Rd., E. of Forest Ranch, 2300’, 61-09-01, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Glenn Co.: NW corner Glenn Co., Plaskett Mdws., 6000’, stream from N. entering Lower Plaskett Lake, 60-07-28, H.B. Leech (15/9 CAS). NW corner Glenn Co., 4.5 mi. NW of Lanes, Redwood Flat, 60-08-05, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Humboldt Co.: Korbel, 16-06-16, no collr. (2/4 CAS). Willow Creek, 16-06-12, F.E. Blaisdell (2/2 CAS). Green Point Ranch, 1500’, 16-06-05, F.E. Blaisdell (1/1 CAS). N. Fork Yager Cr. at Bridgeville-Kneeland Road, 66-08-08, H.B. Leech (1/3 CAS). Toss-up Creek, confluence with Redwood Creek, 2.5 mi. N. of road to Hoopa, 650’, 70-08-13, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Lake Co.: Creek behind Cottage City Resort, Lucerne, 53-07-05, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Bartlett Creek, Bartlett Springs, 55-08-01, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Headwaters, Long Valley Cr., 3750’, 55-08-01, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Little Blue Lake, 47-11-08, H.P. Chandler (1/0 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Pasadena, no date, H.C. Fall (2/0 CAS). Pasadena, no date, no collr. (2/2 CAS). Pasadena, no date, A. Fenyes (1/1 CAS; 1/1 CFMNH; 1/2 CU; 1/0 MCZ). Pasadena, 17-09-06, J.O. Martin (6/2 CAS). Pomona, no date, no collr. (1/1 USNM). Big Rock Cr., San Gabriel Mts., 59-03-31, P.H. Raven (3/8 CAS). Marin Co.: Lake Lagunitas, 19-10-18, J.O. Martin (21/20 CAS). Same, 19-01-09 (1/2 CAS). Mill Valley, Cascade Creek, 51-05-09, R.E. Leech (4/14 CAS). Same, 52-04-04 (8/8 CAS). Mill Valley, Cascade Cyn., roadside trickle, 57-03-31, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Mill Valley, 57-04-25, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Muir Woods, 08-08-30, no collr. (1/1 CAS). Muir Woods, 47-10-13, D. Giuliani (1/0 CAS). Lagunitas, no date, F.E. Blaisdell, (5/2 CAS). Lagunitas Cr. at Tocaloma, 68-05-04, H.B. Leech (3/4 CAS). Redwood Cr. at Hwy. 1, 71-10-24, P.D. Perkins (5/5 PDP). No site, 19-10-18, J.O. Martin (1/1 CAS). Mendocino Co.: Bloody Run Cr., 7 mi. E. of Route 101 on Longvale-Covelo road, 1100’, 68-07-18, H.B. Leech (5/3 CAS). Dry Cr., Hwy. 128, 64-09-05, W.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Pardaloe Cr., 1 mi. SW Mailliard Redwoods State Park, 64-09-06, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Eel River, 4.5 mi. NW of Lanes, Redwood Flat, 60-08-05, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). McDowell Cr., at foot of grade below Oasis, 1000’, 55-07-27, H.B. Leech (12/2 CAS). Rancheria Cr., 5.5 mi. SE Booneville, 50-06-15, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Longvale Cr., 38-07-27, no collr. (1/1 CAS). Beebe Cr., 50-09-05, H.B. Leech (2/3 CAS). Bear Pen Canyon Cr. just above junction with Burger Cr., Dos Rios-Laytonville Rd., 72-08-30, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Baechtel Creek, 3 mi. W. Willits, 48-06-15, H.B. Leech (4/2 CAS). Monterey Co.: Tassajara Hot Springs, 54-05-26, Bryant, (14/8 CAS). Carmel, 31-07-18, no collr. (1/1 CAS). Nacimiento River, Ponderosa Public Camp, 70-09-06, P.D. Perkins (20/30 PDP). Carmel, 53-06-28, B. Malkin (1/0 CFMNH). Napa Co.: Campbell Cr., Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 502 Perkins 51- 04-10, H.B. Leech (3/0 CAS). Pope Cr. at Walter Springs Rd., 520’, 64-08-18, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). 6 mi. NE Rutherford, 71-07-16, P.D. Perkins (2/1 PDP). Nevada Co.: Sagehen Cr., 6300’, 66-07-20, W.J. Turner (8/3 UBC). Same, 67-07-18 (4/7 UBC). Plumas Co.: Chester, 14-10-15, R. Hopping (1/0 CAS). Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Mts., 4000', no date, F.E. Winters (3/2 CAS). San Bernardino Co.: Hesperia, 18-06-30, no collr. (2/1 CAS). San Diego Co.: Camp Pendleton, Oceanside, 45-10-15, H.P. Chandler (1/0 CAS). San Mateo Co.: La Honda, 25-07-29, F.E. Blaisdell (2/0 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (4/4 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (1 /0 CAS; 1/2 CU). Santa Inez Mts., no date, F.E. Winners (1/1 CAS). Santa Barbara Mts., no date, H.C. Fall (1/0 MCZ). Santa Clara Co.: Los Gatos, 04-06-10, no collr. (1/0 CAS). Santa Cruz Co.: Ben Lomond, 60-10-10, D. Miller (1/0 CAS). Shasta Co.: Bailey Cr., 2.5 mi. W. & S. of Viola, 61-08-31, H.B. Leech (4/0 CAS). Cottonwood Cr., N.F., 52- 10-24, H. P. Chandler (1/0 CAS). Sonoma Co.: Austin Cr., 2 mi. S. Cazadero, 54-10-30, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Mark West Cr. at Calistoga Rd., ca 4 mi. S. of Petrified Forest, 63-07-08, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Guerneville, 08-07-23, F.E. Blaisdell (4/2 CAS). Duncan Mills, 08-06-28, F.E. Blaisdell (1/3 CAS). Sonoma Creek, Glen Ellen, 50-04-29, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Calistoga, 34-06-12, Bryant (2/4 CAS). Camp Meeker, no date, Wintersteiner (3/2 CAS). Camp Meeker, 51-07-10, P.S. Bartholomew (1/2 CAS). Duncan Mills, 08-07-04, no collr. (4/1 USNM). No site, no date, no collr. (2/0 CAS). No site, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (3/6 USNM). Trinity Co.: SW corner Trinity Co., Wilson Cr., Lake Mtn. area, 60-07-30, H.B. Leech (3/11 CAS). Big Slide Cr., 5 mi. NW of Hyampon, 68-07-24, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Little Brown Cr. at Route 3, ca 3 mi. airline SW Douglas City, 70-08-11, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Bridge Gulch Cr. at Natural Bridge, 7.5 mi. airline N. Wildwood, 70-08-10, H.B. Leech, (1/0 CAS). Mad River just above mouth Van Horn Cr., 4.25 air miles SE of Ruth, pools in drying bed of upper Mad River, 70-08-07, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Hayfork Creek at Hayfork-Wildwood Rd., 70-08-11, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Van Horn Creek, 1.5 mi. above its mouth at upper Mad River, 2850’, 70-08-09, H.B. Leech (5/3 CAS). Tuolumne Co.: Jackass Cr., 4.2 mi. SE of Priest, on Coulterville Rd., 2100’, 62-08-19, H.B. Leech (5/3 CAS). Niagara Cr., Forest Campgd., 6600’, 62-08-09, H.B. Leech (1/1 CAS). Oregon: Curry Co.: Myers Cr., Pistol River, 38-05-18, H.B. Leech (2/1 CAS). Klamath Co.: 11 mi. NE Bly, edge Deming Cr., 66-05-13, J. Schuh (1/0 JS). Lake Co.: Warner Cr., Warner Cyn., N. of Lakeview, 56-07-01, H. B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Lakeview, 52-06-22, B. Malkin (2/1 CFMNH). Washington Co.: Banks, 58-08-09, P.S. Bartholomew (4/5 CAS). 7. Limnebius leechi new species Map: Figure 76B Paratypes: 54 United States: California: Lake Co.: Creek behind Cottage City Resort, Lucerne, 53-07-05, H.B. Leech (3/1 CAS). Kelseyville, Kelsey Creek, 49-05-29, H.B. Leech (4/0 CAS). Headwaters, Long Valley Cr., 3750’, 55-08-01, H.B. Leech (2/4 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Mt. near Claremont, no date, Baker (1/1 CMP). Madera Co.: Windy Gap, 2000’, 46-07-13, H.P. Chandler (1/2 CAS). Mendocino Co.: McDowell Cr., just below Oasis, 1800’, 55-07-27, H.B. Leech (4/4 CAS). Monterey Co.: The Indians, 2 mi. SE of Santa Lucia Memorial Park, seepage trickle over gravelly soil, 56-01-15, H.B. Leech (1/0 CAS). Napa Co.: 6 mi. NE Rutherford, 71-07-16, P.D. Perkins (2/6 PDP). San Bernardino Co.: Lake Arrowhead, 44-07-27, G.P. Mackenzie (1/2 CAS). Hesperia, 18-06-30, no collr. (1/0 CAS). Lake Arrowhead, 53-07,26, G.H. Nelson (2/0 MCZ). San Diego Co.: San Vicente, 59-02-25, I. Moore (1/0 CAS). Camp Pendleton, Oceanside, 45-10-26, H.P. Chandler (1/0 CAS). Santa Clara Co.: San Antonio Vail., 48-03-11, J.W. MacSwain, (1/0 UCB). Trinity Co.: SW corner Trinity Co., Wilson Cr., Lake Mtn. area, 60-07-30, H.B. Leech (2/0 CAS). Mad River just above mouth Van Horn Creek, 4.25 air miles SE of Ruth, pools in drying bed of Upper Mad River, 70-08-07, H.B. Leech (4/2 CAS). 8. Limnebius borealis new species Map: Figure 76B Paratypes: 37 Canada: British Columbia: Enderby, Shuswap River, 46-10-1 1, H.B. Leech (7/5 CAS). United States: Montana: Blaine Co.: Bear Paw Mt., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (8/8 USNM). Ravalli Co.: Mill Cr. at Hwy. 93, 7 mi. N. Hamilton, 71-08-02, P.D. Perkins (9/0 PDP). 10. Limnebius sinuatus (Sharp) Map: Figure 74 Specimens examined: 623 Guatemala: Baja Verapaz: 34 mi. S. Rabinal, stream in semi-arid hills, 74-06-12, ME & PD Perkins (3/4 PDP). 1 mi. S. San Jeronimo, rapid stream in pines, 74-06-03, ME & PD Perkins (2/1 PDP). Huehuetenango: 35 mi. S. La Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 503 Mesilla, tropical brook, 74-05-31, ME & PD Perkins (5/9 PDP). 6 mi. NW Huehuetenango, stream in oak-pine, 74-06-29, ME & PD Perkins (45/60 PDP). 42 mi. S. La Mesilla, outwash area of river, 74-05-31, ME & PD Perkins (25/29 PDP). 2 mi. NW Huehuetenango, stream in oak-pine, 74-06-29, ME & PD Perkins (13/16 PDP). Jalapa: 6 mi. N. Jalapa, slow stream in open, xeric situation, 74-06-15, ME & PD Perkins (28/45 PDP). Totonicapan: 25 mi. S. Huehuetenango, small rapid stream, 74-06-01, ME & PD Perkins (1/0 PDP). Mexico: Chiapas: 4 mi. N. Bochil, stream in pine forest, 74-05-28, ME & PD Perkins (7/6 PDP). Durango: 15 mi. W. Durango, river outwash area, 74-07-17, ME & PD Perkins (11/14 PDP). Jalisco: 20 mi. NE La Huerta, rapid tropical stream, 74-07-22, ME & PD Perkins (3/4 PDP). Oaxaca: 14 mi. N. Huajuapam de Leon, 74-07-09, P.D. Perkins (5/8 PDP). 21 mi. SE Huajuapam de Leon, brook in scrub-thorn desert, 74-07-09, ME & PD Perkins (14/10 PDP). 7 mi. NE Oaxaca, 74-07-08, ME & PD Perkins (1/1 PDP). San Luis Potosi: 2 mi. S. San Luis Potosi, 48-11-21, H.B. Leech (3/0 CAS). 6 mi. W. San Luis Potosi, stream outwash in desert 74-07-26, P.D. Perkins (4/0 PDP). Zacatecas: 13 mi. S. Jalpa, stream in desert, 74-07-16, ME & PD Perkins (1/2 PDP). 29 mi. SW Zacatecas, stream in desert, 74-07-16, ME & PD Perkins (2/4 PDP). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Sunnyside Cyn., W. side Huachuca Mts., 6000’, 52-08-04, H.B. Leech, (3/1 CAS). Chiricahua Mts., 3/5 mi. SW Portal, 5000', 52-08-13, H.B. Leech (2/9 CAS). Huachuca Mts., Garden Canyon, 50-06-02, C.P. Alexander (0/1 MCZ). Portal, SWRS, 76-05-14, W.E. Steiner (4/7 USNM). Chiric, Mts., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (5/4 USNM). SW Res. Sta., 63-07-11, P.J. Spangler (38/47 USNM). Chiricahua Mts., above Herb Martyr, 74-06-22, H.P. Brown (9/2 HPB). Coconino Co.: Midgley Bridge, Oak Cr. Canyon, 52-08-25, H.B. Leech (11/16 CAS). Gila Co.: Globe, 48-10-13, F.H. Parker (2/10 CAS). Pinal Creek, Globe, 4000’, 53-04-24, A. & H. Dietrich (1/0 CU). Pima Co.: Santa Catalina Mts., 34-02-04, Bryant (1/0 CAS). Santa Cruz Co.: Yank’s Spring, Sycamore Cyn., Tumacacori Mts., 52-08-03, H.B. Leech (3/7 CAS). Colorado: Routt Co.: Steamboat Springs, 41-10-01, O. Bryant (1/0 CAS). Texas: Jeff Davis Co.: Limpia Creek, 74-06-26, H.P. Brown (5/5 PDP). Limpia Creek Canyon, Davis Mts., 52-09-05, B. Malkin (20/24 CFMNH). 16. Limnebius octolaevis new species Map: Figure 74 Paratypes: 31 Guatemala: Baja Verapaz: 4 mi. S. Rabinal, stream, transition xeric-tropical, 74-06-10, ME & PD Perkins (2/0 PDP). 10 m. S. Rabinal, 74-06-12, ME & PD Perkins (3/0 PDP). Totonicapan: Same data as holotype (14/12 PDP). 4. Gymnochthebius germaini (Zaitzev) Map: Figure 87A Specimens examined: 60 Argentina: Chubut: Hoyo de Epuyen, 74-02-10, O.S. Flint (1 USNM). Neuquen: 9 km SE San Martin de los Andes, 74-01-24, O.S. Flint (2 USNM). Chile: Cautin: 8 km E. Temuco, 51-01-08, Ross & Michelbacher (1 CAS). Lanco, 69-06-03, P. & P. Spangler (22 USNM). Concepcion: Cabrero, 69-06-02, P. & P. Spangler (1 USNM). Maule: Rio Nirivilo, 71-11-02, H.P. Brown (1 USNM). Orsorno: 8 km S. Orsorno, 69-06-04, P. & P. Spangler (13 USNM). Valdivia: 8 mi. E. Rio Bueno, 51-01-15, Ross & Michelbacher (2 CAS). San Jose Mariquina, 69-06-07, P. & P. Spangler (13 USNM). 4 km. N. San Jose Mariquina, 69-06-03, P. & P. Spangler (1 USNM). Valparaiso: Colliquay, 63-1 1-05, L. Pena (1 MCZ). 5. Gymnochthebius chilenus (J. Balfour-Browne) Map: Figure 87A Specimens examined: 13 Chile: Maule: Rio Nirivilo, 71-11-02, H.P. Brown (10 USNM). Rio Maule, 71-11-02, H.P. Brown (2 USNM). Concepcion: Cabrero, 69-06-02, P. & P. Spangler (1 USNM). 6. Gymnochthebius clandestinus new species Map: Figure 87B Paratypes: 190 Chile: Cautin: Lanco, 69-06-03, P. & P. Spangler (7 USNM). Pitrufquen, 69-06-03, P. & P. Spangler (3 USNM). Concepcion: Escuadron, 69-05-30, Spangler & Cekalovic (66 USNM). Malleco: 11 km N. Victoria, Rio Dumo, potholes, 78-01-25, P.J. Spangler (20 USNM; 20 MHNC). Maule: Rio Nirivilo, 71-09-02, H.P. Brown (26 USNM). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 504 Perkins Orsorno: 8 km S. Orsorno, 69-06-04, P. & P. Spangler (22 USNM). Valdivia: 8 mi. E. Rio Bueno, pond in field, 51-01-15, Ross & Michelbacher (8 CAS). Pichi Ropulli, 69-06-04, P. & P. Spangler (2 USNM). 4 km N. San Jose Mariquina, 69-06-03, P. & P. Spangler (14 USNM). San Jose Mariquina, 69-06-07, P. & P. Spangler (2 USNM). 7. Gymnochthebius tectus new species Map: Figure 87B Paratypes: 1 1 Chile: Maule: Rio Nirivilo, 71-11-02, H.P. Brown (1 USNM). Santiago: Farellones, 62-04-08, L. Pena (10 MCZ). 1 1. Gymnochthebius topali (J. Balfour-Browne) Map: Figure 90B Specimens examined: 18 Argentina: Rio Negro, El Bolson, 61-10-13, Topal (10 HNHM) Chile: Bio-Bio: Negrete, 51-01-29, Ross & Michelbacher (4 CAS). Cautin: 20 km E. Temuco, 51-01-07, Ross & Michelbacher (4 CAS). 17. Gymnochthebius nitidus (LeConte) Map: Figure 90A Specimens examined: 61 Canada: Ontario: Essex Co.: Wheatley, 67-05-01, K. Stephan (6 KS). Kent Co.: Tilbury, 67-06-01, K. Stephan (7 KS). Northwest Territories: Rabbitskin R., 23 mi. SE Ft. Simpson, 72-06-12, A. Smetana (1 CNC). Quebec: Kazubazua, 31-08-18, W.J. Brown (1 CNC). Wakefield, 30-06-04, W.J. Brown (6 CNC). Pettit, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 CNC: 3 USNM). ^ United States: Fairfield Co.: Cornwall, 20-05-16, Chamberlain (1 MCZ). St. Vincent, no date, no collr. (4 CAS). Illinois: Champaign Co.: Mahomet, Nettie Hart Woodland Memorial, black lite trap, 66-09-03, M.W. Sanderson (1 PDP). Cook Co.: Riverside, 09-04-25, F. Psota (3 CFMNH). Iowa: Johnson Co.: Iowa City, 96-05-03, no collr. (1 USNM). Michigan: Eaton Co.: Grant Ledge, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM). Oakland Co.: No site, 21-07-03, M.H. Hatch (6 UWA). Washtenaw Co.: No site, 21-07-05, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Missouri: Boone Co.: Silver Fork St. St. 5, 76-08-18, R.W. Shepard (1 USNM). Jackson Co.: Englewood, Cedar Creek, 54-10-09, P.J. Spangler (1 USNM). Montana: Blaine Co.: Bear Paw Mt., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (9 USNM). New Jersey: Passaic Co.: Totowa, no date, Wintersteiner (1 CAS). New York: Tompkins Co.: Ithaca, 19-09-05, E.A. Richmond (1 CAS). Pennsylvania: No site, no date, no collr. (1 CNC; 2 ASP; 1 USNM; 1 CAS). 18. Gymnochthebius fossatus (LeConte) Map; Figure 92B Specimens examined: 722 Argentina: Tucuman: 20 km S. Tucuman, 69-05-23, P. & P. Spangler (18 USNM). Bolivia: Santa Cruz: Santa Cruz, 69-05-12, P. & P. Spangler (1 USNM). Okinawa, 58-06-06, E. Pinckert (1 CAS). Brazil: Ceara: Riacho Cobra pres Arara, 37-09-23, O. Shubart (2 ISNB). Goias: Santa Isable, Ilha do Bananal, Rio Araguaia, 57-08-20, B. Malkin (73 CAS). Pernambuco: Belem, Rio Sao Francisco, shoreline of shallow water on a small island, adhering to stones, 37-09-03, O. Shubart (1 ISNB). Bom Jardim, Lagoa de Palma, 37-11-10, O. Shubart (2 ISNB). Rio Grande do Norte: Ceara-Mirim, 69-07-07, P. & P. Spangler (1 USNM). Colombia: Atlantico: Barranquilla, 69-03-18, P. & P. Spangler (1 USNM). Magdalena: 8 km E. Baranquilla, 69-03-19, P. & P. Spangler (2 USNM). Cuba: Soledad, (Cienfuegos), 36-04-15, Darlington (28 MCZ). Cauto El Cristo, Cauto R., 36-08-12, Darlington (2 MCZ). No site, no date, no collr. (3 ASP). Guatemala: Escuintala: 17 mi. E. Escuintla, 65-07-08, P.J. Spangler (5 USNM). Honduras: Comayagua: Stream near south end Lago de Yojoa, 74-06-19, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (2 PDP). Cortes: 24 mi. S. San Pedro Sula, clear, slow stream, 74-06-19, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (6 PDP). Choluteca: San Marcos Coin, 65-07-28, P.J. Spangler (5 USNM). Jamaica: Kingston, 34-08-29, Darlington (1 MCZ). St. Catherine, Bushy Park, ex. small pool in narrow gully, 47-02-09, G.B. Thompson (5 IOJ). Mexico: Aguascalientes: Aguascalientes, 63-08-05, P.J. Spangler (56 USNM). Baja California: Arroyo de la Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 505 Purisima, 1 mi. upstream from town, 58-12-27, H.B. Leech (13 CAS). Chiapas: 8 mi. W. Teapa, large tropical stream, 74-05-26, ME & PD Perkins (5 PDP). Distrito Federal: Mexico City, 50-07-30, Drake & Hottes (1 USNM). Durango: Durango, no date, Wickham (1 MCZ). 15 mi. W. Durango, river outwash area, 74-07-17, ME & PD Perkins (2 PDP). Morcillo, Lake Pena del Aquila, 64-06-28, P.J. Spangler (9 USNM). Hidalgo: Pachuca, 64-08-21, P.J. Spangler (25 USNM). Jalisco: 15 mi. NE Atenquique, 48-12-05, H.B. Leech (13 CAS). 15 mi. N. Chapala, 63-08-02, P.J. Spangler (4 USNM). MExico: Chapingo, en arena del rio, 59-02-01, 1. Martell (19 USNM). 11 mi. E. Texcoco, desert stream, 74-05-23, ME & PD Perkins (2 PDP). Michoacan: Patzcuaro, 64-07-07, P.J. Spangler (1 USNM). Morelia, 64-07-08, P.J. Spangler (1 USNM). Puebla: Acatlan, 65-08-25, P.J. Spangler (1 USNM). San Luis Potosi: 2 mi. S. San Luis Potosi, 48-11-21, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Tamaulipas: Nr. San Antonio, 69-07-27, F.N. Young (29 FNY). Zacatecas: no date, Wickham (2 MCZ). 13 mi. S. Jalpa, stream in desert, 74-07-16, ME & PD Perkins (2 PDP). 29 mi. SW Zacatecas, stream in desert, 74-07-16, ME & PD Perkins (1 PDP). Puerto Rico: L. Guanica, 38-05-31, Darlington (7 MCZ). Nr. Fajardo, rt. 194 km 46.7, 61-08-20, Flint & Spangler (120 USNM). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Bisbee, Wood Cn., U.V. It., 61-07-03, P. Johnson (1 UA). Coconino Co.: Flagstaff, 53-07-01, B. Malkin & J. Farmer (3 CFMNH). Navajo Co.: Winslow, no date, Wickham (1 MCZ). Pima Co.: Colossal Cave Park, 68-02-18, K. Stephan (1 KS). Arivaca, 70-04-11, K. Stephan (1 KS). Tanque Verde, drift, 58-11-23, Werner-Adachi (1 UA). Arivaca Creek at Arivaca, 52-07-31, H.B. Leech (55 CAS). Tucson, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 USNM). Santa Cruz Co.: Pajarito Mts., Sycamore Cyn., 68-08-24, K. Stephan (1 KS). Yuma Co.: Alamo Crossing, u.v. It., 62-07-14, Werner & Johnson (1 UA). Ft. Yuma, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM). Florida: Brevard Co.: Titusville, 11-11-08, no collr. (1 CAS). Hillsborough Co.: Tampa, no date, F.C. Bowditch (3 MCZ). Orange Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2 ASP). Volusia Co.: Enterprise, no date, no collr. (3 ASP). Enterprise, no date, F.C. Bowditch (2 MCZ). Enterprise, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (4 USNM). Lake Harney, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 USNM). New Mexico: Bernalillo Co.: Albuquerque, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (3 USNM). No site, no date, no collr. (2 OSU; 2 ASP; 2 MCZ; 3 USNM). Oklahoma: Marshall Co.: UOBS, Lake Texoma, Willis, at light, 68-07-09, W. Suter (1 USNM). Texas: Bear Co.: San Antonio, no date, Wickham (1 ASP). Cameron Co.: Esperza Rch., Brownsville, no date, no collr. (2 CU; 2 USNM). Brownsville, no date, Wickham (1 ASP; 4 USNM; 13 MCZ). Brownsville, 33-06-16, Darlington (28 MCZ). Brownsville, in banana debris, 37-03-1 1, no collr. (1 USNM). Colorado Co.: Columbus , no date, Wickham (1 USNM). Jeff Davis Co.: Davis Mts., 71-02-01, K. Stephan (3 KS). Davis Mts., Limpia Creek Canyon, 52-09-05, B. Malkin (1 CDMNH). Val Verde Co.: Del Rio, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). 19. Gymnochthebius falli new species Map: Figure 94B Paratypes: 39 United States: Arizona: Maricopa Co.: Salt Creek, no date, Wickham (2 USNM). Idaho: Twin Falls Co.: Magic Hot Springs, 57-07-20, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Kansas: Logan Co.: Same data as Holotype (2 CAS; 2 MCZ; 2 CNC; 29 USNM). Texas: Jeff Davis Co.: Limpia Creek, 74-06-26, H.P. Brown (1 PDP). 20. Gymnochthebius laevipennis (LeConte) Map: Figure 94B Specimens examined: 23 Mexico: Baja California: Arroyo de la Purisima, 1 mi. upstream from town, 58-12-27, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). Norte, Estero at mouth Arroyo del Rosario, no date, H.B. Leech & P.H. Arnaud (1 CAS). United States: California: Riverside Co.: Riverside, no date, F.E. Winters (2 CU: 5 CAS). San Jacinto, no date, F.E. Winters (2 MCZ). San Jacinto Mts., no date F.E. Winters (5 USNM). San Diego Co.: Oceanside, Camp Pendleton, 45-10-18, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (1 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1 ASP). Oregon: Douglas Co.: Glendale, 38-07-14, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). 1. Ochthebius pacificus new species Map: Figure 101A Paratypes: 230 United States: California: Glenn Co.: 0.5 mi. W. Newville, N. fork Stony Cr., 66-04-04, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Trib. to Stony Cr., 7 mi. N. Stonyford, 56-03-29, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Humboldt Co.: Bear River at Capetown, 65-10-01, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). South Eel River at Weott, 155’, 70-08-30, H.B. Leech (37 CAS). Willow Cr. just about its E. fork, 1500’, 70-08-29, H.B. Leech (8 CAS). North Dobbyn Cr., Alderpoint, Blocksburg Rd., 450’, 68-07-19, H.B Leech Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 506 Perkins (4 CAS). Mendocino Co.: 5.5 mi. SE Boonville, Rancheria Cr., 50-06-15, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). 8 mi. W. Navarro, Navarro River, 50-06-15, H.B. Leech (7 CAS). Cummisky Cr. at Mt. House-Hopland Rd., 64-10-10, H.B. Leech (14 CAS). Dry Cr., Hwy. 128, 64-09-05, H.B. Leech (9 CAS). 2 mi. S. Yorkville, tiny stream, 54-07-25, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). 2 mi. NW Philo, Hendy Woods State Park, 64-07-22, P. Rubtzoff (1 CAS). Garcia River at Hwy. 1, 64-10-12, H.B. Leech (9 CAS). 4.5 mi. NW of Lanes, 60-08-05, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Pieta Cr. at Route 101, Pieta, 465’, 70-08-81, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). No site, no date, Van Dyke (1 CAS). Monterey Co.: Carmel River, 50-08-20, P.S. Bartholomew (6 CAS). Little Sur River, vie. P. Ocean, 70-09-06, P.D. Perkins (25 PDP). Carmel, 56-09-21, B. Malkin (61 CFMNH). Carmel, 53-06-28, B. Malkin (1 CFMNH). Napa Co.: Wheatfield Br. of Burton Cr., Pope Valley, 64-05-10, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Pope Cr. at Walter Springs Rd., 520’, 64-08-24, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (2 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: Stream flowing into Meeks Meadow Lake, 6.25 mi. airline SW Etna, 72-08-23, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Sonoma Co.: Sonoma, 50-04-29, H.B. Leech (7 CAS). Gualala River at bridge, Annapolis & Stewarts Point-Healdsburg Rd., 64-09-07, H.B. Leech (3 CAS). Duncan Mills, 08-07-09, F.E. Blaisdell (2 CAS). Cloverdale, 26-09-19, V.S. Brown (7 CAS). The Geysers, 70-09-07, P.D. Perkins (5 PDP). Trinity Co.: Hayfork Cr. at bridge near Carrier Gulch, Wildwood R., R., 72-08-07, H.B. Leech (3 CAS). Trinity River at Big Flat, 60-08-04, H.B. Leech (3 CAS). Nevada: Clark Co.: 15 mi. S. Overton, spring, 66-03-31, J. Schuh (1 JS). Oregon: Douglas Co.: Glendale, 38-06-14, M.H. Hatch (2 UWA). Lincoln Co.: Newport, seepage area, 63-05-04, T. Schuh (2 JS). Washington: King Co.: Cedar Mt., 40-05-09, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). 2. Ochthebius arenicolus new species Map: Figure 101 B Paratypes: 320 Mexico: Baja California: La Suerte, Sierra San Pedro Martir, pool in canyon, 3700’, 63-06-04, R.K. Benjamin (121 CAS). 17 mi. W. Bahia de Los Angeles, 62-05-29, R. & E. Ryckman and C. Christianson (8 CAS). United States: California: Colusa Co.: Trib. of E. branch Little Indian Cr., 6.2 mi. S. Lodoga, 66-04-04, H.B. Leech (29 CAS). Indian Cr., 1.5 mi. along road to Cooks Springs, SW of Lodoga, 71-10-10 H.B. Leech (29 CAS). Indian Cr., Cooks Springs, 4 air mi. SW Lodoga, 1480’, 71-07-03, H.B. Leech, (25 CAS). Trib. to Bear Cr., Robbers Flat below Brim Grade, 419 m., 71-10-10, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Wilbur Springs, 1250’, 71-07-17, P.D. Perkins (6 PDP). Contra Costa Co.: Berkeley, 42-06-07, W. Cook (1 CAS). Marsh Creek, 37-04-10, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Del Norte Co.: No site, 10-06-01, Nunenmacher (1 CFMNH). Humboldt Co.: Bear R. at Capetown, 65-10-01, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Burr Cr., 3 mi. S. of Bridgeville, 1200’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Mill Cr., 7.5 mi. S. of Bridgeville, 1200’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). N. Fork Yager Cr. at Bridgeville-Kneeland Rd., 1300’, 66-08-08, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Lake Co.: Bear Cr. at Crabtree Hot Springs Rd., 55-08-04, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Creek behind Cottage City resort, Lucerne, 53-07-05, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). 6.9 mi. N. Middletown, on h’way 29, 55-02-20, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Marin Co.: Redwood Cr., 1.8 mi. S. Muir Woods Nat’l. Mon., 64-10-03, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Mendocino Co.: McDowell Cr., just below Oasis, 1800’, 55-07-27, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Beebe Cr., 55-09-05, H.B. Leech, (6 CAS). Parson Cr., 4.5 mi. NE of Hopland, 64-06-30, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Black Butte River, just above mouth, 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Bear Pen Cyn, Cr., just above junction with Burger Creek Dos Rios-Laytonville Rd., 72-08-30, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Monterey Co.: Lewis Cr., 52-08-29, H.B. Leech (6 CAS). Nacimiento R., Ponderosa Public Camp, 70-09-06, P.D. Perkins (3 PDP). Riverside Co.: Salton, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (8 USNM). San Benito Co.: Griswold Cr., Lyons Canyon on road to Idria, 63-07-21, H.B. Leech (7 CAS). San Luis Obispo Co.: Lopez Canyon Dam outlet, 71-09-05, P.D. Perkins (2 PDP). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (1 CAS). 1 mi. S. San Marcos Pass, 2000’, 70-06-27, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Santa Ynez R., Juncal Public Camp, 70-04-27, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Brookshire Spr., 7 mi. E. Pine Cyn. Ranger Sta., 1500’, 72-06-18, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Stanislaus Co.: Del Puerto Cr., 4 mi. by road W. of Freeway Route No. 5, 71-09-03, H.B. Leech (17 CAS). Trinity Co.: S. Fork Trinity R., Salmon Rock Camp, Hyampon-Big Slide Rd., 68-07-23, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Ventura Co.: Sespe Cr., Sespe Gorge, 3500’, 72-06-18, P.D. Perkins, (1 PDP). Ojai Valley, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (1 USNM). Ventura, no date. Fall (2 MCZ). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1 ASP). Oregon: Curry Co.: Pistol R., 56-09-17, B. Malkin (8 CFMNH). 3. Ochthebius lecontei new species Map: Figure 99A Paratypes: 44 Canada: British Columbia: Vernon, 29-07-06, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Vernon, 37-09-11, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Vernon, Ski-jump pond, 41-04-19, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Vernon, Pond 3, 41-04-20, H.B. Leech (14 CAS; 2 CNC). Kamloops, 39-08-20, G.J. Spancer (8 CAS). Cranbrook, 56-08-12, G. Stace Smith (2 UBC). United States: Montana: Madison Co.: Ziegler Hot Spgs., 52-07-27, B. Malkin (6 CFMNH). Nevada: Elko Co.: Thousand Springs Cr., Route 30, 9 mi. NE Montello, 69-08-26, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Wells, no date, C.T. Brues (6 Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 507 MCZ). No site, no date. Van Dyke (1 CAS). Utah: Beaver Co.: Milford, no date, Wickham (1 MCZ). 4. Ochthebius interrupt us LeConte Map: Figure 1 0 1 C Specimens examined: 692 Canada: British Columbia: Vancouver, no date, no collr. (7 ASP). Mexico: Baja California: La Salina, 4 mi. S. La Mision de San Miguel, 61-05-21, I. Moore (19 CAS). Norte, 8 mi. upstream from Hamilton Ranch, dam site, 63-04-23, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Norte, Estero at mouth Arroyo del Rosario, no date, H.B. Leech and P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (1 CAS). Norte, 3.2 mi. S. Colonia Guerrero, 63-04-24, H.B. Leech (17 CAS). Norte, Mision de San Miguel, on mud, salt flat, 59-06-27, 1. Moore (41 CAS). Norte, La Salina, 71-08-20, I. Moore (1 USNM). Norte, La Mision de San Miguel, salt marsh, 71-10-05, 1. Moore (33 UCR). Norte, La Salina, salt marsh, 71-10-09, I. Moore (243 UCR). Mision de San Miguel, 61-05-21, I. Moore (1 CNC). United States: California: Alameda Co.: Alameda, 22-03-07, no collr. (6 CAS). Bay Farm Island, 22-03-07, no collr. (1 UI). Arroyo d. Valle, 72-03-06, W.H. Tyson (8 RG). 2 mi. NE Livermore, 60-07-09, no collr. (1 UCB). 10 mi. E. Livermore, 59-03-14, D. Burdick (1 UCB). No site, 06-06-01, F. Nunenmacher (5 CFMNH). Colusa Co.: Indian Cr., 1.5 mi. along road to Cooks Springs SW of Lodoga, 71-10-10, H.B. Leech (2 CAS).V Contra Costa Co.: Vine Hill, 13-06-07, F.E. Blaisdell (3 CAS). Albany, tide pool, 21-04-23, C.J. Dodds (8 CAS). Albany, 21-03-16, no collr. (3 CAS). Danville, 51-06-01, F.X. Williams (3 CAS). Martinez, no date, Wickham (4 USNM). Albany, tide pool, 21-02-26, no collr. (2 UI). Glenn Co.: N. Fork Stony Creek, 0.5 mi. W. of Newville, 66-04-04, H.B. Leech (9 CAS). Trib. to Stony Cr., 7 mi. N. Stonyford, 53-03-29, H.B. Leech (23 CAS). Kings Co.: Stratford, 50-08-21, P.S. Bartholomew (1 CAS). Lake Co.: Clear Lake State Park, wet edge of Clear Lake, 64-1 1-10, P. Rubtzoff (1 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Redondo, 44-06-07, G.P. Mackenzie (6 CAS; 1 CU). Redondo, 44-05-24, G.P. Mackenzie (4 CNC; 4 UA). Redondo, no date, no collr. (4 SDSU; 2 CFMNH). Redondo, no date, A. Fenyes (4 CU; 1 USNM). Redondo, no date, H.C. Fall (2 CAS). Los Angeles, no date, no collr. (3 CAS). L. Redondo, no date, F. Winters (8 CAS). Tejon Pass, 18-07-28, J.O. Martin (5 CAS). Pomona, no date, no collr. (6 CNC). Marin Co.: Smiths Lake, Manor, 55-11-21, H.B. Leech (3 CAS). Headwaters of Salmon Cr., Wilson Hill road, 64-02-22, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Dipsea, no date, F. E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Mendocino Co.: N. Branch Mill Cr., Covelo-Paskenta road near Covelo, 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (8 CAS). Napa Co.: Burton Cr., Pope Valley, 64-05-10, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Pope Creek at Walter Springs road, 520’, 64-08-24, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Orange Co.: San Juan, 17-08-13, no collr. (1 CAS). Laguna Beach, no date, no collr. (2 CAS). Riverside Co.: Sonorian Region, no date, F.E. Winters (4 CAS). Riverside, no date, F.E. Winters (4 CAS). Elsinore Lake, 17-09-01, J.O. Martin (3 CAS). San Jacinto Mts., no date, F.E. Winters (2 CAS). San. Benito Co.: Farm pond, Mendota-Hollister road at Panoche Pass, 63-07-21, H.B. Leech (32 CAS). San Diego Co.: Oceanside, 45-10-23, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). 1 mi. S. Carlsbad, 68-08-28, P.S. Bartholomew (1 CAS). San Diego, 17-08-17, J. O. Martin (3 CAS). Mission Valley, 35-08-19, 1. Moore (2 CAS). Torrey Pines, edge of Soledad Canyon, Lagun, 50-08-06, I. Moore (1 CAS). Camp Pendleton, Oceanside, 45-10-26, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). San Luis Obispo Co.: Lopez Canyon Dam outlet, 70-09-05, P.D. Perkins (4 PDP). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Inez Mts., Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (3 CAS). Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (12 CAS; 1 USNM; 3 CU). Montecito, no date, F.E. Winters (5 CAS). Santa Cruz Island, no date, F.E. Winters (1 CAS). Santa Cruz Co.: Seabright, 24-07-18, F.E. Blaisdell (4 CAS; 8 ASP). Santa Cruz, 37-11-15, J.W. Tilden (4 CAS). Sonoma Co.: Guerneville, 08-07-23, F.E. Blaisdell (2 CAS). Yolo Co.: Woodland, 33-05-22, E.C. Zimmerman (1 USNM). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (5 USNM; 4 UW; 8 ASP; 3 SDSU). No site, no date, F.C. Bowditch (8 MCZ). Oregon: Crook Co.: 5 mi. S. Suplee, Weburg Ranch, hot springs, temp. 100 degrees F., 62-09-07, K. Goeden (5 ORSU). Harney Co.: Hot Spgs. SE shore Harney Lake, 51-06-20, B. Malkin (5 UWA; 3 CFMNH). 1 mi. S. Harney Lake, hot springs, 56-05-18, J.D. Lattin (7 ORSU). 1/2 mi. S. Harney Lake, margins of hot springs, 61-06-30, K. Goeden (5 ORSU). 20 mi. W. Malheur Lake, hot springs, 56-05-18, K. Goeden (2 ORSU). Lake Co.: fresh pool, SE shore L. Albert, 50-07-17, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Abert Lake, 57-04-28, J. Schuh (3 UWA; 3 JS). Malheur Co.: Sucker Cr. at hiway. 95, 56-07-20, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Washington: Grant Co.: Grand Coulee, Tule Lake, 46-05-11, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Upper Grand Coulee, 36-04-26, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Pacific Co.: Tokeland, 29-07-10, no collr. (13 UWA). Skagit Co.: Anacortes, brackish pond, 61-05-20, D.V. McCorkle (2 UWA). 5. Ochthebius sierrensis new species Map: Figure 99A Paratypes: 15 United States: California: Calaveras Co.: Mokelumne Hill, 10-07-18, F.E. Blaisdell (5 CAS). Fresno Co.: Squaw Valley Cr., 55-06-26, P.S. Bartholomew (7 CAS). Kings River Camp, 50-08-23, P.S. Bartholomew (3 CAS). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 508 Perkins 6. Ochthebius lineatus LeConte Map: Figure 107 Specimens examined: 1,690 Canada: Alberta: Medicine Hat, many dates, F.S. Carr (24 CAS; 2 USNM; 5 UWA; 4 MCZ; 8 UA). Medicine Hat, 24-08-31, H. Wenzel (20 OSU). Highwood Valley, cataract Creek, 64-07-16, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Hussar, 28-05-20, O. Bryant (5 CAS). Tilley, 34-06-25, J. Carr (3 CAS). Castor, no date, no collr. (1 OSU). British Columbia: Kamloops, Lac du Bois, Lone Rock Narrows Pool, 43-07-08, G. J. spencer (2 CAS). Creston, Goat River, many dates, G. Stace-Smith (3 UWA; 1 1 UBC). Copper Mtn., 30-08-24, G. Stace-Smith (2 CNC; 1 UBC). Sumqierland, 33-06-01, A.N. Gartrell (1 CNC). Kamloops, no date, Wickham (1 ASP). 17 mi. W. Hedley, 59-05-31, R.E. Leech (2 CNC). Manitoba: Winnipeg, 16-09-23, J.B. Wallis (3 CNC). Stonewall, 20-05-02, J.B. Wallis (1 CNC). St. Norbert, 17-09-22, J.B. Wallis (1 CNC). Saskatchewan: Saskatoon, 70-09-19, E.J. Kiteley (2 EJK). Elbow, 50-06-03, A.R. Brooks (1 CNC). Colombia: Magdalena: 8 km. E. Barranquilla, 69-03-19, P. & P. Spangler (5 USNM). Atlantico: Barranquilla, 69-03-18, P. & P. Spangler (5 USNM). Mexico: Baja California: Arroyo de la Purisima, 1 mi. upstream from town, 58-12-27, H.B. Leech (3 CAS). Mexicali, 42-10-28, no collr. (2 USNM). Chihuahua: Cd. Jiminez., 64-06-26, P.J. Spangler (1 USNM). Nayarit: Tepic, 53-09-24, B. Malkin (1 USNM). Oaxaca: Salina Cruz, 64-07-23, P.J. Spangler (13 USNM). Tehuantepec, 64-07-23, P.J. Spangler (1 USNM). Sinaloa: Los Mochis, 22-06-13, C.T. Dodds (76 CAS). Los Mochis, 13 mi. N., 64-08-07, Chemsak & Powell (1 UBC). Sonora: Hermosillo, 53-07-16, B. Malkin (93 CAS). Hermosillo, 55-05-25, B. Malkin (1 UBC). Alamos, 63-02-22, P.H. Arnaud, Jr., (92 CAS). 7 mi. SE Alamos, 71-1 1-27, K. Stephan (6 KS). Alamos, 7 mi. W., 64-08-08, Chemsak & Powell (1 UBC). 40 mi. SE Guaymas, no date, K. Stephan (6 KS). 16 mi. NE Cd. Obregon, 61-05-14, Howden & Martin (1 CNC). 10 mi. NE Cd. Obregon, 64-08-10, Howden & Lindquist (1 CNC). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Wilcox Playa, 69-1 1-02, K. Stephan (1 KS). Gila Co.: Globe, 49-08-01, F.H. Parker (8 UA). Porter Springs, Roosevelt Lake, 28-02-22, no collr. (4 CNC). Maricopa Co.: Phoenix, no date, no collr. (4 OSU). Navajo Co.: Winslow, no date, Wickham (1 MCZ; 2 USNM). Pima Co.: Tucson, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM). Colossal Cave Park, 68-02-18, K. Stephan (2 KS). Santa Cruz Co.: Patagonia, 36-07-01, E.S. Ross (1 CAS). Yuma Co.: Tacna, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM). Yuma, 59-06-01, D. Muse (1 UA). Yuma, 59-03-30, D. Muse (4 UA). Yuma, 61-07-24, D. Tuttle (2 UA). Alamo Crossing, u. v. It., 62-07-14, Werner & Johnson (2 UA). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2 CAS; 1 ASP; 1 MCZ). California: Alameda Co.: 10 mi. E. Livermore, 59-03-14, D. Burdick (1 UBC). No site, 06-08-01, F. Nunenmacher (1 CFMNH). Colusa Co.: Indian Cr., 1.5 mi. along road to Cooks Springs, SW of Lodoga, 71-10-10, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Contra Costa Co.: No site, 38-05-01, J. Blum (3 OSU). Imperial Co.: Imperial Valley, 11-02-01, F.E. Blaisdell (22 CAS). Imperial Cr., Imperial Valley, 11-02-01, no collr. (4 USNM). El Centro, 27-12-06, F.E. Blaisdell (5 CAS). El Centro, 1 1-01-01, J.C. Bridwell (5 USNM). La Puerta, 11-02-01, no collr. (39 CAS). Seeley, 45-02-16, Anderson & Hanson (4 USNM). No site, 22-06-06, F.E. Blaisdell (3 CAS0. Kern Co.: Poso Creek, no date, no collr. (8 CAS). Lake Co.: Hidden Lake, 4 mi. NW of Lakeport, 55-08-05, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Rocky Point, Clear Lake, 46-05-08, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). L. Pillsbury, Eel River, 2000’, 46-10-09, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Lassen Co.: Martins Springs, 22-08-08, J.O. Martin (1 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Tejon Pass, 18-07-28, J.O. Martin (12 CAS). Los Angeles, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). Marin Co.: Dipsea, 08-06-01, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). Mono Co.: Poore Lake, 7514’, 63-08-14, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Overflow pond N. site, Poore Lake, 7200’, 63-08-14, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Round pond on ridge S. of Leavitt Mdw., 7500’, 63-08-13, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). W. Walker River, 52-08-16, P.S. Bartholomew (2 CAS). Orange Co.: Laguna Beach, rock crevice, tidewater, 31-02-12, F.E. Winters (2 CAS). Riverside Co.: Colorado River, no date, F.E. Winters (10 CAS). Palm Canyon, 16-04-15, J.O. Martin (1 CAS). Riverside, no date, F.E. Winters (4 CAS; 1 OSU; 1 MCZ). San Bernardino Co.: San Bernardino Mts., no date, no collr. (1 CAS). Needles, no date, no collr. (5 CAS). Santa Inez Mts., Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (I OSU). The Needles, no date, no collr. (1 ASP). Needles, no date, Wickham (4 MCZ). San Francisco Co.: No site, 15-03-21, no collr. (1 CAS). San Joaquin Co.: Near Lodi, 31-04-20, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (2 CAS). Shasta Co.: Hat Creek R.S., 3000’, 47-06-28, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: 6 mi. S. Macdoel, 58-03-24, J. Schuh (1 JS). 6 mi. S. Macdoel, edge of pond, 66-10-07, J. Schuh (1 JS). Sutter Co.: 8 mi. W. Live Oak, 62-05-30, J. Doyen (1 UCB). Tulare Co.: Kern River, 9.5 road mi. N. of Kernville, 70-03-25, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Colorado: Routt Co.: Steamboat Springs, 47-07-01, O. Bryant (1 CAS). Mesa Co.: Black Ridge, 5 mi. N. Glade Park, 68-07-14, H.F. Howden (1 CNC). Moffat Co.: Deception Creek, 2 mi. E. Maybell, 5910’, 67-07-13, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). Weld Co.: Greeley, no date, no collr. (1 USNM). Idaho: Bear Lake Co.: Montpelier, swamp, 52-07-10, B. Malkin (2 UWA; 2 CFMNH). Bonner Co.: Pen d’Oreille R., Sand Point, 37-06-20, no collr. (9 UWA). Cassia Co.: Sublett Reservoir, 52-07-13, B. Malkin (60 CAS, 3 UWA, 3 CFMNH). Custer Co.: Salmon River, 12 mi. N. Challis, 52-07-24, B. Malkin (8 UWA; 8 CFMNH). Jefferson Co.: Camas Wildlife Refuge, 52-07-27, B. Malkin (3 UWA; 3 CFMNH). Twin Falls Co.: Magic Hot Springs, 52-07-20, B. Balkin (2 UWA; 2 CFMNH). Valley Co.: Donnelly, 52-08-30, W.F. Barr (2 Ul; 1 UWA). Kansas: Logan Co.: McAllister, 56-08-29, P.J. Spangler (84 USNM). Montana: Dawson Co.: Glendive, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (4 USNM; 16 CAS). Flathead Co.: Kalispell, 20-06-13, Wickham Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 509 (12 USNM; 4 MCZ). Madison Co.: Ziegler Hot Springs, 52-07-27, B. Malkin (10 CFMNH). Nebraska: Thomas Co.: Neb. Nat’l, Forest, 2.5 mi. W. Halsey, 67-07-16, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Nevada: Ormsby Co.: Carson City, no date, Wickham (1 MCZ). New Mexico: Bernalillo Co.: Albuquerque, no date, no collr. (2 CFMNH; 2 UW; 2 CU; 1 ASP; 13 CAS). Albuquerque, no date, Wickham (2 USNM). No site, no date, no collr. (12 USNM; 5 UW; 4 CFMNH; 8 OSU; 2 CNC; 3 CU; 13 MCZ). Dona Ana Co.: Mesilla Dam, 24-04-25, J. O. Martin (22 CAS). North Dakota: Adams Co.: No site, 63-09-04, R. Gordon & R. Post (1 RG). Benson Co.: Pleasant Lake, springfed pond, 68-08-16, R. Gordon (1 USNM). Bottineau Co.: Lake Metigoshe, 63-05-23, R. Gordon (4 RG). No site, 62-07-15, R. Gordon (1 RG). Burke Co.: No site, 63-05-23, R. Gordon (24 RG). Burleigh Co.: No site, 63-09-03, R. Gordon & R. Post (1 RG). Cass Co.: Fargo, 66-07-30, R. Gordon (3 RG). Divide Co.: No site, 63-05-23, R. Gordon (1 RG). Dunn Co.: Killdeer Mts., 63- 05-22, R. Gordon (1 RG). Eddy Co.: Lake Coe, 66-06-24, R. Gordon (1 RG). Foster Co.: No site, 63-05-03, R. Gordon (5 RG). Grand Forks Co.: 5 mi. S. Niagara, 66-07-08, R. Gordon (1 RG). Northwood, Goose River, 66-07-08, R. Gordon (22 RG; 1 CAS). Grant Co.: Lake Tschida, 66-05-21, R. Gordon (3 RG). Hettinger Co.: No site, 62-09-12, R. Gordon (1 RG). Mchenry Co.: No site, 62-09-11, R. Gordon & R.L. Post (1 RG; 2 CAS). Ransom Co.: T.135N R.52W Sec. 14NW, 66-08-05, R. Gordon (1 RG). Renville Co.: Sherwood, 66-05-29, R. Gordon (22 RG). Richland Co.: Mirror Pool, 68-08-22, R. Gordon (1 USNM). T.135N R.52W Sec.5, 68-08-22, no collr. (13 USNM). No site, 64- 08-19, R. Gordon (3 RG). Rolette Co.: Dunseith, junct. Hwy. 3 & 43, .5 mi. W., 70-06-06, R. Gordon (2 RG). Sargent Co.: Tewaukon Ref. Headq. spring, 68-08-23, R. Gordon (6 USNM). Slope Co.: Chalky Buttes, 65-06-07, W. Kotchman (2 CAS). No site, 62-09-13, R. Gordon & R.L. Post (1 RG; 5 USNM; 2 CAS). Traill Co.: Mayville, Goose River, 65-09-24 (3 RG). Wells Co.: Fessenden, James River, 66-06-24, R. Gordon (2 RG). Williams Co.: Willist’n, 09-06-08, Wickham (1 UW; 1 USNM; 12 CAS). Willist’n, 33-06-08, Wickham (1 RG). Oklahoma: Woods Co.: 3 mi. W. Waynoka, old road to Herman, 67-08-11, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Oregon: Benton Co.: Corvallis, small pond, 56-04-08, K. Goeden (1 ODA). Harney Co.: Steens Mts, Fish Lake, 7500’, 51-06-26, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Klamath Co.: Bly Mts., 45-06-13, K.M. Fender (1 UWA). Sprague R., 12 mi. E. Chiloquin, 51-07-03, B. Malkin (26 UWA). Bly, 45-06-13, K.M. Fender (3 UWA). Barkley Springs, 59-09-08, J. Schuh (2 UWA). 8 mi. NE (air) Klamath Falls, black-lite trap, 65-07-03, K. Goeden (1 ODA). Hog Cr., E. side of Solomon Flat, 68-04-06, J. Schuh (15 JS). Poe Valley, temporary pond, 66-05-13, J. Schuh (82 JS). Klamath Falls, Modoc Point, in pond, 55-06-01, J. Schuh (1 JS). Klamath Falls, above Geary Ranch, sweeping swamp, 61-05-17, J. Schuh (2 JS). Barkley Springs, 59-09-08, J. Schuh (5 JS). Kirk, Williamson River, shore, 66-10-02, Schuh, Scott & Gray (1 JS). Upper Klamath Marsh, Jackson Cr., 65- 09-25, J. Schuh (1 JS). Head of Spring Cr., 65-08-16, J. Schuh (1 JS). Sprague River, 12 mi. E. Chiloquin, 51-07-01, B. Malkin (24 CFMNH). Barkley, 74-07-03, Gordon & Schuh (1 RG). Spring Creek Campground, 74-07-02, R. Gordon (2 RG). Chewaucan River near Valley Falls, 39-08-16, Gray & Schuh (1 CAS; 1 ORSU). Lakeview, 51-06-28, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Chewaucan R., dam site, 55-06-18, J. Schuh (1 JS). Chewaucan R. near Valley Falls, 55-06-06, J. Schuh (1 JS). Malheur Co.: Sucker Creek Canyon, 51-06-18, B. Malkin (3 CFMNH; 5 UWA). Owhhee River, 3 mi. SE Rome, 3500’, 64-07-14, T. Schuh & J. Lattin (1 ORSU). Wasco Co.: The Dallas, 54-04-07, S. & M. Sargent (1 UWA). Yamhill Co.: Dayton, 41-09-07, K.M. & D M. Fender (2 UWA). McMinnville, 48-07-15, K.M. & D.M. Fender (4 UWA). 4 mi. S. Newberg, black-lite trap, 69-08-11, no collr. (1 ODA). South Dakota: Beadle Co.: Wolsey, 3 mi. NW. 40-06-20, G. Spawn (4 SDAU). Brown Co.: Houghton, 6 mi. SE 40-06-21, H. Severin (2 SDSU). Aberdeen, 39-09-24, G. Spawn (11 SDSU). Groton, 17 mi. N„ 40-06-20, H. Severin (6 SDSU). Houghton, 8 mi. W„ 41-06-14, H. Severin (3 SDSU). Brookings Co.: Lake Oakland, 4 mi. N., 39-08-11, G. Spawn (60 SDSU). Day Co.: Roslyn, 39-09,14, H. Severin (3 SDSU). Waubay Refuge, alkalia water, 40-06-22, H. Severin (2 SDSU). Deuel Co.: Clear Lake, 39-09-15, H. Severin (1 SDSU). Fall River Co.: Hot Springs, 6 mi. S„ 40-06-22, H. Severin (1 SDSU). Hot Springs, 61-07-09, H. & A. Howden (1 CNC). Angostura Dam, S. of Hot Springs, 68-07-06, H.F. Howden (1 CNC). Smithwick, 40-06-21, H. Severin (3 SDSU). Gregory Co.: Burke, 40-06-1 1, H. Severin (1 SDSU). Haakon Co.: Phillip Junction, 40-09-07, H. Severin (6 SDSU). Dam Phillip, 40-09-07, H. Severin (2 SDSU). Jackson Co.: Belvidere, 10 mi. E., 39-09-24, G. Spawm (13 SDSU). Kingsbury Co.: Arlingon, pothole, 39-06-19, H. Severin (6 SDSU). Lawrence Co.: Spearfish Creek, 3 mi. N. Spearfish, 71-06-09, E.U. Balsbaugh, Jr. (1 SDSU). Lincoln Co.: Canton, 1 mi. W., gravel pit, 40-08-20, G. Spawn (1 SDSU). Lyman Co.: Vivian, Reeds Ranch, 40-07-11, H. Severin (4 SDSU). Kennebec, 2 mi. W., 40-06-20, H. Severin (8 SDSU). McPherson Co.: Leola, 14 mi. NW. 40-06-25, H. Severin (13 SDSU). Mellette Co.: Wood, 39-07-23, H. Severin (37 SDSU). Pennington Co.: Black Hills, Cheyenne Xing, 66-06-18, R. Gordon (2 RG). Hill City, 10 mi. S„ 40-06-22, H. Severin (1 SDSU). Dam Wall, 40-09-07, H. Severin (2 SDSU). Larive Lake, cold brook, 40-06-22, H. Severin (1 SDSU). Roberts Co.: Ortley, 7 mi. N., 40-07-24, H. Severin (3 SDSU). Todd Co.: 9 mi. E. Rosebud, 40-09-05, H. Severin (2 SDSU). Yankton Co.: 3 mi. W. Mission Hill, 40-08-05, H. Severin (3 SDSU). Texas: El Paso Co.: El Paso, 89-11-22, Fall (1 CAS). El Paso, 42-02-14, no collr. (1 USNM). El Paso, no date, no collr. (2 CU; 5 CAS). Jeff Davis Co.: Davis Mts., 71-02-01, K. Stephan (2 KS). Kimble Co.: Junction, 71-02-01, K. Stephan (1 KS). Uvalde Co.: Sabinal, 10-03-01, F.C. Pratt (1 USNM). Utah: Beaver Co.: Milford, no date, Wickham (2 USNM; 3 CAS; 1 MCZ). Cache Co.: Logan Canyon, 7200’, 73-07-28, R. Gordon (1 RG). Duchesne Co.: Myton, no date, no collr. (2 CNC; 5 CAS). Utah Co.: Utah Lake, east side, 4000’, 41-06-14, H.P. Chandler (12 CAS). Payson Canyon, 7000’, 41-06-21, H.P. Chandler (4 CAS). Wayne Co.: Hanksville, 68-08-01, H.F. Howden (10 CNC). 12 mi. S. Hanksville, 68-07-22, H.F. Howden (2 CNC). Washington: Kittitas Co.: Ellensberg, 32-07-19, M.H. Hatch (2 UWA). Ellensberg, 54-09-26, B. Malkin (4 CFMNH). Lincoln Co.: Grand Coulee, Tule Lake, 46-05-11, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Grand Coulee, Dry Falls, 37-05-01, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Grand Coulee, Dry Falls, 47-05-04, Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 510 Perkins M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Spokane Co.: Spokane, 32-08-26, M.H. Hatch (8 UWA). Mead, 32-08-26, M.H. Hatch (3 UWA). Chatteroy, 32-08-26, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Cheney, Turnbull Slough, 47-05-30, M.H. Hatch (3 UWA). Whitman Co.: Lancaster, Palouse River, 32-08-27, M.H. Hatch (2 UWA). Wisconsin: Bayfield Co.: Bayfield, no date, Wickham (1 RG). Wyoming: Bighorn Co.: Shell Cr., mouth of Shell Canyon at Shell, 4230’, 64-07-25, H.B. Leech (10 CAS). Crook Co.: Devils Tower N. Mon., Belle Fourche River, 62-08-13, P.J. Spangler (57 USNM). Fremont Co.: Burris, 10 mi NW E. fork Wind River, 62-08-23, P.J. Spangler (2 USNM). Goshen Co.: Culvert under Hwy. 26, 3.5 mi. W. of town of Fort Laramie, foul pool, 65-08-19, H.B. Leech (8 CAS). N. Platte River, old Hwy. bridge, 5.3 mi. E. town of Fort Laramie, 65-08-18, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Hot Springs Co.: Thermopolis, 52-08-03, B. Malkin (1 CFMNH). Natrona Co.: Middle Casper Cr. at Hwy. 20, ca 2.5 mi. Se Natrona, 65-08-20, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). Badwater Cr. at Badwater, NW of Arminto, 65-08-21, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Dugout Cr., 8.5 mi. NW of Midwest, 64-07-27, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). Platte Co.: Stream under Hwy. 87, 5.8 mi. S. of Glendo, 64-07-29, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Horseshoe Cr., 2 mi. S. Glendo, 64-07-29, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Sheridan Co.: Bighorn Nat’l. For. nr. Dayton, Isaac Walton Picnic Area, 62-08-14, P.J. Spangler (2 USNM). Sweetwater Co.: Ox-bow cut-off of Bitter Cr., 10 mi. W. Rock Springs, Hwy. 30, 65-08-23, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Yellowstone National Park: Yellowstone Park, 8000’, no date, no collr. ( 1 CAS). 7. Ochthebius marinus (Paykull) Map: Figure 109 Specimens examined: 702 Canada: Alberta: 6 mi. S. Pincher Creek, 71-08-01, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Medicine Hat, 25-05-08, F.S. Carr (4 UA; 1 CAS). Medicine Hat, 34-06-24, J. Carr (1 CAS). Medicine Hat, 24-08-31, no collr. (I OSU; 1 PDP). Medicine Hat, 28-08-28, no collr. (7 USNM). Highwood Valley, Cataract Cr., 64-07-16, H.B. Leech (3 CAS). Tofield, 24-05-11, O. Bryant (1 CAS). Edmonton, 24-09-01, O. Bryant (1 CAS). High River, 27-06-01, O. Bryant (1 CAS). Calgary, 45-06-10, E.J. Kiteley (1 EJK). Castor, no date, no collr. (1 OSU). Bittern Lake, 61-08-15, A.M. Brooks (1 CNC). Lusk Creek, 1 mi. E. Kananaskis, F.E.S., 70-08-22, Lindquist (1 CNC). British Columbia: Kamloops, Old Stove Pond, Lac du Bois, 43-07-18, G.J. Spencer (3 CAS). Kamloops, Lac du Bois, Lone Rock, Narrows Pool, 43-07-08, G.J. Spencer (2 CAS). Upper Hat Cr., roadside pool, China Farm, 33-08-29, G. Spencer (1 CAS). Savona Road, 33-07-07, A. Thrupp (1 CAS). Lillooet Dist., Alkali Lake, 30 mi. S. Williams Lake, 71-07-24, P.D. Perkins (5 PDP). Kamloops, no date, Wickham (1 USNM). Summerland, 32-05-28, A.N. Gartrell (1 CNC). Manitoba: Churchill, 30-06-25, O. Bryant (1 CAS). Aweme, 20-07-08, J.B. Wallte (1 CAS). Aweme, 27-08-05, E. Criddle (1 USNM). Treesbank, 4 mi. W. Hwy. 344, 68-08-14, R. Gordon (3 USNM). Churchill, 37-08-18, W.J. Brown (17 CNC). Husavick, 16-07-17, J.B. Wallis (3 CNC). Winnipegosis, no date, J.B. Wallis, (1 CNC). Winnipeg, 22-08-24, J.B. Wallis (1 CNC). Stonewall, 20-05-02, J.B. Wallis (1 CNC). Churchill, 52-08-02, J.G. Chillcott (3 CNC). Onah, 18-07-11, J.B. Wallis (1 MCZ). Winnipeg Beach, 10-07-11, J.B. Wallis (1 MCZ). Aweme, 70-06-09, R. Gordon (1 RG). Saskatchewan: Yorkton, 47-07-27, C.C. Shaw (2 CAS). Saskatoon, 70-09-19, E.J. Kiteley (4 EJK). Christopher Lake, 46-07-30, E.J. Kiteley (1 EJK). Great Deer, 49-04-25, J.R. Vockeroth (4 CNC). Elbow, 60-06-03, A.R. Brooks (1 CNC). Cochin, 59-05-20, A.R. Brooks (1 CNC). United States: California: Modoc Co.: Menlo Baths, 4 mi. SE of Eagleville, 4550’, 66-08-28, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Mono Co.: Mammoth, 45-09-15, G.P. Mackenzie (5 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: Indian Tom Lake, 67-05-08, J. Schuh (86 JS). Indian Tom Lake, 65-09-15, J. Schuh (43 JS). Indian Tom Lake, 66-09-27, J. Schuh (12 JS). Willow Cr., 55-07-14, J. Schuh (1 JS). Tulare Co.: Beach Ridge, 9200’, 65-07-30, D.R. Schuh (2 JS). Colorado: Alamosa Co.: 9 mi. E. of Hooper, 1 mi. W. of Dollar Lake, drainage ditch, 65-08-13, H.B. Leech (14 CAS). Alamosa, no date, F.C. Bowditch (1 MCZ). Costilla Co.: Garland, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 CAS). Garland, no date, no collr. (2 ASP). Garland, no date, F.C. Bowditch (1 MCZ). Grand Co.: Gore Pass, 49-08-15, O. Bryant (2 CAS). Larimer Co.: No. Park, 8000’, 33-08-18, E.B. Andrews (1 CAS). R. Mt. Natl. Park, 7900', 33-10-08, E.B. Andrews (1 CAS). Rocky Mtn. N.P., 33-07-28, G. & J. Sperry (1 CAS). Estespark, R. Mt. Nat’l. Park, 7900’, 33-08-10, E.B. Andrews (1 CU). R. Mt. Nat’l. Park, Beaver Lk. 33-07-28, G. & J. Sperry (2 MCZ). Park Co.: 1.5 m. E. of Hartsel, weedy pool, 65-08-15, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Saguache Co.: Mineral Hot Springs, ca 7700’, 65-08-13, H.B. Leech (31 CAS). Saguache, 52-08-18, B. Malkin & Vet (7 CFMNH). Idaho: Bannock Co.: Pocatello, no date, no collr. (1 USNM). Bingham Co.: No site, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM). Montana: Blaine Co.: Bear Paw Mt., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM). Nevada: Elko Co.: 9 mi. NE Montello, Thousands Springs Cr., route 30, 69-08-26, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Lincoln Co.: Upper Pahranagat Lake, 71-08-05, P.D. Perkins (12 PDP). North Dakota: Bottineau Co.: No site, 63-05-23, R. Gordon (1 CAS; 1 USNM). Lake Metigoshe, 63-05-23, R. Gordon (32 USNM). Burke Co.: No site, 66-05-23, R. Gordon (4 CAS). No site, 63-06-23, R. Gordon (2 USNM). Dunn Co.: Killdeer Mts., 63-05-22, R. Gordon (1 RG). Foster Co.: No site. 63-05-01, R. Gordon (2 USNM; 1 CAS). Grant Co.: Lake Tschida, 66-05-21, R. Gordon (1 USNM; I CAS). Griggs Co.: Binford, 66-06-02, R. Gordon (5 USNM). Mchenry Co.: No site, 62-09-11, R. Gordon & R. Post (3 USNM). Nelson Co.: No site, 63-06-20, R. Gordon (2 USNM). Pierce Co.: No site, 63-05-14, R. Gordon (3 USNM). Ramsey Co.: Devils Lake, 17-07-23, R.T. Young (19 USNM). Renville Co.: Sherwood, 13 mi. west, 66-05-29, R. Gordon (1 USNM). Rolette Co.: Dunseith, jet. Hwy. 3 & 43, 0.5 mi. W. 70-06-06, R. Gordon (3 RG). Slope Co.: Burn Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 511 Coal Vein, 65-06-07, L. Grochowski (1 USNM). Chalky Buttes, 65-06-07, W. Kotchman (1 USNM). Oregon: Douglas Co.: Roseburg, 59-04-24, H. Foster (1 ODA). Harney Co.: Malheur Lake, 51-06-21, B. Malkin (119 UWA; 28 CFMNH). Steens Mts., Fish Lake, 7500’, 51-06-26, B. Malkin (3 UWA). Hot Spgs., SE shore of Harney Lake 51-06-20, B. Malkin (9 UWA; 1 CFMNH). Fish Lake, Steens Mts., 58-08-16, J.H. Baker (1 JS). Steens Mts., Fish Lake, 7500’, 51-06-22, B. Malkin (3 CFMNH). Jackson Co.: Ashland, at light, 52-07-08, Black & Davis (1 ODA). Klamath Co.: Barkley Springs, 59-09-08, J. Schuh (3 JS; 3 UW). Dairy, 38-06-15, M.H. Hatch (4 UWA). Klamath Falls, 50-09-03, B. Malkin (2 UWA). Klamath Falls, light trap, 60-06-08, J.D. Vertrees (1 UWA). Lower Klamath Lake, 55-07-03, J. Schuh (3 UWA). Klamath Falls, Barkley Springs, 55-06-01, J. Schuh (1 UWA). Poe Valley, temporary pond, 66-06-05, J. Schuh (4 JS). Lower Klamath Lake, roadside ditch, 66-06-06, J. Schuh (18 JS). Klamath Falls, above Geary Ranch, Sweeping swamp, 61-05-17, J. Schuh (1 JS). Lower Klamath Lake, in alkaline lake, 58-05-30, J. Schuh (1 JS). Klamath Falls, Poe Valley, in pond, 55-05-27, J. Schuh (1 JS). Near Gerber Dam, 57-06-16, J. Schuh (1 JS). Upper Klamath Lake, Geary Canal, 57-04-22, J. Schuh (1 JS). Klamath Falls, Algoma, mech. trap, 55-07-13, J. Schuh (1 JS). Upper Klamath Lake, along shore line, 55-04-24, J. Schuh (1 JS). Klamath Falls, lite, 67-05-15, J. Schuh (3 JS). Lake Co.: Abert lake, 57-04-28, J. Schuh (1. JS). Malheur Co.: Sheepshead Mts., 51-06-18, B. Malkin (7 UWA). South Dakota: Beadle Co.: Wolsey, 3 mi. NW, 40-06-20, G. Spawn (1 SDSU). Brookings Co.: Brookings, light trap, 56-07-18, H. Severin (2 SDSU). Brown Co.: Groton, 17 mi. N., 40-06-20, H. Severin (2 SDSU). Houghton, 8 mi. W., 41-06-14, H. Severin (1 SDSU). Day Co.: Waubay Refuge, alkali water, 40-06-22, H. Severin (19 SDSU). Andover, 2 mi. E„ 40-06-26, G. Spawn (1 SDSU). Roslyn, 39-09-14, H. Severin (2 SDSU). McPherson Co.: Eureka, 40-06-25, H. Severin (2 SDSU). Utah: Millard Co.: Shore of Pruess Lake, 64-08-04, H.B. Leech (14 CAS). Rich Co.: Randolph, 55-07-14, S.L. Wood (1 CNC). Washington: Pend Oreille Co.: Diamond L., 7 mi. NE Camden, 34-08-13, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Spokane Co.: Deer Park, 32-08-25, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Wyoming: Albany Co.: Laramie, 94-03-13, Hubbard & Schwarz (6 USNM). Rock Creek, 5000’, 41-08-24, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Johnson Co.: S. Fork of Crazy Woman Cr., 64-07-27, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Sweetwater Co.: 10 mi. W. Rock Springs, Ox-bow cut-off of Bitter Cr., 65-08-23, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Yellowstone National Park: Natl. Park, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM). Yellowstone Natl. Park, canyon, 37-09-01, M.H. Hatch (14 UWA). 8. Ochthebius uniformis new species Map: Figure 1 17C Paratypes: 80 United States: California: Del Norte Co.: 2 mi. S. Crescent city, roadside pond, 67-03-29, Schuh & Vertrees (23 JS). Humboldt Co.: Areata, no date, Van Dyke (1 CAS). Marin Co.: Dipsea, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Dillon Beach, pools, foot of Sand Point Dunes, 63-06-24, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Pt. Reyes Penin., no date, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). Whale Beach, 8 mi. W. Inverness, 62-08-18, J. Doyen (1 UBC). San Francisco Co.: San Francisco, 09-09-09, F.E. Blaisdell (4 CAS). San Francisco, 09-03-28, F.E. Blaisdell (7 CAS). San Francisco, 16-09-16, Van Dyke (10 CAS). San Francisco, no date, E.S. Ross (1 CAS). San Luis Obispo Co.: Lopez Canyon Dam outlet, 70-09-05, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Sonoma Co.: 2.8 mi. S. & E. Bodega Bay, 63-07-01, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Oregon: Harney Co.: Steens Mts., Fish Lake, 7500’, 51-06-22, B. Malkin (8 CFMNH). Lane Co.: 7 mi. S. Florence, pond near beach, 62-05-01, Vertrees, Hansen, Carter & Schuh (10 JS). 7 mi. S. Florence, Siltcoos Beach, 62-05-01, Vertress, Hansen, Carter & Schuh (8 JS). Washington: Pacific Co.: Seaview, 32-07-25, no collr. (1 UWA). 9. Ochthebius borealis new species Map: Figure 1 1 7C Paratypes: 362 Canada: British Columbia: Fernie, 34-07-26, H.B. Leech (6 CAS). Hosmer, Hosmer Cr., 49-07-08, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Nation River Dist., 40-06-25, G.B. Leech (2 CAS). Skunk Lake, Manson R. Dist., 40-07-22, G.B. Leech (1 CAS). McNair L., 5.5 mi. W. Skookumchuck, E. Kootenays, 56-07-17, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Mexico: Baja California: Sierra San Pedro Martir, La Grulla, 6900’, 53-06-12, P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (12 CAS). United States: California: Fresno Co.: Kaiser Peak Meadow N. of Huntington L., 8420’, 71-08-25, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Glenn Co.: NW corner of Glenn co., 4.5 mi. S. of Mendocino Pass, pool in stream, grassy slope, 6500', 60-07-29, H.B. Leech (17 CAS). Plaskett Mdws., stream from N. entering lower Plaskett Lake, 6000’, 60-07-28, H.B. Leech (7 CAS). Lassen Co.: Martins Spgs., 22-08-08, J.O. Martin (12 CAS). Madera Co.: Nidiver Lakes, 10,000’, 51-07-05, P.H. Raven (1 CAS). Modoc Co.: 3 mi. S. Lake City, Soldier Cr., 66-08-25, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Mono Co.: Round pond on ridge south of Leavitt Mdw., 7500’, 63-08-13, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Pond on ridge S. of Leavitt Meadow, 7500’, 62-08-10, H.B. Leech (13 CAS). Poore Lake, 7514’, 63-08-14, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Napa Co.: Burton Cr., Pope Valley, 64-05-10, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Nevada Co.: Truckee, 5800’, no date, Wickham (3 USNM; 4 MCZ). Webber Lake to Meadow Lake, 64-08-22, E. Ball, Jr., (1 JS). Sagehen Cr. nr. Hobart Mills, 66-06-26, W.J. Turner (7 UCB). Placer Co.: Lake Tahoe, 19-08-15, J.O. Martin (14 CAS). Lake Tahoe, no date, A. Koebele (1 CAS). No site, no date. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 512 Perkins A. Koebele (1 USNM). Riverside Co.: Riverside, no date, F.E. Winters (1 CAS). S. Cal., no date, no collr. (1 USNM). San Bernardino Co.: San Bernardino Mts., no date, F.E. Winters (1 CAS). Bear Lake, 17-07-02, J.O. Martin (10 CAS, 1 CU). Santa Clara Co.: Stanford Univ., 53-12-22, P.S. Bartholomew (9 CAS). Sierra Co.: Onion Cr., N. end Onion Valley, 6075’, 64-10-21, Fl.B. Leech (1 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: Head of W. Branch Indian Cr., at Poker Flat, 5040’, 66-08-14, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). S. Fk. Sacramento River, 5200’, 53-07-08, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Headwaters E. Fork of S. Fork Salmon River, Cecillville-Callahan road, 6000’, 68-07-31, H.B. Leech (10 CAS). Lower Boulder Lake, Scott Mts., S. of Callahan, 6280’, 70-08-25, H.B. Leech (10 CAS). Upper Boulder Lake, Scott Mts. S. of Callahan, 6780’, 70-08-25, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). East Boulder Lake, Scott Mts. S. of Callahan, 6680’, 70-08-25, H.B. Leech (36 CAS). Blanche Lake, 4 mi. by road SE of Medicine Lake, ca. 6725’, 66-08-24, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Medicine Lake, sweep edge lagoon, 64-06-30, J. Schuh (1 JS). Stream flowing into Meeks Meadow Lake, 6.25 mi. airline SW Etna, 1925 m., 72-08-23, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Tehama Co.: SW corner Tehama Co., 2 mi. SW of Government Camp, pool in bed of dried up stream, grassy slope, 6000’, 60-07-29, H.B. Leech (30 CAS). Tulare Co.: Monache Mdws., 58-08-10, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). Rt. 180 east of Gen. Grant Pk., 55-06-26, P.S. Bartholomew (1 CAS). Tuolumne Co.: Sonora Pass, trib. Deadman Cr., 9500’, 62-08-09, H.B. Leech (6 CAS). Niagara Cr., Forest Campgrd., 6600’, 62-08-09, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Trinity Co.: Carrville, 47-08-21, no collr., (2 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (4 ASP; 2 MCZ). Colorado: Larimer Co.: North Park, 8000’, 33-08-18, E.B. Andrews (2 CAS). Summit Co.: Fremont Pass, 300’, 52-08-17, B. Malkin (4 CFMNH). Idaho: Bingham Co.: No site, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (6 USNM). Blaine Co.: Galena, 52-07-22, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Bonner Co.: Pack River, 50-07-19, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Elmore Co.: Alturas Lake, Sawtooth Mts., 52-07-22, B. Malkin (18 CFMNH; 20 UWA). Kootenai Co.: Athol, 53-05-12, W.F. Barr (1 UI; 1 UWA). Nevada: Lincoln Co.: Mormon, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (5 ASP). Oregon: Curry Co.: Pistol River, 52-06-18, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Harney Co.: Steens Mts., Fish Lake, 7580’, 51-06-22, B. Malkin (13 UWA). Lane Co.: McKenzie Pass, 30-06-21, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Washington: Pacific Co.: Tokeland, 29-07-10, no collr. (2 UWA). Wyoming: Fremont Co.: 50 mi. SW Lander on Hiway 287, marg. veg., 51-05-17, G.K. Todd (31 INHS). Sheridan Co.: 5 mi. NE of Granite Pass, roadside pool draining into Owen Cr., Big Horn Mts., 64-07-25, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Uinta Co.: Trib. to Muddy Cr. at Hwy. 80, 8.3 mi. W. of Fort Bridger, 65-08-23, F.O. Leech (1 CAS). 10. Ochthebius kaszabi Janssens Map: Figure 92A Specimens examined: 286 Canada: Alberta: Edmonton, 19-04-26, F.S. Carr (1 CAS). Edmonton, 19-08-28, F.S. Carr (1 CAS). Edmonton, 17-09-15, F.S. Carr (2 CAS). Edmonton, 24-05-02, O. Bryant (1 CAS). 6 mi. S. Pincher Creek, 71-08-01, P.D. Perkins (18 PDP). Cypress Hills Prov. Pk., 62-06-17, C.W. O’Brien (1 MCZ). Edmonton, 22-08-07, no collr. (4 OSU). Castor, no date, no collr. (1 OSU). Bittern Lake, 61-08-15, A. & M. Brooks (3 CNC). British Columbia: Vernon, 37-09-18, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Vernon, 40-09-02, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Armstrong, 45-06-01, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Salmon Arm, 29-08-26, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Salmon Arm, 29-08-30, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Salmon Arm, 37-09-06, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Salmon Arm, 39-07-02, H.B. Leech (7 CAS). Falkland, 32-09-16, E.B. Andrews (1 CAS). Lillooet Dist., 11 mi. S. Clinton, 71-07-23, P.D. Perkins (3 PDP). Kamloops, no date, Wickham (2 USNM). Cranbrook, 56-08-12, G. Stace Smith (6 UBC). Copper Mtn., Similkameen River, 30-09-04, G. Stace Smith (13 UBC; 5 CNC). Copper Mtn., Similkameen River, 30-08-24, G. Stace Smith (6 UBC). Manitoba: The Pas, 30-05-28, O. Bryant (5 CAS). Treesbank, 4 mi. W. Hwy. 344, 68-08-14, R. Gordon (9 USNM). Winnipeg, 16-09-02, J.B. Wallis (1 CNC). Winnipeg, no date, J.B. Wallis (1 CU). Winnipeg Beach, 10-07-11, J.B. Wallis (1 MCZ). Churchill, 37-08-10, W.J. Brown (17 CNC). Treesbank, 10-07-25, J.B. Wallis (4 CNC). Winnipeg Beach, 10-08-23, J.B. Wallis (1 CNC). Aweme, 10-07-20, J.B. Wallis (1 CNC). New Brunswick: French lake, 28-07-06, W.J. Brown (1 CNC). Northwest Territories: Ft. Simpson, 72-06-14, A. Smetana (34 CNC). Spence River, 38 mi. SE Ft. Simpson, 72-06-19, A. Smetana (1 CNC). Harris River, Ft. Simpson, 72-06-15, A. Smetana (13 CNC). Rabbitskin R., 23 mi. SE Ft. Simpson, 72-06-12, A. Smetana (12 CNC). Ontario: Mer Bleue, 27-05-28, W.J. Brown (1 CNC). Ottawa, 30-05-15, W.J. Brown (4 CNC). Arnprior, 36-07-07, W.J. Brown (1 CNC). Quebec: Quarry Is., Mingan, 29-06-13, W.J. Brown (1 CAS;6 CNC). Pettit, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (3 USNM). Wakefield, 30-06-04, W.J. Brown (17 CNC). Pettit, no date, no collr. (1 MCZ). Montreal, 69-06-25, E.J. Kiteley (1 EJK). Montreal, 69-08-05, E.J. Kiteley (1 EJK). Montreal, 69-09-07, E.J. Kiteley (1 EJK). Fairy Lake, 30-05-13, W.J. Brown (1 CNC). Saskatchewan: Yorkton, 47-07-27, C.C. Shaw (2 CAS). Carlton, 48-09-11, J.R. Vockeroth (1 CNC). United States: Alaska: Fairbanks, Farmers Loop, 57-08-11, E.L. Kessel (5 CAS). 100 mi. N. of Ft. Yukon, 27-05-12, J.M. Jessup (1 USNM). Ft. Yukon, no date, J.M. Jessup (19 UWA). Massachusetts: Barnstaple Co.: Nonamasset Isd., 59-07-05, F.N. Young (7 PDP). Minnesota: Stearns Co.: St. Cloud, 10-01-66, no collr. (5 SC). St. Cloud, 67-09-25, no collr. (4 SC). St. Cloud, 66-04-20, no collr. (1 SC). North Dakota: Bottineau Co.: No site, 62-07-15, R. Gordon (1 USNM). Lake Metigoshe, 63-05-23, R. Gordon (3 USNM). Cass Co.: Fargo, 66-07-07, R. Gordon (1 RG). Divide Co.: No site, 63-05-23, R. Gordon (1 USNM). Nelson Co.: No site, 63-05-03, R. Gordon (1 USNM). Pierce Co.: No site, 63-05-14, R. Gordon (1 USNM). Richland Co.: No site, 64-08-19, R. Gordon (2 USNM). Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 513 T.135N R.52W, Sec.5, NW1/4, 68-08-22, no collr. (5 USNM). Mirror Pool, 65-08-20, R. Gordon (1 RG). Rolette Co.: Dunseith, nr. jet. Hwy. 3 & 43, 68-08-18, R. Gordon (1 USNM; 5 RG). Sargent Co.: Tewaukon Ref. Headq. spring, 68-08-23, R. Gofgon (7 USNM). 1 1. Ochthebius rectus LeConte Map: Figure 101 D Specimens examined: 453 Canada: British Columbia: Royal Oak, V.I., 55-06-09, E. Argyle (1 UBC). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Huachuca Mts., Huachuca Canyon, 72-05-02, A.R. Gillogly (1 PDP). California: Alameda Co.: No site, no date, A. Koebele (4 CAS). Contra Costa Co.: Berkeley, no date, F. Winters (1 CU; 4 CAS). Millbrae, 12-08-21, no collr. (1 CAS). No site, 38-05-01, F. Blum (1 OSU). Humboldt Co.: Areata, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). Inyo Co.: Deep Springs, Deep Springs Valley, ca. 19 air mi. E. Bishop, 71-03-01, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). As above, 71-01-01 (2 CAS). As above, 71-02-01 (1 CAS). Saline Valley, Palm Spring, at edge of hot spring, 71-05-04, D. Giuliani (1 CAS). Deep Springs Valley, Buckhorn Springs, 72-01-22, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). As above, 71-04-22 (6 CAS). Saline Valley, Salt Lake, 71-09-21, D. Giuliani (4 CAS). Saline Valley, in small waterhole on alkaline flat, 71-05-04, D. Giuliani (7 CAS). Little Black Rock Spring, 71-05-28, D. Giuliani (7 CAS). Lone Pine, 37-05-26, C.D. Michener (4 CNC; 1 CU; 26 CAS). Slough near Deep Springs Lk„ 4700’, 54-06-19, P. Raven (6 CAS). Owens Lake, 72-03-01, D. Giuliani (6 CAS). Bad Water, Death Valley, 38-04-14, J. duBois (6 CAS). Cow Creek, Death Valley, 64-06-04, E. Hilbert (56 CAS). Grimshaw Lake, freshwater, Tecopa, 1320’, 67-03-22, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Pools, stream W. of Harmony Borax Works, Death Valley, -250’, 67-03-21, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). Furnace Creek Ranch, 15 mi. N„ Death Valley, 31-06-08, J. Slevin (2 CAS). Death Valley, Salt Creek, 63-12-27, R. Bandar (2 CAS). Panamint Valley, 91-04-01, A. Koebele (3 USNM). Shoshone, no date, no collr. (3 CAS). Death Valley, Badwater, 55-03-15, J. Schuh (1 JS). Bridgeport, 6465’, 33-07-15, Wickham (2 MCZ). Owens River, 7 mi. NW Bishop, 4400’, 70-11-30, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Kern Co.: Lebec, 45-06-28, G.P. Mackenzie (1 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Los Angeles, no date, F. Winters (2 CAS). Los Angeles, no date, Coquillett (2 USNM). Pomona, no date, W. Richardson (3 USNM). Redondo, no date, no collr. (2 CAS). Modoc Co.: Hot Springs, 5 mi. E. Cedarville, 60-06-05, J. Schuh (1 JS). Mono Co.: Travertine Hot Sprgs., 2 mi. SE Bridgeport, 6700’. 62-08-11, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Bridgeport, 6465’, no date, Wickham (11 USNM). 6 mi. N. Bishop, Fish Slough, 70-04-20, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Orange Co.: Seal Beach, salt marsh, 71-09-22, 1. Moore (10 UCR). Riverside Co.: Palm Springs, no date, F. Winters (1 CAS). Riverside, no date, F. Winters (13 CAS). Riverside, no date, no collr. (2 USNM). Riverside, no date, H.C. Fall (11 MCZ). Fish Springs, Salton Sea, 45-12-12, H. P. Chandler (1 CAS). Salton Sea, 16-04-16, J.O. Martin (1 CAS). Salton, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (5 USNM). San Jacinto Mts., no date, F.W. Winters (1 OSU). Sonorian Region, no date, F.E. Winters (1 CU). San Benito Co.: Griswold Creek, Lyons Canyon on road to Idria, 63-07-21, H.B. Leech (9 CAS). San Bernardino Co.: Death Valley NM. Saratoga Spring, 70-10-12, P.D. Perkins (6 PDP). San Diego Co.: Mountain Palm Spr., Anza Desert, 65-04-14, no collr. (1 CAS). San Mateo Co.: SF Bay marsh E. Palo Alto, 63-01-01, P.S. Bartholomew (4 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F. Winters (9 CAS). Santa Clara Co.: Los Gatos, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (5 CFMNH; 2 ASP; 4 MCZ). Idaho: Bear Lake Co.: N. shore of Bear Lake, 52-07-06, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Nevada: Elko Co.: Thousand Springs creek, Route 30, 9 mi NE Montello, 69-08-26, H.B. Leech (12 CAS). Nye Co.: Ash Meadows, in swim pool, 66-03-30, J. Schuh (4 JS). 2 mi. N. Beatty, saline pool, 66-03-29, J. Schuh (1 JS). Washoe Co.: 8 mi. S. Reno, alkaline irrigation ditch, 74-04-28, A.R. Gillogly (37 PDP). Oregon: Harney Co.: Hot Springs, SE shore of Harney Lake, 51-06-20, B. Malkin (19 CFMNH; 22 UWA). Malheur Lake, 51-06-20, B. Malkin (1 UWA). 1/2 mi. S. of Harney Lake, muck, hot spring temp. 90 degrees F., 61-10-23, K. Goeden (1 UWA). 1/2 mi. S. Harney Lake, hot spring temp. 100 degrees F., 62-08-09, K. Goeden (11 ODA). Trout Creek Hot Springs, 62-09-29, K. Goeden (6 ODA). Mickey Hot Spring, 62-09-26, K. Goeden (3 ODA). 9 mi. N. Andrews, margins of hot springs, 62-09-26, K. Goeden (3 ODA). Borax Hot Lake, 62-09-27, K. Goeden (18 ODA). 20 mi. W. Malheur Lake, hot springs, 56-05-18, K. Goeden (13 ODA). 1/2 mi. S. Harney Lake, hot spring, 63-06-04, K. Goeden (2 ODA). Klamath Co.: Bly, 45-06-13, K.M. Fender (1 UWA). Upper Klamath Lake, along shoreline, 55-04-24, J. Schuh (1 JS). Mare’s Egg Spring, 59-09-07, J. Schuh (1 JS). Lake Co.: Fresh pool, SE shore Lake Albert, 50-07-17, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Malheur Co : 15 mi. NW Vale, hot springs, temp, 108 degrees F., 62-09-09, K. Goeden (1 ODA). Utah: Unspecified Co.: Clear Lake, 33-07-02, Wickham (1 USNM). Washington: Pacific Co.: Nasel River, salt marsh, 30-08-06, no collr. (4 UWA). Bay Center, 31-03-26, no collr. (4 UWA). Nahcotta, 55-08-18, no collr. (1 UWA). Tokeland, 29-07-10, no collr. (1 UWA). San Juan Co.: Lopez Is., 26-07-03, no collr. (1 UWA). Wyoming: Albany Co.: Laramie, 94-03-13, no collr. (1 USNM). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1 ASP). 12. Ochthebius rectusalsus new species Map: Figure 101 E Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 514 Perkins Paratypes: 52 Mexico: Baja California: Norte, 3.2 mi. S. Colonia Guerrero, 63-04-24, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). La Salina, 4 mi. S. La Mision de San Miguel, 61-05-21, I. Moore (1 CNC). Norte, Mision de San Miguel, on mud, salt flat, 59-06-21, I. Moore ( 1 CAS). United States: California: Contra Costa Co.: Same data as Holotype (16 CAS: 3 USNM; 2 PDP; 2 Ul). Los Angeles Co.: Naples, 19-04-06, J.O. Martin (8 CAS). Pasadena, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). Redondo, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). S. Cal., no date, no collr. (1 USNM). Marin Co.: Inverness, in salt marsh, 10-08-14, no collr. (1 CAS). Merced Co.: Los Banos, 18-05-23, E.P. VanDuzee (1 CAS). Monterey Co.: Moss Landing, 09-01-22, no collr. (1 CAS). San Diego Co.: San Diego, 92-02-24, Fall (3 MCZ). No site, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). San Mateo Co.: Millbrae, in salt ponds, 12-07-21, no collr. (2 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F. Winters (1 OSU). Ventura Co.: Ojai Valley, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 USNM). Washington: Clallam Co.: Sequim, 28-07-21, no collr. (1 UWA). 13. Ochthebius recticulus new species Map: Figure 101 E Paratypes: 143 United States: California: Colusa Co.: Same data as Holotype (20 USNM; 10 MCZ; 10 CNC; 60 PDP). Wilbur Hot Springs, 74-06-26, W.N. Mathis (1 1 USNM; 6 ORSU). Tributary to Bear Creek, 9 mi. N. Wilbur Hot Springs, no date, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Sulphur Cr. at Wilbur Hot Sprs., 60-07-14, H.B. Leech (25 CAS). 14. Ochthebius bisinuatus new species Map: Figure 101 F Paratypes: 478 Canada: Alberta: Waterton River at Rt. 2, 15 mi. S. Macleod, 69-08-20, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). British Columbia: Fernie, 35-08-12, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Liliooet Dist., 11 mi. S. Clinton, 71-07-23, P.D. Perkins (36 PDP). Cariboo Dist., 40 mi. NE McLeese Lake, 71-07-28, P.D. Perkins (15 PDP). Creston, Goat River, 45-09-23, G. Stace Smith (3 UBC). As above, 45-09-30 (1 UBC). As above, 46-08-25 (1 UBC). As above, 47-08-31 (1 UBC). Summerland, 32-05-28, A.N. Gartrell (1 CNC). United States: California: Del Norte Co.: Smith River, 35-07-15, no collr. (1 UWA). Colusa Co.: Little Stony Cr., 6 mi. S. Stonyford, 56-03-29, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Glenn Co.: N. fork Stony Cr., 0.5 mi. W. of Newville, 66-04-04, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Humboldt Co.: North Dobbyn Cr., Alderpoint-Blocksburg Rd., 68-07-19. H.B. Leech (1 CAS). No site, 11-05-03, Nunenmacher (1 CFMNH). South Eel River at Weott, 155’, 70-08-30, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Lake Co.: Middle Cr., Upper Lake, 49-05-28, H.B. Leech (11 CAS). Mendocino Co.: Black Butte River just above mouth, 68-07-17, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Middle fork of Eel River, 0.3 mi. below mouth of Black Butte River, 1500’, 68-07-16, H.B. Leech (10 CAS). Plumas Co.: Clio, on middle fork Feather River, 61-08-28, H.B. Leech (8 CAS). Mohawk, 57-07-09, D.C. Rentz (4 CAS). San Joaquin Co.: Manteca, 52-08-24, P.S. Bartholomew (2 CAS). Shasta Co.: Hat Cr., 3000’, 47-06-28, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Sierra Co.: Onion Cr., N. end Onion Valley 6075’, 64-10-21, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: North fork Salmon River, 5 mi. NE of Forks of Salmon, 68-07-26, H.B. Leech (10 CAS). Scott River, 1.5 mi. SE of Kelsey Cr., 66-08-17, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Sonoma Co.: Cloverdale, 26-06-19, V.S. Brown (2 CAS). Tehama Co.: Red Bluff, 22-05-01, V.S. Brown (1 CAS). Trinity Co.: Mad River, 6 mi. S. Ruth, 60-07-31, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Trinity River at Big Flat, 60-08-04, H.B. Leech (14 CAS). Hayfork Cr., 0.5 mi. E. of Hyampon, 68-07-23, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Mad River just above mouth Van Horn Cr., 4.25 air mi. SE of Ruth, pools in drying bed of upper Mad River, 70-08-07, H.B. Leech (6 CAS). Idaho: Custer Co.: Salmon R., 14 mi. N. Challis, 71-08-03, P.D. Perkins (3 PDP). Latah Co.: Boville, 32-06-18, M.H. Hatch (2 UWA). Lemhi Co.: Salmon R., 4 mi. N. Salmon, 71-08-03, P.D. Perkins (12 PDP). Twin Falls Co.: 11 mi. E. Rogerson, 52-07-20, B. Malkin (2 UWA). Magic Hot Springs, 52-07-20, B. Malkin (22 UWA; 21 CFMNH). Montana: Blaine Co.: Bear Paw Mt., no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (2 USNM). Ravalli Co.: Mill Cr. at Hwy. 93, 7 mi. N. Hamilton, 71-08-02, P.D. Perkins (23 PDP). Oregon: Benton Co.: Monroe, 30-06-18, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Corvallis, pond, 56-04-08, K. Goeden (1 ODA). Harney Co.: Blitzen River, 2 mi. E. Frenchglen, 4400’, 64-07-15, T. Schuh and J.D. Lattin (4 CAS; 6 JS; 9 ORSU). Klamath CO.: Sprague River, 12 mi. E. Chiloquin, 51-07-03, B. Malkin (3 UWA). Sprague River, 12 mi. E. Chiloquin, 51-06-01, B. Malkin (2 CFMNH). Sprague River nr. Bly, 52-06-22, B. Malkin (1 CFMNH). Lake Co.: Chandler State Park, 51-06-30, B. Malkin (3 UMA; 3 CFMNH). Linn Co.: Albany, 33-07-23, Wickham (1 USNM). Malheur Co.: Sucker Creek Canyon, 51-06-18, B. Malkin (2 UWA; 4 CDMNH). Umatilla Co.: Echo, 32-08-31, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Yamhill Co.: McMinnville, 42-07-05, K.M. Fender (4 UWA). Unspecified Co.: Medicine Lake, 36-07-04, no collr. (1 UWA). Washington: Benton Co.: Plymouth, 32-09-01, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Chelan Co.: Wenatchee, 32-08-23, M.H. Hatch (6 UWA). Entiat, 32-08-23, M.H. Hatch (4 UWA). Clallam Co.: Pysht River, 32-05-30, no collr. (1 UWA). Cowlitz Co.: Castle Rock, 32-07-10, no collr. (1 UWA). Jefferson Co.: Bogachiel River, 32-05-30, no collr. (1 UWA). Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 515 King Co.: N. Bend, 31-05-20, V. Tartar (3 UWA). Green River Gorge, 31-05-20, M.H. Hatch (2 UWA). Green River Gorge, 56-07-15, Malkin and Kottke (4 CFMNH). Evans Creek, 29-07-04, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). North Bend, Maloney’s Grove, 46-05-23, M.H. Hatch (5 UWA). As above, 30-06-29, M.H. Hatch (12 UWA). As above, 30-05-10, M.H. Hatch (38 UWA). Snoqualmie River, Maloney’s Grove, 27-09-05, M.H. Hatch (16 UWA). Renton, 13-05-31, no collr. (22 UWA). Snoqualmie Falls, 30-05-10, M.H. Hatch (2 UWA). Kittitas Co.: Yakima River Canyon, 30-09-17, M.H. Hatch (4 UWA). Ellensberg, 32-07-19, M.H. Hatch (10 UWA). Pacific Co.: Willapa River, 30-09-09, no collr. (1 UWA). Snohomish Co.: Arlington, 27-08-21, M.H. Hatch (4 UWA). Sultan, 30-05-02, M.H. Hatch (5 UWA). Sultan, 53-06-01, Malkin and Boddy (7 CFMNH). Stilaguamish River, 28-07-15, no collr. (6 UWA). N.F. Stilaguamish River, Cicero, 27-08-21, M.H. Hatch (24 UWA). Spokane Co.: Spokane, no date, Wickham (1 USNM). Spokane, 32-08-26, M.H. Hatch (3 UWA). Unspecified Co.: Iron Creek, 35-08-28, no collr. (2 UWA). S.F. Skokomish River, 56-07-15, Malkin and Kottke (4 CFMNH). Neilson Lake, 30-05-23, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Wyoming: Natrona Co.: Badwater Cr. at Badwater, NW of Arminto, 65-08-21, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). 15. Ochthebius californicus new species Map: Figure 1 17B ParatypeS:jJ 16 United States: California: Alameda Co.: Arroyo d. Valle, 72-03-06 W.H. Tyson (1 RG). Butte Co.: Little Chico Creek, 70-11-26, P.D. Perkins (4 PDP). Fresno Co.: Fresno, no date, E.A. Schwarz (1 USNM). Inyo Co.: Tinemaha Reservoir, 71-15-13, D. Giuliani (9 CAS). Lone Pine, 3500’, 13-06-15, R. Hopping (4 CAS). Lassen Co.: Eagle Lake, 21-07-31, J.O. Martin (10 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Little Rock, Mojave Desert, no date, F.E. Winters (3 CAS). Tejon Pass, 18-07-28, J.O. Martin (1 CAS). Pasadena, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). San Gabriel River, Rincon Sta., 1800', 71-04-17, P.D. Perkins (2 PDP). San Gabriel River, 4 mi. N. Azuza, 71-04-17, P.D. Perkins (3 PDP). Marin Co.: Novato, collected at UV light, 62-09-08, D.C. Rentz (1 CAS). Monterey Co.: Little Sur R., vie. P. Ocean, 70-09-06, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Nacimiento R., Ponderosa Public Camp, 70-09-06, P.D. Perkins (2 PDP). Hunter-Liggett M.R., Twin Valley and Coleman Reservoirs, 72-08-09, A.R. Gillogly (7 AG). Pleyto Rd. at San Antonio River, 68-04-09, Rentz and Hale (1 CAS). Napa Co.: 5 mi. SE St. Helena, Conn Lake, 65-03-29, T. Schuh (1 JS). Riverside Co.: Riverside, no date, F.E. Winters (1 CU; 16 CAS; 1 OSU). San Diego Co.: Camp Pendleton, 45-10-08, H.P. Chandler (2 CAS). Mission Vy., 33-08-19, I. Moore (1 CAS). Julian, 70-06-29, K. Stephan (1 KS). San Luis Obispo Co.: Lopez Canyon Dam Outlet, 70-09-05, P.D. Perkins (2 PDP). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (1 CU; 6 CAS). Tulare Co.: Kern R., 9.5 road mi. N. Kernville, 70-03-25, H.B. Leech (14 CAS). Nevada: Ormsby Co.: Carson City, 33-07-30, Wickham (7 USNM; 3 CAS; 2 UW; 3 MCZ). Carson, no date, F. Psota (4 CFMNH). 16. Ochthebius richmondi new species Map: Figure 1 17B Paratypes: 117 United States: California: Humboldt Co.: Same data as Holotype (7 CAS). Blue Lake, 07-06-20, Bradley (96 CU). Washington: King Co.: North Bend, Maloney’s Grove, 31-05-16, M.H. Hatch (14 UWA). 17. Ochthebius costipennis Fall Map: Figure 1 17A Specimens examined: 1 1 United States: California: San Benito Co.: San Benito River, 55-06-18, P.S. Bartholomew (1 CAS; 1 PDP). Pinnacles Nat. Mon., 1000’, 46-05-03, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (2 CAS; 1 CU; 1 MCZ). Lompoc, no date, F. Winters (1 PDP; 2 CAS). Clear Cr., Cuyama Cyn., 37-03-07, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). 18. Ochthebius crenatus Hatch Map: Figure 1 17A Specimens examined: 19 United States: California: Willow Cr. just above its E. fork, 1500’, 70-08-29, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Placer Co.: Lake Tahoe, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (1 CAS). Idaho: Latah Co.: Boville, 32-06-18, M.H. Hatch (2 UWA). Oregon: Jackson Co.: Union Creek, 3100-3500’, 50-09-01, B. Malkin (1 CFMNH). Lake Co.: Crooked Cr., 19 mi. N. Lakeview, 55-06-07, J. Schuh (4 UWA; 8 JS). Lakeview, 52-06-22, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Unspecified Co.: Wilson River, coast Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 516 Perkins range, 45-07-08, K.M. Fender (1 UWA). 20. Ochthebius attritus LeConte Map: Figure 92A Specimens examined: 635 Colombia: Atlantico: Barranquilla, 69-03-18, P. & P. Spangler (1 USNM). Magdalena: 8 km E. Barranquilla, 69-03-19, P. & P. Spangler (46 USNM). Isla Salmanca Parque Nat., 8 km W. Santa Marta, 68-02-27, B. Malkin (1 USNM). Cuba: Oriente, Mayari Abajo, Loma la Bandera, 73-03-29, V. Decu (1 USNM). Dominican Republic: Barahona, 38-09-15, Darlington (27 MCZ). Mexico: Yucatan: Progresso, beneath debris on seashore, 71-05-07, E. Anderson (1 CAS). Puerto Rico: Playa Salina nr. Corozo, in salt water, 61-08-13, Flint & Spangler (480 USNM). United States: Florida: Brevard Co.: Titusville, no date, no collr. (1 CAS; 1 CNC). Lee Co.: Koreshan St. Pk., 19 mi. S. Ft. Myers, B.L. Trap, 68-06-08, F.E. Wood (5 USNM). Monroe Co.: Everglades Natl. Park, 5 mi. N. Flamingo, Snake Bight Trail, sawgrass-mangrove area, 65-08-27, W. Suter (2 PDP). Big Pine Key, 77-01-06, W.E. Steiner (57 USNM). Okeechobee Co.: Mouth of Kissimmee River, 39-04-06, J.C. Bradley (1 CU). Texas: Cameron Co.: Brownsville, 04-06-03, FLS. Barber (10 USNM). Brownsville, Esprza Ranch, no date, no Collr. (1 CU). 21. Ochthebius batesoni Blair Map: Figure 180 Specimens examined: 52 Ecuador: Galapagos Islands: James Bay, Espumilla Beach, Lagoon, 73-07-01, F.N. Young (30 USNM; 10 FNY; 10 PDP). Flamingo intestine. Flamingo collected on Isabel Island, Poza del Cementario Lagoon, 76-1 1-06, R.W. Tindle (2 USNM). 22. Ochthebius sculptoides new species Map: Figure 123B Paratypes: 242 Mexico: Aguascalientes: Aguascalientes, 63-08-05, P.J. Spangler (16 USNM). Durango: San Juan del Rio, 64-06-27, P.J. Spangler (1 USNM). Morcillo, 64-06-28, P.J. Spangler (1 USNM). San Luis Potosi: Rio Borgues, stream, 57-06-19, D. Lauck (2 USNM). Sinaloa: Culiacan, 29 mi. S., 63-06-23, J. Doyen (1 UCB). Zacatecas: 29 mi. NW Zacatecas, stream in desert, 74-07-16, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (12 PDP). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Wood Cn„ Bisbee, UV light, 61-07-03, P.H. Johnson (2 UA). Yavapai Co.: Bumble Bee, 19-05-20, E. Schiffel (1 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (6 ASP). California: Colusa Co.: Little Stony Cr. at Lodoga-Stonyford Rd., 71-04-07, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Little Stony Cr., 6 mi. S. Stonyford, 56-03-29, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Fresno Co.: Waltham Cr. by Rt. 198, 515 road mi. SW of Coalinga, 70-03-27, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Glenn Co.: Salt Cr. at Stony Cr. N. of Stonyford, 56-03-29, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Trib. to Stony Cr., 7 mi. N. Stonyford, 56-03-29, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Inyo Co.: Shoshone, no date, no collr. (2 CAS). Monterey Co.: Lewis Cr., 52-08-29, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Bryson, 63-04-09, Rentz and Hale (1 UCB). Napa Co.: Pope Cr. at Walter Springs Rd., 520’, 64-08-31, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). San Benito Co.: Pinnacles Natl. Monument, 1000’, 46-03-05, H. Chandler (1 CAS). Clear Cr., 10 mi. WSW New Idria mine, 69-08-15, V. Lee and S.C. Williams (1 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F. Winters (3 CAS; 1 OSU). Santa Inez Mts., no date, F. Winters (3 OSU). Siskiyou Co.: Sugar Cr., 2.3 mi. NW of Callahan, 66-08-17, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Stanislaus Co.: Del Puerto Cr., 4 mi. by road W. of Freewy Rt. No. 5, 71-09-03, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1 ASP). Colorado: Rout Co.: Yampa River, 14 mi. E. Craig, Hwy 40, 6400’, 67-07-13, H.B. Leech (12 CAS). Idaho: Twin Falls Co.: Magic Hot Springs, 52-07-20, B. Malkin (1 CFMNH; 1 UWA). Montana: Blaine Co.: Bear Paw Mt., no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (6 CAS). Madison Co.: Ziegler Hot Springs, 52-07-27, B. Malkin (56 CFMNH). Nevada: Lincoln Co.: Cathedral Gorge St. Park, 71-07-12, J. Doyen (1 UCB). Oregon: Crook Co.: Prineville, river in gravel but much algaceous slime, 50-07-29, B. Malkin (6 UWA). Douglas Co.: Glendale, 38-06-14, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Jackson Co.: Medford, 33-07-24, Wickham (5 CAS; 1 USNM; 3 UW). Medford, no date, Wickham (6 MCZ). Josephine Co.: Cave Junction, 47-05-17, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Grave Creek, 52-05-30, B. Malkin (2 UWA). Malheur Co.: Sucker Creek Canyon, 51-06-15, B. Malkin (28 CFMNH; 31 UWA). Utah: Weber Co.: Ogden, no date, Hubbard and Schwarz (2 CAS). Wyoming: Natrona Co.: Badwater Cr. at Badwater, NW of Arminto, 65-08-21, H.B. Leech (3 CAS). Fremont Co.: Burris, 10 mi. NW E. Fork Wind River, 62-08-23, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 517 23. Ochthebius sculptus LeConte Map: Figure 123A Specimens examined: 147 Mexico: Baja California: Arroyo de la Purisima, 1 mi. upstream from town, 58-12-27, H.B. Leech (14 CAS). No site, no date, no collr., (1 CNC). United States: California: Del Norte Co.: Smith River, 35-07-15, no collr. (15 UWA). Humboldt Co.: Willow Cr. 16-06-12, F.E. Blaisdell (3 CAS). N. fork Mattole River, NW of Petrolia, 65-10-02, H.B. Leech (11 CAS). Blue Lake, 07-06-20, Bradley (1 CU). Los Angeles Co.: Elizabeth Lake, 16-05-11, J.O. Martin (15 CAS). Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Mts., no date, F.E. Winters (1 CAS). San Bernardino Co.: Mojave River near Victorville, 56-02-12, R.K. Benjamin (58 CAS). Hesperia, 18-06-30, J.O. Martin (12 CAS). Sonoma Co.: 5.5 mi. E. of Guerneville, no date, P. Rubtzoff (3 CAS). Trinity Co.: Mad river, 6 mi. S. Ruth, 60-07-31, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). South Fork Trinity River, Salmon Rock Camp, Hyampon-Big Slide road, 68-07-23, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). Oregon: Curry Co.: Pistol River, 50-09-18, B. Malkin (6 UWA). Douglas Co.: S. Umpqua River at Canyonville, 71-07-17, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). 24. Ochthebius tubus new species Map: Figure 135B Paratypes: 282 Mexico: Baja California: Arroyo de la Purisima, 1 mi. upstream from town, 58-12-27, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). 3.2 mi. S. Colonia Guerrero, 63-04-24, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). La Suerte, Sierra San Pedro Martir, pool in canyon, 3700', 63-06-04, R.K. Benjamin (11 CAS). 8 mi. upstream from Hamilton Ranch, dam site, 63-04-23, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). San Luis Potosi: 2 mi. S. San Luis Potosi, 48-1 1-21, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Rio Borques, stream, 57-06-19, D. Lauch (3 USNM). Tamaulipas: Nr. San Antonio, 69-07-27, F.N. Young (6 USNM). United States: Arizona: Gila Co.: 26 mi. N. Roosevelt, Tonto Creek, 66-04-06, J. Schuh (1 JS). Mojave Co.: Peach Springs, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). California: Alameda Co.: Arroyo d. Valle, 72-03-06, W.J. Tyson (8 RG). Humboldt Co.: South Eel River at Weott, 155’, 70-08-30, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Lake Co.; Hidden Lake, 4 mi. NW Lakeport, 55-08-05, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: San Gabriel River, Rincon Station, 1800’, 70-08-29, P.D. Perkins (9 PDP). San Gabriel River, Rincon Station, 1800’, 71-04-17, P.D. Perkins (12 PDP). San Gabriel River, Cogswell Res., 2400’, 71-03-28, P.D Perkins (15 PDP). San Gabriel River, 4 mi. N. Azuza, 71-04-17, P.D. Perkins (12 PDP). Pasadena, no date, F.E. Winters (1 CAS). Palmdale, 18-06-09, J.O. Martin (12 CAS). San Dimas, 49-01-01, K.R. Hobbs (6 ORSU). Mendocino Co.: No site, 18-1 1-03, E.R. Leach (4 CAS). Monterey Co.: Carmel River, 50-08-20, P.S. Bartholomew (14 CAS). Carmel, 31-07-18, no collr. (1 CAS). Nacimiento R., Ponderosa Public Camp, 70-09-06, P.D. Perkins (3 PDP). Hunter Ligget, Nacimiento R., 73-05-25, A.R. Gillogly (3 AG). Bryson, 63-04-09, Rentz & Hale (1 MCZ). Napa Co.: Pope Cr. at Walter Springs Rd., 520’, 64-08-24, H.B. Leech (15 CAS). Orange Co.: Upper Trabuco Cyn., 70-02-18, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Mts., no date, F.E. Winters (1 CAS). San Diego Co.: Camp Pendleton, Oceanside, 45-10-18, H.P. Chandler (4 CAS). San Diego, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (24 CAS). Dulzura Cr., 1 mi. S. Dulzura, 7007-20, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). San Joaquin Co.: Manteca, 52-08-24, P.S. Bartholomew (1 CAS). San Luis Obispo Co.: Lopez Canyon Dam outlet, 70-09-05, P.D. Perkins (4 PDP). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, Santa Inez Mts., no date, F.E. Winters (18 CAS; 1 CU). Tulare Co.: 2 mi. N. Kennedy Mdws., 70-05-09, P.D. Perkins (45 PDP). 3 mi. NW Kennedy Mdws., Fish Cr., 70-05-10, P.D. Perkins (2 PDP). Yolo Co.: Winters, 46-08-22, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Montana: Blaine Co.: Bear Paw Mt., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 USNM). Oklahoma: Woods Co.: 3 mi. W. Waynoka, old road to Herman, at light 67-08-11, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Texas: Uvalde Co.: Uvalde, 930’, 33-06-20, Wickham (1 USNM). Val Verde Co.: Del Rio, 955’, 33-06-27, Wickham (19 USNM; 6 MCZ). Wyoming: Crook Co.: Devil’s Tower Nat’l. Mon., Belle Fourche River, 62-08-13, P.J. Spangler (2 USNM). 25. Ochthebius alpinopetrus new species Map: Figure 99B Paratypes: 14 United States: Colorado: Fremont Co.: Canon City, no date, Wickham (1 ASP). Wyoming: Natrona Co.: Same data as Holotype (5 CAS; 2 USNM; 1 CNC; 2 PDP). Park Co.: Meeteetse, 52-08-03, B. Malkin (3 CFMNH). 26. Ochthebius spanglerorum Wood and Perkins Map: Figure 99B Specimens examined: 135 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 518 Perkins United States: Colorado: Fremont Co.: Canon City, no date, Wickham (1 CAS). Montezuma Co.: Navajo Spring Creek, 72-08-04, P.D. Perkins (11 USNM). New Mexico: Lincoln Co.; 5 mi. N. Angus, Hwy. 37, 7050’, 65-08-07, H.B. Leech (31 CAS; 4 USNM). Torrance Co.: 10 mi. SW Mountainair, stream by Abo State Mon., 67-08-21, H.B. Leech (7 CAS). North Dakota: Williams Co.: Williston, no date, Wickham (1 CAS). Utah: Emery Co.: San Rafael Swell, 5000’, 40-1 1-05, H.P. Chandler (3 CAS). Washington Co.: St. George, no date, Wickham (4 CAS; 5 USNM; 4 MCZ). Leeds, 33-08-07, Wickham (22 USNM; 4 CAS; 6 MCZ). Wayne Co.: 14 mi. S. Hanksville, light, sand-oak area, 68-08-03, H. & A. Howden (5 CNC). Wyoming: Bighorn Co.: Mouth of Shell Cyn. at Shell, 4230’, 64-07-25, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Carbon Co.: Medicine Bow, 41-08-22, H.P. Chandler (2 CAS). Johnson Co.: S. fork of Crazy Woman Cr„ 64-07-27, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Natrona Co.: Dugout Cr., 8.5 mi. NW of Midwest, 64-07-27, H.B. Leech (19 CAS). Sweetwater Co.: 10 mi. W. Rock Springs, Hwy. 30, Ox-bow cut-off of Bitter Cr., 65-08-23, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). 27. Ochthebius aztecus Sharp Map: Figure 121 Specimens examined: 524 Mexico: Distrito Federal: Mexico City, 59-07-30 Drake & Hotles (1 USNM). Durango: Morcillo, 64-06-28, P.J. Spangler (2 USNM). Mexico: Chapingo, en arena de rio, 59-02-01, I. Martell (10 USNM). Puebla: Lag. Totolzingo, Rt. 136, km 200, 66-08-02, Flint & Ortiz (1 USNM). Lago Alchichica, 48-12-19, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Wilcox Playa, 69-11-02, K. Stephan (7 KS). Wilcox, 68-04-28, K. Stephan (2 KS). California: Inyo Co.: Tecopa, freshwater S. Francis (near Grimshaw) Lake, 64-03-24, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Drainage of Carson Slough, Amargosa Desert, 2.3 mi. NE Death V. Junction, 2045’, 67-03-22, H.B. Leech (60 CAS). Pool in dry bed of Amargosa River, 7.8 mi. S. of Death Valley Junction, 67-03-22, H.B. Leech (3 CAS). Deep Springs, Deep Springs Valley, ca. 19 air mi. E. Bishop, 71-02-01, D. Giuliani (16 CAS). Deep Springs Valley, Buckhorn Springs, 71-04-22, D. Giuliani (3 CAS). Tecopa, 71-12-26, D. Giuliani (20 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: E. fork San Gabriel River, San Gabriel Mts., 69-04-25, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Mono Co.: Travertine Hot Spgs., 2 mi. SE Bridgeport, 63-08-15, H.B. Leech (81 CAS). Bridgeport, no date, Wickham (1 CAS). Bridgeport, 6465’, 15-06-12, Wickham (2 MCZ; 24 USNM). San Bernardino Co.: Death Valley NM, Saratoga Spring, 70-10-12, P.D. Perkins (5 PDP). Siskiyou Co.: Macdoel, 67-06-12, J. Schuh (1 JS). Indian Tom Lake, 55-05-30, J. Schuh (202 JS). As above, 67-05-03, J. Schuh (7 JS). As above, 66-09-27, J. Schuh (1 JS). Nevada: Eureka Co.: Beowawe, hot spring No. 24, 38-08-01, no collr. (2 USNM; 7 MCZ; 2 CAS). Nye Co.: Clay Camp, Ash Meadows, 64-03-25, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Ash Meadows, 70-10-10, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). New Mexico: Bernalillo Co.: Albuquerque, no date, no collr. (1 CDMNH; 1 CNC; 1 SDSU; 2 CAS). Albuquerque, no date, Wickham (1 UW; 2 USNM). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2 MCZ; 3 CFMNH). North Dakota: Bottineau Co.: Lake Metigoshe, 63-05-23, R. Gordon (1 USNM). Slope Co.: No site, 62-09-13, R. Gordon & R.L. Post (1 USNM). Oregon: Harney Co.: Hot Spgs., SE shore of Harney Lake, 51-06-20, B. Malkin (1 UWA). 20 mi. E. Fields, creek 59-06-24, K. Goeden (1 UWA). Klamath Co.: Lower Klamath Lake, 55-05-30, T. Schuh (3 UWA). Lower Klamath Lake, in alkaline lake, 55-05-30, J. Schuh (3 UWA). Lower Klamath Lake, alkali lake, 58-06-21, J. Schuh (1 JS). As above, 55-05-30 (8 JS). Lake Co.: Abert Lake, 57-04-28, J. Schuh (3 JS; 1 UWA). Lakeview, 51-08-28, B. Malkin (2 UWA). Utah: Salt Lake Co.: Saltair, 4000’, 41-07-15, H.P. Chandler (18 CAS). Salt Lake, no date, H.S. Barber (1 USNM). Salt Lake, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM). Weber Co.: No site, 57-07-16, G.F. Knowlton (1 OSU). 28. Ochthebius biincisus new species Map: Figure 127B Paratypes: 32 United States: California: Alameda Co.: Arroyo d. Valle, 72-03-06, B. Malkin (1 CFMNH). Del Norte Co.: No site, 10-06-01, Nunenmacher (3 CFMNH). Humboldt Co.: Korbel, 16-06-18, F.E. Blaisdell (3 CAS; 1 CFMNH). Pepperwood, Eel River, 38-05-16, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Marin Co.: Lake Lagunitas, 19-09-01, J.O. Martin (1 CAS). Mendocino Co.: Pieta Cr. at Route 101, Pieta, 465’, 70-08-31, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Eel River R.S., 7 mi. W., 1450’, 72-06-10, S.L. Szerlip (2 UCB). Monterey Co.: Little Sur R., vie. Pacific Ocean, 70-09-06, P.D. Perkins (15 PDP). Siskiyou Co.: North Fork Salmon River, 5 mi. NE forks of Salmon, 68-07-26, H.B. Leech (2 CASj. Oregon: Curry Co.: Pistol River, 56-09-17, B. Malkin (1 CFMNH). 29. Ochthebius gruwelli new species Map: Figure 127B Paratypes: 27 Mexico: Baja California: Sierra San Pedro Martir, La Grulla, 6900’, 53-06-12, P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (2 CAS). Norte, Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 519 Sa. Juarez, 1 mi. S. Laguna Hanson, 5000’, 70-07-19, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Norte, Sa. Juarez, 20 mi. N. El Rodeo, 70-03-26, J.A. Gruwell & P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Norte, San Pedro Martir, Cyn. Diablito, 70-03-27, J.A. Gruwell & P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). United States: California: Los Angeles Co.: Pasadena, no date, F. Winters (1 PDP). Wickiup Public Camp, 70-08-01, P.D. Perkins (2 PDP). San Gabriel River, E. Fork, Mine Gulch Public Camp, 4500’, 70-07-26, P.D. Perkins (4 PDP). San Gabriel River, W. Fork Sta., 3100’, 70-08-01, P.D. Perkins (2 PDP). As above, 71-11-01 (4 PDP). San Gabriel River, N. Fork, Coldbrook Sta., 3600’, 71-02-27, P.D. Perkins (3 PDP). Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Mts., no date, F. Winters (1 CAS). Palm Canyon, 16-04-15, J.O. Martin (2 CAS; 2 PDP). Ventura Co.: Sespe Cr., Sespe Gorge, 3500’, 72-06-18, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). 30. Ochthebius arizonicus new species Map: Figure 127B Paratypes: 17 United States: Cochise Co.: Huachuca Mts., 37-1 1-03, O. Bryant (1 CAS). Gila Co.: 19 mi. N. Roosevelt, Sycamore Cyn., 66-04-06, J. Schuh (2 JS; 2 CAS; 4 PDP). 26 mi. N. Roosevelt, Tonto Cr., 66-05-06, J. Schuh (1 PDP). Pinal Co.: Tortolita Mts., Cottonwood Cyn., 69-12-14, K. Stephan (2 KS; 4 PDP). Yavapai Co.: Bumble Bee, 19-05-20, E. Schiffel (1 CAS). 31. Ochthebius madrensis new species Map: Figure 127A Paratypes: 1 1 Mexico: Durango: 9 mi. E. Los Bancos, ca 90 mi. W. Durango, stream, pine forest meadow, 74-07-17, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (3 PDP). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Portal, Southwest Research Station, 76-05-14, W.E. Steiner (5 USNM). W. Turkey Cr. Camp, Chiricahua Mts., UV lite, 5900’, 64-06-15, J. Burger (1 UA). Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Rita Mts., Madera Cyn., 68-06-22, K. Stephan (1 KS). Pajarito Mts., Sycamore Cyn., 68-08-24, K. Stephan (1 KS). 33. Ochthebius mexcavatus new species Map: Figure 127A Paratypes: 135 Mexico: Durango: Same data as Holotype (5 CAS; 30 USNM; 5 CNC; 5 MCZ; 80 PDP). 1 mi. E. Los Bancos, ca 98 mi. W. Durango, stream in pine forest, 74-07-17, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (2 PDP). 9 mi. E. Los Bancos, ca 90 mi. W. Durango, stream, pine forest meadow, 74-07-17, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (5 PDP). Sinaloa: 1 mi. W. El Palmito, stream in pine forest, 74-07-19, M.E. & P.D. Perkins (2 PDP). Sonora: 7 mi. SE Alamos, 71-1 1-27, K. Stephan (1 KS). 34. Ochthebius obscurus Sharp Map: Figure 130 Specimens examined: 6 Mexico: Guanajuato: Guanajuato (two female syntypes, one each in BMNH and USNM). Hidalgo: 2 mi. N. Zimapan, intermittent desert stream, 74-05-21, M.E. and P.D. Perkins (2 females PDP). Mexico: 11 mi. S. Valle de Bravo, stream in deciduous-pine forest, 74-07-12, M.E. and P.D. Perkins (1 male, 1 female PDP). 35. Ochthebius mesoamericanus new species Map: Figure 130 Paratypes: 85 Guatemala: Baja Verapaz: 10 mi. S. Rabinal, 74-06-12, ME & PD Perkins (2 PDP). Huehuetenango: 35 mi. S. La Mesilla, tropical brook, 74-05-31, ME & PD Perkins (3 PDP). Jalapa: 45 mi. E. Jalapa, small pool at base of waterfall, 74-06-14, ME & PD Perkins (3 PDP). Totonicapan: 25 mi. S. Huehuetenango, small, rapid stream, 74-06-01, ME & PD Perkins (3 PDP). Mexico: Chiapas: 27 mi. N. Comitan, somewhat muddy stream, 74-07-01, ME & PD Perkins (6 USNM: 6 PDP). Durango: 9 mi. E. Los Bancos, ca 90 mi. W. Durango, stream, pine forest meadow, 74-07-17, ME & PD Perkins (20 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 520 Perkins USNM: 30 PDP). 10 mi. W. El Salto, 64-06-10, E.E. Lindquist (1 CNC). Jalisco: 7 mi. S. Mazamitla, stream in pine forest, 74-07-15, ME & PD Perkins (1 PDP). San Luis Potosi: Quinta Chilla near Tamazunchale, 48-12-21, H.B. Leech (8 CAS). Sinaloa: 1 mi. W. El Palmito, stream in pine forest, 74-07-19, ME & PD Perkins (1 PDP). Sonora: 7 mi. SE Alamos, 71-1 1-27, K. Stephan (1 KS). 36. Ochthebius benefossus LeConte Map: Figure 99C Specimens examined: 39 Canada: Ontario: Dundas, 31-05-31, W.J. Brown (5 CNC). Walsh, 31-06-10, W.J. Brown (7 CNC). Quebec: Knowlton, 28-06-19, G.H. Fisk (1 CNC). United States: Indiana: Lawrence Co.: No site, 10-07-16, W.S. Blatchley (2 USNM). Maryland: Harford Co.: Rocks, 60-09-02, P.J. Spangler (10 USNM). Garrett Co.: Deep Creek Lake, 65-06.-13, R. Gordon (1 RG). New Jersey: Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2 ASP). Pennsylvania: Westmoreland Co.: St. Vincent, no date, no collr. (2 USNM). Vermont: Bennington Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2 ASP). Virginia: Fairfax Co.: Dead Run, in wet Hypnum moss, 14-1 1-14, R.C. Shannon (7 USNM). 37. Ochthebius discretus LeConte Map: Figure 135A Specimens examined: 922 Canada: British Columbia: Metlakatla, no date, no collr. (3 CAS). Victoria, Van. Id., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 CAS; 1 ASP; 2 USNM). Mexico: Baja California: La Suerte, Sierra San Pedro Martir, 3700’, pool in canyon, 63-06-04, R.K. Benjamin (1 CAS). United States: California: Alameda Co.: Arroyo d. Valle, 72-03-06, W.H. Tyson (8 RG). Berkeley, no date, F.E. Winters (1 CAS). No site, 06-06-01, Nunenmacher (3 CFMNH). Calaveras Co.: Mokelumne Hill, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Calaveras Big Trees, 37-09-13, F.E. Blaisdell (12 CAS). Colusa Co.: Paradise Cr„ 2400’, 53-10-14, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Contra Costa Co.: Bryant, 35-08-04, I. Moore (1 CAS). Hills back of Oakland, 11-05-14, no collr. (8 CAS). Danville, 51-06-01, F.X. Williams (10 CAS). Perkins Gulch, 7 mi. SE Clayton, 66-07-22, J. Doyen & P. Opler (1 UCB). S.F. Bay area, no date, D. Giuliani (1 CAS). Mt. Diablo, 19-09-21, J.O. Martin (5 CAS). Del Norte Co.: No site, 10-06-10, Nunenmacher (5 CFMNH). El Dorado Co.: Riverton, 72-06-15, no collr. (1 CAS). Fresno Co.: Bass Lake, 34-04-01, no collr. (1 CAS). Glenn Co.: N. Fork Stony Creek, 0.5 mi. W. of Newville, 66-04-04, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). NW corner Glenn Co., 6500’, 4.5 mi S. of Mendocino Pass, 60-07-29, H.B. Leech (6 CAS). Black Butte, 6500-7400’, 72-06-16, J. Doyen (2 UCB). Humboldt Co.: Hydesville, 01-06-01, no collr. (4 CAS). Areata, 01-07-01, no collr. (1 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (4 CAS). Roaring Gulch Cr., Redwood Valley, ca 5 mi. N. Hoopa Rd., 70-08-14, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Toss-up Creek, confluence with Redwood Cr., 2.5 mi. N. of road to Hoopa, 650’, 70-08-13, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Willow Creek just above its E. Fork, 1500’, 70-08-29, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). Pepperwood, Eel River, 38-05-16, H.B. Leech (1 CNC; 1 CU; 6 CAS). Van Duzen River, 8.8 mi. W. Bridgeville, 66-08-07, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Mill Cr., 7.5 mi. S. of Bridgeville, 1200’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (11 CAS). South Dobbyn Creek, Alderpoint-Blocksburg road, 450’, margin of Typha pool, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Willow Creek, 16-06-12, F.E. Blaisdell (10 CAS). Korbel, 16-06-17, F.E. Blaisdell (2 CAS). Lake Co.: Creek behind Cottage City Resort, Lucerne, 53-07-05, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). 0.6 mi. SE of Glenbrook, pool in dry stream bed, trib. of Kelsey Cr., 66-05-30, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). Rice Fork of Eel River at Crabtree Hot Springs, 57-08-09, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). L. Blue Lake, 1500’, 47-11-08, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Lassen Co.: Norval Flats, 5500’, 20-07-25, J.O. Martin (1 CAS). Manzanita Lake, 41-06-17, C. Michener (2 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Los Angeles, collected from moss bedding (Lilac), 32-10-17, no collr, (1 CAS). Los Angeles, no date, no collr. (2 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (2 CAS). Madera Co.: Sugar Pine, no date, A. Fenyes (1 CAS). Marin Co.: Mill Valley, Cascade Creek, 51-05-09, R.E. Leech (22 CAS). Olema, 48-03-01, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Bolinas, 06-09-10, no collr. (7 CAS). Mill Valley, 04-06-15, no collr. (1 CAS). Lagunitas Cyn., 19-11-08, J.O. Martin (2 CAS). Lagunitas, 22-09-01, F.E. Blaisdell (4 CAS). Fairfax, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Inverness, stream, 51-05-16, H.B. Leech (30 CAS). Lagunitas, 08-06-14, no collr. (3 CAS). Muir Woods, 08-08-30, no collr. (1 CAS). 10 mi. E. Marshall, Marshall-Petaluma Rd., roadside marsh, 64-02-22, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Lagunitas Lake, 2000’, 46-08-14, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Cataract Creek, Rock Spring, Mt. Tamalpais, 52-05-25, H.B. Leech (18 CAS). Novato, stream bed by sifting, 52-06-17, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). San Rafael, 50-06-25, P.S. Bartholomew (5 CAS). Pool at culvert, Tocaloma, 68-05-04, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). Lagunitas Creek at Tocaloma, 68-05-04, H.B. Leech (36 CAS). Marshall, stream, N. end of town at Highway No. 1, 63-10-20, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Bootjack Cyn., Muir Woods, edge of stream, 52-05-21, no collr. (1 CFMNH). Muir Woods, 52-05-21, no collr. (2 CFMNH). Mill Valley, 52-05-17, H. Dybas (1 CFMNH). Mariposa Co.: Chowchilla Mt. rd., stream at ca. 4600’, trib. Chowchilla R., 71-08-03, H.B. Leech (6 CAS). NE slope Chowchilla Mts., 6100', bog by Stove Pipe Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 521 Campground, 71-08-06, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Miami Ranger Station, 5000’, 42-06-07, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Yosemite, 7000’, 34-05-20, Bryant (1 CAS). Mendocino Co.: Mendocino, 67-07-21, J.R. Heifer (3 CAS). Mendocino, 57-07-06, J.R. Heifer (1 CAS). Cold Creek, 1 mi. E. of E. Fk. Russian River, 64-10-11, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). McDowell Cr. at foot of grade below Oasis, 1000’, 55-07-27, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). Eel River R. S., 53-08-14, P.S. Bartholomew (4 CAS). Rancheria Cr. 5.5 mi. SE Booneville, 50-06-15, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). 15 mi. W. Willits, stream, 48-06-15, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). 5 mi. S. of Willits, 38-05-15, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Bloody Run Cr., 7 mi. E. of route 101 on Longvale-Covelo road, 1100’, 68-07-18, H.B. Leech (5 CAS). McDowell Creek just below Oasis, 1800', 55-07-27, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Parson Creek, 4.5 mi. NE of Hopland, 64-06-30, H.B. Leech (12 CAS). Baechtel Creek, 3 mi. W. Willits, 48-06-15, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Eel River, 7 mi. W„ 1450’, 72-06-10, S. Szerlip (1 UCB). Modoc Co.: Rush Cr., 9 mi. N. Adin, 50-07-16, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Mono Co.: Hot Creek (it was cold), 1.4 mi. W. of Fales Hot Springs, 64-08-07, H.B. Leech (4 CAS). Monterey Co.: The Indians, 2 mi. SE Santa Lucia Memorial Park, seepage trickle over gravelly soil, 56-01-16, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Tassajara Hot Springs, 54-05-26, no collr. (1 CAS). Junipero Sierra Pk., Santa Lucia Mts., Forestry Camp Springs, ca 4900’, 56-08-12, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Carmel, 11-06-11, no collr. (1 CAS). Salinas, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). Napa Co.: Huichica Cr., 28-06-05, J.W. Tilden (2 CAS). Calistoga, 34-06-12, Bryant (4 CAS). Nevada Co.: Shotgun Lake, Bowman Mt., 6500’, 23-07-13, J.O. Martin (15 CAS). Graniteville, 52-08-22, P.S. Partholomew (2 CAS). Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Mts., no date, F.W. Winters (2 CAS). Riverside, no date, no collr. (1 CAS). Riverside, no date, F.E. Winters (1 OSU). ldyllwild, 70-06-30, K. Stephan (1 KS). San Bernardino Co.: Bear Lake, 19-07-10, no collr. (1 CAS). San Benito Co.: Griswold Creek, Lyons Cyn. on road to Idria, 63-07-21, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). San Diego CO.: Cuyamaca Lake, 61-06-11, I. Moore (1 CAS). Poway, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (2 CAS). Camp Pendleton, Oceanside, 2000’, 45-02-11, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Julian, 70-06-29, K. Stephan (1 KS). No site, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (3 CAS). San Francisco Co.: San Francisco, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 USNM). San Francisco, 95-08-01, no collr. (2 MCZ). San Mateo Co.: La Honda Rd., 51-07-14, P.S. Bartholomew (1 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (3 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Cuyama River ca. 10 mi. E. Santa Maria, 52-07-21, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Santa Inez Mts., Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (2 CAS). Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Winters (8 CAS). Santa Clara Co.: Jasper Ridge, Stanford Univ., 52-05-06, P.S. Bartholomew (101 CAS). Stanford Univ., 53-12-22, P.S. Bartholomew (1 CAS). Mts. back of Alma, 29-10-21, J.O. Martin (4 CAS). Los Gatos, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (12 USNM). Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Cruz, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (13 CAS). Santa Cruz, 96-06-01, F. Nunenmacher (2 CFMNH). Santa Cruz Mts., no date, no collr. (10 CAS). Santa Cruz Mts., no date, A. Koebele (7 USNM). Shasta Co.: Big Springs, 4000’, 47-06-26, H.P. Chandler (2 CAS). Viola, 41-05-20, no collr. (2. CAS). Hat Creek R.S., 3000’, 47-06-28, H.P. Chandler (2 CAS). Viola, 4500’, 47-06-27, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Big Spring, 41-05-29, C. Michener (1 CNC; 1 CAS). Manzanita Lake, Lassen Natl. Park, 41-06-06, C.D. Michener (6 CAS). Siskiyou Co.: Head of W. Branch Indian Cr. at Poker Flat, 5040’, 66-08-14, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Sonoma Co.: Cherney Cr., 2.8 mi. S. & E. of Bodega Bay, 63-07-01, H.B. Leech (20 CAS). Mark West Cr. at Calistoga Rd., ca 4 mi. S. of Petrified Forest, 63-07-08, H.B. Leech (10 CAS). Bennet Mt. Lk. W. of Kenwood, 1 180', 68-05-26, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Santa Rosa Cr., no date, Ricksecker (10 CAS). Duncan Mills, 08-07-21, F.E. Blaisdell (1 1 CAS). Sonoma, 50-04-29, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Duncan Mills marsh, 69-07-21, P. Rubtzoff (9 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (3 CAS). Fort Ross, 51-07-10, P.S. Bartholomew (10 CAS). Camp Meeker, 52-07-10, P.S. Bartholomew (9 CAS). Camp Meeker, no date, Wintersteiner (2 OSU; 3 CAS). Cheney Cr. 2.8 mi. S. & E. of Bodega Bay, 63-07-01, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Tehama Co.: SW corner Tehama Co., 1 mi. SW of Government Camp, 6000', muddy pool in clear mountain stream, 60-07-29, H.B. Leech (51 CAS). Trinity Co.: Little Brown Creek at Route 3, ca 3 mi. airline SW Douglas City, 70-08-11, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Van Horn Creek, 1.5 mi. above its mouth at upper Mad River, 2850’, clear water pools and stones of otherwise dry and shaded creek bed, 70-08-09, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Trinity Center, 36-08-23, J.T. Howell (2 CAS). Big Slide Creek, 5 mi. NW of Hyampon, 68-07-24, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). SW corner Trinity Co., Wilson Cr. Lake Mtn. area, 60-07-30, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Tulare Co.: Kern River, 9.5 road mi. N. of Kernville, 70-03-25, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Redwood Park, 23-08-09, J.O. Martin (15 CAS). Sequoia Natl. Park, F.E. Winters (2 OSU). Tuolumne Co.: Pinecrest, 48-07-01, P.H. Arnaud, Jr., (3 CAS). Yauba Co.: Yuba City, 42-05-10, H.P. Chandler (2 CAS). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (5 UNSM; 2 UW; 2 CFMNH; 10 ASP). Colorado: Costilla Co.: Veta Pass, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 CAS; 1 ASP). Veta Pass, no date, F.C. Bowditch (2 MCZ). Idaho: Bingham Co.: No site, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (4 CU; 13 USNM). Blaine Co.: Galena, 52-07-22, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Clark Co.: Birch Creek, route 28, 5.4 mi. N. of Blue Dome, 69-08-24, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Custer Co.: 15 mi. SE of Challis, 49-07-04, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Twin Falls Co.: Magic Hot Springs, 52-07-20, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Nevada: Elko Co.: 1000 Spring Creek, Wilkins, 49-07-03, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Ruby Valley, no date, no collr. (2 OSU). No site, no date, no collr. (1 CU). Oregon: Benton Co.: Monroe, 30-06-18, M.H. Hatch (6 UWA). Curry Co.: Pistol River, 51-07-07, B. Malkin (1 CFMNH; 2 UWA). Port Orford, 51-07-07, B. Malkin (1 CFMNH; 1 UWA). Douglas Co.: Glendale, 38-06-14, M.H. Hatch (3 UWA). Gilliam Co.: Mayville, 38-06-21, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Grant Co.: Pass Cr., N. of Long Cr., 50-07-18, H.B. Leech (8 CAS). Harney Co.: Steens Mts., Fish Lake, 7500’, 51-06-26, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Fish Lake, Steens Mts., 58-08-16, J.H. Baker (1 JS). Jackson Co.: Siskiyou, 51-07-05, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Lake Co.: Lakeview, 52-06-22, B. Malkin (22 CFMNH; 22 UWA). Chandler State Park, 51-06-30, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Linn Co.: Albany, 28-07-15, Wickham (1 CAS). Multnomah Co.: Portland, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM; 3 CAS). Umatilla Co.: 7 mi. SE Milton, 49-05-04, G.H. Nelson (1 CAS). 7 mi. SE Milton, 48-07-04, G.H. Nelson (2 UA). Wheeler Co.: Summit, Oclioco Pass, 5200’, 50-07-30, B. Malkin (1 CFMNH). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 522 Perkins 10 mi. NNE Spray, NE Fk. Deadhorse Cr., 3178’, 64-07-06, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Yamhill Co.: McMinnville, 42-07-05, K.M. Fender (2 UWA). Peavine Ridge nr. McMinnville, 47-05-16, K.M. Fender (1 UWA). No site, 35-01-01, E.S. Ross (1 CAS). Utah: Cache Co.: Logan Canyon, 7200’, 73-07-28, R. Gordon (2 RG). No site, 56-07-23, G.F. Knowlton (2 OSU). Garfield Co.: Escalante River, mouth of Calf Creek, 39-08-04, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). City Can., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 ASP; 1 CAS). Utah Co.: Hobble Creek Canyon, 6000', 41-07-27, H.P. Chandler (3 CAS). Aspen Grove, 38-08-15, H.P. Chandler (2 CAS). Utah Lake, east side, 4000', 41-06-14, H.P. Chandler (2 CAS). Wasatch Co.: Wasatch Mts., 47-06-28, Bryant (3 CAS). Washington: Kittitas Co. Ellensberg, 32-07-19, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). San Juan Co.: San Juan Island, 30-08-02, M.H. Hatch (2 UWA). Friday Harbor, 26-08-06, no collr. (1 UWA). Snohomish Co.: Stillaguamish, 28-04-08, no collr. (1 UWA). Whitman Co.: Wawawai, 20-07-08, M.C. Lane (1 CU; 2 CAS). Pullman, no date, C.V. Piper (4 USNM). Pullman, no date, no collr. (1 JS; 4 UWA). Colfax, 32-06-17, no collr. (1 UWA). Wyoming: Fremont Co.: Beaver Cr. at Hwy. 28, E. slope of South Pass, 24 mi. S. & W. Lander, 65-08-22, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). 40. Ochthebius mimicus Brown Map: Figure 139B Specimens examined: 15 Canada: British Columbia: Little Sand Cr., Jaffray, 50-07-23, H.B. Leech (1 CAS; 1 UBC). Fernie, 35-08-31, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). United States: Oregon: Multnomah Co.: Portland, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (1 USNM). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1 CU). Washington: Chelan Co.: Leavenworth, 33-07-09, Wickham (1 USNM). Kittitas Co.: Easton, no date, A. Koebele (2 USNM). Snohomish Co.: Sultan, 30-05-02, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Spokane Co.: Spokane, 32-08-25, M.H. Hatch (2 UWA; 2 PDP). Mead, 32-08-26, M.H. Hatch (2 UWA). 42. Ochthebius similis Sharp Map: Figure 142A Specimens examined: 10 Mexico: Hidalgo: Pachuca, 64-08-21, P.J. Spangler (1 USNM). Vera Cruz: Highway 150, 2 mi. above Acultzingo, 48-12-14, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). United States: Arizona: Coconino Co.: Salt Creek, no date, no collr. (2 CAS). Clear Creek Canon, no date, Wickham (1 USNM). Navajo Co.: Winslow, no date, no collr. (3 CAS; 1 CNC). Winslow, no date, Wickham (1 MCZ). 43. Ochthebius cribricollis LeConte Map: Figure 137 Specimens examined: 151 Canada: Alberta: Medicine Hat, 25-08-05, F.S. Carr (1 UA). British Columbia: Salmon Arm, Salmon River, 33-10-06, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Creston, 17-05-05, W.R.S. Metcalfe (1 CAS). Osoyoos, sandy pool near Osoyoos Lake, 41-03-29, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Edgewood, Inonoaklin River, 46-09-29, S.H. Farris (2 CAS). Lumby, 37-09-19, H.B. Leech (1 UBC). Creston, pond meadow, 54-09-27, G. Stace-Smith (2 UBC). Cawston, 17-05-05, W. Metcalfe (2 CNC). Manitoba: Treesbank, 4 mi. W. Hwy. 344, 68-08-14, R. Gordon (1 USNM). Aweme, 70-06-09, R. Gordon (1 RG). Quebec: Wakefield, 30-06-04, W.J. Brown (1 CNC). United States: California: Lake Co.: Rocky Point, Clear Lake, 47-11-09, H.P. Chandler (2 CAS). Madera Co.: Branch, Granite Cr. 0.15 mi. W. Soldier Meadow, 6965', 71-08-17, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Napa Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2 CAS). Placer Co.: Lake Tahoe, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 USNM). Sacramento Co.: Grand Is., 06-06-01, no collr. (1 CAS). San Luis Obispo Co.: Pismo Beach, 24-07-31, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (2 UWA; 4 CAS). Santa Clara Co.: Mts. back of Alma, 29-09-29, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Tehama Co.: Red Bluff, no date, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Nevada: Elko Co.: Humboldt River at Halleck, 65-08-26, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). North Dakota: Bottineau Co.: No site, 62-07-15, R. Gordon (1 USNM). Divide Co.: No site, 63-05-23, R. Gordon (2 RG). Grand Forks Co.: Northwood, Goose River, 66-07-08, R. Gordon (1 RG). Grant Co.: Lake Tschida, 70-05-31, R. Gordon (5 RG). Pierce Co.: No site, 63-05-14, R. Gordon (1 USNM). Renville Co.: Sherwood, 13 mi. West, 66-05-29, R. Gordon (1 RG). Richland Co.: No site, 64-08-19, R. Gordon (4 RG). Rolette Co.: Dunseith, nr. jet. Hwy. 3 & 43, 68-08-18, R. Gordon (2 RG). Sargent Co.: Tewaukon Ref., headq. spring, 68-08-23, R. Gordon (2 RG). Slope Co.: No site, 62-09-13, R. Gordon & R.L. Post (1 RG). Williams Co.: Willist’n, 09-06-08, Wickham (2 USNM). Oregon: Brenton Co.: Corvallis, no date, no collr. (7 MCZ). Corvallis, small pond, 56-04-08, K. Goeden (1 UWA). Columbia Co.: Scappoose, mech. trap, 37-05-01, no collr. (1 JS). Deschutes Co.: 7 mi. E. Terrebone, Hood water, 56-05-09, K. Goeden (1 UWA). Jackson Co.: Union Creek, 3100-3500’, 50-09-15, B. Malkin (1 UWA). Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 523 Klamath Co.: Barkley Springs, Klamath Falls, 55-06-01, J. Schuh (1 UWA). Barkley Springs, 59-09-08, J. Schuh (3 JS). 5 mi. N. Rock Point, mud bank along lake, 61-09-04, J. Schuh (5 JS). Upper Klamath Lake, under rock along shore line, 56-05-11, J. Schuh (1 JS). Mare’s Egg Spring, 62-05-30, J. Schuh (2 JS). Sprague River, 12 mi. E. Chiloquin, 51-07-01, B. Malkin (4 UWA; 2 CFMNH). Spring Creek Campground, 74-07-02, R. Gordon (1 RG). Marion Co.: Salem, blk. It. trap, 58-05-01, F.P. Larson (1 UWA). Yamhill Co.: McMinnville, 40-07-15, K.M. & D.M. Fender (1 UWA). South Dakota: Brookings Co.: Brookings, light trap, 56-07-18, H. Severin (1 SDSU). Washington: Asotin Co.: Anatone, Grande Ronde River, 32-08-29, M.F1. Hatch (1 UWA). King Co.: Green River Gorge, 56-07-15, B. Malkin & R. Kottke (1 CFMNH). Evans Creek, 29-06-04, M.H. Hatch (3 UWA). Bothell, 37-07-13, G. Minsk (1 UWA). Bothell, 49-04-10, no collr. (1 UWA). Snohomish Co.: N.F. Stilaguamish River, Cicero, 27-08-21, M.H. Hatch (1 UWA). Whitman Co.: Ewan, 32-08-27, M.H. Hatch (23 UWA). Malden, 32-08-26, M. H. Hatch (1 UWA). 44. Ochthebius brevipennis new species Map: Figure 139A Paratypes: 31 Canada: British Columbia: Agassiz, 31-03-07, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). United States: California: Mendocino Co.: Garcia River at Highway 1, 64-10-12, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). 2 mi. N. Fort Bragg, marshy pond, MacKerricher St. Pk., 67-03-31, Schuh & Vertrees (4 JS). Oregon: Benton Co.: Corvallis, small pond, 56-04-08, K. Goeden (3 ODA). Deschutes Co.: 7 mi. E. Terrebonne, flood water, 56-05-09, K. Goeden (1 ODA). Klamath Co.: 5 mi. N. Rocky Point, mud bank along lake and sweeping marsh, 61-09-04, J. Schuh (2 UWA). Tillamook Co.: Tierra Del Mar, under rocks by lake, 38-07-27, no collr. (4 CAS). Yamhill Co.: Carlton Lake, 38-03-13, no collr. (1 CAS). 4 mi. S. Newberg, black-lite trap, 69-08-11, no collr. (1 ODA). 5 mi. NE Newberg, black-lite trap, 66-06-22, K. Goeden (1 ODA). Washington: Cowlitz Co.: Silver Lake, 32-07-23, no collr. (6 USNM). Unspecified Co.: Lake A., 33-07-08, T. Kincaid (6 USNM). 45. Ochthebius apache new species Map: Figure 142A Paratypes: 43 Mexico: Zacatecas: 29 mi. SW Zacatecas, stream in desert, 74-07-16, ME & PD Perkins (1 PDP). United States: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Huachuca mts., Upper Carr Cyn., spring, 73-08-29, A.R Gillogly (2 AG; 8 USNM; 4 PDP). Southwestern Research Sta., 64-10-24, P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (2 CAS). Huachuca Mts., Carr Cyn., 7100', 72-05-03, A.R. Gillogly (2 AG; 4 USNM; 2 PDP). Chiric Mts., no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 USNM). Chiricahua Mts., 8300’, 68-10-05, K. Stephan (3 KS). Rustler Park, Chiricahua Mts., 8300’, 52-08-26, B. Malkin (4 CFMNH). Rustler’s Park, 56-07-08, F.N. Young (3 FNY). New Mexico: Dona Ana Co.: Organ Mts., no date, no collr. (1 USNM). Texas: Brewster Co.: Big Bend Nat. Pk., Boot Spring, 7000’, 59-05-18, Howden & Becker (3 CNC). Big Bend N.P., Pulliam Canyon, 45-6500’, W.R. Mason (2 CNC). 49. Ochthebius apicalis Sharp Map: Figure 142B Specimens examined: 10 Guatemala: Huehuetenango: 35 mi. S. La Mesilla, tropical brook, 74-05-31, ME & PD Perkins (1 PDP). Mexico: Chiapas: El Chorreadero, Chiapa de Corzo, 64-1 1-03, H.P. Brown and C.M. Shoemake (1 USNM). 27 mi. N. Bochil, stream in pine forest, 74-05-27, ME & PD Perkins (2 PDP). Veracruz: Cordoba, no date, A. Fenyes (6 CAS). 50. Ochthebius puncticollis LeConte Map: Figure 135C Specimens examined: 219 Mexico: Baja California: Sa. Juarez, 2.2 mi. SE El Topo, 70-03-25, J.A. Gruwell & P.D. Perkins (4 PDP). La Suerta, Sierra San Pedro Martir, 3700’, pool in canyon, 63-06-03, R.K. Benjamin (2 CAS). United States: Arizona: Navajo Co.: Carrizo, 70-05-31, K. Stephan (3 KS). Pinal Co.: Riverside, no date, Wickham (1 USNM). Pinal Mts., Craig Ranch, 57-05-20, F.H. Parker (1 UA). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (2 ASP). California: Contra Costa Co.: Sleepy Hollow, Orinda, stream, 38-05-03, H.B. Leech (1 CNC; 3 CAS). Humboldt Co.: Korbel, 16-06-17, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Willow Creek, 16-06-14, F.E. Biaisdell (1 CAS). Redwood Creek, Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 524 Perkins Redwood Valley, 3 mi. N. of road to Hoopa, 650’, 70-08-12, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Willow Creek just above its E. Fork, 1500’, 70-08-29, H.B. Leech (3 CAS). Mill Creek, 7.5 mi. S. of Bridgeville, 1200’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (25 CAS). Los Angeles Co.: San Gabriel River, W. Fork Station, 3100’, 70-08-01, P.D. Perkins (20 PDP). San Gabriel River, Whittier, 44-05-05, E. Sevy (2 CAS). Santa Monica, 17-03-17, J.O. Martin (1 CAS). Marin Co.: McClures Bch., Pt. Reyes Pen., 61-07-07, H.B. Leech (22 CAS). Point Reyes National Seashore Firebreak trail between Sky Camp & Coast Camp, 68-05-01, P.S. Bartholomew (2 CAS). Lagunitas creek at Tacoloma, 68-05-04, H.B. Leech (17 CAS). Mendocino Co.: Mendocino, amongst roots Mimulus guttatus, 57-07-06, J.R. Heifer (8 CAS). Mendocino, 57-07-21, J.R. Heifer (24 CAS). James Creek, Hwy. 20, 12.5 mi. W. of Willits, 64-10-11, H.B. Leech (6 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (7 CAS). Monterey Co.: Del Monte, 20-09-11, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Marina, 20-09-14, F.E. Blaisdell (2 CAS). Carmel, 14-03-05, no collr. (2 CAS). Tassjara Hot Springs, 3000’, 54-05-23, Bryant (1 CAS). Riverside Co.: Palm Canyon, 16-04-15, J.O. Martin (1 CAS). Palm Springs, 17-05-25, J.O. Martin (9 CAS). San Jacinto Mts., no date, F.E. Winters (6 CAS). Riverside, no date, F.E. Winters (3 CAS). San Bernardino Co.: Bear lake, 19-07-10, J.O. Martin (1 CAS). Yermo, 37-04-28, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). San Diego Co.: Poway, no date, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Julian, 70-06-29, K. Stephan (3 KS). San Luis Obispo Co.: Santa Lucia Range, 2500’, 54-06-01, Bryant (1 CAS). San Mateo Co.: Lobitos Cr., 25 mi. S. Half Moon Bay, 64-09-21, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Cruz Island, 70-09-20, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Santa Barbara Mts., no date, no collr. (2 MCZ). Siskiyou Co.: Shasta Retreat (now part of Dunsmuir), no date, F.E. Blaisdell (1 CAS). Crawford Creek, 1.7 mi. N. of Cecilleville, 68-07-29, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Trinity Co.: Big Slide Creek, 5 mi. NW Hyampon, 68-07-24, H.B. Leech (12 CAS). Ventura Co.: Sespe Cr., Sespe Gorge, 3500’, 72-06-18, P.D. Perkins (1 PDP). Unspecified Co.: No site, no date, no collr. (1 CAS; 1 ASP). Utah: Garfield Co.: Escalante River, mouth of Calf creek, 39-08-04, H.P. Chandler (1 CAS). Washington Co.: St. George, no date, Wickham (1 MCZ). Zion Nat. Pk., 47-06-26, B. Malkin (1 BMNH). Unspecified Co.: Chad’s Ranch, no date, Wickham (3 MCZ; 2 CAS). 51. Ochthebius martini Fall Map: Figure 135C Specimens examined: 43 United States: California: Humboldt Co.: Redwood Park, 18-08-10, J.O. Martin (1 USNM: 4 MCZ; 12 CAS). Redwood Park, 23-08-09, J.O. Martin (4 CAS). Mill Creek, 7.5 mi. S. of Bridgeville, 1200’, 68-07-19, H.B. Leech (7 CAS). No site, no date, no collr. (2 CAS). San Mateo Co.: La Honda Rd., 55-05-22, P.S. Bartholomew (1 CAS). La Honda, 47-05-04, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). Santa Clara Co.: Mt. back of Alma, 29-11-29, J.O. Martin (1 CAS). San Martin, 52-06-26, P.S. Bartholomew (1 CAS). Los Gatos, no date, Hubbard & Schwarz (2 USNM). Los Gatos, no date, no collr. (1 ASP). Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Cruz Mts., no date, A. Koebele (5 USNM). 52. Ochthebius angularidus new species Map: Figure 142A Paratypes: 26 Mexico: Coahuila: Same data as Holotype (2 HPB; 6 PDP; 6 USNM). Nuevo Leon: Rio Cabisones, near Linares, 64-10-09, H.P. Brown & C.M. Shoemake (2 USNM). United States: Texas: Pecos Co.: Pecos River, Sheffield, 67-08-25, H.P. Brown (1 USNM). Val Verde Co.: Devil’s River, 07-05-07, Schwarz, Pratt & Bishop (5 USNM; 2 PDP). Devil’s River, Compton, 72-03-22, H.P. Brown (2 USNM). 53. Ochthebius leechi Wood and Perkins Map: Figure 135C Specimens examined: 96 United States: California: Colusa Co.: Sulphur Cr. at Wilbur Hot Sprs., flood pool, 56-03-29, H.B. Leech (2 CAS). Sulphur Cr. at Wilbur Springs, 1345’, 71-04-05, H.B. Leech (41 CAS; 3 USNM; 3 MCZ; 3 CNC). Wilbur Springs, 1250’, 71-06-17, P.D. Perkins (12 USNM). Glenn Co.: Salt Cr. at Stony Cr., N of Stonyford, 56-03-29. H.B. Leech (16 CAS). Trib. to Stony Cr., 7 mi. N. Stonyford, 56-03-29, H.B. Leech (15 CAS). Marin Co.: Sleepy Hollow, Orinda, 38-05-03, H.B. Leech (1 CAS). 1. Neochthebius vandykei (Knisch) Map: Figure 139C Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 525 Specimens examined: 257 Canada: British Columbia: Massett, Queen Charlotte Islands, no date, Keene (5 USNM). Metlaktla, no date, Keene (5 USNM). Metlaktla, no date, no collr. (1 MCZ). Brunswick, 68-05-20, Campbell & Smetana (4 CNC). Long Beach, 12 mi. S. Tofino, 68-05-22, Campbell & Smetana (4 CNC). United States: California: Contra Costa Co.: Jasper Ridge, Stanford Univ., 52-05-31, P.S. Bartholomew (8 CAS). Humboldt Co.: Patrick’s Point, 64-07-01, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). Los Angeles Co., Vicente Pt., 64-06-01, D. Giuliani (5 CAS). Marin Co.: Pt. Diablo, 64-07-01, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). Dillon Bch., 64-08-01, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). Strawberry Pt., 64-06-01, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). Agate Beach, 71-03-30, D. Giuliani (4 CAS). Willow Camp, 21-04-10, E.C. Van Dyke (5 CAS). Pt. Reyes, 65-02-01, D. Giuliani (5 CAS). Pt. San Pedro, 65-04-01, D. Giuliani (17 CAS). Needle Rock, 64- 10-01, D. Giuliani (3 CAS). Muir Beach, 64-06-01, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). Rocky Point, 64-08-01, D. Giuliani (1 CAS). Gull Rock, 64-08-01, D. Giuliani (1 CAS). Spindrift Point, 64-07-01, D. Giuliani (1 CAS). Mendocino Co.: 1 mi. N.S. Kibesillah 64-08-01, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). Point Arena, 65-06-0 1 , D. Giuliani (3 CAS). 7 mi. N. Havensneck, 65- 06-01, D. Giuliani (3 CAS). Monterey Co.: Pacific Grove, 50-10-04, I. Moore (1 CNC). Big Sur, 38-04-01, E.C. Van Dyke (11 CAS). Pt. Pinos, crevices, intertidal rocks, 49-08-25, T. Aarons (6 CAS). San Francisco Co.: Bayview Park, San Francisco Bay, 53-08-23, F.L. Rogers (2 USNM). San Luis Obispo Co.: Pismo Beach, 24-07-31, F.E. Blaisdell (1 MCZ). Shell Beach, 50-10-07, I. Moore (4 CAS; 1 CNC). San Mateo Co.: Moss Beach, many dates between 1910 and 1965, many collectors, including E.C. Van Dyke, F.E. Blaisdell, J.O. Martin, D. Giuliani, and T. Erwin (124 CAS; 6 USNM: 4 OSU; 1 CNC; 1 MCZ). Ano Nuevo Isl., 65-07-01, D. Giuliani (3 CAS). Pillar Pt., 65-06-01, D. Giuliani (6 CAS). Sonoma Co.: Goat Rock, 64-08-01, D. Giuliani (1 CAS). Stewarts Point, 64-08-01, D. Giuliani (1 CAS). Duncan Point, 65-01-01, D. Giuliani (1 CAS). Fort Ross, 27-10-06, E.C. Van Dyke (3 CAS). Bodega Head, 64-08-01, D. Giuliani (2 CAS). APPENDIX B: TABULAR SUMMARY specimens aedeagi species species species examined examined described described total previously herein Hydraenida 15 6 1 1 2 Parhydraenida 57 17 4 5 9 Neochthebius 257 6 1 0 1 Meropathus 3 0 0 1 1 Gymnochthebius 1,212 175 11 14 25 Ochthebius 9,794 1,210 23 30 53 Hydraena 7,102 2,722 18 77 95 Spanglerina 288 22 1 3 4 Limnebius 2,522 1,060 5 11 16 21,250 5,218 64 142 206 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 526 Perkins Figs. 189A - C. (A) type-locality of Hydraena appalachicola. United States, Virginia, Bath County, two miles south of Mountain Grove, Blowing Springs public camp. (B) biotope of Hydraena angulicollis. United States, Maine, Hancock County, Bucksport. (C) type-locality of Hydraena canticacollis , Mexico, Zacatecas, thirteen miles south of Jalpa. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 527 Figs. 190A - B. (A) type-locality of Hydraena splecoma , Mexico, Chiapas, four miles N. Bochil. (B) microhabitat at type-locality of H. splecoma ; area is at base of undercut bank in left portion of figure A. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 528 Perkins Figs. 191 A - C. (A) biotope of Limnebius alutaceus and Ochthebius bisinuatus. United States, Montana, Ravalli County, Mill Creek at highway 93, seven miles N. of Hamilton. (B) type-locality of Hydraena oblio , Guatemala, Baja Verapaz, four miles S. of Rabinal. (C) as above, overview. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 529 Figs. 192A - B. (A) type-locality of Hydraena chiapa , Mexico, Chiapas, nine miles N. of Tapilula; note collecting technique. (B) as above, overview. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 530 Perkins Figs. 193A - B. (A) type-locality of Hydraena sabella , Mexico, Chiapas, eight miles W. of Teapa; Gymnochthebius fossatus also taken at this locality. (B) type-locality of Hydraena maureenae and Limnebius ozapalachicus. United States, Virginia, Bath County, twelve miles S. of Williamsville. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 531 Figs. 194A - C. (A) type-locality of Hydraena d-destina , Mexico, Chiapas, 27 miles N. of Comitan; Ochthebius mesoamericanus also taken at this site. (B) as above, microhabitat. (C) biotope of Hydraena marginicollis , United States, Florida, Alachua County, Payne’s Prairie. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 532 Perkins Figs. 195A - C. (A) type-locality of Hydraena colymba , Guatemala, Jalapa, six miles N. of Jalapa; specimens of Limnebius sinuatus were also found at this site. (B) type-locality of Spanglerina fluvicola, Hydraena cuspidicollis and Hydraena scintilla , Mexico, Oaxaca, one mile N. Ixtlan de Juarez; Spanglerina brevis was also collected at this locality. (C) microhabitat of Spanglerina fluvicola at type-locality; specimen was removed from submerged limb. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 533 Figs. 196A - C, Biotopes of Spanglerina brevis. (A) Guatemala, Alta Verapaz, 20 miles W. of La Tinta. (B) Mexico, Oaxaca, eight miles E. of Tapanatepec. (C) Mexico, Chiapas, nine miles N. of Tapilula. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 534 Perkins Figs. 197A - B. (A) biotope of Spanglerina brevis , Guatemala, Alta Verapaz, five miles W. La Tinta; note collecting technique, compare with Fig. 192A. (B) microhabitat of Spanglerina ingens at type-locality, Mexico, Mexico, 1 1 miles S. Valle de Bravo. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 535 Figs. 198A - C, Biotope of Neochthebius vandykei , Marin Peninsula, Marin County, California. (A) overview; note arrow indicating microhabitat. (B-C) microhabitat; note arrows indicating cracks in rocks from which beetles were collected. (Photographs courtesy of Alan R. Gillogly.) Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 536 Perkins ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Numerous individuals and institutions have aided this study, to them I extend my hearty thanks. First and foremost, I thank my wife Maureen Ellen for her constant encouragement, for the many sacrifices she has made during the course of this study, and for help with field work. Paul J. Spangler, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, has been an unending source of assistance, providing material support of many kinds, including work space and equipment, aid with the literature, and help with scanning electron microscopy. He has unselfishly provided the fruits of his extensive field work throughout the Western Hemisphere, and has made special efforts to provide specimens for this study. For these kindnesses, encouragement and friendly advice, to him I extend my sincerest gratitude. Special thanks are due Hugh B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences, for suggesting that this family was in need of study, and for making available a wealth of meticulously mounted material which is the result of an extensive investment of time, patience, and energy, both in the field and in the laboratory. I am very grateful to Allan R. Gillogly, who collected and sent many preserved and living specimens, and who graciously provided the photographs of the intertidal habitat of Neochthebius vandykei. Harley P. Brown, David C. Miller, Warren E. Steiner and Frank N. Young have kindly provided specimens from their collections, for which I am grateful. Many other individuals and institutions have provided specimens for this study, to them I extend my thanks. I thank Peter Hammond and Mick Bacchus of the British Museum (Natural History), A1 and Margaret Newton of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, and G. Demoulin and entomologists at the Institut royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique (Brussels) for their hospitality and assistance during my visits to their collections. I also thank Ms. Mary Jacque Mann and Mrs. Susann Braden, Smithsonian Institution scanning electron microscopists, for taking the micrographs. I am grateful to members of the systematic theory discussion group at the National Museum of Natural History, including Wayne Clark, Terry Erwin, Chris Thompson and Don Whitehead (and participants from non-Entomology disciplines), for many stimulating sessions. Terry L. Erwin and Paul J. Spangler kindly reviewed and criticized the manuscript. I also gratefully acknowledge the editorial modifications made by George E. Ball, which improved the manuscript significantly. Funding for this study was provided in part by a one year research Fellowship at the Smithsonian Institution’s Department of Entomology (1974), for which I am most grateful. One additional year (1973) was supported by a teaching assistantship at the Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, while I was a graduate student at that institution. The remaining years (1972, 1975-1979) were supported by my wife and myself by working at various temporary jobs. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 537 REFERENCES Arnett, R.H. 1968. The beetles of the United States (a manual for identification). The American Entomological Institute, pages 227-230. Ashworth, A.C. 1973a. The climatic significance of a Late Quaternary insect fauna from Rodbaston Hall, Staffordshire, England, Entomologica Scandinavica, 4(3): 19 1-205. Ashworth, A.C. 1973b. Fossil beetles from a fossil wood rat midden in western Texas. The Coleopterists Bulletin, 27(3): 1 39—140. Ashworth, A.C. and J.A. Brophy. 1972. Late Quaternary fossil beetle assemblage from the Missouri Coteau, North Dakota. Geological Society of America Bulletin, 83:2981-2988. Balfour-Browne, F. 1958. British Water Beetles. Volume III. London: Ray Society, liii + 210 pages. Balfour-Browne, J. 1956. On the Indian species of Limnebius Leach (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae). The Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society of London, Series B, 25:103-107. Balfour-Browne, J. 1971. The Zoological Results of Gy. Topol’s collectings in South Argentina. 22. Notes on the Neotropical species of the Subgenus Gymnochthebius d’Orchymont, 1943, of Ochthebius Leach (Coleoptera: Hydraenidae). Annales Historico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici, Pars Zoologica, 63:177-183. Balfour-Browne, J. 1975. Parhydraenida , Gen. N., and notes on Hydraenida ocellata Germain (Coleoptera: Staphylinoidea, Hydraenidae). Revista Brasileira de Entomologia, 19(2): 39-45. Balfour-Browne, J. 1976. Two new Hydraenidae (Coleoptera, Staphylinoidea) from the Cape Verde Islands. Notulae Entomologicae, 56: 29-30. Blair, K.G. 1933. Further Coleoptera from the Galapagos Archipelago. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 10, 11: 471-487. Blatchley, W.S. 1910. On the Coleoptera known to occur in Indiana. Bulletin Number 1, Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Resources, 1386 pages. Borror, D.J. and D.W. DeLong. 1964. An introduction to the study of Insects. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc., 819 pages. Boving, A.G. and F. C. Craighead. 1931. An illustrated synopsis of the principal larval forms of the Order Coleoptera. Brooklyn Entomological Society, 351 pages. Boving, A.G. and K.L. Henriksen. 1938. The developmental stages of the Danish Hydrophilidae (Ins., Coleoptera). Videnskabelige Meddelelser Naturhistorisk Forening, 102: 27-162. Brookes, A.E. 1951. The Coleoptera of the Auckland and Campbell Islands. Cape Expedition Serial Bulletin, 5:28. Brothers, D.J. 1978. How pure must a cladistic study be? - A response to Nelson on Michener. Systematic Zoology, 27(1): 118-122. Broun, T. 1919. A new genus of Hydraenidae from New Zealand. Annales de la Societe Entomologique de Belgique, 50: 108-109. Brown, W.J. 1931. New species of Coleoptera (II). The Canadian Entomologist, 63(5): 115-122. Brown, W.J. 1932. New species of Coleoptera III. Ibid., 64(1): 3-12. Brown, W.J. 1933. New species of Coleoptera IV. Ibid., 75(2): 43-47. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 538 Perkins Bruch, C. 1915. Neuvas especies de coleopteros hidrofilidos. Revista del Museo de la Plata, 19: 447-470. Camousseight, A. and J. Moroni. 1976. Los tipos de Coleopteros acuaticos depositados in la coleccion del Museo Nacional de Historia Natural de Chile (MNHN). Noticiario Mensual del Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, 21(242): 3-6. Casey, T.L. 1886. Descriptive notices of North American Coleoptera. I. Bulletin of the California Academy of Sciences 2(6): 157-264. Casey, T.L. 1900. Review of the American Corylophidae, Cryptophagidae, Tritomidae and Dermestidae, with other studies. Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 8(2): 51-172. Coope, G.R. 1967. The value of Quaternary insect faunas in the interpolation of ancient ecology and climate. In Volume 7 of the Proceedings of the VII Congress of the International Association for Quaternary Research, pages 360-380. Coope, G.R. and J.A. Brophy. 1972. Late Glacial environmental changes indicated by a coleopteran succession from North Wales. Boreas, 1(2): 97-142. Cox, C.B. 1974. Vertebrate paleodistributional patterns and continental drift. Journal of Biogeography, 1: 75-94. Croizat, L. 1958. Panbiogeography. Published by the author, Caracas. Croizat, L. 1964. Space, time, form: the biological synthesis. Published by the author, Caracas. Crowson, R.A. 1955. The natural classification of the families of Coleoptera. Nathaniel Lloyd & Co., London (Reprint Edition, 1967, E.W. Classey Ltd., Hampton, 214 pages). Darlington, P.J. Jr. 1928. New Coleoptera from western Hot Springs. Psyche, 35(1): 1-6. Darlington, P.J. Jr. 1957. Zoogeography: the geographical distribution of animals. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 675 pages. Darlington, P.J. Jr. 1961. Letter from LeConte to Alexander Agassiz. The Coleopterists Bulletin, 15(4): 128. Doyen, J.T. and G. Ulrich. 1978. Aquatic Coleoptera, In\ Merritt and Cummins (Eds.), An introduction to the aquatic insects of North America. Kendall/Hunt Publishing Company, Iowa, pages 203-231. Dybas, H.S. 1976. The larval characters of Featherwing and Limulodid beetles and their family relationships in the Staphylinoidea (Coleoptera: Ptiliidae and Limulodidae). Fieldiana Zoology, 70(3): 29-78. Enderlein, G. 1901. Meropathus chuni nov. gen., nov. spec. Eine neue Helephorinen - gattung von der Kerguelen Insel. Zoologischer Anzeiger, 24: 121-124. Erichson, W.F. 1837. Die Kafer der Mark Brandenburg. Vol. I. F. H. Morin, Berlin, viii + 384 pages. Fall, H.C. 1901. List of the Coleoptera of southern California, with notes on habits and distribution of new species. Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, 8: 1-282. Fall, H.C. 1919. New Coleoptera. VIII. The Canadian Entomologist, 51(8-9): 212-216. Germain, P. 1855. Descripcion de coleopteros de diversas especies que non se hallan en la obra del senor Gay. Anales de Universidad de Chile, p. 390. Germain, P. 1901. Apuntes Entomolojicos. Tres Especies de Heloforidos Chilenos. Anales de la Universidad de Santiago de Chile, 109: 517-538. Gressitt, J.L. and G.A. Samuelson. 1964. Insects of Campbell Island. Coleoptera: Hydraenidae, Byrrhidae, Lathridiidae, Melandrydae. Pacific Insects Monograph, 7: 376-390. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 539 Hatch, M.H. 1965. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part IV: Macrodactyles, Palpicornes, and Heteromera. University of Washington Press, Seattle, 268 pages. Hennig, W. 1966. Phylogenetic Systematics. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 263 pages. Hennig, W. 1975. “Cladistic analysis or cladistic classification?”: A reply to Ernst Mayr. Systematic Zoology, 24: 244-256. Horn, G.H. 1872. Descriptions of some new North American Coleoptera. Transactions of the American Entomological Society, 4: 143-152. Horn, G.H. 1890. Notes on the species of Ochthebius of Boreal America. Ibid., 17: 17-26. Janssens, E. 1965. Les Hydraena de L’Egeide. Memoires Academie Royale de Belgique, 16(4): 1-126. Janssens, E. 1967a. Sur quelques Hydraenidae de la faune Australe. Bulletin Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, 43(11): 1-13. Janssens, E. 1967b. 91. Hydraenidae. Ergebnisse der zoologischen Forschungen von Dr. Z. Kaszab in der Mongolei (Coleoptera). Reichenbachia, 9(5): 53-58. Janssens, E. 1969. Contribution a l’etude des Ochthebius (Col. Hydraenidae) du Turkmenistan. Bulletin et Annales de la Societe royal Entomologique de Belgique, 105: 299-304. Janssens, E. 1971. Nouvelles notes sur les Coleopteres Hydraenidae (No. 27). Ibid., 107: 142-148. Janssens, E. 1972a. Essai sur la systematique des Hydraena des regions intertropicales. Ibid., 108:253-261. Janssens, E. 1972b. Description d’un genre nouveau et de plusiers especes nouvelles d’Hydraenidae d’Afrique Orientale (Coleoptera). Revue de Zoologie et de Botanique Africaines, 86 (3-4): 385-395. Jeannel, D.R. 1940. Croisiere du Bougainville aux iles Australes Francaises. Memoires du Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris, 2(14): 1-325. Keast, A. 1973. Contemporary biota and the separation sequence of the southern continents. In: Tarling, D.H., and S.K. Runcorn (eds.), Implications of continental drift to the earth sciences, 1: 309-343. Academic Press, London and New York. Kiesenwetter, E.A.H. von 1849. Monographische revision der Gattung Hydraena. Linnaea Entomologica. 4: 156-190, 425-427. Knisch, A. 1924. Hydrophilidae. In: Junk and Schenkling, Coleopterorum Catalogus, Pars 79. Berlin. 306 pages. Knisch, A. 1924. Neue neotropische Palpicornier (Col. Hydrophilidae.- Op. 16.). Wiener Entomologische Zeitung, 41: 114-140. Kugelann, J.G. 1794. Verzeichniss der in einigen Gegenden Preussens bis jetzt entdeckten Kaferarten nebst kurzen Nachrichten von denselben. Schneider’s Magazin, 5: 513-582. Kuwert, A. 1887. Ubersicht der Europaischen Ochthebius Arten. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, 31:369-401. Kuwert, A. 1888. Generalubersicht der Hydraenen der europaischen Fauna. Ibid., 32: 113-123. Leach, W.E. 1815. In: Brewster’s Edinburgh Encyclopedia, 9: 95. LeConte, J.L. 1850. General remarks upon the Coleoptera of Lake Superior. In: Agassiz’s: Lake Superior, its physical character, vegetation and animals, compared with those of other and similar regions, pages 201-242. LeConte, J.L. 1852. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from California. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, 5: 185-216. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 540 Perkins LeConte, J.L. 1855. Synopsis of the Hydrophilidae of the United States. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 7: 356-375. LeConte, J.L. 1878. Additional descriptions of new species. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 17: 373-434. Leech, H.B. 1948. Haliplidae, Dytiscidae, Gyrinidae, Hydrophilidae, Limnebiidae. In: Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of Lower California. No. 11, Coleoptera. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences (4), 24: 375-484. Leech, H.B. 1966. Ochthebius bruesi Darlington in California and Utah (Coleoptera: Hydraenidae). The Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 42(2): 137-139. Leech, H.B. and H.P. Chandler. 1956. Family Hydraenidae, In Usinger (ed.), Aquatic insects of California, with keys to North American genera and California species. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, pages 330-334. Leng, C.W. and A.J. Mutchler. 1918. Insects of Florida. V. The water beetles. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, 38(3): 73-1 16. Maklin, F.W. 1852. (New species and notes). In Mannerheim, Zweiter Nachtrag zur Kaefer-Fauna der Nord-Americanischen Laender des Russischen Reiches. Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou, 25(2): 74. Marsham, T. 1802. Entomologica Britannica, 408 pages. Maslin, T.P. 1952. Morphological criteria of phylogenetic relationships. Systematic Zoology, 1(2): 49-70. Mayr, E. 1969. Principles of Systematic Zoology. New York: McGraw-Hill, 328 pages. Michener, C.D. 1978. Dr. Nelson on taxonomic methods. Systematic Zoology, 27(1): 1 12-1 18. Morgan, A. 1972. The fossil occurrence of Helophorus arcticus Brown (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) in Pleistocene deposits of the Scarborough Bluffs, Ontario. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 50(5): 555-558. Mulsant, M.E. 1844. Histoire naturelle des Coleopteres de France. Vol. 3. Palpicornes. Lyon. Nelson, G. 1978. Professor Michener on phenetics - old and new. Systematic Zoology, 27(1): 104-112. Notman, H. 1921. Some new genera and species of Coleoptera collected at Westfield, Chautauqua Co., N.Y. Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 24: 146-147. Orchymont, A.d’ 1916. Notes pour la classification et la phylogenie des Palpicornia. Annales de la Societe Entomologique de France, 85: 91-106. Orchymont, A.d’ 1919. Notes complementaires pour la classification et la phylogenie des Palpicornia. Revue Zoologique Africaine, 6(2): 163-168. Orchymont, A.d’ 1923. Les Hydraena Americaines. Annales de la Societe Entomologique de Belgique, 63: 33-44. Orchymont, A.d’ 1928. Catalogue of Indian Insects. Part. 14 - Palpicornia. Calcutta: Government of India, Central Publications Branch, 146 pages. Orchymont, A.d’ 1929a. Contribution a l’etude des Palpicornia. VII. Bulletin et Annales de la Societe Entomologique de Belgique, 69(3): 79-96. Orchymont, A.d’ 1929b. Sur deux Palpicornia (Hydrophiloidea) chiliens appartenant a la famille des Hydraenidae. Revista Chilena de Historia Natural, 33: 96-102. Orchymont, A.d’ 1929c. Notes sur quelques Hydraena palearctiques. Bulletin et annales de la Societe Entomologique de Belgique, 69: 367-386. Orchymont, A.d’ 1930. Nouvelles notes sur quelques Hydraena palearctiques. Ibid., 70: 218-228. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 541 Orchymont, A.d’ 1932a. Notes sur certains sous-genres d 'Ochthebius ( Calobius , Cobalius , etc.). Ibid., 72: 41-52. Orchymont, A.d’ 1932b. Zur Kenntnis der Kolbenwasserkafer (Palpicornia) von Sumatra, Java und Bali. Archiv fur Hydrobiologie, Supplement Band, IX (Tropische Binnengewasser II): 632-714. Orchymont, A.d’ 1933. Au sujet de trois Ochthebius africains. Bulletin et Annales de la Societe de Belgique, 73. 406-414. Orchymont, A.d’ 1936a. Au sujet de la phylogenie du genre Hydraena (Col. Palpicornia Fam. Hydraenidae). Memoirs du Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Deuxieme serie, 3:61-67. Orchymont, A.d’ 1936b. Les Hydraena de la Peninsule Iberique. Ibid., Deuxieme serie, 6: 1-48. Orchymont, A.d’ 1937. Contribution a l’etude des Palpicornia. X. Bulletin et Annales de la Societe Entomologique de Belgique, 77: 458-475. Orchymont, A.d’ 1938a. Voyage de M.E. Aubert de la Rue aux iles Kerguelen: Palpicornia. Revue Francaise d’Entomologie, 5: 78-91. Orchymont, A.d’ 1938b. Notes sur quelques Limnebius (Coleoptera Palpicornia). Bulletin et Annales de la Societe Entomologique de Belgique, 78(7): 275-291. Orchymont, A.d’ 1940. Notes sur quelques Ochthebius ( Asiobates ) du groupe bicolon (Col. Palpicornia). Bollettino della Societa Entomologica Italiana, 72(4): 53-61 . Orchymont, A.d’ 1941a. Revision des Ochthebius Europeens du sous-genre Henicocerus Stephens, 1829 (Coleoptera Palpicornia). Bulletin du Musee royal d’Histoire naturelle de Belgique, 17(12): 1-15. Orchymont, A.d’ 1941b. Nouvelles notes sur quelques Ochthebius Palearctiques du sous-genre Asiobates (Coleoptera Hydraenidae). Ibid., 17(8): 1-23. Orchymont, A.d’ 1942a. Revision du sous-genre Homalochthebius Kuwert, 1887 du genre Ochthebius Leach (Coleoptera Hydraenidae). Ibid., 18(39): 1-16. Orchymont, A.d’ 1942b. Le complexe Ochthebius ( Hymenodes ) foveolatus Auct. (Coleoptera Palpicornia Hydraenidae). Ibid., 18(45): 1-16. Orchymont, A.d’ 1942c. Le groupe de 1’ Ochthebius ( Hymenodes ) metallescens Rosenhauer (Coleoptera Palpicornia Hydraenidae). Ibid., 18(51): 1-16. Orchymont, A.d’ 1943a. Contribution a l’etude du sous-genre Ochthebius (s. str.) Kuwert, 1887 (Coleoptera Palpicornia Hydraenidae). Ibid., 19(10): 1-24. Orchymont, A.d’ 1943b. Faune du nord-est bresilien (recoltes du Dr. O. Schubart). Palpicornia. Memoires du Musee royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, deuxieme serie, 28: 1-85. Orchymont, A.d’ 1945a. Hydraena (5. str.) de la Guadeloupe (Coleoptera Palpicornia Hydraenidae). Bulletin du Musee royal d’Histoire naturelle de Belgique, 21(3): 1-4. Orchymont, A.d’ 1945b. Notes nouvelles sur le genre Limnebius (Coleoptera Palpicornia Hydraenidae). Ibid., 21(6): 1-24. Orchymont, A.d’ 1948. Mission scientific de l’Omo (Coleoptera: Hydraenidae). Memoires du Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, nouvelle serie, 27(2): 29-61. Ordish, R.G. 1971. Entomology of the Aucklands and other islands south of New Zealand: Coleoptera: Hydraenidae. Pacific Insects Monographs, 27: 185-192. Paulian, R. 1941. Les premiers etats des Staphylinoidea. Memoires du Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, 15(1), 361 pages. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 542 Perkins Paykull, G. von 1798. Fauna Suecica: Insecta, vol. 1, p. 245. Upsaliae. Perkins, P.D. 1975. Gender points: a timesaver for microcoleopterists. Coleopterists Bulletin, 25(2): 84. Perkins, P.D. 1976. Psammophilous aquatic beetles in southern California: A study of microhabitat preferences with notes on responses to stream alteration (Coleoptera: Hydraenidae and Hydrophilidae). Ibid., 30(4): 309-324. Platnick, N.I. 1976. Drifting spiders or continents?: Vicariance biogeography of the spider subfamily Laroniinae (Araneae: Gnaphosidae). Systematic Zoology, 25: 101-109. Platnick, N.I. and G. Nelson. 1978. A method of analysis for historical biogeography. Systematic Zoology, 27: 1-16. Rey, C. 1884. Histoire naturelle des coleopteres de France. Annales de la Societe Linneenne de Lyon, 31 . Richmond, E.A. 1920. Studies on the biology of the aquatic Hydrophilidae. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, 42: 1-94. Rocha, A. A. 1967. Biology and first instar larva of Epimetopus trogoides (Col., Hydrophilidae). Papeis Avulsos de Zoologia, 20: 223-228. Rosen, D.E. 1975. A vicariance model of Caribbean biogeography. Systematic Zoology, 24: 431-464. Rosen, D.E. 1978. Vicariant patterns and historical explanation in biogeography. Ibid., 27: 159-188. Samuelson, G.A. 1964. Insects of Campbell Island. Appendix. Coleoptera. Hydraenidae, Leptodiridae (Larvae). Pacific Insects Monographs, 7: 624-627. Sato, M. 1963. A new inter-tidal species of the genus Ochthebius Leach from Japan (Coleoptera: Hydraenidae). Transactions of the Shikoku Entomological Society, 7(4): 129-132. Sharp, D. 1882. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, Haliplidae, Dytiscidae, Gyrinidae, Hydrophilidae, Heteroceridae, Parnidae, Georissidae, Cyathoceridae. 1(2): 1-144. Sharp, D. 1887. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, Supplement. 1(2): 673-802. Spangler, P. J. 1980. Two new species of aquatic beetles of the genus Hydraena from Cuba (Coleoptera:Hydraenidae). Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, 82(2):329-333. Spangler, P.J. and P.D. Perkins. 1977. Three new species of the neotropical water beetle genus Elmoparnus (Coleoptera: Dryopidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 89(63): 743-760. Stephens, J.F. 1839. A manual of British Coleoptera or beetles. 443 pages. Thomson, C.G. 1859. Skandinaviens Coleoptera, synoptiskt bearbetade. Vol. I. Lund. Van Dyke, E.C. 1918. New inter-tidal rock-dwelling Coleoptera from California. Entomological News, 29(8): 303-308. Wood, F.E. and P.D. Perkins. 1978. Two new species of Nearctic Ochthebius (Coleoptera: Hydraenidae). Coleopterists Bulletin, 32(1): 53-58. Young, F.N. 1954. The water beetles of Florida. University of Florida Studies, Biological Science Series, 5(1): 238 pages. Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 543 Zaitzev, P.A. 1908. Catalogue des coleopteres aquatiques des families des Dryopidae, Georyssidae, Cyathoceridae, Heteroceridae, et Hydrophilidae. Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae, 38: 283-420. Zwick, P. 1975. A new Orchymontia (Coleoptera, Hydraenidae) from New Zealand. Nouvelle Revue d’Entomologie, 5(3): 247-250. Zwick, P. 1977. Australian Hydraena (Coleoptera: Hydraenidae). Australian Journal of Zoology, 25: 147-184. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 544 Perkins Index to Names of Taxa FAMILY GROUP TAXA Hydraenidae, 3,8,9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 33, 48, 63, 222, 331, 351, 407, 410, 411,412, 429,431,471 Hydraeninae, 3, 9, 215, 411, 412, 427, 430 Limnebiidae, Limnebiinae, Ochthebiinae, Spercheinae, 9 3,9,411,427,430 3, 247, 430 9 GENERA AND SUBGENERA Acanthochthebius Kuwert , 409 Asiobates Stephens (subgenus of Ochthebius), 23, 35, 39, 293, 295, 298, 303, 374, 376, 391, 394, 403, 409, 436, 460, 461,468 Bilimneus Rey (subgenus of Limnebius), 20, 407 Callilepis, 475 Calobius Wollaston, 293, 409 Chaetarthria, 1 1 Cobolius Wollaston, 409 Coelometopon Janssens, 40, 413, 417, 430, 434 Doryochthebius Kuwert, 293, 409 Epimetopus, 429 Grammhydraena Kuwert, 60 Gymnochthebius (LeConte), 283 Gymnochthebius d’Orchymont, 3, 13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 29, 33, 35, 38, 244 , 245, 247, 248, 251, 252, 253, 254, 273, 276, 286, 289, 290, 292, 293, 298, 417, 430, 431, 434, 437,455,459,476,482 Hadrenya Rey, 60 Haenydra Rey (subgenus of Hydraena), 20, 60, 61, 212, 407, 412 Helophorus, 429 Henicocerus Stephens, 286, 374, 409, 464 Holcohydraena Kuwert, 60, 61 Homalochthebius Kuwert (subgenus of Ochthebius), 293, 295, 388, 469 Hoplydraena Kuwert, 60 Hydraena (sensu stricto ), 60, 61, 62, 407,412 Hydraena Kugelann, 3, 6, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 19, 20, 22, 23,32,33,35, 36, 60, 61,62,63,64, 103, 116,211, 212, 215, 372, 407, 411, 412, 413, 417, 419, 427, 428, 429, 430, 431, 434, 435, 437, 440, 444, 475, 476, 479, 480, 482 Hydraenida Germain, 3, 17, 20, 34, 36, 40, 41, 45, 48, 417, 428, 429, 430, 431,434, 438 Hydraenopsis Janssens, 62 Hymenodes Mulsant (subgenus of Ochthebius), 295 Laccobius, 1 1 Laeliaena Sahlberg, 412,413,430 Limnebius ( sensu stricto), 407 Limnebius Leach, 3, 9, 11, 17, 18, 19, 20, 29, 33, 35, 38, 222, 225, 407, 411, 412, 413, 417, 418, 419, 427, 428, 429, 430, 431, 436, 437, 455, 475, 476, 477, 479, 482 Limnocharis Horn, 222 Meropathus Enderlein, 3, 17, 20, 33, 34, 39, 292, 293, 406, 407, 409, 410, 417, 419, 429, 430, 431, 434, 436, 471 Neochthebius d’Orchymont, 3, 1 1, 34, 39, 293, 407, 408, 417, 419, 429, 430, 436, 471,482 Ochthebius (Asiobates Stephens), 23, 35, 39, 293, 295, 298, 303, 374, 376, 391, 394, 409, 436. 460, 461,468 Ochthebius (Homalochthebius Kuwert), 293, 295, 388, 469 Ochthebius (Hymenodes Mulsant), 295 Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 545 Ochthebius (LeConte), 284 Ochthebius ( sensu strictoj, 20, 23, 35, 295, 435, 459, 460, 462 Ochthebius ( sensu stricto) d’Orchymont, 407, 409 Ochthebius {sensu stricto) Leach, 38, 245, 252, 293, 298, 299, 305, 325, 346, 374, 407, 435, 464 Ochthebius Leach, 3, 6, 9, 11, 13, 16, 21,23,33,35, 38,60, 63, 244, 245, 247, 252, 292, 293, 295, 298, 315, 318, 343, 352, 374, 388, 389, 407, 409, 410, 41 1, 412, 413, 417, 418, 419, 427, 428, 429, 430, 431, 435, 437, 455, 460, 477, 479, 480, 482 Ochthebius LeConte, 284 Oocyclus, 369 Parhydraenida J. Balfour-Browne, 3, 11, 13, 17, 21,33,34, 36, 40,41,45, 48,51,59, 428, 429, 430, 431, 434, 435, 438, 482 Phothydraena Kuwert, 60,61 Spanglerina, new genus, 3, 11, 12, 15, 33, 35, 38, 63, 212, 215, 216, 372, 429, 455,480 Sphaenhydraena Kuwert, 60 Taenhydraena Kuwert, 60, 61, 116 SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES aberti Hatch, Ochthebius, 7, 295, 311, 312 aeneus Germain, Ochthebius, 256 alida J. Balfour-Browne, Parhydraenida, 36, 49, 57 alpinopetrus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 302, 357, 359, 464,517 alternata new species, Hydraena, 6,36,66, 116,495 alternata Subgroup, Hydraena, 29,33,7/6,435 alterra new species, Hydraena, 6, 36, 67, 118, 121, 122, 123,445 alutacea Casey, Limnocharis, 230 alutaceus (Casey), Limnebius, 7, 38, 225, 226, 230, 455, 500 anaphora new species, Hydraena, 6,37,71,775,454 ancylis new species, Hydraena, 6, 36, 64, 82, 96, 97, 99, 100, 148, 441, 444, 475, 479, 492 angularidus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 303, 399, 400, 402, 403, 468, 479, 524 angulicollis Complex, Hydraena, 36, 72, 82, 440, 444, 475 angulicollis Notman, Hydraena, 36, 62, 64, 82, 83, 96, 97, 435, 440, 441, 444, 475, 486 angustula Casey, Limnocharis, 238 angustulus (Casey), Limnebius, 38, 226, 238, 455 anisonycha Complex, Hydraena, 37,797,435,450 anisonycha new species, Hydraena, 6, 12, 16,23,37,70, 164,797,452, 498 apache new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 304, 391, 470, 480, 523 apicalis Sharp, Ochthebius, 39, 304, 393, 397, 470, 523 appalachicola new species, Hydraena, 6, 36, 64, 83, 92, 444, 475 arenicola new species, Hydraena, 6, 36, 65, 75, 444, 484 arenicolus new species, Limnebius, 3, 38, 226, 234, 427, 455,479, 501 arenicolus new species, Ochthebius, 6,39,301, 306, 307, 313, 356,466, 506 argutipes new species, Hydraena, 6, 37, 68, 158, 449, 480 argutipes Subgroup, Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 546 Perkins Hydraena, 37, 757, 448 aridus new species, Limnebius, 6,38,226,247,455 arizonica new species, Hydraena, 6,32,36,66,67,103, 108, 392, 445,494 arizonicus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 303, 365, 366, 464, 477,479,519 atlantica Complex, Hydraena, 36, 72, 85, 441, 444, 475 atlantica new species, Hydraena, 6, 29, 36, 64, 85, 86, 148,444, 475,488 attritus LeConte, Ochthebius, 7, 12, 39, 245, 293, 295, 299, 301, 31 1, 346, 349, 437, 464, 466,516 aztecus Sharp, Ochthebius, 7, 39, 295, 301,346, 359, 518 barricula new species, Hydraena, 6,37,71, 164 ,202 bartyrae new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 249, 256, 270, 459 batesoni Blair, Ochthebius, 20, 39, 299, 301, 306, 311, 346, 349, 464, 516 benefossus Group, Ochthebius, 39, 299, 374, 435, 464 benefossus LeConte, Ochthebius, 39, 295, 299, 374, 435, 462, 464, 520 biincisus Group, Ochthebius, 23, 293, 299, 345, 355, 435, 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 470, 479 biincisus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 302, 346, 352, 353, 361, 464, 477,479,518 bisagittatus new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 250, 264, 459 bisinuatus Group, Ochthebius, 23, 299, 332, 345, 435, 462, 463, 464, 466 bisinuatus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 299, 336, 337, 338,339, 341,514 bituberculata new species, Hydraena, 6, 23, 36, 63, 65, 103, 109, 392, 445, 495 borealis new species, Limnebius, 6, 38, 225, 226, 235, 455, 479, 502 borealis new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 300, 314, 322, 325,355,436, 466,511 borealis Subgroup, Ochthebius, 39,300,574,321, 322, 355, 462, 464, 466 bractea new species, Hydraena, 6, 37, 68, 152, 7 60, 161, 449 bractoides new species, Hydraena, 6,37,68,152,160,767, 449 breedlovei new species, Hydraena, 6, 36, 66, 67, 106, 445, 494 brevipennis new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 295, 305, 389, 523 brevis (Sharp), Spanglerina, 12, 19, 38,216,219, 220, 455,480, 499 brevis Group, Spanglerina, 38,216, 219 brevis Sharp, Hydraena, 220 browni new species, Hydraena, 6, 1 9, 37, 72, 180, 454 browni new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 304, 393, 470 bruesi Darlington, Ochthebius, 7, 295, 360 bubrunipes new species, Parhydraenida, 3,36,45,49,57, 439 californica new species, Hydraena, 6, 36, 65, 88, 89, 444, 477, 490 californicus new species, Ochthebius, 6,23,39,299,313, Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 547 338, 339, 341,465, 465,515 campbellensis Brookes, Meropathus, 1 7, 408, 434, 47 1 campbelli new species, Hydraena, 6, 37, 67, 132, 445, 446, 472, 476, 480 canticacollis new species, Hydraena, 6,36,66,773,444 chiapa new species, Hydraena, 6, 38, 69, 206, 207, 454 chilenus (J. Balfour-Browne), Gymnochthebius, 38, 250, 256, 257, 261,262, 503 chilenus J. Balfour-Browne, Ochthebius, 257 chuni Enderlein, Meropathus, 407,408,471 circulata Complex, Hydraena, 36, 74, 440, 44 1 , 444 circulata Group, Hydraena, 15, 36, 64, 72, 92, 212, 431, 435, 440, 444, 475, 476, 477, 479 circulata new species, Hydraena, 6, 29, 36, 63, 65, 74, 15, 101, 392, 427,444, 482 clandestinus new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 250, 256, 258, 262, 503 colombiana new species, Hydraena, 6,33,36,67, 118, 727, 445 columbianus Brown, Limnebius, 7, 33, 232 colymba Complex, Hydraena, 37, 793, 452, 454 colymba new species, Hydraena, 6, 37, 72, 793, 452, 498 compactus new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 249, 267, 459 congener (Casey), Limnebius, 7 congener Casey, Limnocharis, 232 coniciventris (Casey), Limnebius, 7 coniciventris Casey, Limnocharis, 238 costiniceps new species, Hydraena, 6, 36, 67, 124, 126, 445, 446 costipennis Fall, Ochthebius, 39, 299, 313, 341, 515 crassalus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 299, 343 crassipes (Sharp), Gymnochthebius, 38, 248, 283, 284, 286, 459 crassipes Sharp, Ochthebius, 284 crenatus Hatch, Ochthebius, 39, 299, 343, 464, 465, 515 cribricollis LeConte, Ochthebius, 39, 293, 295, 298, 305, 388, 389, 391,469, 522 cribricollis Subgroup, Ochthebius, 39, 304, 388, 468, 469, 479 crystallina new species, Hydraena, 6, 37, 68, 1 15, 755 curvus new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 249, 262 cuspidicollis new species, Hydraena, 6, 12,37,68, 112, 115, 152, 153, 162, 448,449,497 d-destina new species, Hydraena, 6,23,32,37,71, 164, 200, 202 decui Spangler, Hydraena, 37, 69, 70, 144, 448 discolor Casey, Limnebius, 38, 84, 140, 225, 227, 499 discretus (Asiobates), Ochthebius, 23, 436 discretus Group, Ochthebius, 39, 303, 376, 468 discretus LeConte, Ochthebius, 7, 20, 39, 295, 303, 377, 380, 382, 468, 520 discretus Subgroup, Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 548 Perkins Ochthebius, 39, 303, 376, 385, 468, 470, 477, 479 effeminata J. Balfour-Browne, Parhydraenida, 36, 49, 54, 439 elegans Janssens, Ochthebius, 293 exarata Kiesenwetter, Hydraena, 61,116 exilipes new species, Hydraena, 6, 33, 37, 68, 118, 1 33, 445, 446, 472, 476, 480 falli new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 248, 274, 276, 279, 281, 283, 460, 476, 505 fluvicola new species, Spanglerina, 3, 38, 216, 218, 455, 480 fossatus (LeConte), Gymnochthebius, 7, 20, 38, 248, 274, 276, 277, 279, 280, 281, 284, 388, 431,460, 504 fossatus Leconte, Ochthebius, 277, 280 foveicollis LeConte, Ochthebius, 277 , 280 francki (Bruch), Gymnochthebius, 38, 250, 264 francki Bruch, Ochthebius, 264 frondsicola new species, Spanglerina, 3,38,216,219,220, 455,480 geminya new species, Hydraena, 6, 1 2, 38, 69, 206, 207, 209, 454 geminya Subgroup, Hydraena, 12, 38, 69, 205, 215, 435,450, 454 germaini (Zaitzev), Gymnochthebius, 29, 38, 250, 256, 257, 258, 261,262, 459, 503 germaini d’Orchymont, Hydraena, 36,62,67,726,445 germaini Group, Gymnochthebius, 38, 249, 256, 270 germaini Subgroup, Gymnochthebius, 38, 249, 256, 459, 460 germaini Zaitzev, Ochthebius, 256 granulosus Sato, Ochthebius, 409 granulosus, Neochthebius, 436,471 grouvellei d’Orchymont, Hydraena, 37,62,71,774,454 gruwelli new species, Ochthebius, 6, 23, 39, 303, 365, 366, 464, 477,479,518 guadelupensis d’Orchymont, Hydraena, 37,62,69, 145, 146, 448, 495 guatemala new species, Hydraena, 6, 19, 37, 70, 7 69 haitensis new species, Hydraena, 6, 37, 71, 777, 454, 480 hibernus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 304, 377, 381, 382, 468 holmbergi Maklin, Ochthebius, 7,318 hyalina new species, Hydraena, 6,37,69,71,7 79, 454, 497 hygropetrica new species, Parhydraenida, 3, 36, 45, 49, 56, 57 ingens Group, Spanglerina, 38,216 ingens new species, Spanglerina, 3,12,38,212,216, 218,372, 455,480 insulanus Brown, Ochthebius, 7, 295, 377 insularis d’Orchymont, Hydraena, 14, 37, 62, 71, 183, 497 interruptus Group, Ochthebius, 23, 38, 299, 306, 435, 462, 463 interruptus LeConte, Ochthebius, 7, 39, 295, 301, 308, 311, 312, 356, 507 interruptus Subgroup, Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 549 Ochthebius, 38, 300, 306, 346, 462, 464, 466 jensenhaarupi (Knisch), Gymnochthebius, 38, 249, 250, 252, 253, 459 jensenhaarupi Knisch, Ochthebius, 253, 254 jivaro Complex, Hydraena, 37, 174, 450, 454 jivaro new species, Hydraena, 6,37,71,1 66, 1 76, 454 kaszabi Janssens, Ochthebius, 1 4, 39, 30 1 , 306, 3 1 4, 318, 325, 328, 355, 435, 436, 466, 512 laevipennis (LeConte), Gymnochthebius, 29, 38, 248, 283, 284, 286, 287, 459, 505 laevipennis LeConte, Ochthebius, 283, 284 laevipennis Subgroup, Gymnochthebius, 38, 248, 283, 431,455,459 lambda new species, Parhydraenida, 3,21,36,45,49, 54 lapidicolus Van Dyke, Ochthebius, 410 lecontei new species, Ochthebius, 6,39,301, 308, 466, 506 leechi Group, Hydraena, 15, 16, 29, 36, 64, 65, 72, 102, 148, 152, 158, 212, 431, 434, 435, 440, 444, 446, 477 leechi new species, Hydraena, 7,36,66,67, 103, 115, 494 leechi new species, Limnebius, 6, 38, 225, 226, 235, 455, 502 leechi Subgroup, Hydraena, 29, 33, 36, 103, 116, 435,444, 445 leechi Wood and Perkins, Ochthebius, 39, 295, 399, 403, 468, 524 limpidicollis new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 70, 167, 168, 169, 454 lindbergi J. Balfour-Browne, Ochthebius, 20 lineatus LeConte, Gymnochthebius, 293, 298 lineatus LeConte, Ochthebius, 20, 245, 295, 300, 314, 315, 318, 352, 365,466, 508 longicollis Sharp, Hydraena, 37, 62, 70, 187, 190, 454, 472, 476, 480, 498 madrensis new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 302, 366, 368, 464.519 malkini new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 72, 196 marginicollis Complex, Hydraena, 37, 184, 437, 446, 450, 454 marginicollis Group, Hydraena, 15,22,37,63,64,69, 72, 164, 212, 215, 431, 434, 435, 440, 477 marginicollis Kiesenwetter, Hydraena, 18, 19, 37, 62, 70, 148, 184, 188, 190, 454, 476, 497 marginicollis Subgroup, Hydraena, 37, 69, 1 64, 169, 172, 182, 190, 193, 196, 198, 199, 435, 450 marinus (Paykull), Ochthebius, 7,39,298,301,306, 314, 318, 321, 325, 326, 328, 355, 407, 435,436, 466,510 marinus Paykull, Elophorus, 318 martini Fall, Ochthebius, 39, 303, 399, 400, 468, 524 maureenae new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 13, 29, 38, 248, 283, 287, 460 maureenae new species, Hydraena, 7,37,66,136,735,445, 446, 476, 479 mazamitla new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 68, 1 1 5, 156, 449 mesoamericanus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 302, 373.519 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 550 Perkins mexcavatus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 302, 346, 368 , 463,464, 479,519 mexicana Complex, Hydraena, 37, 165 , 437, 450, 452 mexicana new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 71, 777, 172, 205, 450, 497 mexicanus new species, Limnebius, 6, 38, 226, 243, 455 mexicanus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 298, 304, 394 , 397,470 mignymixys new species, Hydraena, 7, 36, 64, 83, 92 milleri Hatch, Ochthebius, 7, 295, 314, 315 mimicus Brown, Ochthebius, 39,303,377,381, 382, 383, 522 mitus new species, Limnebius, 6, 38, 226, 238, 455 needhami d’Orchymont, Hydraena, 7,62,148 nevermanni new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 71, 795, 498 newtoni new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 70, 168, 454 nigra Hatch, Hydraena, 36, 65, 84, 85, 475, 487 nitiduloides (d’Orchymont), Gymnochthebius, 7 nitiduloides d’Orchymont, Ochthebius, 277 nitidus (LeConte), Gymnochthebius, 38, 274, 276, 279, 280, 281,460, 476, 504 nitidus Group, Gymnochthebius, 38, 245, 248, 256, 274, 459, 477 nitidus LeConte, Ochthebius, 274, 276, 280, 295 nitidus Subgroup, Gymnochthebius, 38, 248, 274, 431,455,459, 460 oaxaca new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 68, 752, 449 oblio new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 67, 149, 446, 447, 448, 496 obscurus Sharp, Ochthebius, 39, 112,302 ,372, 464, 519 occidentalis new species, Hydraena, 7, 36, 65, 78, 444, 485 ocellata Germain, Hydraenida, 36, 40, 41, 43 octolaevis new species, Limnebius, 6, 38, 226, 243, 455, 503 octonarius new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 249, 250, 252, 253, 254, 459 oppositus new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 29, 38, 248, 274, 289, 292, 476 oppositus Subgroup, Gymnochthebius, 38, 248, 289, 431,455,459 orbus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 304, 377, 380, 382 orcula new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 140, 448 ozapalachicus new species, Limnebius, 6, 12, 38, 84, 225, 230, 499 ozarkensis new species, Hydraena, 7, 33, 37, 66, 118, 136, 138,445,446,476, 479, 495 pacifica new species, Hydraena, 7, 36, 65, 86, 88, 444, 475,488 pacificus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 38, 301, 306, 308, 313,356, 466, 505 paeminosa Group, Hydraena, 38, 64, 210, 435, 440 paeminosa new species, Hydraena, 7,20,38,277,440 paraguayensis Janssens, Hydraena, 36, 62, 66, 128, 445 Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 551 paralonga new species, Parhydraenida, 3,21,36,45,49, 56, 57 particeps Group, Hydraena, 448 particeps new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 69, 142, 448, 495 particeps Subgroup, Hydraena, 37, 140, 437, 446, 480 parvulus (Sharp), Gymnochthebius, 7 parvulus Sharp, Ochthebius, 277 , 281 pauli new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 302, 368, 464 pavicula new species, Hydraena, 1,36,66,123 pennsylvanica Complex, Hydraena, 36, 72, 96, 444, 475 pennsylvanica Kiesenwetter, Hydraena, 36, 62, 64, 82, 83, 96, 97,427,444, 475,479,491 pentatenkta Group, Parhydraenida, 36, 59 pentatenkta new species, Parhydraenida, 3, 13, 36, 48, 49, 59, 434, 439 perkinsi Spangler, Hydraena, 37, 71, 172, 173, 454, 480 perlabidus new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 13, 29, 38, 248, 286, 287 peru new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 70, 190 peruvianus (J. Balfour-Browne), Gymnochthebius, 38, 250, 268 peruvianus J. Balfour-Browne, Ochthebius, 268 petila new species, Hydraena, 7, 36, 65, 91, 444, 477, 490 piceus (Horn), Limnebius, 38, 226, 230, 455, 500 piceus Horn, Limnocharis, 222, 230 plaumanni d’Orchymont, Hydraena, 37, 62, 67, 129, 445 plesiotypus Group, Gymnochthebius, 38, 248, 250, 256, 431,459 plesiotypus new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 249, 250, 257,254, 430, 459 plesiotypus Subgroup, Gymnochthebius, 459 polita Casey, Limnocharis, 230 pontequula new species, Hydraena, 7, 16, 19,37,72, 169, 198, 499 premordica new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 70, 775, 454 prieto new species, Hydraena, 7, 20, 37, 68, 757, 449, 480, 496 pulsatrix new species, Hydraena, 7, 19, 37, 70, 184, 7 87, 188, 190, 454, 472, 476, 480, 498 punctata LeConte, Hydraena, 7, 20, 37, 62, 63, 68, 148 , 149, 448,479, 496 puncticollis Group, Ochthebius, 39, 303, 399, 403, 406, 468 puncticollis LeConte, Ochthebius, 39, 303, 399, 402, 403, 406, 468, 479, 523 puncticollis Sharp, Hydraena, 19, 37, 62, 66, 130, 131, 445 putnamensis Blatchley, Ochthebius , 39, 377, 385, 435, 464, 468, 469 quadraticeps J. Balfour-Browne, Parhydraenida, 36, 45, 49, 439 quadricurvipes new species, Hydraena, 7, 1 5, 36, 64, 72, 93, 94, 444, 491 quechua new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 71, 166, 176, 454 recticulus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 300, 328, 329, Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 552 Perkins 332, 465,466,514 rectus LeConte, Ochthebius, 39, 300, 329, 331, 332, 377, 400, 466, 513 rectus Subgroup, Ochthebius, 39, 300, 328, 462, 464, 465 rectusalsus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 300, 328, 329, 331,332, 466,513 reichardti Group, Parhydraenida, 36, 49, 439 reichardti J. Balfour-Browne, Parhydraenida, 21,36,45,48,49, 52, 419, 439, 482 reticulatissimus new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 249, 250, 273 reticulatus (d’Orchymont), Gymnochthebius, 38, 249, 250, 271,213 reticulatus d’Orchymont, Ochthebius, 271 reticulatus Subgroup, Gymnochthebius, 38, 249, 271 reticulocostus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 304, 394, 470 reticulocostus Subgroup, Ochthebius, 39, 304, 376, 391 , 468, 470, 479 richmondi new species, Limnebius, 6, 38, 84, 140, 225, 227, 479 richmondi new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 299, 339, 464, 515 riparia Kugelann, Hydraena, 60 robusta new species, Hydraenida, 3, 36, 40, 41, 43, 434 sabella new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 72, 199, 454, 499 sahlbergi Champion, Laeliaena, 430 sahlbergi d’Orchymont, Hydraena, 37, 62, 69, 141, 146 schubarti d’Orchymont, Ochthebius, 7, 295, 346 scintilla new species, Hydraena, 7, 36, 65, 67, 111, 153, 372, 445 scintillabella new species, Hydraena, 7 , 36, 66, 1 18, 475 scintillabella Subgroup, Hydraena, 29,33,36,775,435, 445, 447 scintillutea new species, Hydraena, 7,36,66,779 scolops new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 68, 153, 449 scopula new species, Hydraena, 7,36,66,67,103,115, 132, 156, 445 sculptoides new species, Ochthebius, 6, 39, 302, 346, 351 , 352,353,356, 392,516 sculptus LeConte, Ochthebius, 39, 302, 352, 353, 356,517 seminole new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 248, 274, 289, 290, 292, 476 sierra new species, Hydraena, 7,36,65,100,7(97,441, 444, 475, 494 sierrensis new species, Ochthebius, 6,39,301,313, 466, 507 similis Sharp, Ochthebius, 7, 39, 293, 295,298,385,522 similis Subgroup, Ochthebius, 39, 304, 385, 468, 469, 479 simplex LeConte, Ochthebius, 346 sinuatus (Sharp), Limnebius, 29, 38, 113, 226, 236, 419, 455, 502 sinuatus Sharp, Limnocharis, 236 sordida Sharp, Hydraena, 37, 62, 67, 129, 130, 445 Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae 553 spangleri new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 69, 141, 146, 448, 479, 496 spanglerorum Wood and Perkins, Ochthebius, 39, 295, 302, 357,359, 464,517 sparsa Sahlberg, Laeliaena, 430 splecoma new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 72, 172, 204, 399 sulcicollis Germain, Ochthebius, 256 tectus new species, Gymnochthebius, 6, 38, 250, 256, 258, 261,459, 504 terralta new species, Hydraena, 7, 36, 67, 1 18, 121, 722, 445 texanus new species, Limnebius, 6,38,226,247,455, 479 topali (J. Balfour-Browne), Gymnochthebius, 38, 249, 265, 459, 504 topali J. Balfour-Browne, Ochthebius, 265 trinidensis Complex, Hydraena, 37 ,180,450,454 trinidensis new species, Hydraena, 7, 37,71, 7 82, 450, 454 tuberculatus LeConte, Ochthebius, 277 , 280 tubus new species, Ochthebius, 6, 23, 29, 39, 302, 352, 353, 355, 356, 419, 427, 464, 517 tucumanica new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 70, 165, 454 tuolumne new species, Hydraena, 7, 36, 65, 79, 444, 486 turrialba new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 70, 186 uniformis new species, Ochthebius, 6,39,300,314,327, 355,436, 466,511 utahensis new species, Limnebius, 6, 38, 225, 236, 455 vandykei (Knisch), Neochthebius, 20, 39, 331, 409, 410, 436, 471,524 vandykei d’Orchymont, Hydraena, 36, 62, 65, 75, 100, 101, 102, 444, 475,493 vandykei Knisch, Ochthebius, 408,409,410 vandykei niger Hatch, Hydraena, 62, 84 vectis new species, Meropathus, 6, 13, 17, 29, 39, 407, 434, 471 vela new species, Hydraena, 7, 38, 69, 206 wickhami Fall, Ochthebius, 7, 295, 385 yosemitensis new species, Hydraena, 7, 36, 65, 94, 444 youngi new species, Hydraena, 7,37,67,750,448 zapatina new species, Hydraena, 7, 37, 67, 118, 131, 445 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (1,2) 554 Perkins KEYS Key to Genera of Western Hemisphere Hydraenidae, p. 34 Key to Species of Western Hemisphere Parhydraenida, p. 49 Key to Groups of Western Hemisphere Hydraena, p. 64 Key to Species of circulata Group, Hydraena, p. 64 Key to Species of leechi Group, Hydraena, p. 65 Key to Species of marginicollis Group, Hydraena , p. 69 Key to Species of Western Hemisphere Spanglerina, p. 216 Key to Species of Western Hemisphere Limnebius, p. 225 Key to Species of Western Hemisphere Gymnochthebius, p. 248 Key to Subgenera of Western Hemisphere Ochthebius, p. 298 Key to Species of Western Hemisphere Ochthebius ( sensu stricto ), p. 299 Key to Species of Western Hemisphere Ochthebius (Asiobates), p. 303 Publication of Quaestiones Entomologicae was started in 1965 as part of a memorial project for Professor E. H. Strickland, the founder of the Department of Entomology at the University of Alberta in Edmonton in 1922. It is intended to provide prompt relatively low-cost publication for comprehensive accounts of entomological research of greater than average length. However, shorter papers about insects in the Prairie Provinces of Canada are acceptable. Page charges are normally levied, the rate determined by printer’s charges. For information about current page charges, consult the Editor. Copy for all types of papers should conform to the Style Manual for Biological Journals, published by the American Institute of Biological Sciences, Second Edition, 1964, except that titles of periodicals should be given in full. For style of taxonomic papers, the Editor should be consulted. Two copies of a manuscript are requested. All manuscripts will be reviewed by referees. Abstracts are required: one in English, and one in another language, preferably French. Tables, including titles and footnotes, must not be more than 7 3/4 X 4 3/4 inches (19.7 X 12.1 cm). Copy for illustrations must accompany the manuscript, and be of such character as to give satisfactory reproduction at page size (less 1/2 inch, or 1.2 cm on plates of full page size [7 3/4X5 inches, or 19.7 X 13.2 cm]). Reprints must be ordered when proofs are returned, and will be supplied at cost. Subscription rates are the same for institutions, libraries and individuals, $15.00 per volume of four issues, normally appearing at quarterly intervals; single issues $5.00. Back volumes and issues are available at the same cost. These prices supersede those previously indicated, and are subject to change as required by inflationary pressure on the value of money. Communications regarding subscriptions and exchanges should be addressed to the Subscription Manager, and regarding manuscripts to: The Editor, Quaestiones Entomologicae Department of Entomology University of Alberta Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T6G 2E3 Quae st lones Entomologicae A periodical record of entomological investigations* published at the Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada. VOLUME 16 NUMBERS 3-4 JULY-OCTOBER 1980 QUAESTIONES ENTOMOLOGICAE ISSN 0033-5037 A periodical record of entomological investigation published at the Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta. Volume 16 Numbers 3,4 July-October 1981 CONTENTS Pike - Origin of tundra butterflies in Alberta 555 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta - Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus (Coleoptera: Scarabaeinae) 597 Smith and Lehmkuhl - The larvae of four Hydropsyche species with the checkerboard head pattern (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae) 621 Smith and Lehmkuhl - Analysis of two problematic North American caddisfly species: Oecetis avara (Banks) and Oecetis disjuncta (Banks) (Trichoptera: Leptoceridae) 635 Donald and Mutch - The effect of Hydroelectric dams and sewage on the distribution of stoneflies (Plecoptera) along the Bow River 657 Smith - Sawflies (Hymenoptera: symphyta) from George Lake, Alberta 671 Book Review-Griffiths, G.C.D. 1980. Flies of the Nearctic Region 676 Book Review-Howden, H.F. and O.P. Young. 1981. Panamanian Scarabaeinae:Taxonomy, distribution and habits (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae) 678 Book Review-Reigert, P.W. 1980. From arsenic to DDT: A history of entomology in western Canada 679 Book Review-Matthews, E.G. 1980. A guide to the genera of beetles of South Australia. Part 1 681 Editor’s acknowldgements 683 Index 685 ORIGIN OF TUNDRA BUTTERFLIES IN ALBERTA E.M.Pike' Department of Entomology University of Alberta Edmonton, Alberta Quaestiones Entomologicae 16:555-596 1980 ABSTRACT Four distribution types are recognized in the tundra butterfly fauna of Alberta. These indicate two source areas. The major source area was south of Wisconsin ice in northern Washington, Idaho, and Montana. Nine taxa survived in this unglaciated area, five with a Southern Montane distribution: Lycaena phlaeas arethusa ( Wolley-Dod 1907), Lycaena snowi snowi (Edwards, 1881), Oeneis polixenes brucei ( Edwards , 1891), Oeneis bore edwardsi dos Passos, 1949, and Oeneis melissa beani Elwes, 1893. The remaining four have a Central Montane distribution: Colias nastes streckeri Grim-Grschimaillo, 1895, Boloria astarte (Doubleday, 1846-1852(1847 )), Boloria alberta (Edwards, Edwards 1890) Euphydryas editha beani Skinner, 1897. This refugium was restricted on the north by the presence of ice, and on the other three sides by lack of suitable habitat, indicating a narrow and discontinuous tundra belt south of Wisconsin ice. With retreat of Wisconsin ice, dispersal north was stopped by the elimination of continuous tundra in mountain valleys. Taxa with disjunct populations or endemic forms survived glaciations in an Albertan refugium in the vicinity of Mountain Park. The Albertan refugium did not contribute significantly to the colonization of present day Alberta tundra. Disjunct distribution is shown by Boloria improba youngi (Holland, 1900). Endemic forms are Boloria eunomia nichollae (Barnes and Benjamin, 1926), Boloria napaea reiffi Reuss, 1925, and an ecological form of Oeneis melissa beani Elwes, 1893. This investigation yielded information on two isolated refugia. Therefore, the study of butterfly distribution patterns is deemed of great potential value in the study of Wisconsin glacial refugia in general. On reconnait quatre types de distribution parmi la faune albertaine des papillons diurnes de la toundra. Ces types indiquent qu’il existe deux regions d’origine pour ces papillons. La principale est situee sud de la calotte glaciaire du Wisconsin dans le nord des etats de Washington, de I’Idaho et du Montana. Dans cette region, qui echappa a la glaciation, neuf taxons ont survecu, dont cinq sont distribues dans I’etage montagnard sud; ce sont: Lycaena phlaeas arethusa (Wolley-Dod, 1907), Lycaena snowi snowi (Edwards, 1881), Oeneis polixenes brucei (Edwards, 1891), Oeneis bore edwardsi dos Passos, 1949, et Oeneis melissa beani Elwes, 1893. Les quatre autres taxons occupent I’etage montagnard central; ce sont: Colias nastes streckeri Grum-Grschimaillo, 1895, Boloria astarte (Doubleday 1846-1852 (1847)), Boloria alberta (Edwards, 1890) et Euphydryas editha beani Skinner, 1897 . Cette zone refuge etait limitee au nord par la calotte glaciaire, et sur ses trois autres cotes, par /’ absence d'habitats propices, indiquant que la ceinture de toundra etait etroite et discontinue au sud de la calotte glaciaire du Wisconsin. Avec le retrait de la calotte, la dispersion vers le nord fut interrompue par I’elimination des zones continues de toundra dans les vallees de montagne. 1 Present address: Box 1231, Fairview, Alberta, TOH 1L0 556 Pike Des taxons a populations disjointes ou des formes endemiques ont survecu aux glaciations dans un refuge albertain situe pres de Mountain Park. Ce refuge ne contribua pas de facon significative a la colonisation de la toundra albertaine actuelle. Une distribution disjointe apparait chez Boloria improba youngi (Holland. 1900). Les formes endemiques sont representees par Boloria eunomia nichollae (Barnes et Benjamin, 1926), Boloria napaea reiffi Reuss, 1925, et par une variete eologique d’ Oeneis melissa beani Elwes, 1893. Cette recherche fournit de I’information sur deux refuges isoles. Par consequent, I’etude des patrons de distribution des papillons est consideree comme ayant une grande valeur potentielle dans I’etude des refuges de la periode glaciaire Wisconsin. TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction 556 Materials and Methods 557 Results 558 Discussion 568 Conclusions 574 Acknowledgements 574 References 574 Figures 580 INTRODUCTION Certain butterfly taxa have long been recognized as having relict distributions which reflect Pleistocene events (Grote, 1875; Maynard, 1886; Holland, 1898). In spite of the early recognition of these relict taxa, few subsequent workers have considered butterflies in studies of suspected refugia in North America. Yet butterflies would seem to be subjects well suited to such studies for two reasons. In terms of numbers of species, butterflies form an important part of the tundra community. There are more species of butterflies on the arctic islands than there are of the order Coleoptera (Ryan, 1977). This indicates a high probability that they might survive the conditions of a tundra refugium. A second reason is that butterflies appear to differentiate more rapidly than many other insect taxa (Ford, 1946). This suggests that butterfly taxa surviving in a small refugium might develop endemic tendencies to a greater extent than other insects. A number of tundra refugia of this type have been suggested in North America, but few have escaped criticism. One that has, is in the area of Mountain Park, Alberta, Canada (see figure 1). This area is easily accessable and so became the focal area of this study. The objectives of this paper were to determine the value of the distributions of Alberta s tundra butterflies to the study of Wisconsin age refugia. This entails the location of source areas, routes of immigration, and barriers to dispersal. In order to meet this objective, detailed distribution maps of all North American were compiled. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 557 MATERIALS AND METHODS Materials During the course of this study, 1124 specimens were collected in Alberta and British Columbia, of which 907 represent taxa known to occur in Alberta. A further 720 specimens were examined from private collections, making a total of 1844 specimens. Specimens collected within the boundaries of Banff and Jasper National Parks are deposited in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario; University of Alberta Strickland Museum, Edmonton, Alberta; and Park offices in Banff and Jasper. Remaining specimens are deposited as follows: voucher specimens to the University of Alberta Strickland Museum, and selected series to my collection. Some material was exchanged for specimens for future research. Methods A tundra butterfly species is a taxon in which the life cycle is confined to areas above treeline. This definition includes both arctic and alpine taxa. The existence of tundra is usually defined through reference to treeline. Treeline is here used to delineate the lower, or southern, boundary of the subarctic or subalpine zone as defined by Love (1970). This is necessitated by the occurence of tundra butterfly taxa south of the actual limit of trees. Because of limited dispersal abilities of most species used as ndicators of refugia, and the island nature of alpine tundra, taxa restricted to tundra provide the best biological evidence for identifying sites of suspected alpine refugia. Because this study is not a revision, subspecies were accepted as presented in dos Passes (1964), as modified by more recently published information. None of these subspecies has been adequately investigated. Although many may not be valid taxonomically, the names provide convenient sources of reference to recognizably distinct populations. This is the sole reason for their use in this study. Most subspecies of in Alberta are fairly distinct, and are readily placed with populations outside the province. This allows reasonably secure hypotheses about their evolution and dispersal into Alberta. Study area The area under study includes all known tundra examined for butterflies in North America, but the focus of attention is on tundra in Alberta. Tundra extends from the Sierra Nevada of California and the Sangre de Cristo range of New Mexico (approximately 36° N.) at elevations of over 3384 meters (1 1,000 ft.), north to the limit of land on Ellesmere Island and Greenland (approximately 83° N.). In eastern North America, isolated areas of tundra occur as far south as Mount Marcy, New York, and Mount Washington, New Hampshire (approximately 44° N.) at elevations of just over 1358 meters (5000 ft.). In Alberta, tundra extends from the United States border (49° N.) north to about 56° 20 N., where the Rocky Mountains are extended west of the provincial boundary, province. Occurrence of tundra roughly parallels the Alberta-British Columbia border along the continental divide. It is usually above 1970 meters (6500 ft.) in northern areas of the province, gradually increasing in elevation to the point where it is not found below 2153 meters (7000 ft.) at 49° N. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 558 Pike Results The following tundra butterfly taxa have been reported from North America. Where possible, sequence and classification follow dos Passos (1964). Numbers preceding names refer to this ordering. Changes reflect recent descriptions or instances where status of taxa have been questioned. Asterisks preceding a name indicates that the taxon has been recorded from Alberta. 243 Parnassiius eversmanni thor H. Edwards, 1881 Type-locality; upper reaches of the Yukon River. Geographical Distribution. - Known distribution is given in Figure 2. This species is also recorded from arctic Europe and Asia, southward on numerous mountain ranges, with one disjunct population in Japan. In North America, this subspecies has dispersed outside of Beringia only to adjacent mountain ranges in British Columbia, where it is represented by two populations whose ranges are disjunct from one another. Material examined: 88 specimens. 285 Colias boothii Curtis, 1835 Type-locality: Boothia peninsula, North West Territories. Notes. - Adults of this species have been confused by taxonomists in the past with those of C. nastes and C. hecla, and the species was once thought to represent a hybrid of these taxa. It is now recognized as a distinct species, but some taxonomists still confuse specimens with those of yellow populations of C. nastes , particularly C. n. thula (Philip, in The Lepidopterists’ Society season Summaries, 1974, 1975, 1976). Populations of C. n. thula are sympatric with those of C. n. aliaska. This indicates three possibilities: C. n. thula is a spcies distinct from both C. boothii and C. nastes; C. n. thula is an Alaskan subspecies of C. boothii’, C. n. thula is a form of C. nastes not deserving taxonomic recognition. Because neither C. n. thula or C. boothii are found in Alberta, this problem does not affect the outcome of this project. Geographical Distribution. Distribution is indicated in Figure 3, along with that of C. n. thula which is plotted here to show that the two are allopatric. C. n. thula is restricted to northern Alaska, C. boothii to the North West Territories and the Yukon Territory. Material examined: 2 specimens. 296 Colias nastes Boisduval, 1832 Seven subspecies are currently recognized. C. n. nastes Boisduval, 1932 Type-locality: Labrador (Ungava Peninsula). C. n. rossi Guenee, 1864 Type-locality: Boothia Peninsula, North West Territories. C. n. moina Strecker, 1880 Type-locality: Churchill, Manitoba. * C. n. streckeri Grum-Grschimailo, 1895 Type-locality: Laggan, Alberta (Lake Louise). C. n. cocandicides Verity, 1911 Type-locality: unavailable. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 559 C. n. thula Hovanitz, Type-locality: Meade River, Alaska. C. n. aliaska Bang-Haas, 1927 Type-locality: unavailable Notes. - C. n. streckeri includes only green colormorphs, which exhibit slight, but constant variation. Adults were first collected on a number of mountains in the vicinity of Laggan, Alberta, by T. E. Bean. It has since been reported from many mountains in Alberta. Colonies probably exist in the province wherever tundra has developed. Specimens are usually abundant, although often difficult to catch. Populations from Pink Mountain, British Columbia, are provisionally assigned to this subspecies. This species has not been adequately treated in a revision. If it were, it is probable that some of the presently accepted names would be synonymized. Geographical Distribution. - Distribution is shown in Figures 3 and 4. This species is also known from Europe and Asia. In North America, it is recorded from Alaska, Yukon and North West Territories, Quebec, Manitoba, Labrador, British Columbia, Alberta, Washington, and Montana. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 24. Exact limits of the subspecies are not known in the arctic, although the range shown on the map is probably close to the actual range of the species. Material examined: 271 specimens. 443 Lycaena phleas Linnaeus(Linnaeus, 1761) Four subspecies are recognized, only three of which are restricted to tundra habitat. L. p. hypophleas Boisduval, 1852) Type-locality: Sierra of California. *L. p. arethusa (Wolley-Dod, 1907) Type-locality: Sheep River, 30 miles south west of Calgary, Alberta. L. p.feildeni (M’Lachlan, 1878) Type-locality: Ellesmere Island, 81° 41 N., North West Territories. Notes. - The distribution patterns and relationships between the various subspecies in Europe and North America are poorly understood. In North America, one subspecies, L.p. americanaLycaena phleas americana, does not occur on tundra. Also, while L. p. arethusa specimens are encountered most often above treeline, some range well below treeline in Alberta. The type locality, if taken literally, is well below treeline, although Wolley-Dod may have been referring to the headwaters of the River, which are much higher in elevation. Specimens have been taken below treeline more regularly at Mountain Park, and northwards on Prospect Mountain, and at Moberly Creek, and Grande Cache. In spite of intensive collecting in recent years, specimens have not been found below treeline south of Mountain Park. For this reason, boreo-montane populations are here considered to be derived from alpine populations, and this subspecies is considered a tundra butterfly. It is also possible that the low altitude populations represent a distinct taxon separate from the alpine populations. Geographical Distribution. - L. p. arethusa is found as far south as Colorado, and as far north as Grande Cache, Alberta. The nominotypical form is European. This species is found over much of Europe and Asia. The Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 560 Pike Nearctic distribution is indicated in Figure 5. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 25. Material examined: 33 specimens. 445 Lyceana snowi (Edwards, 1881) Two subspecies are recognized. * L. s. snowi (Edwards, 1881) Type-locality: Colorado. L. s. henry ae (Cadbury, 1937) Type-locality: Cariboo Pass, Peace River Country, British Columbia. Notes. - L. s. henryae has not been collected since its description. L. s. snowi was first collected in Alberta by T. E. Bean in the vicinity of Laggan. However, specimens -are more commonly encountered to the south than to the north in the province. In Alberta, it appears to be restricted to above treeline, but in Wyoming, it has been reported below treeline (Howe, 1975; Ferris, 1971). Opinions differ about the relationship of this species to L. cupreus, whose range is below treeline in California, north east to Colorado. Howe (1975) and Ehrlich and Ehrlich (1961) consider the two groups conspecific. Dos Passos and most previous authors consider them distinct. I follow dos Passos. Certainly the two taxa are closely related. However, this taxonomic problem does not affect the outcome of this project because the Alberta material is clearly similar to L. snowi of Colorado. Geographical Distribution. - Distribution is indicated in Figure 6. L. snowi is found from Colorado north to central British Columbia. It has not been reported from the Yukon Territory or Alaska. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 26. Material examined: 25 specimens. 595 Euphydryas edit ha (Boisduval, 1852) Eighteen subspecies are currently recognized. Of these, only four are restricted to tundra. These are treated below. E. e. nubigena Behr, 1863 Type-locality: Headwaters of the Tuolumne River and beyond to elevations of 11500 ft. (3538 m.), California. E. e. lawrenci Gunder, 1931 Type-locality: Mount Theilsen, Douglas County, Oregon. E. e. colonia Write, 1905 Type-locality: Mt. Hood, Oregon. *E. e. beani Skinner, 1897 Type-locality: High elevations near Laggan, Alberta (Lake Louise). Notes. - While most subspecies of E. editha are not found on tundra, these four subspecies appear to be restricted to tundra environments, which they evidently colonized recently, apparently in response to empty niches on the mountains they inhabit. With the exception of E. e. beani , they occur where there are virtually no other tundra butterflies. E. e. beani has been reported more commonly to the south of the type locality, where specimens were collected by T. E. Bean. Specimens are easily confused with alpine specimens Tundra butterflies in Alberta 561 of E. anicia. The northern records of E. e. beani are older, and may represent misidentifications, but most of the southern records have been verified in recent years. Geographical Distribution. - Distributions are indicated in Figure 7. E. e. beani is restricted to the mountains of southern Alberta and British Columbia and E. e. nubigena is restricted to the high Sierras of California. The other two subspecies have only been recorded from their type localities. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 27. Material examined: 27 specimens. 597 Boloria napaca (Hoffmansegg, 1804) The nominotypical form is European. Four subspecies have been recorded from North America. B. n. alaskensis (Holland, 1900) Type-locality: Mountains between 40 mile and Mission Creeks, Alaska. B. n. nearctica Verity, 1932 Type-locality: North eastern Alaska. *B. n. reiffi Reuss, 1925 Type locality: Mountains of British Columbia. B. n. halli Klots, 1940 Type-locality: Green River Pass, Wind River Mountains, Wyoming. Notes. - Shepard (in Howe, 1975) has made B. n. reiffi a junior synonym of B. n. alaskensis . This is without warrant, for it is not based on study of the type specimen, but rather on conjecture by Klots (1940) and Warren (1944). Specimens of B. n. reiffi have been recorded from Kvass Creek Summit and the headwaters of the Berland River, Alberta. I adopt this assignment because of the proximity of the type locality. In the past, these subspecies were treated under the name B. pales (Denis and Schiffermuller, 1775). Warren(1944) placed them under the name B. napaea. This is generally accepted, but it is based on characters of doubtful significance. Geographical Distribution. - Distribution is indicated in Figure 8. This species is common in arctic and alpine areas of Europe and Asia. In North America, it is found in Alaska, Yukon Territory, and arctic North West Territories excluding the northern-most arctic islands. It has been reported in northern British Columbia, and as disjunct populations in central Alberta, and in Wyoming. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 28. Material examined: 78 specimens. 601 Boloria improba ( Butler , 1877) Two subspecies are recognized. B. i. improba (Butler, 1877) Type-locality: Winter Cove, Cambridge Bay, North West Territories. *B. i.youngi (Holland, 1900) Type-locality: Mountains between 40 mile and Mission Creeks, Alaska. Notes. - B. improba was first reported from Alberta in 1976 from Prospect Mountain (see Figure 1). Eleven specimens have been collected. Adults of this population appear most similar to those of Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 562 Pike B. i. youngi, and the Alberta population is so placed, but it may deserve subspecific status. Adults show constant and remarkably stable differences from adults of other examined populations. This is a highly variable species year to year, so longer series are needed before a decision can be made. In the summer of 1978, another disjunct population was discovered in Colorado (Sperling, pers. comm.) This population has been described as B. acrocnema Gall and Sperling, 1980. Geographical Distribution. - Distributions of the two subspecies are indicated in Figure 9. This species is also known from arctic Europe and Asia. In North America, it is found in Alaska, the Yukon Territory, arctic North West Territories excluding the high arctic islands, northern British Columbia, and disjunct populations in west-central Alberta and Colorado. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 29. Material examined 147 specimens. 604 Boloria polaris (Boisduval, 1829) Three subspecies are recognized. B. p. polaris (Boisduval, 1829) Type-locality: Norwegian Alps. B. p. groenlandica (Skinner, 1892) Type-locality: Greenland. B p. stellata Masters, 1972 Type-locality: Churchill, Manitoba. Notes. - Adults of this species are rarely collected, although they are often abundant. Unlike most butterfly species, very few infraspecific names have been proposed for this taxon. Geographical Distribution. - This species is found from Lappland across arctic Europe and Asia to Greenland. In North America, it is recorded from Alaska, Yukon Territory, North West Territories including the high arctic islands, Manitoba, Quebec, Labrador, and northern British Columbia. Distribution is indicated in Figure 10. Material examined: 234 specimens. 606 * Boloria alberta (Edwards, 1890) Type-locality: Laggan, Alberta (Lake Louise). Notes. - This species has been reported from Anaktuvuk Pass, Alaska, but because worn adults of B. polaris and B. distincta resemble those of B. alberta , this record must be regarded as suspect. Geographical Distribution. - This species is restricted to high alpine areas in northern Montana, southern Alberta and British Columbia. A different subspecies has been reported from the U.S.S.R. Nearctic distribution is indicated in Figure 12. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 30. Material examined: 43 specimens. 607 * Boloria astarte (Doubleday, 1846-1852(1847)) Type-locality: Mountains of British Columbia, here restricted to Mt. Cheam. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 563 Notes. - dos Passos (1964) and Shepard (in Howe, 1975) recognize two subspecies; B. a. astarte and B. a. distincta. Wyatt (1957) discounts the hypothesis that they are conspecific. Because of numerous differences between the two taxa, I follow Wyatt. Certainly they are easily separated, but closely related. The problem does not affect the outcome of this project. Type-locality is the mountains of British Columbia. (Edwards 1891) roposed the name which he later recognized as a junior synonym of B. astarte. The type locality for A. victoria is Laggan, Alberta (Lake Louise). At the time of the description of B. astarte , British Columbia s boundaries were poorly defined or non-existent, and the area around Laggan was unexplored. It seems reasonable to restrict the type locality of B. astarte to the locality nearest the major cities of British Columbia around 1800-1820. The type-locality is hereby restricted to Mount Cheam, south of Hope, British Columbia, where lives the population closes to Vancouver Island and the mouth of the Frazer River. Geographical Distribution. - Distribution is indicated in Figure 12. This species is recorded from British Columbia, Alberta, and northern Washington and Montana. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 34. Material examined: 60 specimens. 607b Boloria distincta (Gibson, 1920) Type-locality: Harrington Creek, Yukon Territory. Geographical Distribution. - In North America this species appears to be restricted to Beringia with one record from Atlin, British Columbia and a few from the Richardson Mountains, North West Territories. Distribution is indicated in Figure 13. Material examined: 15 specimens. 610 Boloria eunomia (Esper, 1787) Seven subspecies are recognized in North America, four of which are restricted to tundra (includes alpine bogs) conditions above treeline. B. e. caelestis ( Hemming, 1933) Type-locality: Hall Valley, Park County, Colorado. B. e. ursadentis Ferris and Groothuis, 1971 Type-locality: Beartooth Plateau, Wyoming. *B. e. nichollae (Barnes and Benjamin, 1926) Type-locality: Rocky Mountains of North America, here restricted to the north end of Wilcox Pass, Columbia ice fields, Jasper National Park, Alberta. B. e. laddi (Klots, 1940) Type-locality: Lewis Lake, Albany County, Wyoming. Notes. - B. e. nichollae was misidentified by Shepard (in Howe, 1975). His identification was based on the fact that according to the published itinerary of the original collector s trip west (Nicholls, 1905), she did not and could not have collected in the area where a dark form corresponding to the description is found. However, she made a later trip west, as indicated by records of B. alberta and B. astarte collected by her at the headwaters of the Saskatchewan and Athabasca Rivers, Alberta (Entomological Society of Ontario, records; seasonal collection list, Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 564 Pike 1907). This area is the center of the distribution of the dark form of B. eunomia. This suggests that Mrs. Nicholls could have collected the type series during her second trip. This is supported by a paratype from the USNM which is darker than normal adults from most areas in the mountains of Alberta. Accordingly, the type locality is restricted to the north end of Wilcox pass, Columbia Ice Fields, Jasper National Park, Alberta. This pass was chosen because before the highway was built between Jasper and Lake Louise, the only way to cross from the Athabasca watershed to that of the Saskatchewan River was via this pass by pack train (J. Pike, pers. comm.). If Mrs. Nicholls collected in both watersheds, she must have used this pass, and probably collected there as evidenced by the type series of B. e. nichollae. Geographical Distribution. - Distributions of the four subspecies are indicated in Figure 14. B. e. nichollae is restricted to west-central Alberta, B. e. ursadentis to its type-locality (Beartooth Plateau, Wyoming), B. e. laddi to Wyoming, and B. e. caelestis to Colorado. There has been one record of B. e. laddi from Colorado, but this has been questioned. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 32. Material examined: 184 specimens. 667 Oeneis bore (Schneider, 1792) Included here is O. taygete Geyer, 1830. Six subspecies are recognized. O. b. taygete Geyer, 1830 Type-locality: Hopedale, Labrador. O. b. gaspeensis dos Passos, 1 949 Type-locality: Mount Albert, Quebec. O. b.fordi dos Passos, 1949 Type-locality: Kuskoquim River Valley, Alaska. *0. b. edwardsi dos Passos, 1949 Type-locality: San Juan Mountains, Hinsdale County, Colorado. O. b. hanburyi Watkins, 1928 . Type-locality: Coronation Gulf, North West Territories. O. b. mackinleyensis dos Passos, 1 949 Type-locality: Mount McKinley National Park, Alaska. Notes. - Adults of these subspecies are very similar to one another. Alberta material was ascribed to O. b. edwardsi by dos Passos in his description. Adults were first collected in the province at Nordegg by K. Bowman. Adults of what is usually considered O. taygete are distinguished by the presence of white outlined veins on the ventral hind wings. This character does not appear to be constant. Because of this, and the amount of confusion surrounding the use of these names in the literature, they are here treated as synonyms to facilitate the handling of locality data. Either way, the outcome of this project is not affected. Geographical Distribution. - Distribution is indicated in Figure 15. This species is found in Alaska, Yukon Territory, arctic North West Territories excluding the high arctic islands, Quebec, Manitoba, Labrador, northern British Columbia, Alberta, Montana, Wyoming, and Colorado. There is one record from Utah. It is also known from Europe and Asia, along the coast of the Arctic Ocean. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 32. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 565 Material examined: 178 specimens. 670 Oeneis melissa (Fabricius, 1775) Seven subspecies are recognized. O. m. melissa (Fabricius, 1775) Type-locality: Newfoundland. O. m. semplei Holland, 1931 Type-locality: Little Cape James River; Churchill, Manitoba; Hudson Bay. O. m. assimilis Butler, 1868 Type-locality: Repulse Bay, North West Territories. O. m. gibsoni Holland, 1931 Type-locality: Kuskoquim River Valley, Alaska. O. m. lucilla Barnes and McDunnogh, 1918 Type-locality: Hall Valley, Colorado. *0. m. beani Elwes, 1893 Type-locality: Laggan, Alberta (Lake Louise). O. m. semidea (Say, 1828) Type-locality: White Mountains, New Hampshire. Notes. - North of the type-locality, specimens of O. m. beani , while appearing phenotypically identical to southern specimens, live in a different habitat. Southern populations are restricted to areas of rock covered by black lichens. In the north, they are found on stable talus slopes where there is no black lichen. Distributions of the seven subspecies are indicated in Figure 16. Geographical limits of the arctic subspecies are uncertain. This species is recorded from Alaska, the Yukon Territory, arctic North West Territories excluding the high arctic islands, Quebec, Manitoba, Labrador, Newfoundland, British Columbia, Alberta, Montana, Wyoming, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, and New Hampshire. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 34. Material examined: 99 specimens. 671 Oeneis polixenes (Fabricius, 1775) Six subspecies are recognized. O. p. polixenes (Fabricius, 1775) Type-locality: Labrador? America Boreali O.p. subhyalina (Curtis, 1835) Type-locality: Boothia Peninsula, North West Territories. O. p.katahdin (Newcomb, 1901) Type-locality: Mount Katahdin, Maine. O. p. peartiae (Edwards, 1897) Type-locality: Winter Cove, Cambridge Bay, North West Territories. *0. p. brucei (Edwards, 1891) Type-locality: Bullion Mountain, Hall Valley, Park County, Colorado. O. p. yukonensis Gibson, 1920 Type-locality: unavailable. Notes. - Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 566 Pike There appears to be a gap in the distribution of O. p. brucei. It is not reported from Montana or southern Alberta. O. b. edwardsi shows a similar gap. These two species are very similar, and in both, adults fly early in the season. It is possible that this gap represents a temporal collecting bias, and not an actual disjunction. O. p. brucei was first collected in Alberta in the vicinity of Banff. Adults are more commonly encountered north of Banff than south. This species has not been reported from southern British Columbia, being restricted, like O. b. edwardsi , to the front ranges east of the Rocky Mountain Trench. Geographical Distribution. Distribution is indicated in Figure 17. This species has been reported from Alaska, the Yukon Territory, arctic North West Territories excluding the high arctic islands, Quebec, Manitoba, Labrador, northern British Columbia, Alberta, Wyoming, Colorado, and Maine. Alberta distribution is indicated in Figure 35. Material examined: 283 specimens. 675 Erebia magdalena Strecker, 1880 Two subspecies are recognized. E. m. magdalena Strecker, 1880 Type-locality: Mountains near Georgetown, Colorado. E. m. mackinleyensis Gunder, 1932 Type-locality: Sable Pass, Mount McKinley National Park, Alaska. Notes. - In spite of intensive collecting, this species has not been reported from north of the Beartooth Plateau, Montana, or south of the Yukon Territory. The two subspecies are fairly distinct. Geographical Distribution. - Distribution is indicated in Figure 18. This species is known from Alaska, the Yukon Territory, Montana, Wyoming, Utah, Colorado, and New Mexico. Material examined: 25 specimens. 676 Erebia fasciata Butler, 1868 Two subspecies are recognized E.f. fasciata Butler, 1868 Type-locality: Victoria Island, North West Territories. E.f. avinoffi Holland, 1930 Type-locality: Kotzebue Sound, Alaska. Geographical Distribution. - Neartic distribution is indicated in Figure 19. This species is known from Alaska, the Yukon Territory, and arctic North West Territories excluding the high arctic islands and Baffin Island. It is also recorded from Asia. Material examined: 25 specimens. 677 Erebia youngi Holland, 1900 Three subspecies are recognized. E. y. youngi Holland, 1900 Type-locality: Mountains between 40 mile and Mission Creeks, Alaska. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 567 E.y. herscheli Leussler, 1935 Type-locality: Herscheli Island, Yukon Territory. E.y. rileyi dos Passos, 1947 Type-locality: Mount McKinley National Park, Alaska. Notes. - Adults of this species are easily confused with those of E. dabanensis; records of one may easily refer to the other. Geographical Distribution. - Distribution is indicated in Figure 20. This species is also recorded from Asia. In North America, it is found in Alaska, the Yukon Territory and western-most arctic North West Territories. Material examined: 12 specimens. Erebia dabanensis Erschoff, 1871 Type-locality: Chamar-daban, Urkutsk, U.S.S.R. Notes. - This species has tentatively been identified from a number of localities in Alaska. The specimens may represent E. youngi. Details for their separation are given in Warren (1936). Geographical Distribution. - Distribution is indicated in Figure 21. So far, this species has only been reported from Alaska and eastern Asia. Material examined: 1 specimen. Erebia inuitica Wyatt, 1966 Type-locality: Anaktuvuk Pass, Alaska. Notes. - This species has not been collected since its description. Geographical Distribution. - The type-locality is indicated in Figure 22. 681 Erebia callias Edwards ,1871 Type-locality: Colorado. Notes. - E. callias is common in the southern Rocky Mountains. It is the only endemic butterfly in the southern Rocky Mountains that is restricted to tundra. Geographical Distribution. - Distribution is indicated in Figure 23. It is recorded from Montana, Wyoming, Utah, and Colorado. It has also been reported from Asia. Material examined: 23 specimens. Twelve taxa are known from Alberta. Their distributions are shown in Figures 24 through 35. These taxa are: C. n. streckeri Figure 24 L. p. arethusa Figure 25 L. s. snowi Figure 26 E. e. beani Figure 27 B. n. reiffi Figure 28 B. alberta Figure 30 B. astarte Figure 3 1 B. e. nichollae Figure 32 O. b. edwardsi Figure 33 O. m. beani Figure 34 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 568 Pike B. i. youngi Figure 29 O. p. brucei Figure 35 These twelve taxa are grouped into four types of distribution patterns: Southern Montane, Central Montane, Disjuncts, and Endemics. TYPE 1 - Southern Montane (Figure 36a) This pattern includes five taxa whose ranges extend from Alberta south to the Montana-Wyoming border, or beyond to Colorado and New Mexico. L. p. arethusa O. b. edwardsi O. p. brucei O. m. beani L. s. snowi TYPE 2 - Central Montane (Figure 36b) This group includes four taxa not found north of the British Columbia- Yukon Territory border, or south of northern-most Montana and Washington. C. n. streckeri B. alberta E. e. beani B. astarte TYPE 3 - Disjuncts (Figure 36c) One taxon found in Alberta represents a disjunction from a northern population. There do not appear to be any disjunctions from southern populations. B. i. youngi TYPE 4 - Endemic forms (Figure 36d) Included here are two taxa known only from the central Canadian Rocky Mountains. B. e. nichollae B. n. reiffi Possibly three other taxa may be placed here. As mentioned earlier, the Alberta population of Boloria improba may represent an undescribed subspecies. Also, O. m. beani from around Prospect Mountain shows an ecological specialization which may deserve recognition, and the one specimen of L. p. arethusa from above treeline at Prospect Mountain is very different from normal arethusa. This may be an aberration, or it may represent an undescribed taxon. DISCUSSION In general, distribution patterns are determined in part by ecological tolerances, or proximal factors, and in part by past events, or historical factors (Udvardy, 1969; Larsen and Barry, 1974; Love and Love, 1974). I have not attempted to study explicitly by experimental means those factors involved with ecological tolerance. Rather, I accept that such exist, and assume that the tundra butterflies of Alberta exist in such areas because the latter are favorable. Further, I assume that these taxa do not live elsewhere in geographically proximal areas, because they cannot tolerate other ecological conditions, either biotic or physical. I concentrate on explaining the historical concomitants of the distribution patterns. In general, historical explanations depend on a series of hypotheses, because the determining events were not observed, and thus their existence and interrelations must be inferred from evidence that is presently available. However, meaningful inferences cannot be generated in vacuo. Rather, they are based on assumptions that must be regarded, for the sake of a given set of circumstances, as axiomatic. My assumptions are as follows. 1. Climatic events of the Wisconsin glacial stages influenced the distribution patterns of extant butterfly taxa of tundra areas of Alberta. There is a vast amount of data which document the effects of this glaciation on other groups of animals and plants. For the Tundra butterflies in Alberta 569 present, these effects are assumed for the tundra butterflies as well. Specific indications derived from distribution patterns shown by tundra butterflies are discussed in the section on source areas of this fauna. 2. Unglaciated areas of the eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains were habitable during glacial times. This assumption is necessary to explain the presence of disjunct populations of non-butterfly taxa in the study area, given that these disjunctions are not artifacts and are interpreted correctly. Geological data (Roed, Mountjoy, Rutter, 1967; Rutter, 1972; Boydell, 1972; Curry, 1976; Reimchen and Bayrock, 1977; Stalker, 1977; Alley, 1973; Jackson, 1977; Reeves, 1973) indicate the likelihood that this assumption is valid. 3. Immediate ancestral stocks of all species of butterflies that are included in each distribution type survived together in the same refugium. This assumption is required to explain the fact that more than one taxon shows a given distribution pattern. 4. Dispersal of tundra adapted stocks has been slow and orderly. This has been the result of the non-random and gradual retreat of Wisconsin ice sheets. Because life spans are short, and flight capabilities are generally poor* tundra butterflies do not appear to be suited to dispersal over long distances. 5. Evidence of endemism is evidence of isolation of such stocks from other populations for a period of time that extends from the present to at least the end of the Sangamon interglacial stage. Genetic change usually requires a period of isolation (see Morisset, 1971, and Packer, 1971, for discussions in the context of endemism and refugia). Endemism is one way that such genetic change is expressed. The end of the Sangamon interglacial is the last possible time that endemic populations could have been genetically continuous with ancestral populations of other forms. Explanation of the distribution patterns of the tundra butterflies of Alberta requires postulation of source areas of these populations. There are three potential source areas: Beringia, Continental North America south of Wisconsin ice, and one or more refugia within the limits of continental ice along the Rocky Mountains in Alberta and British Columbia. Two are external to Alberta: Beringia, and Continental North America south of Wisconsin ice. One includes the eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains, that is, an internal refugium in the sense that it was probably surrounded by ice at the height of the Wisconsin glacial stage. Existence of the external source areas is well established by an abundance of evidence. Existence of the internal source area is based on less extensive evidence: at least twelve plant taxa have disjunct populations in the front ranges of the Rocky Mountains (Packer and Vitt, 1974) as do three species of beetles (Belicek, 1976; Ball, pers. comm.), and one crustacean. The endemic species of crustacean which has been reported (Clifford and Bergstrom, 1976) is of questionable value in this context. Extensive areas surrounded by ice were probably available in Alberta during Wisconsin time for habitation, although much of the unglaciated area was likely bedrock, and probably too rugged and too high to support tundra vegetation. Today, distribution of disjunct taxa is concentrated along the front ranges of the Rocky Mountains, and especially in the Mountain Park area. Endemic taxa are also centered in this area. Possibly the refugium was located in this area during the Wisconsin stage. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 570 Pike Figure 37 indicates the approximate limit of Wisconsin ice in the Mountain Park area. A high ridge on the western side, which now forms the Jasper National Park boundary, would have prevented ice from entering this area from the west. The northern boundary has been documented as Cordilleran ice in the Athabasca River Valley which coalesced with laurentide ice in the vicinity of Hinton (Roed, Mountjoy, and Rutter, 1967) See Figure 5. The eastern boundary would most likely have been somewhere in the foothills, or the eastern slopes of Cadomin and Red Cap Mountains. The southern boundary is uncertain, and the refugium may have extended south to Nordegg, where ice in the Saskatchewan River Valley would have formed a barrier. The area encompassed is a series of valleys and ridges which run in an east-west direction. They provide, at present, considerable and varied alpine habitat. All ice present in the refugium during Wisconsin time would have been thin and of local derivation. It is probable that small pro-glacial lakes were present during the height of glaciation, being formed by summer melt waters off the ice and from annual snow fall. Alpine tundra could have maintained an extent and position similar to that at present. Of the three possible source areas listed above, I believe that only two contained immediate ancestors of the extant populations under consideration. My major hypotheses, then, are: 1. The source area for butterflies with distribution types 1 and 2 was an external refugium south of the ice. 2. The source area for butterflies with distribution types 3 and 4 was an internal, or Albertan refugium. Each of these hypotheses is discussed below. Additionally, a series of secondary hypotheses is presented in conjunction with locating more precisely the source area of the butterflies from the external refugium south of Wisconsin ice. The source area of the nine taxa in groups 1 and 2 is placed south of Wisconsin ice for the following reasons. Of the nine species involved, five also live in Beringia, and are represented there by distinctive forms. Alberta material is easily allied with southern forms in all five species. None of the Beringian forms even approach the Alberta border to the north. The remaining four species are not in Beringia, and two have clear relationships with southern taxa. This suggests that they evolved south of the Wisconsin ice sheets. No tundra butterflies in Beringia have dispersed south into and still survive in Alberta. In the Trichoptera (Nimmo, 1971) and Coccinellidae (Belicek, 1976) faunas that have been investigated, only a very small proportion has been derived from Beringia. This includes all habitat types. Of all Alberta s butterflies, the source area of only one can be identified as Beringia. This suggests that not only tundra elements, but all elements of the Beringian fauna could not easily migrate south, including the boreal forest communities. If these taxa survived Wisconsin glaciations in the Alberta refugium, there are a number of indications that might be expected. First, we might expect that some of these taxa would have dispersed north from the refugium as well as south. There would not be barriers to entry into Alaska for the four species not present there now. We would alsq expect that some of the distinctly alpine taxa would be found on arctic tundra in the North West Territories. These possibilities have not been realized. It is possible that some of these taxa survived in the Alberta refugium, but have not contributed to colonization of other areas, however, in the absence of endemic tendencies, these cannot be identified. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 571 It is also unlikely that taxa surviving in the Alberta refugium could have dispersed as far as New Mexico in post-glacial times, but not into the coastal ranges of Washington, Oregon, and California. This would imply long distance dispersal between mountain ranges, and the gaps in habitat are similar in size on both the eastern and western mountain ranges. In order to locate the source area of types 1 and 2 more precisely, the following hypotheses are made. 1. Taxa in types 1 and 2 survived the Wisconsin glaciation in the same refugium. 2. Dispersal south into Wyoming and Colorado from this refugium was blocked by gaps in habitat. 3. The tundra belt south of the ice sheet was very narrow and broken. This prevented dispersal east to New England and Quebec. 4. Dispersal west and south along the coastal ranges was blocked by large gaps in habitat in central Washington. These hypotheses are discussed below. 1. Taxa in types 1 and 2 survived together. These taxa have similar boundaries on three sides of their present ranges. This indicates that they are responding to retreat of Wisconsin ice in a similar manner. If so, it is reasonable to expect that they would respond to the Wisconsin ice advances in a similar manner as well, and that as they were displaced south, and northern colonies were extinguished, the surviving colonies would be found in about the same area. Type 1 distributions have been identified in plants (Packer and Vitt, 1974), Trichoptera (Nimmo, 1971), and Coccinellidae (Belicek, 1976). Type 2 distributions have been identified in Trichoptera (Nimmo, 1971), but not in plants or Coccinellidae. At least one species of carabid beetle shows this type of distribution: Nebria schwarzi. This indicates a fairly general phenomenon, and that large elements of the tundra community were involved. This is to be expected if the hypothesis is correct. 2. Dispersal from this refugium south was blocked by gaps in habitat. This hypothesis is necessary to explain the fact that type 2 taxa have not dispersed farther south, where there appears to be ample suitable habitat, and empty niches available. Because there are no plant taxa which show this type of distribution, these butterfly taxa are not limited by foodplant distribution. It would seem that they have been physically blocked from dispersing south. The only reasonable explanation is that tundra was not very extensive, and that these taxa are not capable of crossing even minor gaps in habitat. In other words, dispersal can only be accomplished if the habitat is continuous. By hypothesizing a narrow tundra belt, breaks would occur in the belt in the vicinity of central Montana, which is where the barrier seems to have been. Also in support of this hypothesis is the fact that the two endemic taxa in the southern Rocky Mountains have not been able to disperse north across this barrier. It would appear that the presence of type 1 taxa in the southern Rocky Mountains would weaken this argument. However, because two of these taxa are derived from non-tundra species which evolved below the ice margin, their presence probably dates to pre-Wisconsin times. Also, because the three species on isolated tundra in New England and Quebec are also in the Rocky Mountains, they must either be capable of much better dispersal, or they must have had more time to reach these areas. While they may be more efficient at dispersing than other tundra butterflies, they have not managed to invade the arctic islands very successfully, which weakens the suggestion that they extended their Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 572 Pike ranges into the southern Rocky Mountains in post-Wisconsin times. If they were present in North America during earlier, more extensive glaciations, not only would the extent of tundra be greater, and therefore the gaps smaller, but they would have had considerably more time to spread through the southern Rocky Mountains. It is suggested, therefore, that these taxa represent elements of an older dispersal south, perhaps during Illinoisan or Nebraskan glaciations. This might also explain the presence of E. magdalena and E. callias in Colorado and Wyoming. 3. The tundra belt along the southern margin of Wisconsin ice was discontinuous. Six of the nine species under discussion are not represented in the isolated tundra of New England and Quebec. The three tundra species there are represented by subspecies that are more closely related to subspecies in Labrador and the eastern arctic. This indicates that a major barrier was present. Because the six species that are absent inhabit a variety of habitats, and two of them inhabit all tundra areas except New England, Quebec, and the southern Rocky Mountains, it is reasonable to expect that the nature of this barrier had to be a break in the tundra belt. Otherwise, at least one or two of these species would be expected on the tundra in New England and Quebec, and the relationship would be closer between eastern and western populations of the three species found on both sides of this barrier. Based on pollen core data, similar conclusions have been reached with respect to the discontinuous tundra belt (Love, 1959; Ritchie, 1969; Wright, 1970). 4. Dispersal west and south along the coastal ranges was blocked by large gaps in habitat in central Washington. Only two of the twelve species in Alberta are also on the coastal ranges, where each is represented by a different subspecies. Tundras from Oregon south to the Sierra Nevada are the most depauperate in terms of tundra butterflies, in North America. This indicates a major barrier. If minor barriers prove to be effective for these butterflies, distances between the mountain peaks in Oregon and southern Washington would be almost insurmountable. This is in keeping with the suggestion that the nine taxa in types 1 and 2 are unable to cross unfavorable habitat, and necessitates only one assumption to explain all boundaries and barriers encountered in this study. It appears that tundra plants are also reacting to this barrier. According to Billings (1974), only 20% of the flora of the tundra of the Sierra Nevada has affinities with northern and arctic tundra floras. Of all known tundra in North America, this, and that of the Great Basin, are the most depauperate in arctic-alpine species. The hypothesis seems to explain all the available data, while being contradicted by none. As more groups are investigated, particularly Carabidae, and the infraspecific relationships in the flora between the tundra areas discussed above, further tests of the hypothesis can be made. The probable extent of the external refugium is indicated in Figure 43. Before an attempt is made to locate the source area for butterflies with distribution types 3 and 4, it is necessary to discuss the assumptions that the distributions known for these taxa are accurate. The only taxon that shows a clear disjunction is B. improba youngi, which is represented in Alberta by a population disjunct from arctic Canada and Alaska. Collecting in the gap has been minimal, so there is a possibility that this disjunction is an artifact, in which instance, this would represent the only dispersal into Alberta from the north in Post-glacial times. Because of the phenotypical differences between the Prospect Mountain population and the populations in Tundra butterflies in Alberta 573 the north, and because this species has not been found on the mountains in the vicinity of Prospect Mountain, I suspect that it probably represents a real disjunction. This would indicate either long distance dispersal, or survival in the area during the Wisconsin. Because of the distances involved (over 600 km.) it is unlikely that this represents long range dispersal. Adults of this species are very weak fliers. The presence of a disjunct population in Colorado supports the hypothesis that this species has a relict distribution in the Rocky Mountains, and that this distribution is in part due to Wisconsin events. Two taxa in type 4 may represent endemic forms. B. e. nichollae is very distinctive. B. n. reiffi is largely unknown. The type specimen appears to have been lost, and no specimens have been found that fit the type description. Alberta material has not been studied. A short series from Pink Mountain, British Columbia has not been examined because of lack of material from the Yukon Territory and Alaska for comparison. This species must have been present before the Wisconsin glaciations because there is one disjunct population in Wyoming which represents a different subspecies. The only feasible explanation for the presence of types 3 and 4 distributions is that these taxa survived at least the Classical Wisconsin glaciation in the Alberta Refugium. Barriers to dispersal appear to be either lack of suitable habitat, or selection against dispersal during glaciations. This has been suggested for Carabidae (Lindroth, 1949). Colonization of present day tundra in Alberta In this section I will discuss the contribution and dispersal routes from each of the two refugia into Alberta tundra. Dispersal of taxa which survived Wisconsin glaciations in the Alberta refugium has been minimal. B. e. nichollae has dispersed west and south to areas within a 40 km. radius of Prospect Mountain, B. n. reiffi and B. i. youngi are now located to the north of the refugium, which may indicate Post-glacial dispersal, or possibly that the refugium extended north of the Athabasca River Valley as a series of broken nunataks. If the ecological form of O. m. beani found in this area survived in the refugium, it has dispersed about the same amount as B. e. nichollae. This refugium does not seem to have contributed much to the colonization of Alberta tundra in Post-glacial times. With respect to the external refugium, as Wisconsin ice retreated, the tundra south of the ice is expected to have followed the ice margins north. As the tundra moved northward, the tundra butterflies would have as well. Boreal forest following behind the tundra would first invade valleys, gradually isolating pieces of tundra on mountains. With the continued movements of both communities north, these isolated tundras would slowly move up the mountains to the summits as conditions for tree growth improved lower down. As ice retreated still farther, Laurentide ice withdrew to the east across northern Alberta and what is now the barrenlands of the North West Territories. The tundra belt followed the ice movements and boreal forest eventually replaced tundra in all the mountain valleys creating a series of isolated tundra communities on mountain summits. The breakup of continuous tundra in the mountains effectively halted the dispersal north of tundra butterflies. The migration of the biota in this refugium is summarized in Figure 38. Because Cordilleran ice in northern British Columbia and the Yukon Territory did not break up until well after Laurentide ice had retreated eastward, Beringian flora and fauna were blocked from dispersing south by the presence of intact tundra and boreal forest communities derived from south of the ice sheets. In other words, the Beringian communities were blocked Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 574 Pike first by ice barriers, and later, by inter and intra specific competition. CONCLUSIONS Two Wisconsin butterfly refugia can be identified in the Rocky Mountains of Alberta and adjacent areas. The first, Mountain Park, did not have a significant role in re-colonizing Alberta after the ice retreated. The second, northern Washington, Idaho, and Montana, was an important dispersal center for butterflies. Tundra butterflies are the only direct living indication that the tundra belt south of the ice margin was not continuous. This suggests that the tundra butterfly fauna has an important potential as an indicator of refugia, and should be investigated whenever a study on the location of a refugium is undertaken. The importance of refugia is twofold. They serve as centers of dispersal, and as centers for the development of new taxa. This study also suggests that large refugia tend to act as centers of dispersal, and that small refugia tend to serve as centers for the development of new taxa. Where areas surrounded by ice have been identified by geologists, evidence which indicates refugia has usually been found by biologists, but geologists cannot determine the limits of a given community type within the boundaries of an open, or continental refugium. Only investigation of the biological components can determine these limits with accuracy. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I extend my appreciation to my sponsor, Dr. G. E. Ball for arranging financial support from his National Research Foundation grant A- 1399. I thank J. Shepard and Dr. C. D. Bird for free access to their collection records, and F. Sperling and T. Thormin for loan of important reference material. I gratefully acknowledge Parks Canada for issuing collecting permits in my name for Banff and Jasper National Parks, Alberta. Lastly, I thank P. Everson, F. Sperling, and H. Frania for reviewing the manuscript. REFERENCES Alley, N.F. 1973. Glacial stratigraphy and the limits of the Rocky Mountain and Laurentide ice sheets in southwestern Alberta; Canada. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology 21; 153-177. Bang-Haas, O. 1927. citation not found. Barnes, W. and McDunnough, J.H. 1918. Contributions to the natural history of the Lepidoptera of North America 4(2):6 1-208. plates xi-xxv. The Review Press, Decatur, Illinois. Barnes, W. and Benjamin, F.H. 1926. Notes on the diurnal Lepidoptera, with additions and corrections to the recent List of diurnal Lepidoptera . Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 25(3): 88-98. Behr, H. 1863. On California Lepidoptera. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 3(1): 84-93. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 575 Belicek, J. 1976. Coccinellidae of western Canada and Alaska. M.Sc. thesis, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton. 408 pages. Billings, W.D. 1974. Adaptations and origins of alpine plants. Arctic and Alpine Research 6(2): 129-142. Boisduval, J.B. 1828. Europaeorum Lepidoptororum Index Methodicus. Paris. Mequignon-Marvis. 103 pages. Boisduval, J.B. 1829-1834. Histoire General et incongraphie des Lepidopteres et des chenilles de 1 Amerique Septentrionale. Paris. Roret. 228 pages, 71 plates. Boisduval, J.B. 1832. Supplement a 1 histoire naturelle des Lepidopteres d Europe. Paris. Mequignon-Marvis. vol. 1, Diurnes, 25 pages, 50 plates. Boisduval, J.B. 1852. Lepidopteres de la California. Annales de la Societe Entomologique de France. Ser. 2; 275-324. Boydell, A.N. 1972. Multiple glaciations on the foothills, Rocky Mountain House area, Alberta. Ph.D. Thesis, Department of Geography, University of Calgary, Calgary. 137 pages. Boydell, A.N., Bayrock, L.A. and Reimchen, T.H. 1974. Surficial geology of the Rocky Mountain House area, Alberta. Map. 1:250,000. Alberta Research Council. Butler, A.G. 1868. A catalogue of diurnal Lepidoptera of the family Satyridae in the collection of the British Museum. 8 volumes, 21 1 pages. Butler, A.G. 1877. Description of a new species of Argynnis from arctic America. The Entomologist s Monthly Magazine 13(153):206. Cadbury, J.W. 1937. Lepidoptera collected in northern British Columbia by Miss Josephine de N. Henry. Part 1. Rhopalocera. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. 89; 387-413. Clifford, H.F., and Bergstrom, G. 1976. The blind aquatic isopod Salmasellus from a cave spring of the Rocky Mountains eastern slopes, with comments on a Wisconsin refugium. Canadian Journal of Zoology 54(1 1):2028-2032. Curry, D.V. 1976. Hydrogeology of the Tri-creek basin, Alberta. Research Council of Alberta Bulletin 33. 67 pages. Curtis, J. 1835. Descriptions of the insects brought home by J.C. Ross, in J.C. Ross. Narrative of a second voyage in search of a north west passage. Appendix, pages 59-80. Denis, M. and Schiffermuller, I. 1775. Systematisches Verzeichniss der schmetterlinge der Wiener gegend. 322 pages. dos Passos, C.F. 1947. The distribution of Oeneis taygete Geyer in North America with descriptions of new subspecies (Lepidoptera; Satyridae). American Museum Novitates 1399. 21 pages. dos Passos, C.F. 1949. New butterflies from Mount McKinley National Park, Alaska, with a revision of Erebia rossii (Rhopalocera, Satyridae). American Museum Novitates 1389. 17 pages. dos Passos, C.F. 1964. A synonymic list of the nearctic Rhopalocera. Lepidopterists Society Memoirs 1. v and 145 pages. Doubleday, E. and Hewitson, W. 1847 (1846-1852). The genera of diurnal Lepidoptera comprising their generic characters, a notice of their habits and transformations, and a catalogue of the species of each genus; illustrated with 86 coloured plates from drawings by W.C. Hewitson. Longman. London. 250 pages, 30 plates. Edwards, H. 1881. On two new forms of the genus Parnassius. Papilio 1: 2-4. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 576 Pike Edwards, W.H. 1870. Descriptions of new species of diurnal Lepidoptera found within the United States. Transactions of the American Entomological Society 3: 10-22. Edwards, W.H. 1871. Descriptions of new species of North American butterflies. Transactions of the American Entomological Society 3: 266-277. Edwards, W.H. 1881. Description of a new species of Chrysophanus. Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Sciences 7: 69-70. Edwards, W.H. 1890. Description of a new species of Argynnis from Canada. Canadian Entomologist 22(6): 113-114. Edwards, W.H. 1891. Description of a new species of Erebia, and notes on the so called Chionobas bore of Colorado, Canadian Entomologist 23: 31-33. Edwards, W.H. 1891b. Description of a new species of Argynnis from Alberta Territory. Canadian Entomologist 23: 198-199. Edwards, W.H. 1887-1897(1895). The butterflies of North America. 3. American Entomological Society. Boston. 51 pages. Gall, L. and Sperling, F. 1980. A new high altitude species of the Genus Boloria from southwestern Colorado (Nymphalidae), with a discussion of Phenetics and hierarchical decisions. Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 34(2): 230-252. Ehrlich, P.R. 1956. Problems of arctic-alpine distribution as illustrated by the butterfly genus Erebia (Satyridae). Proceedings of the 10th International Congress of Entomology, vol. 1; 683-686. Ehrlich, P.R. and Ehrlich, A. 1961. How to know the butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 262 pages. Elwes, H.J. and Edwards, J. 1893. A revision of the genus Oeneis. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 1893; 457-481. Entomological Society of Ontario Report. 1907. Notes on Captures, pages 1 18-133. Erschoff, N.G. 1871. Diagnoses de quelques especes nouvelles de Lepidopteres appartenant a la faune de la Russie Asiatique. Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae 8; 315-318. Esper, E.J.C. 1787(1799). Die schmetterlinge in abbildungen nach der natur mit beschreibungen. Supplemenband Theils 1. Erlangen, Walther. 120 pages. Fabricius, J.C. 1775. Systema entomologiae sistens insectorum classes, ordines, genera species, adjectis synonymis locis descriptionibus, observationibus. Flensburgi et Lipsiae, Korte. 832 pages. Ferris, C.D. 1971. An annotated checklist of the Rhopalocera (butterflies) of Wyoming. University of Wyoming Science Monograph 23. 79 pages. Ferris, C.D. and Groothius, D.R. 1971. A new subspecies of Boloria eunomia (Nymphalidae) from Wyoming. Journal of Research on the Lepidoptera 9(4): 243-248. Ford, E.B. 1946. Butterflies. Collins. London 368 pages. Freeman, T.N. 1956. The distribution of arctic and subarctic butterflies. Proceedings of the 10th International Congress of Entomology, vol. 1; 659-672. Gall, L. and Sperling, F. 1980. A new high altitude species of the Genus Boloria from southwestern Colorado (Nymphalidae), with a discussion of Phenetics and hierarchical decisions. Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 34(2): 230-252. Geyer, C. (1827-1838) 1830. in Hiibner, J. Sammlung Exotischer Schmetterlinge. Augsburg, vol. 3. 53 pages. Gibson, A. 1920. The Lepidoptera collected by the Canadian arctic expedition 1913-1918. vol. 3: insects, part 1; Lepidoptera, pages li-58i. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 577 Grote, A. 1875. The effect of the glacial epoch upon the distribution of insects in North America. Canadian Entomologist 7; 164-167. Grum-Grschimailo, G.F. 1895. Lepidoptera palaearctica nova 3. Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae xxix; 290-293. Guenee, A. 1864. Note sur quelque especes du genre Colias. Annales de la Societe Entomologique de France. 4e ser. vol. iv; 197-200. Gunder, J.D. 1931. Some new butterflies (Lepid; Rhopalocera). Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 30; 45-48. Gunder, J.D. 1932. New Rhopalocera (Lepidoptera). Canadian Entomologist 64; 276-284. Hemming, F. 1933. Holarctic butterflies: miscellaneous notes on nomenclature. The Entomologist 66; 275-279. Hoffmansegg, J.C. 1804. Alphabetisches verzeichness zu J. Hubner s abbildungen der papilionen mit den beigefugten vorzuglichsten symonymen. Illiger magazin fur Insectenkund 3; 181-206. Holland, W.J. 1898. The butterfly book. Doubleday Page and Co. Garden City, New York, xx and 392 pages. 42 plates. Holland, W.J. 1900. Alaskan insects. Entomologist s News 11(3): 381-389, 416-423. Holland, W.J. 1930. New species of Erebia (Lepidoptera, Satyridae). Transactions of the American Entomological Society 66; 149-153. Holland, W.J. 1931. Notes on some American butterflies mainly relating to classification and nomenclature, parts 2 and 3. Annals of the Carnegie Museum 20; 39-55. Hovantiz, W. 1955. Colias nastes and Colias hecla from the Meade River, Alaska. Wasmann Journal of Biology 13; 1-8. Howe, W.H. 1975. The butterflies of North America. Doubleday and Co., Inc. Garden City, Long Island. New York. 663 pages, 97 plates. Jackson, L.E., Jr. 1977. Quaternary stratigraphy and terrain inventory of the Alberta portion of the Kananaskis Lakes 1:250,000 sheet (82-J). Ph. D. Thesis. Department of Geology, University of Calgary, Calgary. 480 pages. Klots, A.B. 1940. New butterfly subspecies from Wyoming (Nymphalidae, Pieridae). American Museum Novitates 1054. 6 pages. Klots, A.B. 1951. Holarctic butterfly speciation and subspeciation, especially in North America. The Lepidopterist s News 5(3-5): 24-27. Klots, A.B. 1956. Southern extensions of arctic and subarctic insects in bogs and alpine areas. Abstract. Proceedings of the 10th International Congress of Entomology vol. 1; 71 1. Larsen, J.A. and Barry, R.G. 1974. Paleoclimatology. pages 253-276 in J.D. Ives and R.G. Barry (eds.). Arctic and alpine environments. Methuen and Co. Ltd. London. 999 pages. Leusler, R.A. 1935. Notes on the diurnal Lepidoptera of the Canadian ar'ctic collected by Owen Bryant in teh summers of 1929 to 1932 with introduction and field notes by Owen Bryant. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 30; 42-62. Lindroth, C.H. 1949. Die Fennoskandischen Carabidae. ein teirgeographische studie. Kungl. Vetenskpas-och Vitterhets Samhalle Handlingar. vi ser. B 4. no. 5. 91 1 pages. Linnaeus, C. 1761. Systema naturae, sive regna tria naturae systematice proposita per classes, ordines, genera, species cum characteribus differentiis, synonymis, locis, ed. decima reformata. 1 1th edition. Holmiae, Magdeburgicae. 824 pages. Love, D. 1959. The postglacial development of the flora of Manitoba; a di&cussion. Canadian Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 578 Pike Journal of Botany 37; 547-585 Love, D. 1970. Subarctic and subalpine: where and what? Arctic and Alpine Research 2( 1 ):63— 73. Love, A. and Love, D. 1974. Historical plant geography A. Origin and evolution of the arctic and alpine floras, pages 571-604, in J.D. Ives, and R.G. Barry (eds.). Arctic and alpine environments. Methuen and Co. Ltd. London. 999 pages. Masters, J.H. 1972. A new sub-species of Boloria polaris from Canada (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae). The Entomologist s Record 84; 176-179. Maynard, C.J. 1886. The butterflies of New England, with original descriptions of 106 species 40, iv and 65 pages. Boston, Mass. M Lachlan, R. 1878. Report on the Insecta (including Arachnida) collected by captain Feilden and Mr. Hart between the parallels of 78° and 83° north latitude during the recent arctic expedition. Journal of the Linnaean Society xiv; 98-122. Morriset, P. 1971. Endemism in the vascular plants of the gulf of St. Lawrence region. Le Naturaliste Canadien 98(2): 167-177. Nicholls, 1905. Butterfly collecting in Canada, 1904. Report of the Entomological Society of Ontario 1905; 70-79. Nimmo, A.P. 1971. The adult Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae (Trichoptera) of Alberta and eastern British Columbia and their post-glacial origin. Quaestiones Entomologicae 7(1): 3-234. Newcomb, H.H. 1901. Chionobas katahdin and an account of its discovery. Entomological News xii; 206, 225-230. News of the Lepidopterists Society, Field season summary 1974. #2. 20 pages. News of the Lepidopterists Society, Field season summary 1975. #2. 20 pages. News of the Lepidopterists Society, Field season summary 1976. #2. 20 pages. Packer, J.G. 1971. Endemism in the flora os western Canada. Le Naturaliste Canadien 98(2): 131-144. Packer, J.G. and Vitt, D.H. 1974. Mountain Park: a plant refugium in the Canadian Rocky Mountains. Canadian Journal of Botany 52; 1393-1409. Prest, V.K. 1969. Retreat of Wisconsin and recent ice in North America. Geological Survey of Canada Map 1257 A. Reeves, B.O.K. 1973. The nature and age of the contact between the Laurentide and Cordilleran ice sheets in the western interior of North America. Arctic and Alpine Research 5(1): 1-16. Reimchen, T.H. and Bayrock, L.A. 1977. Surficial geology and erosion potential. Rocky Mountains and the foothills of Alberta. 183 pages and maps. Open File Report, Alberta Research Council, 77-14. Reuss, T. 1925. Boloria reiffi Spez. Geogr. Nov. Internationale Entomologische Zeitschrift 1 9(36):279— 1 80. Ritchie, J.C. 1969. Absolute pollen frequencies and C-14 age of a section of holocene lake sediment from the Riding Mountain area of Manitoba. Canadian Journal of Botany 47; 1345-1380. Roed, M.A., Mountjoy, E.W., and Rutter, N.W. 1967. The Athabasca valley erratics train, Alberta, and Pleistocene ice movements across the continental divide. Canadian Journal of Earth Science 4; 615-632. Rutter, N.W. 1972. Geomorphology and multiple glaciation in the area of Banff, Alberta. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 579 Geological Survey of Canada Bulletin 206, 54 pages. Ryan, J.K. 1977. Energy Flow through arctic invertebrates at Truelove lowland, Devon Island, N.W.T., 75° 40 N 84° 40 W. Ph.D. Thesis. Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, 239 pages. Say, T. 1828. American entomology, or descriptions of the insects of North America; illustrated by coloured figures from original drawings executed from nature, vol. 3. 112 pages. Philadelphia Museum. Schneider, D.H. 1792. Neustes Magazin fur Liebhaber der Entomology, vol. 2, pages 128-256; vol. 3, pages 257-384; vol. 4, pages 386-512. Skinner, H. 1897. Notes on Rhopalocera, with descriptions of new species and varieties. Canadian Entomologist 29; 154-156. Skinner, H., and Mengal, L.W. 1892. Greenland Lepidoptera. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 1892; 156-159. Stalker, A. McS. 1977. The probable extent of Classical Wisconsin ice in southern and central Alberta. Canadian Journal of Earth Science 14; 2614-2619. Stanford, R.E. 1977. Rocky Mountain butterfly distribution maps. Denver, Colorado. 39 Denver, Colorado. 39 pages. Strecker, F.H. 1880. Description^ of some new species and varieties of North American Lepidoptera. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 3; 33-36. Udvardy, M.D.F. 1969. Dynamic Zoogeography. Van Nostrand Reinholt Co. New York, xviii and 445 pages. Verity, R. 1911. citation not found. Verity, R. 1932. Notes on the geographical variations and evolution of Boloria pales Schiff. Iris, Dresden. 46; 101-109. Warren, B.C.S. 1936. Monograph on the genus Erebia. Adlard and Son, Ltd. London. 407 pages, 104 plates. Warren, B.C.S. 1944. A review of the classification of the Argynnidi; with a systematic revision of the genus Boloria (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of London 94:1-101, 46 plates. Watkins, H.T.G. 1928. New satyrid butterflies. Annals and Magazine of Natural History series 10, vol. 1; 615-618. Wolley-Dod, F.H. 1907. Notes on Chrysophanus Hypophleas and its allies, with description of a new species. Canadian Entomologist 39; 169-171. Wright, H.E. Jr. 1970. Vegetational history of the Great Plains, pages 157-212 in Dort, W. Jr. and J.K. Jones Jr. (eds.) Pleistocene and Recent environments of the central Great Plains. Department of Geology, University of Kansas Special Publication 3. 433 pages. Wright, W.G. 1905. The butterflies of the west coast of the United States; San Francisco. Entomologists News 16; 336-340. Wyatt, C.W. 1957. Observations on Boloria distincta (Nymphalidae). Lepidopterists News 11 (4-5): 142-146. Wyatt, C.W. 1966. Zeitschrift Wien Entomologische Gesellschaft 51; page 93. citation not found. Wynne- Ed wards, V.C. 1937. Isolated arctic and alpine floras on eastern North America: a discussion of their glacial and recent history. Royal Society of Canada: Proceedings and Transactions: Transactions 28, section 5; 33-58. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 580 Pike Fig. 1. Important localities mentioned in the text. A-Prospect Mountain (Mountain Park); B-Shunda Mountain; C-Coliseum Mountain; D-Wilcox Pass; E-Laggan (Lake Louise); F-Hinton. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 581 Fig. 2-4. Distribution of butterfly species and subspecies in North America. Fig. 2. Parnassius eversmanni thor. Fig. 3. @ Colias boothii; ♦C. nastes thula. Fig. 4. ♦ Colias n. nastes; ★ C. n. rossii; I C- n ■ moina; 0 C. n. streckeri; ▼ C. n. cocandicides; A C. n. aliaska unverified record. See Fig. 3 for range of C. n. thula. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 582 Pike Figs. 5-8. Distribution of butterfly species and subspecies in North America. Fig. 5 \%Lycaena phlaeas feildeni; A L. p. arethusa; Hi/., p. hypophlaeas. Fig. 6: $ Lycaena s. snowi; © L. s. henryae. Fig. l.^Euphydryas editha beani; ^ E . e. nubigena; WkE. e. colonia; A E. e. lawrenci. Fig. 8: H Boloria napaea alaskensis&B. n. nearctica; A B. n. reiffi; ♦ B . n. halli. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 583 Fig. 9-1 2. Distribution of butterfly species and subspecies in North America. Fig. 9: A B. i. improba; £ B. i. youngi. Specimens from the locality in Colorado have been described as B. acrocnema Gall and Sperling, 1980. Fig. 10: Boloria p. polaris; % B. p. groenlandica; A B. p. stellata; identification uncertain. Fig. 1 1 : Boloria alberta; Fig. 1 2: Boloria astarte. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 584 Pike Fig. 13-15. Distribution of butterfly species and subspecies in North America. Fig. 13: Boloria distincta. Fig. 14: A Bolaria eunomia nichollae; 0 B. e. ursadentis; % B. e. laddi; ♦#. e. caelestis. Fig. 1 5: ♦ Oeneis bore taygete; ★ O. b. gaspeensis; | O. b. fordid O.b. edwardsi; A O. b. hanburyi; ▼ O. b. mackinleyensis. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 585 LAMBERT AZIMUTHAL EQUAL- AREA PROJECTION Figs. 16- 17. Distribution of butterfly species and subspecies in North America. Fig. 16: | Oeneis m. mellissa; ★D. m. semplei; ♦ O. m. assimillis; WO. m. gibsoni; AD. m. lucilIa.-%0. m. beani; O O. m. semidea. Fig. 17: ^ O . p. polixenes; WO. p. subhyalina; ^ O . p. katahdin; A O. p. peartiae&O. p. brucei; HD p. yukonensis. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) Figs. 18-23. Distribution of butterfly species and subspecies in North America. Fig. 18: A.Erebia m. magdalena;%E . m. mackinleyensis. Fig. l9:%Erebia f fasciata; A E. f avinoffi. Fig. 20: A Erebia y. youngi; $E. y. herscheli;%E. y. rileyi. Fig. 21: Erebia dabanensis. Fig. 22: Erebia callias. Fig. 23: Erebia inuitica. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 587 Figs. 24-25. Distribution of butterfly subspecies in Alberta. A-Banff; S-Jasper. Fig. 24: Colias nastes streckeri. Fig. 25: Lycaena phleas arethusa. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 588 Pike Figs. 26 27: Distribution of butterfly subspecies in Alberta. A-Banff; S-Jasper. Fig. 26: Lycaena s. snowi. Fig. 27: Euphydryas edit ha beani. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 589 Glaciers 2000 ft. (610 m.) contours start at 4000 ft. (1220 m.) Figs. 28-29. Distribution of butterfly subspecies in Alberta. A-Banff; S-Jasper. Fig. 28: Boloria napaea reiffi. Fig. 29: Boloria improba youngi. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 590 Pike Figs. 30-31. Distribution of butterfly species in Alberta. A-Banff; S-Jasper. Fig. 30: Boloria alberta. Fig. 31: Boloria astarte. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 591 Figs. 32-33. Distribution of butterfly subspecies in Alberta. A-Banff; S-Jasper. Fig. 32: Boloria eunomia nichollae.Flg. 33: Oeneis bore edwardsi. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 592 Pike Figs. 34-35. Distribution of butterfly subspecies in Alberta. A-Banff; S-Jasper. Fig. 34: Oeneis melissa beani. Fig. 35: Onenis polixenes brucei. Tundra butterflies in Alberta 593 36 Fig. 36: Distribution types exhibited by Alberta tundra butterflies. A-Southern Montane; B-Central Montane; C-Disjunct populations; D-Endemic forms. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 594 Pike Mountain Park is indicated by dot “A”. f Fig. 38: Retreat of Wisconsinan and recent ice sheets in Western Canada modified after Prest (1969). A-l 7,000 to 15,000 years before present; B-l 2,000 years before present; C-l 0,000 years before present; D-8,000 years before present. Stippled areas correspond to continental ice sheets. Colonization of Alberta by taxa in the refugium south of the ice sheets is indicated by vertical hatching. In C and D this tundra would be very narrow, perhaps less than 1 kilometer. In D, line ‘a’ indicates limit of northern dispersal. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 596 Pike MATING AND NESTING BEHAVIOR OF EURYSTERNUS (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEINAE Gotizalo Halffter Violet a Halffter Carmen Huerta Instituto de Ecologta Apart ado Postal 18-845 Mexico 18, D. F. Quaestiones Entomologicae 16:599-620 1980 ABSTRACT Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus caribaeus, magnus and balachowskyi show features which distinguish them from other scarabaeines and which collectively define a distinct group of nesting behavior designated Pattern VI by Halffter (1977). These distinguishing features are: a) the “nuptial feast”, a massive formation of dung balls by the female initiating nesting ; b) partial consumption and abandonment of these balls by the parent (s); c) lack of ball-rolling; d) multiple nests, comprising several brood balls; e) nest care by the female; f) in some species, formation of a pair bond while nesting is in progress; g) destruction of some or all brood balls after a period of nest care (such nests are termed experimental nests); h) repetition of experimental nesting with intermittent periods of feeding until a final, or definitive nest is constructed and cared for until the emergence of progeny. Balls are made only by the female and only during nesting behavior; they are not made for feeding, although some may be consumed. Histological study of the ovary ofE. caribaeus suggests that attack and abandonment of an experimental nest is linked to continuation of oocyte development during the period of nest care. Disparity between ovarial function and nest care (which represents a fault in the normal K-strategy of scarabaeines) is evidently what provokes the attack and abandonment of a nest after several days of intensive care. Nesting behavior of E. foedus and an unidentified Mexican species are not like that of the species studied. Rather, their behavior is like that of certain Onitini, and is assignable to Group I behavior fsensu Halffter and Matthews, 1966). RESUMEN En este trabajo se presenta el comportamiento en la reproduction y la nidificacion de tres especies de Eurysternus: E. caribaeus, E. magnus y E. balachowskyi discutiendose las caracteristicas comunes a estas tres especies y a E. mexicanus, asi como sus diferencias. 598 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta El comportamiento reproductor de las cuatro expecies antes mencionadas tiene rasgos muy particulars que lo separan claramente de las pautas seguidas por los dem'as Scarabaeinae, lo que llevo a Halffter 1977 a const ituir el llamado grupo VI dentro patrones de nidificacion de la subfamilia. Estas caracteristicas peculiares ban quedado confirmadas y ampliadas por este trabajo. Las mas importantes son: 1. Una secuencia en la nidification que se inicia con la formacion masiva de bolas por la hembra (festin nupcial), durante la cual o inmediatamente despues ocurre la copula; el festin nupcial es seguido por la preparacion de un nido multiple (con varias bolas-nido) en forma de crater que - en la mayor parte de las especies- despues de un periodo de cuidados es atacado por la propia madre y abandonado ( nidificacion experimental ) o cuidado hasta la emergencia (nidificacion definitiva). Cuando se presenta nidificacion experimental, al primer nido abandonado puede suceder el nido definitivo o bien varios nidos experimentales hasta llegar al definitivo, que en E. balachowskyi es de construccion distinta al experimental. Los nidos definitivos son cuidados hasta la emergencia de la progenie. 2. Solo la hembra hace bolas y unicamente en relacion con el proceso reproductor. No hay rodaje de las bolas. 3. Asociamos el ataque y abandono de las bolas (basandonos en el estudio histologico del ovario de E. caribaeus, a una continuacion del desarrollo y maduracion de oocitos durante el periodo de cuidados del o los nidos experimentales, fenomeno que no se presenta en los otros Scarabaeinae estudiados, cuyo comportamiento incluye cuidados prolongados al nido y cese de la oviposicion. Este desajuste entre el funcionamiento del ovario y los cuidados al nido (ecologicamente una falla en la estrategia K tipica de los Scarabaeinae) es el que consideramos que provoca, despues de varios dias de cuidados intensivos, que las bolas-nido vayan siendo atacadas, hasta ser el nido experimental abandonado. Ademas de un estudio detallado de los cuidados y construccion de los nidos en las tres especies, el trabajo incluye una descripcion preliminar del funcionamiento del ovario en E. caribaeus y su relacion con el comportamiento; la description de la formacion de la pareja bisexual y del papel del macho en la nidificacion; la descripcion del mecanismo de copula, incluyendo el papel de un curioso peine de sedas del apice de las tibias anteriores del macho. Tambien es estudiado el espermatoforo, comparandolo con los otros conocidos de Scarabaeinae, y otros aspectos del comportamiento: la oviposicion, asi como despliegues de agresion y limpieza, y varias pautas interesantes directamente relacionadas con la peculiar disposicion de las patas medias y de las partes laterales del pronoto, que permiten un particular desplazamiento del animal boca arriba, asi como el retoque y cuidado de las bolas, haciendolas girar el animal boca arriba entre las patas anteriores y posteriores. TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction 598 Eurysternus Behavior 600 E. caribaeus (Herbst) 600 E. magnus Laporte 610 E. balachowskyi Halffter and Halffter 613 Discussion 616 Acknowledgements 618 References 618 INTRODUCTION Mating and nesting bevavior of adult Eurysternus , of the monobasic tribe Eurysternini, is unique in that it does not conform to described patterns for other Scarabaeinae (Halffter, 1977). Reproductive behavior of these adults does not conform well to either of the two main lines of feeding and nesting behavior, the latter being interpreted as derivations of feeding Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 599 behavior. These lines are the burrowing scarabaeines (tribes Onthophagini, Oniticellini, Onitini and Coprini) and the ball-rolling scarabaeines (tribe Scarabaeini). The behavioral uniqueness of Eurysternus adults was pointed out by Halffter and Matthews (1966). They were unable to relate the pattern to other groups because of inadequate knowledge. Halffter (1977) created a special group, Group VI, based on his studies of E. magnus Laporte, E. balachowskyi Halffter and Halffter and E. mexicanus Harold, to accomodate Eurysternus in the evolutionary sequence proposed by Halffter and Matthews (1966). Group VI is characterized as follows: a) initiation of nesting process by elaboration of numerous balls by the female; b) partial consumption and abandonment of these balls; c) lack of ball-rolling; d) multiple nests (nests comprising several brood balls) of one or two types in the same species; e) nest care by the female alone; f) in some species, formation of pair bond while nesting is in progress; g) destruction of some or all brood balls after a period of care; h) repetition of ball construction with intermediate periods of feeding directly from an excrement mass without ball construction. Certain morphological features of Eurysternus are directly related to reproductive behavior (Halffter and Halffter 1977). Both morphologically and behaviorally, Eurysternus is a group isolated from the two main evolutionary lines of Scarabaeinae, the burying scarabaeines and the ball-rolling scarabaeines. It originated in South America, from which it expanded into Central America and Mexico (Typical Neotropical Dispersal, sensu Halffter, 1964, 1976). This paper describes in detail nidification and certain other behavior aspects of E. caribaeus , E. magnus and E. balachowskyi. Nesting behavior of these three species collectively shows a trend from more generalized to one progressively more complex. General aspects of Eurysternus behavior are covered in the description of E. caribaeus; only distinguishing features of the behavior of E. magnus and E. balachowskyi are considered. Descriptions are based upon laboratory observations. We did not observe a Eurysternus nest in the field (most Eurysternus inhabit tropical forests). Halffter and Matthews’ account (1966) of a nest of E. magnus observed in the field by H. F. Howden agrees with our laboratory findings; moreover, A. Martinez (in litt.) reports observing the nest of a South American species in the field which resembles those described here. In all other known scarabaeines the nesting process is derived from feeding behavior. In Eurysternus , however, this relationship is not clear. Nidification behavior of adults of this genus is not related to their feeding behavior; moreover, it is not directly derivable from that of either the Scarabaeini or burying groups. In all observed species (the 3 studied here plus 4 others) ball making has not been observed outside the nesting process; that is, balls are fashioned only in a reproductive context. Moreover, even though Eurysternus adults are capable of making balls, they cannot roll them with the legs in the scarabaeine manner; if moved at all, they are butted along with the head. The facts that balls are fashioned only for reproductive purposes, that they are produced in large number (during the “nuptial feast” and that they are not rolled by their makers clearly distinguish the behavior of Eurysternus adults from those of groups IV and V (Scarabaeini). Some, principally Australian Canthonines cannot fashion brood balls (Matthews, 1974); but all of them can roll pieces of excrement which are small enough and whose shape allows it. This observation would support the hypothesis that rolling was an evolutionary antecedent to ball making (Halffter and Matthews, 1966; Matthews, 1974); but it could also be considered an adaptation to special characteristics of the predominant type of dung in Australia, namely pellets of marsupials. In Eurysternus , however, the situation is diametrically opposed; rolling Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 600 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta capability of adults is lacking while ability to make balls is highly developed. For all species of Eurysternus known to us, adults can feed directly from a source of excrement for as long as 200 days without fashioning balls, which are made only by the female. Their production signals onset of reproductive activity. As Halffter (1977) points out, the nidification process in Eurysternus comprises 3 stages: 1) nuptial feast; 2) experimental nesting; 3) definitive nesting. In all three species studied, the female can repeat the process three or four times under conditions which presumably preclude ecological restrictions. These species have exceptionally long adult lifespans for Scarabaeinae, which may exceed two years. Eurysternus Behavior E. caribaeus (Herbst) All material upon which the following observations are based were field-collected in two neighboring localities in the Lacandon rain forest, Chiapas, Mexico: Chansayab-Lacanja and Bonampak. E. caribaeus occurs from Formosa, Argentina northward to Honduras (Halffter and Halffter, 1977). All material studied came from more northern populations which could represent a distinct species or subspecies neither of which was formally decided by Halffter and Halffter, (1977) because of a lack of sufficient data on the intraspecific variation of the South American E. caribaeus. Distinctive features of populations from which study specimens came are the almost uniformly dark dorsal and ventral surfaces (some specimens show the spotted appearance of typical E. caribaeus) and somewhat shorter average length. Elaboration of balls, the nuptial feast. - The nuptial feast begins suddenly with rapid construction of a large number of balls by a female. We suppose that its initiation is linked to developmental state of the ovary. E. caribaeus females construct two to four balls within three or four days after emergence when oocytes have barely begun to develop. Nevertheless, construction stops very quickly. Once the nuptial feast has begun, the female is soon joined by a male. If a male does not arrive, the process is interrupted; we did not observe a nuptial feast completed by females isolated from males. Moreover, except for premature initiation of nidification (as mentioned above) females do not make balls if they are maintained in the absence of male contact. Balls are made rapidly during the nuptial feast in the following fashion by E. caribaeus females; work begins in the lower part of the dung mass using the head and front tibiae while the middle tibiae are extended upward or rested on the dung and the posterior tibiae are rested on the ground or dung. A female enters a dung mass and separates a dung ball (Fig. 1) using the middle legs like oars to move herself in a manner unique to Eurysternus. From an upside-down position the middle legs are moved anteriorly beneath the dorsal surface while the tips of the tibiae are planted. Thus, the tips serve as support points for forward movement of the entire body. Such movement of the tibiae is permitted by the rounded shape of the pronotum (Halffter and Halffter, 1977). This “rowing” movement has also been observed in females of E. magnus and E. balachowskyi. Once the ball is separated, the female begins another from within the cavity resulting from construction of the first, or to one side of it. Formation of each ball takes about 50 minutes; females of all three species, make balls continuously. Nevertheless, interruptions of up to several days can occur, after which a female resumes ball fabrication. Such interruptions cause marked variation in number of balls produced and duration of ball making (see Table 1). Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 601 Fig. 1. Eurysternus caribaeus Hbst.. a-g: successive stages in the elaboration of a ball during nuptial feast Balls produced during the nuptial feast are not exactly spherical nor uniform in size. Although eggs may be laid in from two to five of them by females of E. caribaeus , most balls are without eggs. When a female has been deprived of male contact, she may begin ball making but the number does not exceed four. Production of many balls requires presence of a male, as does completion of the nidification process. During the nuptial feast, both sexes of all three species eat directly from the dung source or from balls fashioned by the female, most of which are partially consumed and later abandoned. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 602 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta TABLE I COMPARISON OF ASPECTS OF NESTING BEHAVIOR OF THREE SPECIES OF Eurysternus ASPECT SPECIES OF Eurysternus E. caribaeus E. magnus E. balachowskyi A1 16- 94, x = 9-11, max.= max.= 55 + 34.5 17 31-50, during expt. nesting. B2 7- 69, x = 29.8 12- 28 60- 90 C3 4 65- 80 not observed not observed D4 13-82 1 continuous E5 6 2- 6, x = 4.2 3 F6 38-53 25- 26 40 1 Number of balls made during the nuptial feast. 2 Duration of the nuptial feast (in days) from the making of the first nesting sequence, during which ball-making may continue interrupted or not. 3 Duration of copulation, in minutes. 4 Period (in days) between the end of the nuptial feast and beginning of next nest. 5 Final number of balls in the definitive nest. 6 Duration (in days) of the definitive nest. Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 603 Ovary development and behavior. - As is true for females of all Scarabaeinae (Halffter and Lopez, 1977), the ovary of a Eurysternus female consists of a single ovariole (on the left side). The ovaries of E. caribaeus females possess two characters which are unusual to scarabaeines, particularly to those with advanced nidification: 1) the adult emerges with a completely developed germarium and 2) oocyte maturation begins very soon and is rapid. It appears contradictory that even when a female is provided necessary male company (in a terrarium), the nuptial feast does not begin for at least 20, and as many as 50 days thereafter. Moreover, an additional delay results from the nuptial feast itself and periods during which it may be interrupted. Why there is such a long delay in egg production in spite of the ovarial condition of a newly emerged female may be explained by a prolonged period of vitellogenesis, which is much longer and morphologically more elaborate than in any of the few other scarabaeines females studied (Fig. 2). The fecundity of Eurysternus females more nearly approaches that of a scarabaeines with primitive nidification, such as Onthophagus , than that of one with more advanced nidification. This high fecundity may explain destruction and abandonment of experimental nests to begin a new nest ( E . caribaeus, E. balachowskyi and E. mexicanus). High fecundity is perhaps also the explanation of frantic formation of balls during the nuptial feast, most of which are not used. In addition, the following ecological fact may obtain: the high number of balls may serve to compensate for losses through robbery by ball-rolling scarabaeines, losses which should be important during fierce competition for excrement within tropical forest. Upon emerging, the germarium of E. caribaeus is completely developed (Fig. 2-a) but does not contain developing oocytes. Three days after emergence, two developing oocytes and two nascent ones are at the base of the germarium (Fig. 2-b). Such a rapid development of oocytes is completely out of the ordinary for scarabaeines. Nineteen days after emergence, still before beginning the nuptial feast, the ovariole bears 6 oocytes (Fig. 2-c), within the most mature of which are lipid globules while at the same time the germarium is reduced. The nuptial feast begins a few days later when the ovariole contains a series of oocytes of which the first ones are mature. During the feast (the function of which appears to be attraction of a male) copulation can occur at any time. Figure 2-d illustrates an ovary of a female during the nuptial feast immediately after copulation: four oocytes contain large quantities of granules; the fifth and sixth are forming. During this stage as many as eight oocytes in various stages of development are distinguished. If a male is present, the nuptial feast develops; if copulation occurs, some days later (depending upon the state of maturation of the ovary) nidification continues. We suppose that destruction and abandonment of brood balls in experimental nests are due to continuation of oocyte formation. Whatever the mechanism is in other scarabaeines (Halffter and Lopez, 1977) which, in concert with ovarial development, determines female behavior and which, in turn (according to the phase of reproductive behavior) inhibits the ovary, it does not function in Eurysternus. Unlike other groups with complex nidification (Groups II, III and V, Halffter, 1977), the ovary of a Eurysternus female continues oocyte production, she continues ovipositing in new brood balls and simultaneously attacks or abandons those which were being cared for. We suppose that these continuous processes end with completion of the first series of oocytes, at which time the female ceases destruction and initiates care of what will be the definitive nest. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 604 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta Fig. 2. Development of ovary in Eurysternus caribaeus Hbst.a: One day after emergence, there is no differentiation in germarium formed by cells with very pigmented nucleus (trophocytes) and cells with nucleus less pigmented (oocytes) - see detail; other details indicating the tunica propia and the inner and outer layers, as well as the mass of prefolicular cells; b : three days after emergence - two oocytes in vitellogenesis, several in initial process of development in the base During care of the definitive nest (Table 1), a new series of oocytes matures in females of E. caribaeus. Toward the end of care, the ovary resembles that observed in the midst of the nuptial feast. Copulation may occur at this time and a second nidification process begins immediately after termination of the first (even before emergence of offspring) without an intermediate feeding period. Variability of duration of the nuptial feast as well as timing of copulation explains why eggs are in some (but few relative to the total) balls of the nuptial feast of E. caribaeus. This indicates that the first oocytes can mature before the end of the feast, at least under laboratory conditions. We do not know if in the field, under conditions of intense competition, prolonged nuptial feasts are possible without balls being robbed. Formation of the bisexual pair. - In all three species studied, a male joins a female during the nuptial feast in the midst of ball formation. As in Phanaeus, (Coprini; Halffter, Halffter, Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 605 of germarium; c : 30 days after (before the beginning of nuptial feast - development of the vitellarium, in the germarium, trophocytes tend to concentrate in the apical extreme; d: vitellarium 45 days after emergence, in the middle of the nuptial feast, immediately after copulation - the more mature oocytes are close to oviposition. and Lopez, 1974) but unlike Scarabaeini, a female’s activity attracts a male. In Eurysternus , formation of brood balls acts as an attractant for a male. In E. caribaeus , the pair remains intact only during the nuptial feast. In E. magnus and E. balachowskyi, pairing is maintained through experimental nidification. Most females of all three species are alone during preparation and care of the definitive nest. Nevertheless, in E. caribaeus we have seen copulation in a definitive nest during the period of care. This copulation is part of the second nidification process to follow and likely owes its occurrence to conditions within the terrarium, which prevent the male from leavingy and favor encounter with the female during maturation of the new series of oocytes. In the field a female may encounter another male upon beginning a new nuptial feast after emergence and dispersal of her offspring and an intermediate feeding period. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 606 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta Copulation. - Normally in each reproductive cycle a single copulation occurs during the nuptial feast (among the balls or at the side of the dung mass, Fig. 3). It may also occur a second time during care of the definitive nest or during the last phase of care of the definitive nest in E. caribaeus, but when it does it results in abandonment of the nest and initiation of a new nidification process. In E. caribaeus , the male approaches the female from behind and mounts her while tapping her elytra with the front legs while supporting himself on the ground with the hind legs. The middle legs are held extended dorsolaterally. Meanwhile, the female remains quiet and continues feeding. In a few minutes, the male has situated himself horizontally over the female (Fig. 3) while grasping her abdomen with his back legs, the tibiae of which are curved to facilitate hanging on. (To different degrees, this curvature of the hind tibiae is a secondary sexual feature of all male Eurysternus studied). Meanwhile the middle legs remain extended while the anterior legs softly caress the pronotum. At this moment, the aedeagus is extended but not yet engaged in the female genital opening. The female, which up to now had remained quiet, begins a series of movements which result in the pair being upside down or lying on one side. The male remains strongly attached while continuing to caress the female. When the female ceases movement, the male introduces the aedeagus and inserts the internal sac. The female remains quiet 30 to 45 minutes before resuming her movements. The male remains astride her but disengages the internal sac and withdraws the aedeagus. The female finally succeeds in separating herself from the male using strong movements. Observed copulations have lasted 65 to 80 minutes. Fig. 3. Eurysternus caribaeus Hbst. Copulation during nuptial feast. Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 607 Fig. 4. Eurysternus caribaeus Hbst. Spermatophore immediately after its deposit in vagina. Halffter and Halffter (1977) describe a curious lobe bearing a comb of setae on the apex of the male tibia. They believed the structure to somehow be related to the fact that a male sometimes cares for brood balls; that is, that the combed lobes were used to clear or otherwise retouch the brood balls. Such now appears not to be so. The structures appear to be important to stimulation of a female during copulation. This is the first structure of scarabaeines directly and clearly related to sexual stimulation. Although similar stimulation appears characteristic of scarabaeines in general, Eurysternus is the only group with a special morphological modification which complements it, although males of several Onthophagus have a tuft of setae at the apex of the anterior tibia. In E. caribaeus the spermatophore is a very long, translucent tube containing spermatozoans (Fig. 4). The ovoid shape of the compacted tube suggests a circular movement during ejaculation with a gradual retraction of the free tip of the internal sac. This movement occurs in spite of the spines of the internal sac which contact the sclerites of the wall of the vagina. The few spermatophores known for other species have different forms indicating a different movement during deposition (Heymons, 1930; Huerta, 1977; Halffter and Lopez, 1977). The spermatophore occupies more than half the vagina. Form of the spermatheca, spermathecal muscle and spermatozoans suggest that insemination follows a process like or very similar to that observed in Phanaeus (Halffter and Lopez, 1977). When copulation is complete, the crater-like nest is not immediately begun. Since copulation can occur at any time during the nuptial feast, the time between copulation and Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 608 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta crater construction varies. Moreover, some balls made during the nuptial feast are provided with eggs. Thus, relatively rarely, copulation and complete maturation of some oocytes begins so early that some balls receive eggs during the nuptial feast. The chances that these eggs later develop are remote since most are destroyed by the parents or left uncared for. Nidification. - The nuptial feast is followed by experimental nesting which is not as distinct an event in E. caribaeus as in E. balachowskyi. Fig. 5. Eurysternus caribaeus Hbst. Female caring for definitive nest. In E. caribaeus , experimental nesting is represented by those beginnings of craters and brood balls which are abandoned by the female. Experimental nests occur in 65% of observed cases; 35% of observed nidification by caribaeus included no experimental phase. Definitive nesting.. - Preparation of a definitive nest is strictly linked to state of the ovary; its timing corresponds with maturation of the last oocytes of a single series. (Recall that the life of a female may, however, include several series). We believe that nest destruction is inhibited by and continuous care maintained by, an interruption in maturation of oocytes. Conversely, nest care behavior acts as a temporary inhibitor of oocyte maturation. Evidently female behavior changes during definitive nesting such that ball destruction and abandonment are not manifested. In E. caribaeus , nidification (definitive or experimental) begins 13 to 82 days after the end of the nuptial feast. This variation is due to differences in the timing of copulation and maturation of oocytes. Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 609 The definitive nest of E. caribaeus is a crater dug by the female, beneath several previously fashioned balls; several other balls may be pushed into the crater. Initially, the crater contains seven to 12 (average 8.7) balls, of which two to six (average 4.2) remain in the completed nest. The latter are provided eggs and an external layer of soil. To prepare the definitive nest a female uses the last balls made during the nuptial feast. They receive final modelling, which results in their being larger than balls constructed previously (seen also in E. magnus ). The balls are slightly increased in diameter as the nest develops. The average diameter of balls containing eggs is 23.9 mm; that of balls containing larvae, 24.7. This increase is produced by the larva by its continual repair to the internal surface using its excrement without breaking the wall and the action of the mother on the outside surface. In the definitive nest, brood balls are carefully modelled and covered with a layer of soil, which often binds two to four balls into a single, compound structure (Fig. 6). Fig. 6. Eurysternus caribaeus Hbst. Types of definitive nest. Observe the union of brood-balls with soil. Nest abortion, or cessation of care and abandonment or attack of balls occurs before the soil layer is added. Protection of the soil layer is ended when the larvae reach the third instar. Nest formation is not rapid since it includes much modelling and remodelling and spaced oviposition. Thus, a single nest may include balls with eggs and other with larvae in all stages of development. Toward the end, development stages among progeny tend to become equalized. As a nest develops, a female may depart for several hours to feed, but she returns. She cares for brood balls in the definitive nest until emergence of new adults. A male does not participate in nest care; normally he is not present. The nest crater can be to the side of the dung mass from which the brood balls were extracted or beneath it. If beneath, the nest crater is hemispherical. Definitive nesting lasts 38-53 days, during which a female maintains constant care. If copulation occurs during the care period, within a few days after emergence of progeny the female begins a new nesting cycle by initiating a new nesting process. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 610 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta Lapse of time between two nests depends upon whether or not copulation occurs during care of the definitive nest. One female, which had copulated 20 days previously, began a new nidification beneath the nest she was caring for. At the time the nest balls contained pupae, whose care she abondoned (Fig. 7). The new nest was not finished. Eurysternus magnus Laporte Material upon which the following observations are based was collected at Lagunas de Montebello, Chiapas, an area of pine - Liquidambar forests at 1400 m near the Guatemalan border. Cleaning. - The system of self-cleaning by E. magnus adults is probably used by those of the other two species studied. Dorsal surfaces of the elytra are cleaned with the middle tibiae and tarsi; apices, with the hind tarsi. All Eurysternus adults bear numerous ocellate punctures, each with a central seta, particularly on the pronotum. These punctures easily collect dry excrement and dirt, which normally cover part of the entire dorsum. “Dirty” appearance coupled with normally obscure brown or black coloration results in a rather striking cryptic coloration. Adaptiveness of the cryptic appearance is enhanced behaviorally by the habit of remaining motionless (thanatosis) such that Eurysternus adults are exceedingly difficult to see in their Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 611 natural surroundings. Presumably this cryptic coloration offsets increased vulnerability of these beetles resulting from the fact that they do not burrow like almost all other scarabaeines. Ball construction, nuptial feast. - We have observed E. magnus adults feeding directly from dung for as many as 190 days. Some enter the dung mass superficially to eat. The nuptial feast begins suddenly as in E. caribaeus. Number of balls prepared varies from nine to 1 1; Maximum observed was 17. These balls are eaten, changed in position, destroyed and remodelled and only a small portion is used for nesting. Balls are separated from the margin of the dung mass in contact with the ground. The female may separate the ball in an upside-down position using the front legs (cf. E. caribaeus ). The margin of the dung mass presents concavities in places where balls have been separated. Balls are constructed rapidly but with little care until the dung mass is exhausted. Rhythm of construction is not uniform but is continuous. Fresh balls are only roughly spherical, not smoothed over and with an approximate diameter of 15 mm. During intensive ball-making, some are moved randomly on occasion (up to 9 cm) by pushing with the head and forebody while planting the front and hind legs. Pushing is not continuous, but rather is achieved by a series of butting motions. Nesting. - Definitive nesting occurs from 12 to 28 days after beginning the nuptial feast. Females of E. magnus do not construct experimental nests. The nuptial feast is followed by the excavation of the nest crater, which is not destroyed, as are 65% of the nests of E. caribaeus and all nests of E. balachowskyi. A nest is begun with balls from the nuptial feast, which are remodeled superficially by adding excrement. The crater is dug beneath three of these balls; excavation requires a day. The finished crater is shallow, circular and about 5 cm in diameter (diameter of the rim is somewhat less than that of the floor). The day after finishing the crater, about three more balls are pushed into it. Thus, at first the nest contains more balls than will be converted into brood balls, generally three (Fig. 9). The extra balls are used for food, to finish the brood balls or simply taken apart. A few hours after finishing the crater, a female models or retouches the balls and begins oviposition even though all balls will not receive eggs. Two days after nesting is begun, a female begins adding soil cover to the balls; this activity lasts as long as seven days. After oviposition and covering are completed, brood balls are cared for continuously throughout development of offspring. As the brood balls are cared for, their positions are changed continously by pushing or, in an upside-down position, by making them turn using the front and hind legs from beneath or from the side (Fig. 8). The front tibiae are used to retouch and smooth their surfaces. Balls are cared for alternatively and continuously and are not joined with soil as in brood balls of E. caribaeus (Fig. 9). Although a ball may be attacked, the nest is not destroyed. Once we have seen a male caring for brood balls, changing their position frequently while the female continued to fashion balls from the nearby dung mass until it was exhausted. Some of these balls were eaten, others simply abandoned. A male of E. magnus remains with a female during nest formation and during part of the period of care. Rarely a female and much more frequently a male may, for a short time, move to feed from a nearby dung mass before returning to the nest. As in E. caribaeus , brood balls are increased in size during development. Balls constructed for the nuptial feast have an average diameter of 15 mm when formed from the dung source. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 612 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta Fig. 8. Eurysternus magnus Laporte. Female turning nest ball in interior of crater. After being remodelled (using fragments from other balls or from the dung source itself) the diameter exceeds 18 mm. The brood balls have an average diameter of 21 mm. Subsequent nests of E. magnus are not constructed as rapidly as are nests of and E. caribaeus. About 170 days elapse between emergence of adult progeny and initiation of a new nuptial feast. Oviposition. - We have observed oviposition in detail only by females of E. magnus but believe it must be similar in E. caribaeus and E. balachowskyi. Using her front legs, a female forms a hole in a prepared ball into which she enters almost completely and remains about five minutes. Afterwards, she withdraws, turns, and introduces her abdomen. For another five minutes, the hind legs are moved up and down while the middle legs rub the sides of the body. Oviposition is in the bottom of the cavity. The female then collects dung from the same ball to close the egg cavity using the front legs to work it into the opening as she turns around it. Oviposition lasts 25 minutes, after which the egg remains in a small central cavity. Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 613 Fig. 9. Eurysternus magnus Laporte. Definitive nest. Observe balls are not united by soil. Eurysternus balachowskyi Halffter and Halffter Observations are based on material from French Guiana (see Halffter and Halffter, 1977). Ball-making, nuptial feast. - The nuptial feast of adults of this species is the largest (to 55 balls) and longest (to two or three months) of those species studied. Many of the balls are abandoned or partially consumed. No eggs have been found in nuptial feast balls. Although ball making is not suspended for more than a few days its rhythm is not uniform. Thus, for some days a female makes no balls, but on others she may make several. Balls can be separated from the upper part of a dung mass and from there rolled to the ground. A female may work right side up or upside down, but either way she separates excrement in small bits which are molded into a ball. The front legs are used to incorporate and press the dung while the back legs, by making the mass turn between them, give the ball its spherical shape. The middle legs remain free to either support the body or to move it with oar-like movements as described for E. caribaeus. Ball-making by E. balachowskyi females differs from that of E. caribaeus in that, rather than separating an entire ball from a dung mass in a single operation, it is gradually built up by fragments added to the growing ball by the front legs. Completed balls either accumulate to one side of the dung mass or they are pushed short distanaces. They are not exactly spherical; the lesser diameter varies between 15 and 18 mm while the greater varies between 15 and 20. Some of the balls are retouched at one side of, or some distance from the dung mass. As balls are moved, they are grouped; some of each group are retouched. Some smaller balls are combined with larger ones, upon which the beetle perches as it pulls and incorporates the smaller with the front legs. Debris produced by retouching include small pieces of dung, small balls, including some already worked. The front legs press and smooth the surface of the ball; Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 614 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta later a thin layer of soil is added. Retouching includes spinning the ball with the front and back legs while the female is upside down. At the end of the nuptial feast, some retouched balls receive eggs. The first oviposition begins the experimental nesting phase; during the nuptial feast (in the strict sense) no balls receive eggs. Oviposition is followed by formation of a nest crater. In the other two species, crater excavation precedes or coincides with oviposition. Experimental nesting. - For approximately 60 days after the nuptial feast, a female oviposits in a number of balls and constructs about three successive craters where the balls are placed and cared for a few days before they are attacked, partially consumed and abandoned. In contrast to the other two species, the female continues ball-making during experimental nesting (31 to 50 additional balls ) if excrement is nearby. Undoubtedly, this prolonged process of ball-making is related to destruction and abandonment of experimental nest craters. The nuptial feast, with its characteristic elaboration of balls, overlaps with experimental nesting, with its oviposition and formation of nest craters. This overlap we attribute to a continuously active ovary, which by not ceasing activity, fails to produce the metabolic signal that the nest should be cared for and ball-making ended. Balls made during experimental nesting and at the end of the nuptial feast have two possible fates: some are abandoned, whether or not they contain eggs; others are taken apart and partially eaten, whether or not they contain eggs. Some eggs in balls removed from terraria develop; others do not. Preparation of the nest crater is very similar to that of E. magnus and E. caribaeus females. Some balls are provided with a thin soil covering. As for E. magnus , the male of E. balachowskyi often remains with the female and can participate in care of the brood balls. Remodelling of the balls in the nest crater and their care is exactly as described for E. magnus. Within a few days, four or five well worked balls are in the nest crater; of these, three large ones finally remain and (rarely two) are completely finished and with eggs and a thin layer of soil. They are cared for by the female. About two days later, one of the balls is eaten by one of the parents, but the female continues caring for the others for approximately six days. During this time the female does not leave them but attacks and partially consumes some of them. Eight days after the first attack, most balls have been damaged by the parents and the nest crater is abandoned. During the period a male or female may eat from a nearby dung mass (the attack is not occasioned by hunger) and, moreover, the female may make other balls which are pushed into the crater and ultimately destroyed. Some balls may by chance survive the attacks and the egg continues its development. After a period of direct feeding, experimental nesting is repeated, generally three times, with the consequent abandonment of the nests. Oviposition is similar to that by E. magnus females. Each egg is in a chamber near the upper pole of the brood ball closed by a plug of loosely compacted grass fibers. Oviposition can occur either on the surface, after massive ball-making, or in the nest-crater. Definitive nesting. - The definitive nest of E. balachowskyi adults is different from experimental nests in both how it is made and in its final structure. Of the last balls made, two are separated for definitive nesting. This separation begins definitive nesting and occurs about five months after beginning of the nuptial feast and about two months after the first oviposition and experimental nest. The two balls selected have diameters exceeding 27 mm; they are placed Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 615 Fig. 10. Eurysternus balachowskyi Halffter and Halffter.a-d\ stages in formation of definitive nest in dorsal view.- two brood balls united with soil and peripheral groove deepens; e\ definitive nest cut transversely. on the surface in contact with each other (see Halffter, 1977, Fig. 12) 15 to 20 cm from the dung mass and covered with soil. The female then excavates a groove around them (see Fig. 10) which is enlarged until the balls are in contact with a minimum of support. Maximum width of the groove is 7.5 cm; maximum depth, 3.5 cm (see Halffter, 1977, Fig. 13). This nest is cared for by the female for about 40 days. She makes no attempts to destroy it but, rather, spends most of her time in the groove, cleaning and maintaining it. Development lasts about 43 days to teneral adult and another eight days to emergence. The female abandons the nest shortly before emergence and about a month later re-initiates a new period of ball-making. This 30 day period is about the same that passes between emergence of the adult and the beginning of its first nuptial feast; however, much longer times can elapse before it is begun. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 616 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta Once inseminated, females can proceed with successive experimental and definitive nesting in the absence of a male. When several females engaged in the nuptial feast occur in the same terrarium, a strong competition for space ensues. Each female tries to isolate her balls from other females, which may attack and eat them. Occasionally, fights occur for possession of balls in which each grapples with the other while lying on her side. DISCUSSION Undoubtedly, behavior of Eurysternus adults isolates this taxon from the two main evolutionary lines of feeding-nesting behavior of the scarabaeines (see Halffter, 1977). Although the species comprising the genus are morphologically uniform, the few species studied suggest two very different patterns of nesting behavior. Adults of the species described here, as well as those of E. mexicanus, display a complex nesting behavior designated Group VI by Halffter (1977). Another much simpler behavior is displayed by E. foedus, Guerin-Meneville and a Mexican species (see discussion below). The characteristics of Group VI, as illustrated by those species considered above are the following: 1) Balls are made only by females during the nuptial feast, the first phase of an elaborate nesting procedure. Moreover, most are made in large numbers and not rolled. The nesting behavior of eurysternines, unlike that of scarabaeines, cannot be considered a derivative of feeding behavior. There are long periods during which feeding occurs but no ball-making, and there is direct feeding from a dung mass even though balls have been constructed. Balls can, however, be eaten. The fact that a large number of balls are made and left on the surface near the dung source (as opposed to being rolled away and buried as is done by Scarabeini) means that Eurysternus does not profit from the competitive advantages of rolling behavior; namely, less aggregation and more efficient use of resources. Ball-making by Eurysternus is, rather, a process related only to reproduction and which is correlated with a certain stage of ovarial development. 2) Nests are multiple. A multiple nest is a group of brood balls, each with an egg, where development takes place. Multiple nests cared for by parents (particularly the female) have arisen three different times, presumably independently, in Scarabaeinae. Although there are similarities in form and care, of the nest in each group, the way in which each is prepared is completely different. In Group III (see Halffter, 1977) a male and female construct an underground chamber into which dung is brought and from which a female constructs brood balls. In Group V, a multiple nest arises from an addition of single balls rolled from a dung source and modelled independently. In Eurysternus , the balls comprising the nest are “selected” from a larger number prepared during the nuptial feast. Moreover, there are other differences. Females of Group III prepare a single nest where larval-pupal development is very long; fecundity is very low. In Groups V and VI, each female prepares several nests ( Eurysternus females prepare several definitive nests) with intermediate periods of feeding. Even though a male may participate in nesting in all three groups, it is much more significant in Group III and non-existent in the definitive nests of Eurysternus (Group VI). Nevertheless, the most distinctive feature of multiple nests of Eurysternus , and exclusive to Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 617 them, are the experimental nests, which occur to various degrees in the three species studied here. Nothing even similar to experimental nests are known in other scarabaeines. 3) Nesting behavior follows the sequence a) nuptial feast, b) experimental nesting, c) definitive nesting. Females of E. magnus do not build experimental nests. But in E. caribaeus , E. magnus and E. mexicanus (Halffter, 1977) experimental and definitive nests are craters containing several brood balls. In E. balachowskyi the experimental nest is a crater, but the definitive nest is not (see above). When the brood balls are covered and united with soil by female E. caribaeus , the definitive nest is established. Care of a definitive nest is similar, but more elaborate by females of E. balachowskyi. Even though covered by a layer of soil, the brood balls of E. magnus and E. mexicanus are not united by soil and the balls are continually turned during care. Temporary care of experimental nest balls by E. balachowskyi females also includes periodic turning. Our studies of E. caribaeus show that the state of ovarial development is linked with reproductive behavior. Maturation of a series of oocytes coincides with nuptial feast; copulation determines termination of vitellogenesis, beginning of oviposition, and nest preparation. Nevertheless, unlike other scarabaeines, there is poor synchronization between ovarial development and nesting behavior. Our belief is that experimental nesting is attributable to a continuation of oocyte formation . and maturation after a nest has been established. Thus, a female is influenced by contradictory signals: nesting behavior tends to promote continuance of nest care, while ovarial function promotes the construction of a new nest. Once the two signals come into phase, they reinforce each other (which may take an extended period of time), and definitive nesting ensues. If our hypothesis is true, formation of oocytes must be slowest and more staggered in E. magnus and most rapid and unrelenting in E. balachowskyi and E. mexicanus. If we suppose that reproductive behavior of scarabaeines in general tends toward being a K-strategy, the strategy is somewhat maladjusted in Eurysternus as compared to other known groups in that much reproductive effort is lost as a result of experimental nesting. Since a male joins a female during preparation of nuptial balls, the latter behavior can be interpreted as a signal to a male that a female is physiologically prepared for copulation and oogenesis. Perhaps also a large number of nuptial balls is a better inducement for the male’s parental investment than a small number, as a sort of proof of the female’s nidificatory prowess. Thus, the nuptial feast may be the result of Darwinian sexual selection (in this case exercised by the male) in favor of advancing the usual nidificatory ball-making process to a period long preceding actual nidification. Transition between the early nuptial stage, favored by sexual selection, and the definitive nesting stage, favored by natural selection, can apparently be somewhat indefinite and confused in some species, since it is not in itself subject to any direct selection pressure. The resultant wastefulness of this intermediate experimental stage is presumably not sufficient to offset the combined selective advantages of the first and last stages. Nesting behavior described so far is not universal to E. foedus and a yet unidentified Mexican species nest in a completely different manner. Females of these species bury shallowly a compact mass of excrement into which several eggs are laid. Larvae develop freely without encountering each other or moving around much. The dung mass later contains two or three tubular spaces created by the developing progeny. Among other differences, there is no ball-making or nest crater. This nesting pattern is remarkably like that of Onitis caffer Boheman and O. aygulus (F.), which Halffter and Matthews (1966) assigned to Group I. Such Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 618 Halffter, Halffter and Huerta behavior, which Halffter and Matthews (1966) considered an evolutionary antecedent to multiple nests, is no more characteristic of Onitis (and Onitini in general) than it appears to be for Eurysternus. How common it may be to Eurysternus remains to be seen. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This paper is the result of a continuous and patient effort followed for many years (the first terraria were established in 1966) during which we have had the most valuable collaboration from different people. Pedro Reyes-Castillo and Irma Lopez Guerrero from the Institute de Ecologia collaborated in the observation of terraria during the first stage. It was possible to capture E. balachowskyi adults (as well as to gather ecological information and scarabaeines material from Guyanne) thanks to Gonzalo Halffter’s participation in the expedition to the Oyapock River (1969) headed by Prof. A. S. Balachowsky who was at that time Chief of the Laboratoire d’Entomologie of the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris. The E. caribaeus material was captured in the Lacandon Forest by several young researchers from the Institute de Ecologia: Gustavo Aguirre, Ernestina Fey and Bert Kohlmann Cuesta. Histological preparations of ovaries were made by Irma Lopez Guerrero. We thank Prof. Jacques Carayon and Mile. Dominique Pluot (Laboratoire d’Entomologie, Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris) who helped Irma Lopez in the development of the techniques for the study of scarabaeines ovaries. Dr. Eric G. Matthews (South Australian Museum, Adelaide) offered useful comments about the manuscript, for which we are grateful. The English translation from the Spanish manuscript was made by Dr. W. David Edmonds from the California State Polytechnic University Pomona. As with former works, Edmonds’ collaboration went far beyond a simple translation. We have discussed with our dear friend each sentence and each word and this has enriched extraordinarily the approach and the ideas of the authors. REFERENCES HALFFTER, G. 1964. La Entomofauna Americana, ideas acerca de su Origen y Distribucion. Folia Entomologia Mexicana. 6: 1-108. HALFFTER, G. 1976. Distribucion de los Insectos en la Zona de Transition Mexicana. Relaciones con la Entomofauna de Norteamerica. Ibid., 35: 1-64. HALFFTER, G. 1977. Evolution of Nidification in the Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Quaestiones Entomologicae. 13: 231-253. HALFFTER, G. and E. G. MATTHEWS. 1966. The Natural History of Dung Beetles of the Subfamily Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Folia Entomologia Mexicana. 12-14: 1-312. HALFFTER, G., V. HALFFTER, and Y. LOPEZ G. 1974. Phanaeus Behavior: food transportation and bisexual cooperation. Environmental Entomology. 3:341-345. HALFFTER, G. and V. HALFFTER. 1977. Notas sobre Eurysternus (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, Scarabaeinae). Folia Entomologia Mexicana. 37: 43-86. HALFFTER, G. and Y. LOPEZ G. 1977. Development of the Ovary and Mating Behavior in Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 619 Phanaeus. Annals of the Entomological Society of America. 70 (2):203— 21 3. HEYMONS, R. 1930. Uber die Morphologie des weiblinchen Geschlectsapparatus der Gattung Scarabaeus.L. Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere. 18: 563-574. HUERTA, C. 1977. Espermatoforo de Canthon cyanellus cyanellus Lee. (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, Scarabaeinae). Folia Entomologia Mexicana. 38: 13-16. MATTHEWS, E. G. 1974. A Revision of the Scarabaeinae Dung Beetles of Australia. II. Tribe Scarabaeini. Australian Journal of Zoology, Suppl. Series 24: 1-211. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16 (3,4) 620 Halffter & Halffter THE LARVAE OF FOUR HYDROPSYCHE SPECIES WITH THE CHECKERBOARD HEAD PATTERN (TRICHOPTERA: HYDROPSYCHIDAE) D.H. SMITH & D.M. LEHMKUHL Department of Biology University of Saskatchewan Saskatoon, Saskatchewan Canada S7N 0W0 Quaestiones Entomologicae 16:625-634 1980 ABSTRACT Diagnostic characters to distinguish among larvae of four species of Hydropsyche from Saskatchewan (H. bifida Banks, H. recurvata Banks, H. walkeri Bet ten and Mosely, and H. bronta Ross) with checkerboard pattern of light and dark areas on the dorsum of the head include: differences in color of head and pronotum, body proportions, and secondary setation. A key is provided to larvae of these four species. Les larves de quatre especes J ’Hydropsyche de la Saskatchewan, caracterisees par un motif en damier de taches pales et foncees sur la surface dorsale de la tete, se distinguent les unes des autres par des differences dans la coloration de la tete et du pronotum, dans les proportions du corps, et dans la chetotaxie secondaire. On presente une cle d’ identification des larves de ces quatre especes. TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction 621 Methods 622 Results 623 Discussion 628 Acknowledgements 628 References 628 Figures 629 INTRODUCTION Larvae of six hydropsychid species, Hydropsyche bifida Banks, Hydropsyche recurvata Banks, Hydropsyche walkeri Betten and Mosely, Hydropsyche bronta Ross, Hydropsyche 622 Halffter & Halffter cheilonis Ross, and Hydropsyche morosa Hagen, have a characteristic checkerboard pattern of light and dark areas on the dorsum of the head (Figs. 3, 5a). Some individuals have a slightly modified version of the pattern characteristic of their species (Figs. 5b, 6). Larvae of these six species are difficult to distinguish and previous taxonomic studies (Ross, 1944; Schuster and Etnier, 1978) failed to effectively separate them. Schuster and Etnier, (1978) wrote that three small light spots at the posterior end of the frontoclypeal apotome distinguish larvae of H. morosa from larvae of the other five species with the checkerboard head pattern, which either have no light spots, or a single large light spot at the posterior end of the frontoclypeal apotome. It is doubtful that three spots on the frontoclypeal apotome is diagnostic, since Mackay (1978) illustrated an H. morosa larva with a single large light spot. Mackay (1978) distinguished larvae of H. bronta and H. morosa by differences in head widths of each instar of the two species, those of H. morosa having a consistently larger mean head width at each instar. This method is of limited use in normal taxonomic work as it requires measurement of many specimens from each locality studied. Also, this method may fail to discriminate between larvae from the same locality if more than two species with the checkerboard head pattern are represented in the collections. In Saskatchewan four species of Hydropsyche larvae with checkerboard head pattern were collected: H. bifida, H. recurvata, H. bronta, and H. walkeri. In this paper we report results of our study of those taxa. METHODS Larval sclerites from pupal cases of reared specimens of H. bifida, H. recurvata, H. bronta, and H. walkeri were mounted on slides. We found consistent differences, and used them to identify larvae. Identified larve were then studied for additional diagnostic features. Detailed study of body setation was facilitated by clearing specimens and mounting various body parts on slides for study with a compound microscope. Several measurements were made of heads of larvae of each species. Widths of heads and measurements of the frontoclypeal apotome (Figure 7) were determined as follows: 1 aa width of apotome at level of anterolateral lobe 2 bb width of apotome just posterad of anterolateral lobe 3 cc width of apotome at level of tentorial pits 4 dd width of apotome at widest portion of posterior part 5 ee width of apotome at level of the pits in posterior part 6 g distance from anterior margin of apotome to lateral pit 7 h distance from lateral pit to anterior margin of tentorial pit 8 k distance from anterior margin of apotome to medial pit H. bifida the anterior margin gradually bends posterolaterad to meet the anterolateral corner (Figs. 1, 2 & 11). In H. walkeri the anterior margin projects anterolaterad as a small rectangular lobe (Figs. 3, 4, & 12). Six ratios calculated from these measurements were used to describe shapes and proportions statistically, as follows: 1 . Head width/iength of frontoclypeal apotome (HW/FL). Mating and nesting behavior of Eurysternus 623 2. Width of frontoclypeal apotome at level of tentorial pits/length of frontoclypeal apotome (FW/FL). 3. Width of frontoclypeal apotome just posterad of anterolateral lobes/ width of frontoclypeal apotome at level of anterolateral lobes (BL/L). 4. Distance from anterior margin of frontoclypeal apotome to mesal pit on anterior part of frontoclypeal apotome/distance from anterior margin of frontoclypeal apotome to lateral pit on anterior part of frontoclypeal apotome; 5. Distance from lateral pit on anterior surface of frontoclypeal apotome to anterior edge of tentorial pit/length of frontoclypeal apotome. 6. Width of frontoclypeal apotome at level of pits on posterior part of frontoclypeal apotome/ width of frontoclypeal apotome at level of widest part of posterior part of apotome. Only the first three ratios are discussed further, because they are useful for discrimination of species. Measurements for ratios BL/L and FW/FL were taken from mature (fourth and fifth instar) larvae, and from sclerites extracted from cases of reared pupae. Measurements for the ratio HW/FL were taken only from mature larvae. All specimens measured are from Saskatchewan. Range, mean, 1.5 standard deviations (SD) and 95% confidence limits (CL) were determined for each ratio for each species (Tables 1-3); these data are illustrated in Figs. 15-17. RESULTS We treat features diagnostic for larvae of the four species examined in this study. For more complete descriptions consult Schuster and Etnier, Etnier (1978). Color Pattern Coloration must be used cautiously as a diagnostic feature for larvae of species with checkerboard head pattern because of variability and overlap. H. bifida Banks. - Head coloration of H. bifida larvae is quite distinctive compared to head coloration of larvae of the other three species. In H. bifida, ground color of venter and dorsum of the head is dark brown in almost all specimens, these dark regions contiguous posterolaterally (Fig. 1 1) in most specimens. Most specimens of the other three species have a lateral light area between the dark dorsal and ventral regions of the head (Figs. 12, 13), if indeed these regions are dark. H. bifida larvae have distinct light spots on sides of the head (Fig. 11), these spots contrasting with the dark lateral surface. Larvae of the three other species lack spots on side of head, which contrast as noticeably with ground color of head (Figs. 12, 13) as in H. bifida. There are also one to three white spots on the dorsal surface of each parietal sclerite just anterad of seta 17 (Fig. 1). The light region around the eye of most specimens does not extend posterodorsad towards the margin of the parietal sclerite (Fig. 1), as in H. recurvata (Fig. 5a), H. bronta (Fig. 6), and most H. walkeri larvae (Fig. 3). Schuster and EtnierEtnier (1978) noted that many H. bifida larvae are without anterior and posterior spots on the dorsum of the head. Many Saskatchewan H . bifida larvae lack these Quaest. Ent. 1980, 16 (3,4) 624 Smith and Lehmkuhl spots and when the large single spot is absent from the posterior end of the frontoclypeal apotome, several smaller light spots are evident (Fig. 1). TABLE I Variation in the ratio HW /FL for H . bifida, H. recurvata, H. bronta, and H. walkeri N Mean Range 1.5 SD CL H. 29 1.139 0.986-1.260 0.071 1.121-1.157 recurvata H. bifida 33 1.108 1.055-1.175 0.051 1.096-1.121 H. walkeri 42 1.149 1.060-1.300 0.071 1.133-1.164 H. bronta 21 0.959 0.882-1.000 0.047 0.945-0.974 The pronotum has numerous small white spots on each lateral surface (Fig. 14). H. walkeri Betten and Mosely. - Schuster and EtnierEtnier (1978) reported H. walkeri larvae with heads almost entirely light in color (as in Fig. 5b), but larvae examined by us have dark heads with checkerboard pattern on the frontoclypeal apotome (Fig. 3). Some individuals have, some lack, (Fig. 12) light spots on sides of head; these spots do not contrast as markedly with ground color of the head as in H. bifida. H. walkeri larvae have a light area at the posterior end of the frontoclypeal apotome, and there is a distinctive light spot laterad of seta 16 (Fig. 3). Light spots are lacking from the region of the head just anterad of seta 17, and most specimens have a light area directed posterodorsad from the region around the eye. Most specimens have a broad, dark stripe along the coronal suture (Fig. 3); this stripe is absent from or less well developed in larvae of the other three species. Most specimens with the dorsal and ventral regions of the head dark, have these regions separated by a light lateral area. Lateral spots on the pronotum are only slightly lighter than ground color. H. recurvata Banks. - Head coloration of H. recurvata larvae is extremely varied, from almost entirely dark to almost entirely light (Fig. 5b) (Ross, 1944; Schuster and Etnier, Etnierl978). Most H. recurvata larvae lack light spots anterad of seta 17 as this area is occupied by a light area which extends dorsad and posterad from the light region around the eye (Fig. 5a). In dark specimens of H. recurvata light spots are not evident on the lateral and dorso-lateral regions of the posterior part of the head (Fig. 13). In lighter larvae some yellow spots are evident but they do not contrast markedly with ground color of the head. If dorsal and ventral regions of the head are both dark, they are separated laterally by a light area (Fig. 13) in most specimens. Pronotal spots, if evident laterally, are darker than the ground color. Larvae of Four Hydropsyche species 625 TABLE II Variation in the ratio FW /FL for H. bifida, H. recurvata, H. bronta, and H. walkeri N Mean Range 1.5 SD CL H. 39 0.662 0.608-0.713 0.038 0.654-0.671 recurvata H. bifida 38 0.651 0.608-0.700 0.032 0.644-0.657 H. walkeri 42 0.647 0.602-0.695 0.035 0.640-0.655 H. bronta 29 0.558 0.522-0.595 0.027 0.551-0.565 H. bronta Ross. - Schuster and Etnier Etnier(1978) described two forms of H. bronta , based on differences in larval head patterns, from different regions of their study area. The Central Form has the typical checkerboard head pattern, but the Appalachian Form has a transverse striped head pattern (Fig. 6). Adults associated with the two larval forms are indistinguishable. In Saskatchewan both larval forms were collected, often from the same river. It is likely these two color forms are conspecific variants. Small light spots are evident laterally on heads of some H. bronta larvae, but most larvae lack them. The light area around the eyes of most larvae is extended posterodorsad to the region anterad of seta 17 (Fig. 6). Ventral and lateral surfaces of the head are predominantly light. On each parietal sclerite of many larvae is a brown spot near the ventral ecdysial line and another on the ventrolateral surface in the vicinity of the stridulatory surface. Pronotal sclerites lack contrasting dark or light spots laterally. Head Setation Head setation is most readily observed on cleared specimens mounted on slides. Head capsules of hydropsychid larvae possess a rich secondary setation, these setae being greatly modified in many species. The Hydropsyche larvae examined in this study have three main types of secondary setae on the head. The first is stout, dark, peg-like setae prominent on much of the dorsal and posterolateral regions of the parietal sclerites, and also on the frontoclypeal apotome of larvae of some species. The second type is fine setae present for most specimens on anterodorsal and posterodorsal regions of the parietal sclerites and on the frontoclypeal apotome. Larvae of some Hydropsyche species have setae intermediate between these first two types. The third type of secondary setae is along the anterior margin of the frontoclypeal apotome. These setae are extremely small with their blunt apical ends minutely divided. Information about setation for abraded heads can be gained by determining size and number of sockets left where setae were attached. Sockets at bases of peg-like setae are larger Quaest. Ent. 1980, 16 (3,4) 626 Smith & Lehmkuhl TABLE III Variation in the ratio BL/L for H. bifida, H. recurvata, H. bronta, and H. walkeri N Mean Range 1.5 SD CL H. 46 0.93 0.889-0.959 0.026 0.925-0.935 recurvata H. bifida 39 0.892 0.84-0.944 0.036 0.884-0.900 H. walkeri 42 0.903 0.857-0.943 0.029 0.897-0.909 H. bronta 28 0.857 0.814-0.89 0.03 0.849-0.864 than those of the fine setae. Number of sockets in the rubbed area indicate number of setae previously present in that region. H. bifida Banks. - Larvae of H. bifida have many long, fine setae on the posterior part of the frontoclypeal apotome, and on the region of each parietal sclerite laterad of the posterior end of the frontoclypeal apotome (Figs. 8, 11). Peg-like setae are absent from the posterior part of the frontoclypeal apotome (Figs. 1, 8). H. walkeri Betten and Mosely. - Numerous long, fine setae are on the posterior part of the frontoclypeal apotome, and on the region of each parietal sclerite laterad of the posterior end of the frontoclypeal apotome (Figs. 8, 12). Peg-like setae are absent from the posterior part of the frontoclypeal apotome (Fig. 3). H. recurvata Banks. - The central portion of the posterior part of the frontoclypeal apotome has few, fine, very short setae (Figs. 9, 13). Fine setae are more abundant on the parietal sclerites laterad of the posterior end of the frontoclypeal apotome. A few peg-like setae are present on the posterior part of the frontoclypeal apotome (Figs. 5a, 5b, 9). H. bronta Ross. - Like H. bifida larvae, those of H. bronta have numerous fine setae on the posterior part of the frontoclypeal apotome (Fig. 10), although these setae are shorter in H. bronta. There are also peg-like setae, and setae which are intermediate in thickness between the fine and peg-like setae, on this region of the frontoclypeal apotome, and on the parietal sclerites in the region laterad of the posterior end of the frontoclypeal apotome. Most peg-like setae on heads of H. bronta larvae are more acuminate than in the other three species. Larvae of Four Hydropsyche species 627 Shape of Head and Head Sclerites Based on shape of head and frontoclypeal apotome, the four species considered in this study are arranged in two groups. In Group I head width of almost all specimens is greater than frontoclypeal apotome length, and the frontoclypeal apotome is much wider in relation to its length than in Group II. In Group II width of head is equal to or less than length of the frontoclypeal apotome, and the latter is much narrower in relation to its length than in Group I. Larve of these four species differ in values for ratos HW/FL (Fig. 15) and FW/FL (Fig. 16). The ratio HW/FL (Fig. 15) shows that heads of H. bronta larvae are much narrower in relation to length of frontoclypeal apotome than are heads of the other three species. The ratio FW/FL (Fig. 16) indicates that H. bronta larvae have much longer, narrower frontoclypeal apotomes than do larvae of the other three species. Based on these ratios it is clear that three of the four species studied, H. bifida , H. walkeri, and H. recurvata , belong to Group I while only H. bronta belongs to Group II. We calculated values for ratios HW/FL and FW/FL from a drawing of the larva of H. morosa in Mackay (1978). Values obtained indicate that H. morosa probably belongs in Group II, if the drawing accurately represents the species. Among the four species studied there are differences in relative size of anterolateral lobe of frontoclypeal apotome. In H. bronta these lobes are prominent while in H. recurvata they are only slightly developed. In H. bifida and H. walkeri development of these lobes is intermediate between those of H. bronta and H. recurvata. The ratio BL/L (Fig. 17) illustrates the difference in development of the anterolateral lobes of the frontoclypeal apotome among the four species. Hydropsyche bifida and H. walkeri larvae differ in shape of the anterior part of the frontoclypeal apotome. In H. walkeri larvae each lateral margin of the anterior part bulges outward (Figs. 3, 4), while in most, but not all H. bifida larvae the margin is straight (Figs. 1, 2). Larvae of these species also differ in the shape of anterior margin of the frontoclypeal apotome. In H. bifida the anterior margin gradually bends posterolaterad to meet the anterolateral corner (Figs. 1, 2 & 1 1). In H. walkeri the anterior margin projects anterolaterad as a small rectangular lobe (Figs. 3, 4, & 12). Key to Species la Ratio FW/FL 0.522 -0.595 H. bronta lb Ratio FW/FL 0.602 -0.713 2 2a (lb) Dorsum of head with numerous long, fine setae on middle of posterior part of frontoclypeal apotome (Figs. 8, 11, 12); no peg-like setae on posterior part of frontoclypeal apotome (Figs. 1, 3, & 8); side of head with (Fig. 11) or without (Fig. 12) light spots 3 2b Middle of posterior part of frontoclypeal apotome with few short, fine setae (Figs. 9, 13); peg-like setae on posterior part of frontoclypeal apotome (Fig. 5b); side of head without contrasting light spots (Fig. 13) H. recurvata 3a (2a) Anterolateral margin of frontoclypeal apotome gradually curved posterad to anterolateral corner of apotome (Figs. 1, 2, 1 1) H. bifida 3b Anterior margin of frontoclypeal apotome projected forward as small rectangular lobe near each anterolateral corner of apotome (Figs. 3, 4, & 12) H. walkeri Quaest. Ent. 1980, 16 (3,4) 628 Smith & Lehmkuhl DISCUSSION Diagnostic features described above must still be tested on populations of these species in other parts of North America for study of larvae with checkerboard head pattern is still incomplete. Search for new and perhaps better features for identification for these species must continue, preferably with inclusion of all species with this head pattern. We believe our results will be useful to anyone undertaking this task. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Support for this study was provided by a National Research Council of Canada grant to D.M. Lehmkuhl. The senior author thanks the Institute for Northern Studies for the scholarship which enabled him to study Saskatchewan caddisflies. We thank David Wong for his skillful preparation of the graphs. REFERENCES Mackay, R.J. 1978. Larval identification and instar association in some species of Hydropsyche and Cheumatopsyche (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae). Annals of the Entomological Society of America 71: 499-509. Ross, H.H. 1944. The caddisflies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Bulletin of the Illinois Natural History Survey 23: 1-326. Schuster, G.A. and D.A. Etnier. 1978. A manual for the identification of the larvae of the caddisfly genera Hydropsyche Pictet and Symphitopsyche Ulmer in eastern and central North America (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae). United States Environmental Protection Agency Report No. 600/4-78-060. 129 pp. Larvae of Four Hydropsyche species 629 Figs. 1-4. Fig. 1. H. bifida head, dorsal aspect; Fig. 2. H. bifida frontoclypeal apotome; Fig. 3. H. walkeri head, dorsal aspect; Fig. 4. H. walkeri frontoclypeal apotome showing bulge on side of front part of apotome (bl) and rectangular lobe on lateral portion of anterior margin (rl). Quaest. Ent. 1980, 16 (3,4) 630 Smith & Lehmkuhl Figs. 5-7. Fig. 5a. H. recurvata head, dorsal aspect; Fig. 5b. H. recurvata head, dorsal aspect, showing anterior part of frontoclypeal apotome (af), posterior part of frontoclypeal apotome (pf) and parietal sclerite (pa); Fig. 6. H. bronta head, dorsal aspect; Fig. 7. Hydropsyche frontoclypeal apotome (schematic) showing locations where measurements were taken; also anterolateral lobe (r), tentorial pit (t), medial pit on anterior part (v), lateral pit on anterior part (z) and pit on posterior part (y). Larvae of Four Hydropsyche species 631 Figs. 8-13. Fig. 8. H. bifida dorsum of head showing fine setae (f), peg-like setae (p), and frontoclypeal suture (x); Fig. 9. H. recurvata dorsum of head showing peg-like seta (p); Fig. 10. H. bronta dorsum of head showing peg-like seta (p); Fig. 11. H. bifida head, lateral aspect, showing fine setae (f); Fig. 12. H. walkeri head, lateral aspect showing rectangular lobe (rl); Fig. 13. H. recurvata head, lateral aspect, showing fine setae (f); Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 632 Smith & Lehmkuhl Fig. 14.-Thoracic sclerites of Hydropsyche bifida. Larvae of Four Hydropsyche species 633 H . bifida ~~L- L H. walkeri JH. bronta Fig. 15 h- 88 I - J- 96 1.04 HW/FL H- 1.1 2 H- 1.2 H 1 1.28 1.36 JH. recurvata JH. bifida JH. waikeri H. bronta Fig. 16 I 1— — H 1 1 f .52 .56 .6 .64 .68 .7 FW/FL -H .74 JH . recurvata JH . bifida it- walkeri H . bronta - ■■ 1 1* 1 r l Fig. 17 .81 1 — t— 85 .89 BL/L H- 93 +“ 97 Figs. 15-17. Fig. 15. Variation in the ratio HW/FL for H. bifida , H. recurvata, H. bronta, and H. walkeri. Data for each species is represented as follows: range, by basal horizontal line, mean by medial vertical line, confidence limits by dark box and 1.5 standard deviations on each side of the mean by the clear box. Fig. 16. Variation in the ratio FW/FL for H. bifida, H. recurvata, H. bronta and H. walkeri ; for explanation, see caption of Fig. 15; Fig. 17. Variation in the ratio BL/L for H. bifida, H. recurvata, H. bronta and H. walkeri. For explanation see caption of Fig. 15. Quaest. Ent. 1980, 16 (3,4) 634 Smith & Lehmkuhl ANALYSIS OF TWO PROBLEMATIC NORTH AMERICAN CADDISFLY SPECIES: OECETIS A VARA (BANKS) AND OECETIS DISJUNCTA (BANKS) (TRICHOPTERA: LEPTOCERIDAE) D.H. Smith and D.M. Lehmkuhl Department of Biology University of Saskatchewan Saskatoon, Saskatchewan Canada S7N0W0 Questiones Entomologicae 16:641-656 1980 ABSTRACT Oecetis disjuncta (Banks) has, since 1944, been regarded as possibly conspecific with Oecetis avara (Banks). We propose here that these two forms are specifically distinct. Adults, larvae, and pupae of both species are described. In Saskatchewan O. avara lives in southern and central regions, while O. disjuncta inhabits central and northern regions. Immatures of both species inhabit boreal streams, but those of O. avara also inhabit the main branches of the Saskatchewan river system. Because specimens of O. disjuncta may, previously, have been misidentified as O. avara, some published distribution records for the latter may not be correct. Collection data for specimens examined in this study indicate that both species are widely distributed in North America. Depuis 1944, on considerait Oecetis disjuncta (Banks) comme un synonyme possible ^’Oecetis avara (Banks). Nous proposons qu’O. disjuncta, bien que morphologiquement similaire a O. avara, soil considere comme une espece distincte. Nous decrivons les adultes, les larves, et les pupes des deux especes. En Saskatchewan, O. avara occupe les regions du centre et du sud, alors qu’O. disjuncta se trouve dans les regions di cemtre et du nord. Les immatures des deux especes habitent les affluents secondaires boreaux, mais ceux d’O. avara se trouvent aussi dans les branches principales du bassin de la riviere Saskatchewan. Etant donne qu’suparavent, des specimens d’O. disjuncta pourraient avoir ete identifies comme O. avara, certaines mentions publiees au sujet de la repartition geographique de cette derniere pourralient etre erronees. Les notes de collection des specimens examines au cours de cette etude indiquent que les deux especes sont largement repandues en Amerique du Nord. TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction 636 Descriptions 637 Oecetis disjuncta (Banks) 638 636 Smith & Lehmkuhl Oecetis avara (Banks) 641 Discussion 643 Disposition of Material 644 Acknowledgements 644 References 644 Figures 646 INTRODUCTION While studying Saskatchewan-collected males of Oecetis avara (Banks), we discovered that two distinct color forms are recognizable: one with dark brown body and wings (dark form); and another with yellow body and wings (light form). In central Saskatchewan, where both forms occur, the main emergence of dark form adults is earlier in the year than that of light form adults. Comparison of male genitalia of the two forms revealed differences in structure of claspers and aedeagus. In the dark form, claspers lack a prominent ventrocaudal lobe (Fig. 1), and the aedeagus, in caudal aspect, is symmetrical (Figs. 5, 7). In the light form, claspers possess a prominent ventrocaudal lobe (Fig. 3), and the aedeagus is asymmetrical, in caudal aspect (Figs, 6, 8). Differences in form of male genitalia between two forms of putative O. avara associated with differences in general body coloration, and timing of adult emergence, suggested to us that we were studying not just variants of a single species, but two distinct species. We then searched for differences in other life stages. We were able to associate adult females, larvae, and pupae with males of the dark and light forms, respectively, and morphological differences were found which discriminate between them. We also examined ‘0. avara’ specimens loaned to us by Dr. G. B. Wiggins of the Royal Ontario Museum (ROM). These had been collected from 1 1 North American localities outside Saskatchewan. The dark form was recorded from eight localities, the light form from three; there was no overlap. Adults of dark and light forms from the 1 1 localities are morphologically consistent with adults of their equivalents from Saskatchewan. Presence of dark and light forms in collections of ‘0. avara’ from localities outside of Saskatchewan indicates that these forms are not local variants, restricted to Saskatchewan, but both are widely distributed in North America. This further strengthened our conclusion that the two forms are distinct species. The type specimens of 0. avara and 0. disjuncta The two species recognized by us could not be named, based on published information. 0. avara belongs to the disjuncta species group of the genus Oecetis. The disjuncta group contains three species, 0. elatus Denning and Sykora, 0. avara (Banks), and 0. disjuncta (Banks). Taxonomic status of 0. disjuncta has remained in doubt since Ross (1944) suggested that this form might be conspecific with 0. avara. Drawings of the male genitalia of 0. avara (Ross, 1944), and of 0. disjuncta (Banks, 1920) indicate that males of both species have a prominent ventrocaudal lobe on the clasper, but that the dorsal region of the clasper in 0. disjuncta is much larger than it is in 0. avara. Ross (1938), however, stated that the male genitalia of the type specimens of 0. avara and 0. disjuncta were very similar, which suggested to us that Two problematic North American caddisfly species 637 Banks’ (1920) drawing of the clasper of O. disjuncta might be inaccurate. We examined the genitalia of male type specimens of O. avara and O. disjuncta , and found that each clasper of the holotype of O. avara has a prominent ventrocaudal lobe. The clasper of the lectotype male of O. disjuncta , however, lacks a prominent ventrocaudal lobe, although Banks’ (1920) drawing of the genitalia of O. disjuncta illustrated this lobe. Also, the dorsal portion of the clasper of the type speciman of O. disjuncta is not markedly enlarged, although Banks drawing indicated it to be so. The aedeagus of the O. avara holotype is damaged and its structure could not be determined. The aedeagus of the type specimen of O. disjuncta is symmetrical, in caudal aspect. Our study of the genitalia of the two forms revealed that male specimens were most effectively discriminated between by differences in aedeagal structure. Differences in clasper shape were useful for separating most specimens, but not for discriminating between a few specimens which had claspers intermediate in structure. Form of claspers and aedeagus of the O. disjuncta lectotype resemble those of males of the dark form. On this basis we concluded that the dark form was conspecific with O. disjuncta. Although the aedeagus of the O. avara holotype is damaged, and could not be compared to males of the light form, the claspers, with their prominent ventrocaudal lobes, leave no doubt that O. avara is conspecific with the light form of our study. We conclude that O. disjuncta and O. avara , are taxonomically distinct. DESCRIPTIONS This section is divided into two parts. In the first, selected morphological features of adults, larvae, and pupae of O. disjuncta and O. avara are discussed, to facilitate accurate identification of specimens and to provide comparative information about interspecific variation in certain structures. The second part provides detailed descriptions of adults, larvae, and pupae of O. disjuncta and O. avara. Descriptions are based on examination of a large number of specimens in our collection taken throughout the province of Saskatchewan, as well as some from the ROM. Comparison of selected features Adults. - Although most adults of O. avara are yellow, and adults of O. disjuncta dark brown, some are intermediate. The tibial spur formula of O. disjuncta and O. avara is 1,2,2 which distinguishes these two species from the closely related O. elatus which, according to Denning and Sykora (1966), has a spur formula of 1,2,3. The only feature of the male genitalia which is consistently different in the two species is structure of the aedeagus. In caudal aspect, the aedeagus of O. disjuncta is symmetrical (Figs. 5, 7), while in O. avara it is asymmetrical (Figs. 6, 8). There are no sclerotized areas on the apico-dorsal surface of the aedeagus in O.disjuncta (Figs. 5, 7), while in O.avara sclerotized areas are present on that region (Figs. 6, 8). Form of the claspers differs in the two species. Most males of O. disjuncta lack a prominent ventrocaudal lobe (Fig. 1), while males of O. avara have such a lobe (Fig. 3). However, in both species, some males have claspers that are nearly intermediate. Ventral margins of bases of claspers in the normal resting position are more widely separated in O. avara (Fig. 13)than they are in O. disjuncta (Fig. 12) The median process of tergum X consists of one (Fig. 10) or two (Fig. 9) lobes in O. disjuncta. Since both variants are represented in many series of males collected on the same date at the same locality, Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 638 Smith & Lehmkuhl and since no other morphological differences were detected between males with one or two lobes, we conclude that these variants are conspecific. In males of O. avara examined in this study the median process of tergum X is a single lobe (Fig. 11). We identified some morphological differences between female genitalia, but it is uncertain if these will distinguish between all specimens. Sternum IX of females of both species has a similar pattern of coloration but, in O. disjuncta, the darkened area is much darker (Fig. 14) than in O. avara (Fig. 15). Body coloration is varied; possibly specimens will be found in which sternal color is intermediate, although we have not seen such intermediates. The lateral sclerite of segment IX also differs in shape in the two species. In O. avara (Fig. 17) the caudal margin of this sclerite is produced as a prominent ventrocaudal lobe, projected beyond the caudal margin of sternum IX in ventral aspect (Fig. 15). In O. disjuncta the ventrocaudal lobe of the lateral sclerite of segment IX is slightly developed or absent (Fig. 16) and, in ventral aspect (Fig. 14), this lobe does not project beyond the caudal margin of sternum IX. However, some females of O. disjuncta have a prominent ventrocaudal lobe on the lateral sclerite of segment IX. Although some females of O. avara and O. disjuncta may prove difficult to identify, most specimens can be readily separated using the features discussed above. Larvae. - Larvae of O. avara and O. disjuncta are morphologically similar and, currently, only mature larvae of these two species can be assigned to species. The ventral apotome of the head capsule is much narrower, relative to its length, in O. disjuncta (Fig. 23) than in O.avara (Fig. 24). Difference in shape of the ventral apotome in larvae of these two species is reflected by difference in value of the width/length ratio for the ventral apotome of each species. Values for O. disjuncta are 1.7 - 2.8 (x = 2.23) and for O. avara 3.14 - 8.00 (x =4.48). Head color differs between most specimens of O. avara and O. disjuncta but intermediate specimens were observed for both species. The dorsum of the head capsule in most specimens of O. disjuncta is brown, marked by darker muscle scars (Figs. 18, 21), while in O. avara the head capsule is yellow, with muscle scars not contrasted with the ground color (Figs. 19, 22). In O. disjuncta larvae the dorsal setae of the distal articles of the thoracic legs (Figs. 33, 34) tend to be longer relative to the width of the parent article than are the equivalent setae in O. avara larvae (Figs. 35, 36). Pupae. - Pupae of O. avara and O. disjuncta are morphologically very similar. The only distinguishing feature is relative length of four setae on front of head. In O. disjuncta (Fig. 38) the ventral pair of setae are shorter than the dorsal pair. In O. avara these four setae are subequal (Fig. 39). Detailed descriptions Oecetis disjuncta (Banks) Oecetina disjuncta Banks , 1920: 351 (Type locality: California, Arroyo Seco Canyon, San Gabriel Mountains). Adults. - Body and wings brown, legs yellow. Forewing with dark patches on stigma, at base of discoidal and of thyridial cells, on chord, at branching point of Cul, at juncture of anal and cubital veins, and at extremities of veins extended to wing margin. Tibial spur formula 1,2,2. Males 1 1-12 mm, females 10 - 12 mm in length. Two problematic North American caddisfly species 639 Male abdominal segment IX annular; in lateral aspect (Fig. 1), dorsal half wider than ventral half, numerous setae on lateral surface; sternum, ventrally (Fig. 12), with large membranous area; cercus short, tubular (Fig. 1) or elongate with ventral surface concave. Clasper (Fig. 1), in lateral aspect, with dorsal margin rounded, posterior margin shallowly emarginate, ventrocaudal lobe reduced or absent; few specimens with posterior margin emarginate and ventrocaudal lobe present; ventromesal margins of both claspers, close together (Fig. 12). Segment X with pair of lightly sclerotized, triangular lateral lobes; mesal process of one (Fig. 10) or two (Fig. 9) lobes (in dorsal aspect), apex of lobes entire (Fig. 9) or incised (Fig. 10). Aedeagus, in lateral aspect (Fig. 2), with distal half directed ventrad; in caudal aspect (Figs. 5, 7), symmetrical, posterodorsal surface entirely membranous; internal sclerotized ring symmetrical in caudal aspect (Fig. 7). Female genitalia with lateral sclerite of segment IX narrow (Fig. 16); ventrocaudal lobe absent or slightly developed, not extended beyond caudal margin of sternum IX (Fig. 14); few specimens with caudal lobe well developed, extended beyond caudal margin of sternum IX. Latter with ventral surface in form of raised, flattened, oval area (Fig. 14); pattern on oval area darker and more distinct than in O. avara, oval area bordered by dark area anteriorly and laterally. Cercus, in lateral aspect (Fig. 16), evenly rounded apically, short, not extended beyond segment X. Clasper, in lateral aspect (fig. 16), rectangular, with ventral and dorsal margins thickened. Segment X mostly membranous; ventrocaudal margin sclerotized, extended beyond rest of segment. Bursa copulatrix as in Figure 14. Larva. - Head with dorsum dark yellow to brown, marked by darker spots (Figs. 18, 21); anterolateral region brown (Fig. 21), area about eyes white; lateral and posterolateral regions white except scattered brown spots (Fig. 21) and large brown area in middle of gena with few darker spots; venter of head (Fig. 23) light except brown ventral apotome, pair of brown triangular patches posterad of ventral apotome, and dark rim around occipital foramen. Cephalic seta 13 ventrad of midpoint between setae 14 and 15 (Fig. 18); seta 16 directly anterad of seta 17. Frontoclypeal apotome (Fig. 18) darkest laterally; posterior part with two large brown spots, one behind other, subdivided in some specimens; anterior part of frontoclypeal apotome with two pairs of brown spots; linear pale area between each anterolateral corner and rest of apotome (Figs. 18, 20). Each parietal sclerite (Fig. 18) with four brown spots along dorsomesal margin; more brown spots near margin with subocular line. Structure of labrum as in O. avara , spines of ventral comb as in Figure 29. Mandibles (Fig. 26) each with single blade, mesal margin basad of subapical teeth of most specimens without serrations. Plate on dorsal surface of submentum V-shaped (Fig. 25), with point of V directed caudad. Ventral apotome (Fig. 23) nearly as wide as long (width/length ratio values range 1.7-2. 8; (x=2.23; n = 40); lateral margins of apotome rounded, anterolateral extensions present. Pronotum (Fig. 32) with light anterior transverse band; middle with light brown transverse band; posterior region light, marked by few brown spots. Each mesonotal sclerite (Fig. 32) brown anteriorly, lighter posteriorly; one seta near anteromesal corner, 16 to 21 setae along anterior and lateral margins, three setae on middle of sclerite. Metanotum (Fig. 32) with sa2 of one to two setae; sa2 of one to three setae. Trochantin of propleuron (Fig. 30) with three to six setae on dorsal surface. Mesopleuron with single seta on each of episternum and epimeron. Metapleuron (Fig. 32) with as many as eight setae on episternum, one seta on epimeron. Foreleg (Fig. 33) without secondary setae on ventral surface of basal part of trochanter; anterior surface of apex of trochanter with two stout, spine-like setae on ventral surface, two Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 640 Smith and Lehmkuhl setae near distal oblique margin; setae on dorsal surface of femur longer relative to femur width than in O. avara ; tibia with single spine-like seta on distal portion of anterior surface; claw as in O. avara. Structure of midleg and hindleg (Fig. 34) similar to O. avara except setae on dorsal surfaces of femur and tibia of these legs longer relative to width of article than in O. avara. Mesosternum without setae. Metasternum with two or three setae (in few individuals). Abdomen with anterior gills on dorsum of segments II to VII and venter of segments II to VI; pair of pleural gills on segment II; gills absent from lateral lobes of segment I. Segment I with two groups of hooked spines at tip of median dorsal lobe (Fig. 32), each group wider than long. Segment IX with single seta near each lateral margin; posterior margin with six long and four short setae (Fig. 31). Hairs and spines sparse on membranous caudal surface of abdomen. Claw of anal proleg with two dorsal denticles. Mature larvae 7-8 mm in length. Pupa. - Labrum (Fig. 40) rounded, triangular; anterior margin extended anterad mesally as short, acute lobe. Mandibles (Fig. 37) with distal quarter of length directed slightly mesad; mesal margin with teeth in region of bend, fine serrations basad and distad of teeth; two lateral setae about equal in length, in line along lateral margin of mandible. Frons with two pairs of setae; ventral pair much shorter than dorsal pair (Fig. 38). Abdomen with anterior tergal plates on segments III to VII dark brown (Fig. 41), each with three to five teeth; posterior part of each plate directly posterad of midline of anterior part of plate in most specimens; anterior part of each plate oval, with anterior margin rounded, anterior part rounded-triangular in few specimens; posterior tergal plate of segment V oval, teeth inserted anterad of thin lighter area near posterior margin of plate. Lateral sclerotized bars on each side of terga II to VIII T-shaped (Fig. 43), bars of most specimens thicker than in O. avara. Anal rod as in Figure 45. Pupae of both sexes 8 mm in length. Larval and pupal cases. - Larval cases of O. disjuncta are tubular, curved slightly posteriorly, and composed of sand grains (Figs. 46, 47). Cases of younger larvae (Fig. 46) are more markedly tapered and curved than those of mature larvae (Fig. 47). The pupal case (Fig. 48) is similar to that constructed by mature larvae except that anterior end of pupal case has a prominent flange. Pupal cases of O. avara do not have this prominent flange at the anterior end. Bionomics. - Larvae of O. disjuncta occur primarily in fast flowing boreal streams. Adults were collected in Saskatchewan from June 16 to June 21, and pupae from May 23 to July 17. There is a single generation per year, the larvae overwintering. Adult emergence periods of O. avara and O. disjuncta overlap but the peak emergence for O. disjuncta occurs earlier than for O. avara. Distribution. - O. disjuncta is recorded from Saskatchewan in Canada, and from Michigan, South Dakota, Utah, Oregon and California in the United States. In Saskatchewan, O. disjuncta is restricted to rivers in the central and northern regions of the province (Fig. 50). Material examined. - SASKATCHEWAN Cold R. at Cold L., 10. VII. 1975, 1 larva-30.VIII.1976, 2 larvae; Mistohay Cr. at Hwy. 224, 12. VIII. 1975, 3 larva-23.V.1975, 1 larvae, 2 3 pupae; Arsenault R. at Hwy. 104, 23. V. 1975, 4 pupae, 6 larvae; Englishman R. at Hwy. 26, 2.V.1977, 4 larvae-22.V.1975, 3 2 pupae-12.VIII.1975, 8 larvae-21. VIII. 1977, 2 larvae-29. VIII. 1976, 14 larvae; Waterhen R. at Hwy. 26, 4. V. 1977, 9 larvae-23.V.1975, 2 larvae-25. VII. 1976, 29 larvae; Waskesiu L., 4. VII. 1940, 1 2 ; Weyakwin R. at Hwy. 2, 29. VII. 1976, 5 larvae; Montreal R., 8. V. 1960, 10 larvae-7.VI.1960, 1 larva-22. VI 1 1. 1960, 3 larvae; Caribou Cr. at Hwy. 120, 6.V1II.1976, 5 larvae-29.V.1977, 3 2 pupae-12.IV.1977, 1 larva-17.VI.1976, 4 <5 -1 1. VIII. 1977, 1 larva-15.VII.1976, 3 larvae; McDougal Cr. at Hwy. 120, 31. V. 1977, 3 larvae, 5 pupae-5.V.1977, 6 larvae-17.VI.1977, 2 <3 -22.VI.1977, 2 larvae, 2 2 pupae, 1 <3 pupa-7.VIII.1976, 9 larvae-16.VI.1976, 15 <5 -18.VI.1976, 1 2 ,15 3 -7.VII.1977, 1 3 -21. IX. 1976, 13 larvae; Puskwakau R. at Hwy. 106, 10. VI. 1975, 1 larva-17. VII. 1975, 1 3 pupa-6. VIII. 1976, 6 larvae; Cub Cr. at Hwy. 106, 29. V. 1975, 1 larva; Torch R. at Hwy. 106, 21. IX. 1976, 3 larvae; MacKay Cr. at Hwy. 2, 5. VI. 1974, 3 larvae-7.VI.1977, 12 pupa-8. VI. 1977, 1 3 pupa, 1 2 Two problematic North American caddisfly species 641 pupa-21. VI. 1976, 1 2 -30.V1I.1976, 9 larvae-18.VIIl.1976, 11 larvae; Waddy R. at Hwy. 102, 3.V11.1975, 2 2 ; Creek at mi. 37 of Hwy. 105, 17. VIII. 1976, 8 larvae; River at mi. 85 of Hwy. 102, 7. VIII. 1972, 2 larvae; CALIFORNIA-stream near Oregon City, Butte Co., 1. VI. 1961, 1 <3(ROM); OREGON-South Umpqua R. at mouth of Coffee Cr„ Rt. 138, s. Kellogg, Douglas Co. 7. VI. 1968, 2 6 (ROM); Lake Co., Deep Creek 56, 13. VI. 1978, 2 <5 (ROM); Lake Co. Twenty-mile Cr., Site 6 + 7, 6. VI. 1978, 14 3(ROM); SOUTH DAKOTA-stream in Spring Cr. Campground, Black Hills near Rapid City, 17.VI.1969, 2 <3 (ROM); Horse Cr. at Sheridan L., Pennington Co., 8. VI. 1961, 5 3 (ROM); MICHIGAN- Pellston, Emmet Co., west branch Maple R. at Rt. 31, 13. VI. 1972, 2 larvae, 1 pupa (ROM); UTAH- Bear R., East Fork For. Campground, Summit Co., 12. VI. 1961, 6 , 2 (ROM). Oecetis avara (Banks) Setodes avara Banks, 1895: 316. (Type locality: Sherbrooke, Canada). Oecetina avara Banks, 1899: 214. Adults. - Body and wings yellow to light brown, legs yellow. Forewing with spots as in O. disjuncta, spots sometimes absent in females. Tibial spur formula 1,2,2. Males 9.5-11 mm, females 7-10 mm in length. Male genitalia with segment IX annular; in lateral aspect (Fig. 3), dorsal half wider than ventral half, setae on lateral surface not as numerous as in O. disjuncta', sternum, in ventral aspect (Fig. 13), with large membranous area; cercus (Fig. 3) with dorsal surface convex, ventral surface concave. Clasper (Fig. 3) with dorsal margin rounded, posterior margin deeply incised, shallowly incised in few specimens; ventrocaudal lobe prominent, not as prominent in few specimens; ventromesal margins of both claspers widely separated at base (Fig. 13). Segment X (Fig. 11) with pair of lightly sclerotized triangular lateral lobes; mesal process composed of single elongated, sclerotized lobe, apex of lobe entire (Fig. 1 1) or shallowly incised (Fig. 10). Aedeagus, in lateral aspect (Fig. 4), curved posteroventrad; in caudal aspect (Figs. 6, 8) aedeagus asymmetrical, apicodorsal surface with distinct sclerotized areas; inner sclerotized ring asymmetrical (Fig. 8). Female genitalia with lateral sclerite of segment IX, in lateral aspect (Fig. 17), narrow, with prominent ventrocaudal lobe; lobe extended beyond caudal margin of sternum IX (Fig. 15); latter with ventral surface in form of raised, flattened oval area (Fig. 15); pattern on oval area much lighter and less distinct than in O. disjuncta ; oval area bordered by dark area laterally and anteriorly. Cercus, in lateral aspect (Fig. 17), rounded, triangular, not extended beyond segment X. Claspers and segment X (Fig. 17) as in O. disjuncta. Bursa copulatrix as in Figure 15. Larva. - Dorsum of head yellow (Fig. 19); muscle scars indistinct; darker in color and contrasted with ground color of head in few specimens. Posterolateral and posterodorsal areas of head white (Fig. 22). Cephalic seta 13 (Fig. 19) directly below midpoint between seta 14 and 15; seta 17 directly posterad of seta 16. Frontoclypeal apotome with linear pale area between each anterolateral corner and rest of sclerite (Figs. 19, 20). Labrum (Fig. 28) with convex lobe on either side of mesal indentation; margin of lobe entire; numerous secondary setae on anterior portion of dorsum; venter with pair of setae near lateral margin and single seta near anterior margin on each side, some small spine-like hairs near anterior seta on left side, prominent comb of spines near posterior margin, spines as in Figure 29. Mandibles (Fig. 27) single bladed, prominent serrations on mesal surface basad of subapical teeth. Sclerite on dorsal surface of submentum V-shaped or U-shaped, point of V or U directed posterad. Ventral apotome (Fig. 24) yellow, rectangular, much wider than long (width/length ratio values 3.14 - 8; x =4.48; n = 37); lateral margins rounded, anterolateral extensions present. Pair of triangular sclerites posterad of caudal margin of ventral apotome. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 642 Smith and Lehmkuhl Thorax similar to O. disjuncta (Fig. 32). Pronotum with light yellow transverse band anteriorly, darker transverse band in middle, posterior portion white, marked by few light brown spots. Each mesontal sclerite dark yellow anteriorly, white posteriorly, single seta near anteromesal corner, as many as 19 setae on anterior and lateral portions of sclerite, three setae on middle of sclerite. Metanotum with sa2 and sa3 each of single seta. Structure of trochantin of propleuron as in O. disjuncta , as many as seven setae on dorsal surface. One to three setae on mesoepisternum; one seta on mesoepimeron. As many as seven setae on metaepisternum; one seta on metaepimeron. Foreleg (Fig. 35) without secondary setae on ventral surface of basal part of trochanter; anterior surface of apical part of trochanter with two stout spine-like setae on ventral surface, two setae near distal oblique margin of trochanter; setae on dorsal surface of femur shorter relative to femur width than in O. disjuncta ; tibia with single spine-like seta on distal portion of anterior surface; claw about as long as tarsus. Midleg with few spine-like setae and finer setae on ventral surface of femur; most setae on dorsal surfaces of femur and tibia shorter than in O. disjuncta ; claw shorter than tarsus, basal seta well developed. Hindleg (Fig. 36) with most setae on dorsal surfaces of femur and tibia shorter than in O. disjuncta ; tibia and tarsus each with spine-like setae on ventral surface; claw shorter than tarsus, basal seta well developed. Mesosternum without setae, metasternum with pair of setae. Abdomen with anterior gills on segments II to VI or VII dorsally and ventrally; one pair of pleural gills on segement II; in few specimens, gill on dorsal surface of lateral lobe of segment I. Two groups of hooked spines at tip of median dorsal lobe of segment I as in O. disjuncta. Segment IX with seta on each side of tergum near lateral margin, posterior margin of tergum with six large and four small setae. Hairs and spines sparse on surface of caudal end of abdomen. Claw of anal proleg with two dorsal denticles. Mature larvae 6.5 - 9 mm in length. Pupa. - Anterior surface of head with two pairs of setae subequal (Fig. 39). Abdomen with anterior hook-bearing plates on terga of segments III to VII (Fig. 42) yellow to light brown; anterior portion of each plate triangular, anterior end of triangle in most specimens directed laterad of midline of posterior portion of plate. Lateral bars on terga of segments II to VIII (Fig. 44) in most specimens not as wide as in 0, disjuncta. Other features of 0. avara pupa similar to those already described for pupa of 0. disjuncta. Male pupae 6-9 mm in length, female pupae 6-7 mm. Larval and pupal cases. - The larval case of 0. avara is similar to that of 0. disjuncta. Some pupal cases of 0. avara (Fig. 49) have some sand grains attached around the rim of the anterior end of the case but the case lacks the prominent flange at the anterior end characteristic of those of 0. disjuncta. Bionomics. - Larvae of 0. avara inhabit turbid waters of the Saskatchewan River system as well as clear, fast-flowing streams in the boreal forest region of Saskatchewan. In Saskatchewan, adults of 0. avara were collected from June 16 to August 12. In cooler boreal streams, pupae of 0. avara were collected from May 29 to July 15. This species is univoltine in these streams. In the warmer waters of the Saskatchewan River system 0. avara pupae were collected in mid-summer and in fall, which suggests that this species is bivoltine in these warmer waters. The larva is the overwintering stage in this species. Distribution. - O. avara is recorded throughout North America, from southern Canada to Mexico (Ross, 1944). However, all previously published records are suspect since specimens of O. disjuncta may have been incorrectly identified as O. avara in previous publications. In this study we examined specimens of O. avara from Saskatchewan and Ontario in Canada, and Two problematic North American caddisfly species 643 from Idaho and Montana in the United States. In Saskatchewan O. avara larvae live in the main branches of the Saskatchewan River system and are also common in streams in the boreal forests of the central region of the province (Fig. 50) but they are absent from northern Saskatchewan. Material examined. - SASKATCHEWAN South Saskatchewan R., 1/4 mi. upstream from the Queen Elizabeth Power Station, 11. VI. 1972, 1 2 pupa-10.VH.1972, 8 3-12.V1I.1971, 1 3-13.VII.1971, 1 3, 2 2 -15.VII.1972 4 3,12 -19. VII. 1971, 2 3 -23. VII. 1972, 1 3 -15. VII. 1971 1 3 ;South Saskatchewan R., ferry e. of Hague, 21. VI. 1972, 1 3 -4.VII.1972, 4 3 ; South Saskatchewan R„ ferry no. of Birch Hills, 26.V.1972, 7 larvae-25.V.1973, 10 larvae-7.V1.1972, 2 3 pupae, 2 2 pupae, 2 larvae-12.VI.1972, 1 2 pupa, 13 3 -24. IV. 1973, 4 larvae-6.VII.1972, 2 3,12 -21. IX. 1972, 1 larva-20.VI.1973, 12 larvae-18.VII.1972, 1 2 -17. VIII. 1971, 6 larvae-8.V.1973 1 larva; South Saskatchewan R„ ferry n. of Lemsford, 14. VII. 1971, 3 3 pupae, 2 2 pupae-12. VII. 1972, 2 2 , 2 3 , 3 3 pupae, 3 2 pupae-24.VII. 1972, 2 3 pupae, 3 2 pupae, 1 larva-6.IX.1972, 1 2 pupa-27.IX.1972, 1 larva-25.VI.1972, 1 larva; North Saskatchewan R., ferry 10 mi. e. of Prince Albert, 14.IX.1972, 2 larvae-17.V.1972, 1 larva-1 5.VI. 1972, 13 3,5 2 -21. IX. 1972, 1 larva-15.VI, 1972, 1 2 ; North Saskatchewan R. at Hwy. 3, 23. VI. 1972, 9 3,7 2; North Saskatchwan R. at Hwy. 5, 23. VIII. 1972, 10 larvae; North Saskatchewan R., Prince Albert, 20.VI.1973, 1 3 pupa; Montreal R. at Hwy. 2, s. of La Ronge, 27.VI.1972, 7 3,3 2 , 1 larva-11. VI. 1976, 6 3,5 2 -16. VI. 1971, 6 3 -19.VI.1976, 1 3 ; Montreal R„ 28.V.1969, 1 Iarva-20.V1I.1960, 1 3 -15.VII.1960, 1 larva-28. VII. 1960, 5 larvae-22.VI.1960, 5 larvae-1 1. VIII. 1960, 16 larvae; Montreal R. at outflow of Bigstone Lake, 4. V. 1977, 2 larvae-10.VI.1976, 3 larvae-6.VII. 1977, 1 larva, 4 pupae; Nipekamew R. at Hwy. 165, 16.VII.1975, 1 3,1 2 -13.VII.1976, 2 3 , 3 3 pupae, 1 2 pupa, 5 larvae; Weyakwin R. at Hwy. 2, 28.VI.1976, 11 3 -1 1. VI. 1976, 2 larvae, 4 pupae-16.VI.1976, 1 3 -4.VII.1975, 1 larva-1 1.VII.1976, 1 3 pupa, 1 2 pupa-1 4. VI 1. 1974, 12,1 3 -16.VII.1975, 3 3,2 2; Caribou Cr. at Hwy. 120, 29.V.1977, 3 3 pupae, 17 larvae-17.Vl.1977, 1 2 pupa, 2 larvae-1 2.IV. 1976, 3 larvae-1 6.VI 1.1 977, 13,12 -23.VI.1977, 9 3 , 12 2 , 3 larvae-17.VI.1976, 3 3,2 2,5 larvae-27.VI.1977, 1 3 pupa-13.VIl.1977, 28 3 , 16 2 , 1 3 pupa-1 5. VI 1. 1 976, 1 3 pupa, 1 2 pupa, 35 3 , 28 2 , 5 larvae-7. VII. 1977, 1 larva, 2 3 pupae, 1 2 pupa-23. V 1. 1 977, 1 3 pupa, 13,22 -6. VIII. 1976, 43,9 larvae-27.VI.1977, 1 prepupa-15. VII. 1976, 3 prepupae-17.VII.1976, 1 larva; Crean R. at Hwy. 2, 9. VI. 1976, 1 3 pupa; Torch R. at Hwy. 106, 26.IV.1977, 1 larva-16.VI.1976, 2 3 -2.VII.1975, 1 3 -15.VII.1976, 1 3 , 2 2 -5.VIII.1976, 4 3 , 2 larvae-21 .IX.1976, 8 larvae; Mistohay Cr. at Hwy. 224, 10.VII.1976, 38 3 , 15 2 , 1 larva- 1 1. VI 1.1 976, 1 3 pupa— 1 2. V 1 1 1. 1 975, 1 3 ; Broad Cr. at Hwy. 104 2. VII. 1975, 1 3,1 2; Overflow R. at Hwy. 109, 1 1. VI. 1975, 2 larvae Overflow R., 1958, 1 larva; Taggart Cr. at road to Dore L., 26.VI.1976, 1 2 pupa; ONTARIO -Streetsville, Credit River, Peel Co., 23.VII.1952, 4 3 , 34 2 (ROM): MONTANA- Yellow Bay, Flathead L., 26.V1I.1965, 1 3 ; Missoula Co., Owl Cr., Stn. #4, between Placid L. and Clearwater R., 9.VIII.1973, 13 3,41 2 (ROM); IDAHO- 20 mi. s. of Mack’s Inn, Fremont Co., 10. VII. 1969, 37 3 , 3 2 (ROM). DISCUSSION The taxonomic status of O. disjuncta has been misunderstood for more than 30 years, for several reasons. First, the description and drawing of the male genitalia of O. disjuncta provided by Banks (1920) were inadequate to permit specimens of O. disjuncta to be distinguished from specimens of O. avara. Second, specimens of the two species are extremely similar morphologically and, even if one can compare type specimens, without a large collection of males of both species to compare with the types it would be difficult to determine the proper taxonomic status of O. disjuncta. Third, since Ross (1944) and Denning (1956) suggested that O. disjuncta was likely conspecific with O. avara , taxonomists have not concerned themselves with clarifying this problem. Specimens of O. disjuncta were probably regarded as variants of O. avara. Preliminary evidence suggests that specimens of O. disjuncta have previously been identified as O. avara. As indicated here, both species are widely distributed in North America, and it seems likely that they are abundant not only in Saskatchewan but, also in many other regions of North America. However, while published records for O. avara are numerous, none exist for O. disjuncta , except for the type localities. Specimens of O. disjuncta have probably been collected but, since they are not published under this or any other name, these specimens must have been identified as O. avara. Our study of specimens of O. avara from the ROM support this Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) ,4) 644 Smith and Lehmkuhl conclusion. Of 1 1 vials labelled O. avara, lent by the ROM, eight contained specimens of O. disjuncta. If misidentifications of specimens of O. disjuncta have, indeed, occurred, then some of the published records for O. avara are probably incorrect. Among specimens of the O. avara complex which we studied, two species are recognizable: O. avara and O. disjuncta. However, study of the O. avara complex is not complete because we examined specimens from only a limited number of North American localities. Taxonomists should continue careful study of specimens collected at other localities, to determine if additional species are attributable to this complex, or if the morphological differences between O. avara and O. disjuncta are as clear at these localities as is reported in our study. DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL Some adult, larval and pupal specimens of the two Oecetis species examined in this study will be deposited in the Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, and in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa. The remainder are in the authors collections, or in the collection of the Entomology Museum, Biology Department, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This study was supported by a National Research Council of Canada grant held by Dr. D.M. Lehmkuhl. The senior author thanks the Institute for Northern Studies for the scholarship which enabled him to study Saskatchewan caddisflies. We thank Dr. G.B. Wiggins of the Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, for loaning specimens of Oecetis avara and Oecetis disjuncta , acknowledge his assistance in examining specimens, and thank him for his many helpful comments concerning the taxonomic problem dealt with in this paper. Thanks go also to Dr. Alfred Newton of the Museum of Comparative Zoology for loan of type specimens of O. avara and O. disjuncta. We gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Mr. David Wong in preparation of the photographs. REFERENCES Banks, N. 1895. New neuropteroid insects. Transactions of the American Entomological Society 22:313-316. Banks, N. 1899. Descriptions of New North American neuropteroid insects. Transactions of the American Entomological Society 25: 199-218. Banks, N. 1920. New neuropteroid insects. Bulletin of the Harvard University Museum of Comparative Zoology 64: 297-362. Denning, D.G. 1956. Trichoptera, pp. 237-270. In: Usinger, R.L. (Editor), Aquatic Insects of California. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. Denning, D.G. and J. Sykora. 1966. New North American Trichoptera. Canadian Two problematic North American caddisfly species 645 Entomologist 98: 1219-1226. Ross, H.H. 1938. Lectotypes of North American caddisflies in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Psyche 45: 1-61. Ross, H.H. The caddisflies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin 23: 1-326. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) Fig. 1. O. disjuncta male genitalia, lateral aspect; Fig. 2. O. disjuncta aedeagus, lateral aspect; Fig. 3. O. avara male genitalia, lateral aspect, showing cercus (c), and clasper (cl); Fig. 4. O. avara aedeagus, lateral aspect; Fig. 5. O. disjuncta aedeagus, caudal aspect; Fig. 6. O. avara aedeagus, caudal aspect; Fig. 7. O. disjuncta enlarged view of aedeagus, caudal (dorsal) aspect, showing internal structure; Fig. 8. O. avara enlarged view of aedeagus, caudal aspect, showing sclerotized plate (sp) and internal sclerotized ring (ir); Fig. 9. O. disjuncta mesal process of segment X, dorsal aspect; Fig. 10. O. disjuncta mesal process of segment X, dorsal aspect; Fig. 11.0. avara segment X, dorsal aspect, showing lateral lobe ( 1 b) and mesal process (mp). Two problematic North American caddisfly species 647 Fig. 12. O. disjuncta male genitalia, ventral aspect, showing membranous region (m) of sternum IX, and clasper (cl); Fig. 13. O. avara male genitalia, ventral aspect, showing membranous region (m) of sternum IX, and clasper (cl); Fig. 14. O. disjuncta female genitalia, ventral aspect. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 648 Smith and Lehmkuhl Fig. 15. O. avara, female genitalia, ventral aspect, showing ventrocaudal lobe (vl) of lateral sclerite of segment IX; Fig. 16. O. disjuncta female genitalia, lateral aspect, showing lateral sclerite (Is), cercus (c), and clasper (cl); Fig. 17. O. avara female genitalia, lateral aspect, showing ventrocaudal lobe (vl) of lateral sclerite of segment IX. Two problematic North American caddisfly species 649 Fig. 18. O. disjuncta larval head, dorsal aspect, showing frontoclypeal apotome (f), and parietal sclerite (p); Fig. 19. O. avara larval head, dorsal aspect; Fig. 20. O. avara view of region in vicinity of anterolateral corner of frontoclypeal apotome; Fig. 21. O. disjuncta larval head, lateral aspect; Fig. 22. O. avara larval head, lateral aspect, showing subocular line (so). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 650 Smith and Lehmkuhl Fig. 23. O. disjuncta larval head, ventral aspect, showing ventral apotome (a), and triangular sclerite (t); Fig. 24. O. avara ventral apotome, showing width (w), and length (lg) of apotome; Fig. 25. O. disjuncta ventral surface of preoral cavity, showing plate (p) on dorsal surface of submentum, and tip of labrum (It); Fig. 26. O. disjuncta larval mandible, dorsal aspect; Fig. 27. O. avara larval mandible, dorsal aspect; Fig. 28. O. avara labrum, dorsal aspect, showing lateral setae (Is), anterior seta (s), and comb of spines (c), all on ventral surface of labrum; Fig. 29. O. disjuncta , one spine from comb of spines on ventral surface of labrum; Fig. 30. O. disjuncta trochantin, lateral aspect; Fig. 31.0. disjuncta caudal end of abdomen, dorsal aspect. Two problematic North American caddisfly species 651 Figure 32. Oecetis disjuncta (Banks) thorax and first abdominal segment, dorsal aspect, showing group of hooked spines (h). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 652 Smith and Lehmkuhl Fig. 33. O. disjuncta trochanter and femur of foreleg, anterior aspect; Fig. 34. O. disjuncta hindleg, anterior aspect; Fig. 35. O. avara foreleg, anterior aspect; Fig. 36. O. gvara hindleg, anterior aspect. Two problematic North American caddisfly species 653 Fig. 37. O. disjuncta mandibles, dorsal aspect; Fig. 38. O. disjuncta head, anterodorsal aspect, showing antenna (a), and ventral pair of setae (vs); Fig. 39. O. avara head, anterodorsal aspect; Fig. 40. O. disjuncta labrum, dorsal aspect; Fig. 41. O. disjuncta hook-bearing plates on abdominal terga, showing anterior (ap), and posterior parts (pp) of plate; Fig. 42. O. avara hook-bearing plates on abdominal terga; Fig. 43. O. disjuncta abdominal tergum, showing lateral tergal bar (lb); Fig. 44. O. avara abdominal tergum; Fig. 45. O. disjuncta anal rod. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 654 Smith and Lehmkuhl Fig. 46. O. disjuncta immature larval case, ventral aspect; Fig. 47. O. disjuncta mature larval case, ventral aspect; Fig. 48. O. disjuncta pupal case, showing flange (fl); Fig. 49. O. avara pupal case. Two problematic North American caddisfly species 655 Fig. 50. Distribution of Oecetis disjuncta (Banks) and Oecetis avara (Banks) in Saskatchewan. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 656 Smith and Lehmkuhl THE EFFECT OF HYDROELECTRIC DAMS AND SEWAGE ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA) ALONG THE BOW RIVER D.B. Donald Canadian Wildlife Service 1000, 9942-108 Street Edmonton, Alberta T5K 2J5 Quaestiones Entomologicae 16:665-670 1980 R.A. Mutch Department of Biology University of Calgary Calgary, Alberta T2N 1N4 ABSTRACT Adult stoneflies (Plecoptera) were collected from 17 sites along 346 km of the Bow River. Of 59 species collected in the study area, 43 were relatively common. Although a few species were found throughout most of the study area, many had relatively narrow distribution limits. An ordination technique differentiated four species associations. One of these associations was in the subalpine and montane vegetation zones, one near the boreal zone, and two were in the grassland zone. Sewage effluent from small towns had little or no effect on distribution of stonefly species, but hydroelectric dams and sewage effluents from a large city reduced the species diversity and abundance of Plecoptera. Two species were apparently eliminated from over 150 km of river by dams and by sewage from the city of Calgary, while the distribution of some species was not reduced appreciably by these factors. Des “ mouches de pierres” adultes ( Plecoptera ) ont ete collectionnees dans 17 localites reparties sur 346 km le long de la riviere Bow. Parmis 59 especes collectionnees au cours de cette etude, 43 etaient relativement communes. Si quelques especes furent trouvees dans la plus grande partie de la region etudiee, de nombreuses especes presentent une distribution reduite. Quatre associations ont ete identifies a Vaide d’une technique d’ordination. Line de ces associations existaient dans la zone subalpine et dans la zone a vegetation montagneuse, une autre fut identifiee dans la zone boreale, et les deux autres dans la zone des prairies. Les effluents d’egouts des petites villes ont peu ou n’ont pas d’effet sur la distribution des especes de Plecopteres; par contre les barrages hydroelectriques ainsi que les effluents d’egouts des grandes citees influencent sensiblement la diversite et l’ abondance des especes. Les barrages et les eaux d’egouts de la ville de Calgary ont apparemment elimine deux especes sur 150 km le long de la riviere; ces facteurs ne semblent pourtant pas reduire de maniere evidente la distribution de certaines autres especes. TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction 658 Methods 659 The Study Area 659 Results 660 Discussion 662 658 Donald & Mutch Acknowledgements 667 References 668 INTRODUCTION Sequential changes in distribution of Plecoptera as well as other aquatic insects along rivers has been documented in Europe (Berthelemy 1966, Kamler 1967) and in North America (Dodds and Hisaw 1925, Donald and Anderson 1977, Knight and Gaufin 1966). The principal objective of this present study was to describe distribution and associations of Plecoptera along the Bow River, and to identify distributions that have been altered by human activity in the watershed. This river is controlled by four hydroelectric dams, and several small towns and a major city discharge sewage into the river. For many North American aquatic insects, including Plecoptera, identification of immature stages cannot be made below generic level (Wiggins 1966, Hynes 1970, Cummins 1974). Because most adult stoneflies do not disperse far from the shoreline of rivers, we used quantitative collections of adult stoneflies to give an estimate of abundance and distribution of aquatic stages. Figure 1 . Map of study area showing the location of seventeen collecting sites on the Bow River. Stoneflies (Plecoptera) along Bow River 659 METHODS At the beginning and middle of each month, adult stoneflies were collected for 30 minutes along approximately 0.5 km of shoreline at each of 17 sites on the Bow River (Fig. 1). Collections were made in 1976 and 1977 from March to October. At one station, located within the city limits of Calgary, stoneflies were collected on a weekly basis, although only data compiled from the bimonthly samples were used in the main part of this paper. At each site vegetation was swept with an insect net, rocks along the shoreline were overturned and examined, and overhanging banks and bases of trees were checked for stoneflies. Because comparable sampling efforts were made at each site, these collections were presumed to be semi-quantitative relative to other sites. All specimens collected were preserved in the field in 70% ethanol. Identifications were made primarily with the aid of keys by Gaufin et al., (1972). Scientific nomenclature follows that of Baumann et al., (1977). Mean specific conductance, and mean total coliform bacteria values were calculated from unpublished data provided by Environmental Protection Service, Alberta Environment and by Water Quality Branch, Environment Canada. Approximate locations of sites where measurements of water quality were taken can be determined from Fig. 2. Number of samples taken at each site ranged from 13 to 77 for specific conductance, and from 10 to 30 for total coliform bacteria counts. Daily discharge readings were taken at six sites on the Bow River, and at 12 sites on the larger tributaries of the Bow (Water Survey of Canada 1974). Number of years for which daily measurements were taken at these gauging stations ranged from three to 65. Stonefly associations at the 17 sites along the Bow River were analysed with the Bray-Curtis polar ordination method (Whittaker 1973). The total number of each species collected at a site was determined. These abundance values were then converted to a percent of the total number of stoneflies collected at each site. The percent values were then used to determine similarity of the fauna at each site with the fauna of the other 16 sites. The most dissimilar sites became poles of the axes along which other sites are arranged. THE STUDY AREA The Bow River originates on the Continental Divide in Banff National Park and flows in a south-easterly direction through much of southern Alberta. The extreme upstream site (site 1) has a mean annual discharge of approximately 8.5 moc/s and is about 35 km from the headwaters of the Bow River. The last site is 346 km downstream where mean annual discharge is about 109 moc/s (Fig. 2). Over this 346 km distance the river passes through four vegetation zones (Rowe 1972): subalpine, montane, boreal, and grassland. In general, mean annual temperature increases downstream, while mean annual precipitation decreases. Maximum summer water temperatures at the furthest upstream and downstream sites are about 13°C and 23 °C respectively. The Bow River is frozen over between December and March, but actual time of freeze-up and break-up at a given site depends on elevation, year, gradient, and distance from sewage outfalls or hydroelectirc dams. Gradient of the Bow River in the study area is approximately 2.05 m/km and only few relatively short stretches have a gradient noticeably different from this (Fig. 3). At each Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 660 Donald & Mutch 282 KILOMETRES Figure 2. The specific conductance, mean annual discharge, and total coliform bacteria for the Bow River. A decrease in discharge shows location of weirs where water is taken for irrigation. collecting site, areas of sand, gravel, and boulders were present. The major dissolved constituents of the river water are bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium. Concentrations of common anions and cations increase in the downstream direction, similar to increase in specific conductance shown in Fig. 2. Oxygen concentrations were near saturation throughout the study area. The lowest oxygen concentration, 7.5 mg/1, was recorded downstream from Calgary. Bow River water is used for town and city waterworks, generating electrical power, and irrigation purposes. Along the river are four towns and one city (Fig. 1). Lake Louise and Banff are resort towns, and their total population is usually much larger than number of permanent residents indicated in Fig. 3. Sewage discharged into the Bow River from towns and the city increases abundance of total coliform bacteria in the river (Fig. 2). The four dams on the Bow River are used for generating electrical power (Fig. 3). The two upstream dams and the one furthest downstream have relatively constant daily discharge patterns, but the other dam has a variable daily discharge. RESULTS During this study, we collected a total of 4,372 specimens representing 59 species. Of these, 16 species were represented by a single specimen or were found at only one site. These 16 species were Oemopteryx fosketti (Ricker), Zapada frigida (Claassen), Paraleuctra forcipata (Frison), Capnia gracilaria Claassen, Capnia petila Jewett, Alloperla serrata Needham and Stoneflies (Plecoptera) along Bow River 661 Figure 3. The gradient, number of species, and abundance of Plecoptera at seventeen sites on the Bow River. Dark triangles show location of hydroelectric dams. Vertical and horizontal bars show location and resident population of towns and city (see Fig. 1). Dotted lines indicate areas where species diversity and stonefly abundance would reach zero because of presence of reservoirs or sewage outfalls. Claassen, Sweltsa borealis (Banks), Malenka flexura (Claassen), Perlomyia utahensis Needham and Claassen, Isocapnia grandis (Banks), Isocapnia crinita (Needham and Claassen), Capnia coloradensis Claassen, Megarcys subtruncata (Needham and Claassen), Isoperla mormona Banks, Utaperla sopladora Ricker, and Calineuria calif ornica (Banks). Distribution of 43 plecopteran species found along the Bow River is represented in Fig. 4. There was considerable variation in altitudinal distribution. Some species were restricted to either upstream or downstream sections, while a few species were found throughout much of the study area (e.g. the chloroperlids Sweltsa coloradensis (Banks) and Alloperla severa (Hagen). Of 32 genera collected: 17 were represented by one species; 10 by two species; and five by three or more species. In general, ranges of congeneric species overlapped considerably (e.g. the perlodid species Cultus tostonus Ricker and Cultus aestivalis (Needham and Claassen) - Fig. 4), but there were some striking exceptions. For example, there was significant spatial separation between Triznaka species and between Isoperla species. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 662 Donald & Mutch Nemourids and leuctrids were restricted to upstream areas (sites 1-9), while the other families of Plecoptera were represented throughout the study area (Fig. 4). Capniids were absent or reduced in abundance below hydroelectric dams (sites 8-11), especially the central dam (site 9 and 10, Fig. 4). Pteronarcids, capnids and perlids were absent or reduced in numbers downstream from Calgary (sites 12-14). Figure 3 shows the total number of species collected at each site. Number of species decreased slightly downstream from both Banff and Canmore (sites 5 and 6). The fewest species were collected at site 9, 4.1 km below the central hydroelectric dam, and immediately downstream from Calgary (site 12). Approximately 30 km downstream from Calgary (site 15) number of species increased to levels similar to upstream sites, but then decreased sharply in an area that had no known environmental perturbations. Stoneflies reached peak numbers downstream from Lake Louise (site 2), Banff (site 5), and near the upstream city limits of Calgary (site 11) (Fig. 3). The smallest number of specimens was collected below the central hydroelectric dam (site 9), and about 2 km below last sewage outfall from Calgary (site 12). An arrangement of the 17 collection sites in relation to two axes by Bray-Curtis ordination is shown in Fig. 5. Four faunal associations were thus identified. Single associations occurred in the montane and subalpine vegetation zone, and in the general area of the boreal zone; two occurred in the grassland zone. In order to obtain some information on reliability of our sampling method relative to number of species present at a site, and relative to the aquatic populations of Plecoptera found at a site, two comparisons were made. These are summarized below. Fifteen plecopteran species were identified from site 11 where weekly samples were collected. If the normal bimonthly program had been carried out only 13 species would have been collected. The two species that were missed were represented by single specimens. Therefore, by doubling the sampling effort, the number of species found at this site was increased by 13%. Conversely, the bimonthly sampling program obtained about 87% of the species, and missed only those species that were very rare. At two sites, one upstream, the other downstream from the town of Lake Louise (site 1 and 2, Fig. 1), larval stoneflies were collected by taking three kick samples at each site 15 times during 11 months of one year (Robinson and Smith Smith 1974). Identifications for this benthic study were made to subfamily, genus, or to species in a few cases. Using subfamily as the common level of identification, relative abundance of plecopteran larvae was compared to relative, abundance of adults collected during the present study at these same sites (Table 1). This table shows that our method substantially underestimated relative abundance of Nemourinae, Isogeninae, and Acroneurinae at these stations, although our method obtained significantly more Capniinae. A comparison of taxa identified from these two studies indicated that the benthic study obtained 36% fewer taxa. DISCUSSION Comparison between adult and larval plecopteran collections from sites 1 and 2 on the Bow River indicated the two sampling methods obtained the same subfamilies but in different proportions (Table 1). Differences were probably related to vulnerability of species to either the Stoneflies (Plecoptera) along Bow River 663 SUBALPINE | MONTANE | BOREAL | GRASSLAND 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 131415 16 17 Pteronarcidae Pteronarcella badia Pteronarcella regular is Pteronarcys ealifornica Taeniopterygidae Taenionema paoificum Doddsia occidentalis Taeniopteryx nivalis Nemouridae Zapada cinetipes Zapada Columbiana Prostoia besametsa Malenka ealifornica Leuctridae Paraleuctra occidentalis Capniidae Bolsheaapnia milami Capnia cheama Capnia confusa Mesocapnia oenone Capnia vernalis Eucapnopsis brevicauda Utacapnia trava Vtacapnia Columbiana Isocapnia vedderensis Isooapnia integra Perlodidae Kogotus nonus Isoperla petersoni Isoperla longiseta Isoperla fulva Isoperla patricia Megarays signata Cultus aestivalis Cultus tostonus Isogenoides elongatus Isogenoides colubrinus Skuala parallela Chloroperlidae Sweltsa fidelis Sweltsa coloradensis Neaviperla forcipata Triznakx diversa Triznaka signata Alloperla severa Suwallia pallidula Paraperla frontalis Perlidae Doroneuria theodora Hesperoperla pacifica Claassenia sabulosa 0 100 200 300 KILOMETRES DOWNSTREAM Figure 4. Distribution of 43 species of Plecoptera from Bow River. Abundance of each species is indicated by thickness of horizontal line. The thinnest line represents one to ten specimens collected, and thickest line represents 50 or more specimens. Nomenclature follows Baumann (1977). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 664 Donald & Mutch TABLE I PERCENT COMPOSITION BY SUBFAMILY OF BENTHIC1 AND AERIAL PLECOPTERAN SAMPLES COLLECTED AT TWO SITES ON THE BOW RIVER Site 1 Site 2 Number of samples Subfamily Benthos 15 Aerial 11 Benthos 15 Aerial 11 Nemourinae 16 6 18 4 Brachypterinae + 1 6 4 Capniinae 11 31 6 26 Leuctrinae - 2 - 1 Pteronarcinae - - 2 2 Isoperlinae - 2 1 2 Perlodinae 6 1 25 3 Acroneuriinae 26- 3 5 2 Chloroperlinae 41 54 37 58 Paraperlinae - - + 100 100 100 100 Total number / m2 289 1397 Total number collected 140 303 1 Data compiled from Robinson and Smith (1974) + present; - not collected benthic or aerial sampling method. Only rare species were added to the list of adult taxa found at site 1 1 when the collecting effort was doubled at this site. These data suggest that bimonthly collections of adult stoneflies approximate the relative abundance of aquatic and aerial stages at any given site. Adult collections are more suitable than larval collections for determining distribution of stoneflies because all specimens can be identified to species. Bray-Curtis ordination identified four plecopteran associations from the study area (Fig. 5). Upstream and downstream limits of some associations were near boundaries of vegetation zones Stoneflies (Plecoptera) along Bow River 665 found in the same area. Climatic factors that determined distinct vegetation zones also appeared to influence distribution of stonefly associations. Plecopteran faunas in streams do not occur in discrete species groups. Typically, along the length of a river there is a progressive change in species with a broad overlap in distribution of many species (Knight and Gaufin, 1966, Donald and Anderson, 1977, and others). The majority of species in the study area were found in two or more associations. Only 13 of 43 common species were limited in their distribution to one of the associations (Fig. 4). However, Bray-Curtis ordination successfully identified those sites most similar to each other, and therefore ordination can be used to delineate parts of a stream that have a similar fauna or association. In the following paragraphs, effects of hydroelectric dams and sewage effluents on species in the four associations (Fig. 5) are evaluated, beginning with the plecopteran fauna found in the subalpine and montane vegetation zone. In the subalpine-montane zones (sites 1-7), there were changes in number of species and overall abundance of Plecoptera at certain sites (Fig. 4). Increase in abundance of Plecoptera downstream from Lake Louise and Banff was probably related to at least two factors: increase in discharge and width of Bow River at these sites (2 and 5), and to stream fertilization from organic sewage. An increase in the standing crop of benthos is typical of mild organic pollution (Hynes 1960). Sewage from the towns did not affect the overall distribution of plecopteran species with the possible exceptions of Utacapnia columbiana (Claassen) and Kogotus nonus (Needham and Claassen) (Fig. 4). There was a major discontinuity in distribution of the stonefly fauna in the boreal vegetation zone. Seventeen species had either upstream or downstream distribution limits in or near this vegetation zone. A similar situation occurred in the near pristine Waterton River drainage where 58% of the common species had either upstream or downstream limits at 1235 m ( ± 100 m), the lower boundary of the montane zone (Donald and Anderson, 1977). These data suggest that discontinuity in species distribution near the downstream limit of the montane belt on the Bow River was due to natural changes in the lotic environment, and was not necessarily due to effects of sewage and hydroelectric dams in this area. In the boreal zone there was a sharp drop in both diversity and abundance of stonefly species below the central hydroelectric dam (site 9, Fig. 3), followed by a gradual increase. It is well known that for the first few kilometres below large dams species diversity and overall abundance of stonefly larvae are reduced (Gore 1977, Radford and Hartland-Rowe 1971, Spence and Hynes 1971, Trotsky and Gregory 1974, Ward 1976). Data presented by Gore(1977) for a Montana river and by Ward (1976) for a Colorado river suggest that complete recovery of a plecopteran fauna occurs about 30-60 km below dams, although this recovery probably depends on many factors such as size of tributary streams, size of reservoir, daily variation in water release, and release of either epilimnetic or hypolimnetic water. As indicated by reduced species diversity and abundance, site 9 was unfavourable for plecopterans. This site was 4.1 km below the hydroelectric dam with the greatest daily variation in discharge. Three other sites (8, 10 and 11) were located between 14.2 and 20.6 km below dams (Fig. 3). Dams have an unfavourable effect on plecopterans, and because three of the four dams in the study area were located in the boreal zone, it is possible that they were an important factor determining plecopteran faunal association identified from this section of the Bow River (sites 8-10, Fig. 5). Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 666 Donald & Mutch Figure 5. Scatter diagram of seventeen sites in the study area derived by Bray-Curtis polar ordination. Figure shows presence of four plecopteran faunal associations in the study area. In other rivers in western North America, larvae of Capnia vernalis Newport and Isogenoides coluhrinus (Hagen), (Gore 1977), Pteronarcys calif ornica Newport (Elder and Gaufin 1973 and Ward \916),Skwala parallela (Frison), Claassenia sabulosa (Banks), Pteronarcella badia (Hagen), and Triznaka signata (Banks) (Ward 1976) are absent from, or reduced in numbers below dams. Similar results were found for adults of these same species along the Bow River (Fig. 4). In the grassland vegetation zone reduction in the plecopteran fauna occurred immediately downstream from Calgary (site 12). This part of the river received organic wastes as well as some thermal and toxic pollutants from Calgary. Deterioration in water quality in this area was indicated by a large increase in abundance of total coliform bacteria (Fig. 2). Many capniids, perlids, and pteronarcids were either reduced in abundance or were absent from this zone. Species completely eliminated from at least 26 km of river downstream from Calgary (sites Stoneflies (Plecoptera) along Bow River 667 12-14) were Pteronarcys calif ornica Newport, Capnia confusa Claassen, Eucapnopsis brevicauda (Claassen), Utacapnia trava (Nebeker and Gaufin), Utacapnia columbiana (Claassen), Isocapnia integra Hanson, and Hesperoperla pacifica (Banks). Four other species [Skwala parallela (Frison), Isoperla patricia Frison, Suwallia pallidula (Banks), Triznaka signata (Banks)] appeared to be tolerant of some organic pollution as indicated by their abundance two kilometres downstream from Calgary. In general, stoneflies are intolerant of severe organic pollution and are usually eliminated by it (Gaufin 1958, Gaufin 1962, Gaufin 1973, Hynes 1960, Paterson and Nursall 1975). Stoneflies probably did not occur immediately below the city sewage outfalls. The relatively high stream gradient and high levels of dissolved oxygen in the Bow River contributed to a rapid recovery of water quality that permitted a few species to exist two kilometres downstream from Calgary. Downstream from the last sewage outfall from sites 12 to 15 there was a progressive increase in the species diversity and abundance of Plecoptera (Fig. 3). This part of the Bow River was in a recovery zone where many species that were intolerant of the upstream effects of severe pollution once again reappear. Although the distributions of some species have not been greatly reduced (e.g. the perlid Hesperoperla pacifica ), at least two capniid species ( Utacapnia columbiana and Isocapnia integra have probably been eliminated by dams and sewage from more than 150 km of river (Fig. 4). The sharp drop in species diversity, but not in abundance of stoneflies, at sites 16 and 17 in the grassland belt was probably due to natural conditions in the lotic environment that were unfavourable for some species of Plecoptera. Reduced gradient (Fig. 3) and high summer temperatures could be responsible. In the Waterton River drainage, distributions of Capnia confusa , Eucapnopsis brevicauda , Taenionema pacificum (Banks), and Hesperoperla pacifica did not extend far into the grassland zone (Donald and Anderson, 1977). These four species had a similar distribution in the Bow River. At least six other species represented at site 15, but not at Sites 16 and 17, have not been collected from rivers in south-central Alberta (Ricker 1943 and unpublished distribution records). These data suggest that change in the plecopteran fauna at sites 16 and 17 was due to natural changes in the lotic environment. The species represented at these two sites were identified as a second grassland association of Plecoptera (Fig. 5). In this study, collections of adult Plecoptera were used to document patterns in distribution of stonefly species in the Bow River. Distribution of these species was influenced by hydroelectric dams, domestic and industrial sewage and by natural environmental factors (probably climate, river gradient, etc.). It follows, that in regions with a diversity of plecopteran species, the distribution patterns of adult Plecoptera can be used as an indicator of effects of severe organic pollution and hydroelectric dams on the lotic environment. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are grateful for the suggestions and criticisms of R.S. Anderson during the preparation of the manuscript. W.E. Ricker confirmed the identification of several species of Plecoptera collected from the Bow River. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 668 Donald & Mutch REFERENCES Berthelemy, C. 1966. Recherches ecologiques et biogeographiques sur les plecopteres et coleopteres d’eau courante (Hydraena et Elminthidae) des Pyrenees. Annales de Limnologie 2:227-458. Baumann, R.W., A.R. Gaufin, and R.F. Surdick. 1977. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the Rocky Mountains. Memoirs of the American Entomological Society (Philadelphia) 31:1-208. Cummins, K.W. 1974. Structure and function of stream ecosystems. Bioscience 24:631-641. Dodds, G.S., and F.L. Hisaw. 1925. Ecological studies on aquatic insects. IV. Altitudinal range and zonation of mayflies, stoneflies, and caddisflies in the Colorado Rockies. Ecology 6:380-390. Donald, D.B., and R.S. Anderson. 1977. Distribution of the stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the Waterton River drainage, Alberta, Canada. Syesis 10:1 1 1-120. Elder, J.A., and A.R. Gaufin. 1973. Notes on the occurrence and distribution of Pteronarcys californica Newport (Plecoptera) within streams. Great Basin Naturalist 33:218-220. Gaufin, A.R. 1958. The effects of pollution on a midwestern stream. Ohio Journal of Science 58:197-208. Gaufin, A.R. 1962. Environmental requirements of Plecoptera. Biological Problems in Water Pollution. Third Seminar. (Ed. by C.M. Tarzwell). United States Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Gaufin, A.R. 1973. Use of aquatic invertebrates in the assessment of water quality. Biological Methods for the Assessment of Water Quality. American Society for Testing and Materials Special Technical Publication 528. Gaufin, A.R., W.E. Ricker, M. Miner, P. Milam, and R.A. Hays. 1972. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Montana. Transactions of the American Entomological Society (Philadelphia) 98:1-161. Gore, J.A. 1977. Reservoir manipulations and benthic macroinvertebrates in a prairie river. Hydrobiologia 55:1 13-123. Hynes, H.B.N. 1960. The Biology of Polluted Waters. University of Toronto Press. 202 pp. Hynes, H.B.N. 1970. The ecology of stream insects. Annual Review of Entomology 15:25-42. Kamler, E. 1967. Distribution of Plecoptera and Ephemeroptera in relation to altitude above mean sea level and current speed in mountain waters. Polskie Archwum Hydrobiologii 14:29-42. Knight, A.W., and A.R. Gaufin. 1966. Altitudinal distribution of stoneflies (Plecoptera) in the Rocky Mountain drainage system. Journal of Kansas Entomological Society 39:668-675. Paterson, C.G., and J.R. Nursall. 1975. The effects of domestic and industrial effluents on a large turbulent river. Water Research 9:425-435. Radford, D.S., and R. Hartland-Rowe. 1971. A preliminary investigation of bottom fauna and invertebrate drift in an unregulated and a regulated stream in Alberta. Journal of Applied Ecology 8:883-903. Ricker, W.E. 1943. Some prairie stoneflies (Plecoptera). Transactions of the Royal Canadian Institute 26:3-8. Stoneflies (Plecoptera) along Bow River 669 Robinson, D.J. and R.E. Smith. 1974. Limnological study of the Bow-Pipestone River watershed in the vicinity of Lake Louise, Banff National Park. Canadian Wildlife Service Manuscript Report. 84 pp. Rowe, J.S. 1972. Forest regions of Canada. Department of the Environment, Canadian Forestry Service, Publication Number 1300:1-172. Spence, J.A., and H.B.N. Hynes. 1971. Differences in benthos upstream and downstream of an impoundment. Journal of Fisheries Research Board of Canada 28:35-43. Trotsky, H.M., and R.W. Gregory. 1974. The effects of water flow manipulation below a hydroelectric power dam on the bottom fauna of the Upper Kennebec River Maine. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 103:318-324. Ward, J.V. 1976. Comparative limnology of differentially regulated sections of a Colorado mountain river. Archiv fur Hydrobiologie 78:319-342. Water Survey of Canada. 1974. Historic stream-flow summary: Alberta to 1973. Department of the Environment, Inland Water Directorate, Publication Number En36-418/1973-3. 327 pp. Whittaker, R.H. (ed.) 1973. Ordination and classification of communities. Junk, The Hague. Wiggins, G.B. 1966. The critical problem of systematics in stream ecology. Organism - Substrate Relationships in Streams. (Ed. by K.W. Cummins, C.A. Tyron Jr., and R.T. Hartman). The Pymatuning Symposia in Ecology, Special Publication Number 4. University of Pittsburgh. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 670 Donald & Mutch SAWFLIES (HYMENOPTERA: SYMPHYTA) FROM GEORGE LAKE, ALBERTA David R. Smith1 Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII Agricultural Research Science and Education Administration U.S. Dept of Agriculture Washington, D.C. Quaestiones Entomologicae 16:681-670 1980 ABSTRACT •I Seventy-three species of Symphyta are recorded from George Lake, Alberta. Of this total, 66 species were collected by the author in a three day period in 1978, and seven species are recorded from the University of Alberta insect collection. Most species are found in eastern North America; only seven of the species recorded are known only from western Canada and United States. RESUME Soixante-treize especes de Symphytes ont ete inventoriees a George Lake, en Alberta. De ce total, l’auteur en a collectionne soixante-six au cours d’une excursion de trois jours en 1978. Les sept autres especes se trouvaient dans la collection d’insectes de l’Universite de l’Alberta. La plupart des especes se trouvent aussi dans Test de PAmerique du Nord; seulement sept des especes rapportees ici ne sont connues que de l’ouest du Canada et des Etats-Unis. In 1978 I had the privilege of spending three days, June 1 to June 3, at the University of Alberta s George Lake Field Station about 50 miles northwest of Edmonton, Alberta. The area consists of about one square mile of forest bordered on one side by the lake and on the other sides by farmland. During this time, I collected 66 species of Symphyta. An additional seven species were found in the University of Alberta insect collection, bringing the total recorded from George Lake to 73 species. This is not a complete list, but a good indication of the number of species that can be found in a small area of mixed vegetation. A similar account was given by Strickland (1954) who collected 53 species of sawflies during a period of two weeks in an area of about a half square mile near Gull Lake, Alberta. Most of the specimens were collected by sweeping or directly from the foliage along a forest trail to the lake, on the roadside and in a small cleared area with low vegetation. The remainder were collected by Malaise traps set up in the forest. ‘c/o U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560 672 Smith All specimens were identified by me except for the Pristiphora which were determined by H.R. Wong. Those identified as “sp.” or “spp.” cannot be named until taxonomic difficulties in those genera are resolved. Only a few generalities can be given about affinities of the sawfly fauna of George Lake, because this is not a complete survey and several species cannot be identified. Of the 55 identified to species, 47 are also found in eastern North America; of these 47, 17 are transcontinental in Canada and northern United States, 17 are both transcontinental and Holarctic, and 13 are primarily eastern, with Alberta on the western edge of their distributions. Consequently, most of the species from George Lake are the same as those one would expect to collect in southeastern Canada and northeastern and north central United States. Only one species, Empria evansi , is so far known only from Alberta. The other seven species are mainly western; these are Birka nordica (Alberta, Alaska, British Columbia, Yukon), Dolerus nasutus (Alberta and Montana to British Columbia and California), Monardis pulla (Saskatchewan and Colorado to British Columbia and Utah), Allantus albolabris (Alberta and Colorado to Alaska and California), Macremphytus lovetti (Alberta and Montana to British Columbia and Oregon), Tenthredo fraternalis (Alberta, British Columbia), and Tenthredo varipicta (Alaska to Alberta and California). Thus there is a slight mixture of some western species, but most species from George Lake are typical components of the eastern deciduous forests and temperate and boreal transcontinental regions. When all the material is identified, I would expect similar results. In the following list (H) = Holarctic, those species or subspecies also found in parts of Eurasia and all of which are transcontinental in North America, (T) = transcontinental species or subspecies found only in North America, (E) = eastern species or subspecies for which Alberta is the western edge of their range, and (W) = species which are mainly western in distribution, mostly from the Rocky Mountains to the West Coast. An asterisk indicates a record from the Strickland Museum, University of Alberta. PAMPHILIIDAE Pamphilius ochreipes (Cresson) (T) CIMBICIDAE Zaraea inflata Norton (E) ARGIDAE Arge clavicornis (Fabricius) complex (H) Sawflies from George Lake, Alberta 673 TENTHREDINIDAE Selandriinae Birka nordica Smith (W) Dolerinae Dolerus aprilis (Norton) (E) Dolerus elderi Kincaid (H) Dolerus nasutus MacGillivray (W) Dolerus neocollaris neocollaris MacGillivray (E) Dolerus sericeus sericeus (Say) (T) Dolerus similis similis (Norton) (T) Dolerus subfasciatus neoaprilis MacGillivray (T) Dolerus yukonensis yukonensis Norton (H) Dolerus sp. Loderus eversmanni acidus MacGillivray (T) Loderus pratorum albifrons (Norton) (H) Loderus vestigialis apricus (Norton) (H) Heterarthrinae Fenusa pusilla (Lepeletier) (H) Blennocampinae Monophadnoides geniculatus (Hartig) (H) Monophadnoides pauper (Provancher) (E) Monophadnoides sp. near conspiculatus MacGillivray (E) Phymatocera sp. Monardis pulla Smith (W) Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 674 Smith Allantinae *Empria ignota (Norton) (T) Empria improba (Cresson) (T) Empria maculata (Norton) (T) *Empria obscurata (Cresson) (T) Empria evansi Smith (Alberta) Ametastegia sp. Monostegia inferentia (Norton) (E) Phrontosoma broccum Smith (T) Allantus albolabris (Rohwer) (W) Allantus mellipes (Norton) (E) *Macremphytus lovetti MacGillivray (W) Taxonus pallicoxus (Provancher) (E) Nematinae Priophorus morio (Lepeletier) (H) Priophorus pallipes (Lepeletier) (H) Fallocampus americanus (Marlatt) (T) *Hemichroa crocea (Geoffroy) (H) Hemichroa militaris (Cresson) (T) Pachynematus spp. (Two species that cannot be named at present. One of the two species should be marked *). Nematus oligospilus Foerster (H) Nematus spp. (Three species that cannot be named at present). Pontania spp. (Three species that cannot be named at present). Phyllocolpa sp. Euura sp. Amauronematus spp. (Five species that cannot be named at present). Pristiphora borea (Konow) (H) Pristiphora cincta Newman (H) Pristiphora rufipes Lepeletier (H) Pristiphora siskiyouensis Marlatt (T) Pristiphora sycophant a Walsh (T) Pristiphora zella Rohwer (E) Tenthredininae Rhogogaster californica (Norton) (H) P achy protasis rapae (Linnaeus) (H) Macrophya trisyllaba (Norton) (E) Sawflies from George Lake, Alberta 675 Macrophya varia (Norton) (E) * Tenthredo colon Klug (H) Tenthredo concessa Norton (E) *Tenthredo fraternalis (Ross) (W) Tenthredo leucostoma Kirby (E) Tenthredo piceocincta Norton (T) *Tenthredo varipicta Norton (W) Tenthredo sp. near pectoralis Norton (T) Janus integer Norton (T) CEPHIDAE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I thank George E. Ball and W. G. Evans, University of Alberta, Edmonton, for allowing use of the University of Alberta Field Station at George Lake for my studies. My thanks are extended also to H.R. Wong, Canadian Forestry Service, Northern Forest Research Centre, Edmonton, Alberta for identifying the Pristiphora specimens. REFERENCES Strickland, E.H. 1954. A key to the females of Tenthredo of the Canadian Prairies (Hymenoptera, Tenthredinidae). Canadian Entomologist 86: 278-281. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 676 BOOK REVIEWS GRIFFITHS, G.C.D. (Editor). Flies of the Nearctic Region. E. Schweizerbart’sche Verlagsbuchhandlung (Nagele u. Obermiller) Stuttgart, 1980. The above gives editor, title, and publisher of a new series about classification and identification of the dipterous fauna of the New World (including Greenland, but excluding Iceland), from arctic North America south to the Isthmus of Tehuantepec excepting the Mexican coastal lowlands, and including Bermuda but not the other islands of the West Indies. This series was conceived and organized by the editor, Graham C. D. Griffiths, and is intended to be a counterpart of the monumental Palaearctic series “Die Fliegen der palaarktischen Region.” Like the latter work, “Flies of the Nearctic Region” will be multi-authored, and will appear in numbered issues, organized in a hierarchy of Volume, Part, and Number. The sequence of numbering is based on a reconstructed phylogeny of the Order Diptera, with volume I to deal with general aspects. The taxonomic section is scheduled to appear in volumes II to IX, and each issue will treat a particular supraspecific taxon and its members. Numbers will be published in the sequence in which they are prepared, and subsquently can be grouped for binding, as Parts and Volumes are completed. The first two issues are dated 1980, and I will review them after a few general comments.The paper covers are attractively rendered in two colors, with white and black print, and with an illustration of the head of a muscoid fly, apparently the logo of the series. Also included on the front cover is the logo of the publisher. The paper seems to be of good quality, but it is not high gloss. This, plus a clear, simple style of type, with justified right edge and generous margins, gives each page a pleasing appearance. Overall, one is left with the impression that printing mattters are in the hands of master craftsmen. Indeed, one can agree with a quotation from Thucydides that appears on page V, following the Foreword in Volume I: “This is composed more as a possession for ever than as a prize piece for immediate listening”. Volume I. Handbook. Part 1. History of Nearctic Dipterology, by A. Stone. XIII + 62 pp. In the Foreword, the great master dipterist, Erwin Lindner gives a brief synopsis of his efforts to organize “Die Fliegen der palaarktischen Region”, and extends his best wishes to G. C. D. Griffiths in his plans to produce a counterpart for the Nearctic Region. This brief salutation is folowed by a fine photograph of Dr. Lindner, with a statement dedicating the new series to him, on his 91st birthday. The Preface, by Dr. Griffiths, acknowledges Lindner’s work, and expresses the hope that the Nearctic counterpart will be completed by the year 2000. A map indicates the southern limits of the area covered, and a “List of Abbreviations for denoting locations of specimens” concludes the preface. I think it would have been desirable to include here the “Outline of proposed volume structure” that was published in an advertisement for the series. In 60 pages, Alan Stone provides a remarkable array of historical data, focussed on study of the Nearctic fauna. In a section treating publications, he describes contributions by various authors to morphological, systematic, physiological, genetic, and economic aspects of flies. The “History of the Families” is a thumbnail sketch of progress made with study of each family, including for each, number of valid (and invalid) genera and species. This treatment of families, complete with bibliography, is followed by brief biographical sketches arranged 677 chronologically by date of birth, of 56 “leading dipterists”, from Fabricius (1745) to Saether (1936). In this context, “leading dipterist” means one who has described 100 species or more of Nearctic flies. Words are well chosen, and statements are succinct. Overall, the presentation is descriptive rather than analytical or critical. Dr. Stone suggests that these workers, though different from one another in many ways, probably shared in common “a boyhood interest in nature”. Grouping them in quarters, he points out that “the first fourth, chronologically, proposed names for Nearctic Diptera in an average of 41 families;. ..the second fourth, 20 families;. ..the third fourth, 16 families; and the last fourth, 6 families”. He identifies this as a trend to specialization that will probably continue, and that although application of new techniques might radically change entomology, “the enthusiastic naturalist turning a pinned specimen will long be needed”. Although Dr. Stone’s treatment of historical aspects is rich and varied in detail, it lacks elements of association, that, if considered, would have provided the sense of continuity that history should convey. He acknowledges that “history ... includes the background and training of the scientist”, but he does not draw attention to professor-student lineages. Perhaps none exist among dipterists, but if not, even this deserves comment. Nor does he consider explicitly, impacts of generalizing ideas on study of flies; for example, evolution, biological species concept, sympatric speciation, phylogenetic systematics as expounded by another master dipterist, Willi Hennig, vicariance biogeography, cytology, and so on. Be that as it may, the information he provides can be used by future workers, and the histories they write will be better because they will be able to build on the work of Alan Stone. Indeed, his contribution is a worthy beginning for “Flies of the Nearctic Region”. Volume V. Homeodactyla and Asilomorpha Part 13, Number 1. Bombyliidae, by J. C. Hall and N. Z. Evenhuis, pp. 1-96. Included in this issue is an introduction to the Nearctic Bombyliidae, with keys to subfamilies and to the genera of Bombyliinae, and a taxonomic treatment of Bombylius and its 59 Nearctic species and subspecies. The key to these lower-ranking taxa follows the descriptive section. Treatments of species include: synomyny; discussion of type material; description of structural features of adults; data about life history; and geographical distribution. The succinct descriptions are supplemented by good line drawings of male genitalia and spermathecae of females, and of wings of selected species. Illustrations are located near the descriptions that they are intended to supplement, and thus spread through the text. No attempt is made by the authors to seek patterns of relationship. In fact, the treatments are arranged alphabetically by first letter of the specific epithets, so that one cannot infer anything from the sequence. A range map is provided for only one species ( B . anthophoroides Evenhuis). Otherwise, one must attempt to visualize distribution patterns from a list of states from which each species has been recorded. Geographical variation is not mentioned, so the descriptions take on a rather typological air. The authors explain in the introduction that these and related topics will be considered at some future time. For the present, presumably, workers must be satisfied with what seems to be a rather uninspiring treatment, of interest mainly to specialists and to those who want to name their collections of bee flies. I hope that future issues will provide treatments that have more general significance, but that retain the excellent style of presentation of Hall and Evenhuis. Each of these numbers is costly: $38.50 for Part 1, and $44.40 for V.13.1, in U. S. dollars. But, recalling the introductory quotation from Thucydides and considering that one good meal Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 678 with good wine and served in a good restaurant, for one person can cost $25.00 (and up!), the issues of the “Flies of the Nearctic Region” are not unreasonably priced. Furthermore, their value is likely to increase with the passage of time. Certainly, dipterists must have the series, and entomological bibliophiles who wish to own fine publications will want it, too. For the rest of us, it might be a toss-up between buying various issues or investing in some other worldly pleasure. However, this series is worth having, and publisher, editor, and authors of the first parts are to be congratulated for their efforts. G. E.Ball HOWDEN, H. F. and O. P. YOUNG. 1981. Panamanian Scarabaeinae:Taxonomy, distribution and habits (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Contributions of the American Entomological Institute, 18 (1): 204 pp., 216 figures. (Separates available from the senior author, for $15.00, U.S.). According to the authors, this publication is a “review” rather than a “revision”, for the taxa are described in terms of Panamanian material, only, and types of previously described species were not studied in detail. The stated justification for publication at this time is to provide a volume that will serve a need for identification of dung beetles by ecologists, ethologists, and economic entomologists who are or who might become interested in way of life of these animals. Scarabaeine adults exhibit complex behavior patterns in relation to use of dung, and are therefore of interest to many biologists. The unstated justification for this publication is the senior author’s intense interest in and enthusiasm for the heavily armored, bumbling, horned monsters with disgusting alimentary habits, that are included in the Scarabaeinae. In the taxonomic part of the paper, 22 genera and their 113 species are keyed, diagnosed, compared and described. Illustrations are included toward the end of the publication. Most are SEM photographs. They are adequate rather than elegant. This paper contains a useful gazetteer providing for each locality mentioned in the text latitude and longitude, elevation (in meters), and relation to nearest major feature, so that a particular place can be located by those who have at their disposal only rather general maps of the area. Figure 1 is an outline map of the Republic of Panama, with provinces labelled and their boundaries indicated. Fig. 260 is a map showing elevations and Fig. 261 illustrates distribuion of forest types of life zones in Panama. Thus, geographical aspects of this study are very well portrayed. In a few pages, the authors provide insights about behavior patterns of some species and draw attention to aspects of behavior that require further investigation. These notes summarize the wealth of information that the authors were able to gather in two man years of collecting and observing in Panama. This field work has enlarged and enriched their knowledge of tropical scarabaeines, and has given them insight that is denied to systematists who confine their activities to study of preserved specimens housed in museum drawers. Distribution patterns of the scarabaeine fauna of Panama are considered against a background of topographical and geological changes during Tertiary time. The species are 679 arranged in two major zoogeographic groups: endemics (in Panama, or in Panama and Costa Rica); and species that are more wide-ranging. In turn, species in the latter group are arranged in three subgroups: widespread (in other parts of Central America, Panama, and South America); those in Panama and South America, only; and those in Panama and Central America, only. This last group, plus the Panamanian endemics, comprise the endemic Central American fauna, which represents 52 per cent of the total. The authors correlate this high rate of endemism in Central America with isolation, by seaways, of Central America from South America, during much of the Tertiary period. They infer that, during the time of isolation, differentiation took place. Further, they propose that species occurring now in both Central and South America attained the present ranges when the seaways were closed as a result of orogenies in Central America, leading to development of emergent land, and a terrestrial connection of the two areas. This proposed sequence of events accounts nicely for the observed patterns, and correlates well with inferences of various other recent authors, who have studied distribution patterns of other taxa in Middle America. A more detailed examination of the data shows that average body size is smaller for members of Panamanian endemic species than it is for members of the wide-ranging groups. From this, Howden and Young infer that smaller size may be correlated with flight behavior as it relates to foraging, which in turn may relate to dispersal. Thus, the smaller species may be inherently less vagile than are the larger ones. Hence, they have remained in their areas of origin, that is, the areas that were above sea level during Tertiary times. This is a reasonable explanation, but I wonder if more might be involved than dispersal ability. The small endemics might represent older, less progressive stocks, and might have remained in their areas of origin because they have been unable to compete successfully with later-evolving, more progressive stocks comprised of species whose adults attain large size. To test this hypothesis, a phylogenetic analysis of the scarabaeine fauna of Middle America is required, and this the authors have not undertaken- nor do they recommend such an analysis. In my view, this is an unfortunate oversight, for the missing system of hypotheses limits markedly ability to interpret the zoogeographic data. In spite of this one omission, the publication overall is fine, and contains information of value to a wider range of biologists than those who wish to identify their Panamanian scarabaeines. It should be on the shelves of coleopterists in particular, systematic entomologists in general, ethologists, and biogeographers. G.E. Ball Reigert, P.W. 1980. From arsenic to DDT: A history of entomology in western Canada, xii + 357 pp. University of Toronto Press. Price:$30.00. ISBN 0-8020-5499-4. Perhaps more than any other group of scientists, entomologists revel in writing histories of themselves and their science. Although some of these (e.g. Mallis, “American Entomologists”; Weiss, “The Pioneer Century of American Entomology”) briefly mention Canadian entomology, Riegert’s book represents the first attempt to collect the history of entomology in any part of Canada in one place. The book is organized into four parts encompassing 20 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 680 chapters. “Early encounters”(Part I) describes problems encountered by early explorers(e.g. Hearne, Palliser, Henry, Thompson), boundary surveyors and settlers with biting flies and grasshoppers. This section is perhaps the most interesting in the entire book. Riegert makes good use of quotes from various travellers that help in conveying a sense of the real suffering endured by these people. The section concludes with a chapter about collectors and naturalists. Part II(“The first professionals”) describes the beginnings of the federal and provincial entomolgical services. It traces the efforts of such notables as Fletcher, Hewitt, Criddle and Strickland in establishing pest monitoring and control programs. Part III (“Insects of British Columbia”) follows the work of such people as Hearle, Downes, Glendenning, and Buckell in controlling various crop pests, mosquitoes and grasshoppers. It concludes with a short chapter about insect pests of Indian orchards. Part IV is entitled “Insects of the prairies” and deals in great detail with outbreaks of wheat stem sawfly, various species of larvae and, above all, grasshoppers. In fact, nearly 25% of this book is devoted to grasshopper outbreaks. Such figures as King, Strickland, Criddle, and Seamans are prominent. Part V(Specialization) has chapters dealing with livestock pests, stored products pests, entomology in universities and a summary chapter. Parts II through V deal with pest control problems(except Chapter 19). They are written in a clear, unambiguous, though rather mundane style that traces pest control incident by incident. These sections are livened every now and then with anecdotes but these are few and far between. There are several odd inclusions that seem to be afterthoughts. Chapter 17(Pests, paralysis and plagues) ends with an account of Grylloblatta campodeiformis(see below), an insect species that is not a pest and has nothing to do with paralysis or plagues. Chapter 16 is entitled “Worms”. The choice of title is poor. The animals described are not worms(e.g., Annelida, Cestoda, Platyhelminthes etc.)' and use of this term is misleading to lay readers, unnecessary for entomologists and wrong for both. There are more general problems that seriously compromise this book. The first is one of mistaken emphasis. Riegert states(pp. 4) “Because this is a history of entomology and not a history of entomolgists, the present chronicle will follow insects rather than man....” is unfortunate for it is the people who study a science that breathe the life into it: it is their ideas, foibles, frustrations and passions that make history. Dr. Riegert’s insistence on using insects as the main characters excludes most information that would make the people involved seem more real. There are tantalizing anecdotes about William Downes and Eric Hearle that hint at some interesting facets of their character but these are not pursued. The team of E.R. Buckell, A. Dennys and A.D. Heriot are described as “the most colorful that Canadian entomology has known” but little of this colour is brought home to the reader. I was left perplexed by this since other historical essays by Riegert(e.g. Proc. ent.Soc. Alta. 25: 4-15) have far more personality written into them. Questions of how the strengths, weaknesses, personalities and interactions of these men helped (or hindered) the development of entomology are left largely unexplored. Using insects as the focus for this book also leads to a disconcerting lack of continuity. The narrative leaps from one insect outbreak to another and it is difficult to gain any appreciation of the flow of events. The second problem is one of imbalance. This is, in the main, a history of applied entomology. Those who study insects with satiation of intellectual curiosity rather than pest control as their goal will find little to identify with. For example, the life of F.H. Wooley Dod, described as “one of the two leading Lepidopterists on the North American Continent”, rates the same amount of space as an account of how a mixture of arsenic bait for grasshoppers was prepared. At one point(Chapter 10), entomology is even forsaken for a nearly two page 681 discourse about control measures for moles and garden slugs. On the other hand, Strickland’s building of a “world-renowned department [of entomology]” at Alberta receives less than a page in the entire book. Acknowledged leaders in entomological education such as J.G. Rempel(University of Saskatchewan) are dealt with in a cursory manner that borders on gratuitous. Instead we are supplied with tiresome detail of control campaigns(proportions of ingredients for bait mixtures, quantities of bait spread, dollar value of crops saved)that has its place in technical reports but is of doubtful value here. The third problem is one of omission of several important events and people. Two of the earliest naturalists in Canada were James Isham and Alexander Graham at York Factory(Manitoba). Neither are mentioned even though there is a very interesting story of Graham’s data being pirated before its inclusion in Pennant’s “Arctic Zoology”. E.M. Walker’s discovery of Grylloblatta campodeiformis near Banff, one of the major taxonomic discoveries to be made in Canada, is not mentioned although a range extension of it by J. Gregson into British Columbia is. The final problem is one of editing of both text and figures. There is simply too much use of quotes from reports of various federal entomology labs. In places(e.g., Chapter 15) perhaps one third of the text has been written by other people. Many quotes used contain details of control measures, crops saved, costs etc. whose omission could only enhance readability. The choice of the 57 plates in this book is puzzling. For example, James Marshall, mentioned only at one point in the book is shown, yet William Downes and Reginald Glendenning, each of whom commands an entire chapter of text, are nowhere to be found. The plates are not numbered and are grouped at the beginning of each section. Hence, any reference to them in the text is followed by a frustrating search for the relevant illustration. Another curious anomaly is that, except for line drawings on reproductions of posters and one picture of several hundred mosquitoes on a fence post, there are no pictures of insects in the book. This omission is puzzling in a book that is oriented to the insect and not the entomologist Dr. Riegert has written a book whose cover promises more than the text delivers. The subtitle implies a more even treatment than appears. The main title would lead a non-entomologist to reasonably expect some insight into how scientists intimately connected with DDT view its use and associated controversies. In fact, DDT is mentioned only four times and then only in passing. The word ‘history’ is 70% story. Hopefully any history will tell a story and not just recite events. Unfortunately this book does the latter. R.B. Aiken Department of Entomology The University of Alberta Edmonton, Alberta T6G 2E3 MATTHEWS, E.G. 1980. A guide to the genera of beetles of South Australia. Part 1. Archostemata and Adephaga. Special Educational Bulletin Series, South Australian Museum, Adelaide, vii + 50 pp., and 18 unnumbered plates of photographs. Although policies of the Australian Government make it difficult for a foreign entomologist to remove insect specimens from that country, that same Government is not opposed to Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 682 encouraging excellent foreign entomologists to take up work there. Thus, we find on the staff of the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization (CSIRO) and other Australian institutions, a number of recent immigrants to the island continent, who are doing excellent work on the indigeneous fauna. One of these entomologists is Eric G. Matthews, curator of insects in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Dr. Matthews, who took his PhD at Cornell University, with Howard E. Evans, and who subsequently immigrated to Australia, is well known for his excellent studies of dung-using scarbaeid beetles. This present volume, written by him, is the first in a series intended to provide a means of identifying to genus adult beetles that inhabit the state of South Australia. An Introduction provides a succinct history of study of Australian beetles. Statistical information is summarized by means of a graph, plotting numbers of papers published about beetles, against year of publication. A peak of activity is indicated in the latter part of the 19th and first decade of the 20th Century, labelled “descriptive stage”, and followed by a decline with its low point being the years of World War II. This is followed by a second, less pronounced, rise in acivity, entitled the “revisionary stage”. This is a useful summary of much information for historians of entomlogy. The Introduction explains that this and subsequent issues deal with adults of genera and higher taxa only, and that much remains to be learned at all levels, but especially at the species level. Estimates of numbers of taxa are given for South Australia (1000 genera, 3200 species), representing about 16 per cent of the Australian total. Advice is offered about study of beetles, and two plates illustrate collecting and curating equipment and methods. The next section includes a map of South Australia, with life zones indicated thereon. This section also explains how the book is structured, and how it is to be used for identification of genera. The focus is on picture keys, spread over 29 plates. These drawings are well executed, and diagnostic features are clearly labelled. The main portion of the text is an annotated list of names of genera and higher taxa, arranged in standard taxonomic sequence. For each genus, the number of South Australian species is listed, along with the life zones in which specimens have been collected. References are given by taxon to other publications, to the picture- key, and to habitus photographs. In the equivalent space of six full pages, all of the taxa are thus treated: Archostemata- Ommadidae (one genus); Adephaga- Carabidae (78 genera); Haliplidae (one genus); Hygrobiidae (one genus); Dytiscidae (22 genera); and Gyrinidae (three genera). The photographs are sharp, and give good impressions of the habitus of adults of each genus. Each plate has six photographs, and each photograph has a reference number and the appropriate specific name. Size of the beetle illustrated is indicated by a number representing length of the specimen, in millimeters. An index to names of genera and higher taxa is provided, making it easy to locate desired information. The cover is stiff, gloss paper, and on the front is a colored photograph of a male of Megacephala. The frontispiece is a color photograph of a living specimen of Calosoma schayeri Erichson. This volume was clearly conceived and superbly executed. It is a masterpiece of clarity and brevity. Author, publisher, and printer are to be congratulated for producing a work that will no doubt stimulate development of amateur entomology in Australia, and will be of use to entomologists elsewhere who have an interest in Australian beetles. G. E. Ball 683 EDITOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Pogo, the late Walt Kelly’s philosophically inclined possum friend from the great Okefenokee Swamp, was able to demonstrate the relativity of time of occurrence of special dates by noting that Friday the 13th did not invariably arrive on days normally designated as Friday. In fact, it was a cause for celebration by Pogo and the other denizens of the Great Swamp when Friday the 13th fell on Friday. Extending this example of relativity almost to absurdity, the publishers of Quaestiones Entomologicae have demonstrated that October, 1980 actually fell in July, 1981, for that is the month and year of publication of Volume 16, Nos. 3 and 4-the July-October issue for 1980. I suppose that instances such as this and variations in day of arrival of Friday the 13th are special cases of the General Theory of Relativity. While that explanation has appeal in the dark corridors of our publishing house, subscribers are not likely to accept it as a reason why the issues for which they have paid good money (or a pile of shin plasters, in Canada) have been so late in arriving. In fact, as Editor, I consider myself lucky to be practising in an era when horsewhipping of members of my guild by disgruntled subscribers has gone out of fashion-this form of expression of displeasure owing its demise to a shortage of buggy whips which in turn went the way of horse-drawn vehicles. Contributing to the time-warp alluded to above, were delays encountered in our efforts to produce our first two issues for 1980, which included “The Hydraenidae of the Western Hemisphere”. I am still amazed that such an elephantine volume can be devoted to classification of such micro-lilleputian creatures. But, like Gulliver, in the land of Lilleput, we became indeed tied down, not by anything big, but by numerous small delays and minor problems. It required about 19 months to produce this volume about hydraenid beetles- this being just about the gestation period of elephants. When we saw the first bound copy, my colleagues and I went into a state of mild euphoria, with feelings rather akin, perhaps, to those of a herd of pachyderms when a new youngster is born and joins the troop. I am pleased to say that this 544 page elephant child was not at all wrinkled! Three Publications Managers were involved consecutively in working on the hydraenid volume: Mrs. Twyla Gibson, Mrs. Jane Ballash, and Mrs. Suseela Subbarao. I am grateful to each of them for their contributions. I am especially grateful to Mrs. Subbarao, who saw to completion the hydraenid volume, and as well the long delayed subsequent issues for 1980. The author, Philip D. Perkins, is to be commended, too, both for his patience with our delays and for having prepared this fine treatise. I record appreciation of the efforts of the following, who acted at my request as referees of papers published in Volume 16: A. P. Nimmo, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta; K. W. Philip, Institute of Arctic Biology, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Alaska; J. R. Spence, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta; and H. R. Wong, Environment Canada, Canadian Forestry Service, Edmonton, Alberta. Various members of my Department assisted with the publishing process. Jean-Francois Landry provided French translations of several abstracts. John S. Scott helped with illustrative matters , and he and Danny Shpeley read quantities of proof. Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) In view of the long delay experienced by our loyal subscribers in receiving the issues of Volume 16, 1 record our gratitude for patience and continued support. I cannot promise that we will be able to get out the journal on time, once after the back-log has been cleared, but we will do the best we can. George E. Ball 685 INDEX acrocnema Boloria , 562 aestivalis (Needham and Claassen), Cultus, 669 alaskensis Holland, Boloria napaca, 561 alberta Edwards, Boloria , 555, 562, 563, 567. 568 aliaska Bang-Haas, Colias nastes, 558, 559 Alley, N.F., 569 Alloperla serrata Needham and Claassen, 668 Alloperla severa (Hagen), 669 americana Lycaena phleas, 559 Anderson, R.S., see Donald, D.B., 666, 672, 673, 675 anicia Euphydryas, 561 arethusa , 568 arethusa Wolley-Dod, Lycaena phleas , 555, 559, 567, 568 Arygynnis victoria, 563 assimilis Butler, Oeneis melissa, 565 astarte Doubleday, Boloria, 555, 562, 563. 567. 568 astarte Doubleday, Boloria astarte, 563 avara (Banks), Oecetis, 641, 642, 643, 644, 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 650 avara Banks, Oecetina, 647 avara Banks, Setodes, 647 avinoffi Holland, Erebia fasciata, 566 aygulus (Fabricius), Onitis, 620 badia (Hagen), Pteronarcella, 675 balachowskyi Halffter and Halffter, Eurysternus, 599, 601, 602, 605, 607, 608, 613, 614, 615, 616, 617, 619, 620 Banks, N., 642, 643, 644, 647, 649 Barnes, W., 563, 565 Barry, R.G., 568 Baumann, R.W., 667 Bayrock, L.A., see Reimchen, T.H., 569 beani Elwes, Oeneis melissa, 555, 565, 568, 573 beani Skinner, Euphydryas editha, 555,560,561,567,568 Belicek, J., 569,570 Benjamin, F.H., see Barnes, W., 555, 563 Bergstrom, G., see Clifford, H.F., 569 Berthelemy, C., 666 bifida Banks, Hydropsyche, 625, 626, 627,628,630, 631,632 Billings, W.D., 572 Boisduval, J.B., 559, 560, 562 Boloria acrocnema, 562 Boloria alberta Edwards, 555, 562, 563, 567, 568 Boloria astarte astarte Doubleday, 563 Boloria astarte distincta Gibson, 563 Boloria astarte Doubleday, 555, 562, 563, 567, 568 Boloria distincta Gibson, 562, 563 Boloria eunomia caelestis Hemming, 563, 564 Boloria eunomia Esper, 563, 564 Boloria eunomia laddi Klots, 563,564 Boloria eunomia nichollae Barnes and Benjamin, 555, 563, 564, 567, 568, 573 Boloria eunomia ursadentis Ferris and Groothuis, 563, 564 Boloria improba Butler, 561,568 Boloria improba improba Butler, 561 Boloria improba youngi Holland, 555, 561, 562, 568, 572, 573 Boloria napaca alaskensis Holland, 561 Boloria napaca halli Klots, 561 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 686 INDEX Boloria napaca nearctica Verity, 561 Boloria napaca reiffi Reuss, 555, 561, 567, 568, 573 Boloria napaea Hoffmansegg, 561 Boloria polaris Boisduval, 562 Boloria polaris groenlandica Skinner, 562 Boloria polaris polaris Boisduval, 562 Boloria polaris stellata Masters, 562 boothii Curtis, Colias, 558 bore Schneider, Oeneis, 564 borealis (Banks), Sweltsa, 668 Boydell, A.N., 569 brevicauda (Claassen), Eucapnopsis, 675 bronta Ross, Hydropsyche , 625, 626, 627, 629, 631 brucei Edwards, Oeneis melissa, 565 brucei Edwards, Oeneis polixenes, 555, 566, 568 Butler, A.G., 561,565,566 Butterflies, 555 Cadbury, J.W., 560 caelestis Hemming, Boloria eunomia, 563, 564 caffer Boheman, Onitis , 620 calif ornica (Banks), Calineuria, 669 calif ornica Newport, Pteronarcys, 674, 675 Calineuria californica (Banks), 669 callias Edwards, Erebia , 567, 572 Capnia coloradensis Claassen, 668 Capnia confusa Claassen, 675 Capnia gracilaria Claassen, 668 Capnia petila Jewett, 668 Capnia vernalis Newport, 674 caribaeus (Herbst), Eurysternus, 599, 601, 602, 603, 605, 606, 607, 608, 609, 613, 614, 615, 616, 619 cheilonis Ross, Hydropsyche , 626 Claassenia sabulosa (Banks), 675 Clifford, H.F., 569 cocandicides Verity, Colias nastes, 558 Coleoptera, 556 Colias boothii Curtis, 558 Colias hecla , 558 Colias nastes aliaska Bang-Haas, 558, 559 Colias nastes Boisduval, 558 Colias nastes cocandicides Verity, 558 Colias nastes moina Strecker, 558 Colias nastes nastes Boisduval, 558 Colias nastes rossi Guenee, 558 Colias nastes streckeri Grim-Grschimaillo, 555, 558, 559, 567, 568 Colias nastes thula Hovanitz, 558, 559 colonia Write, Euphydryas editha, 560 coloradensis (Banks), Sweltsa, 669 coloradensis Claassen, Capnia, 668 colubrinus (Hagen), Isogenoides, 674 columbiana (Claassen), Utacapnia, 673, 675 confusa Claassen, Capnia, 675 Coprini, 601,607 crinita (Needham and Claassen), Isocapnia, 668 Cultus aestivalis (Needham 687 INDEX and Claassen), 669 Cultus tostonus Ricker, 669 Cummins, K.W., 666 Curry, D.V., 569 Curtis, J., 558, 565 dabanensis Erschoff, Erebia, 567 Denis, M., 561 Denning, D.G., 643, 649 disjuncta (Banks), Oecetis, 641, 642, 643, 644, 646, 647, 648, 649, 650 disjuncta Banks, Oecetina , 644 distincta Gibson, Boloria, 562, 563 distincta Gibson, Boloria astarte, 563 Dodds, G.S., 666 Donald, D.B., 666, 672, 673, 675 dos Passos, C.F., 557, 558, 563, 564, 567 Doubleday, E., 562 editha Boisduval, Euphydryas, 560 Edwards, H., 555, 560 Edwards, J., see Elwes, H.J., 555, 565 Edwards, W.H., 555, 560, 562, 563, 565, 567 edwardsi dos Passos, Oeneis bore , 555, 564, 566, 567, 568 Ehrlich, P.R., 560 elatus Denning and Sykora, Oecetis , 642, 643 Elder, J.A., 674 Elwes, H.J., 565 Erebia callias Edwards, 567, 572 Erebia dabanensis Erschoff, 567 Erebia fasciata avinoffi Holland, 566 Erebia fasciata butler, 566 Erebia fasciata fasciata Butler, 566 Erebia inuitica Wyatt, 567 Erebia magdalena mackinleyensis Gunder, 566 Erebia magdalena magdalena Strecker, 566, 572 Erebia magdalena Strecker, 566 Erebia youngi herscheli Leussler, 567 Erebia youngi Holland, 566, 567 Erebia youngi rileyi dos Passos, 567 Erebia youngi youngi Holland, 566 Erschoff, N.G., 567 Esper, E.J.C., 563 Etnier, D.A., see Schuster, G.A., 626, 627, 628, 629 Eucapnopsis brevicauda (Claassen), 675 eunomia Esper, Boloria , 563, 564 Euphydryas anicia, 561 Euphydryas editha beani Skinner, 555,560,561,567,568 Euphydryas editha Boisduval, 560 Euphydryas editha colonia Write, 560 Euphydryas editha lawrenci Gunder, 560 Euphydryas editha nubigena Behr, 560, 561 Eurysternus , 600, 601, 602, 605, 607, 608,611,618,619, 620 Eurysternus balachowskyi Halffter and Halffter, 599,601,602, 605, 607, 608, 613, 614, 615, 616, 617, 619,620 Eurysternus caribaeus (Herbst), 599,601,602,603,605, 606, 607, 608, 609, 613, 614, 615, 616, 619 Eurysternus foedus Guerin-Meneville, 599,618,620 Eurysternus magnus Laporte, 599, 601, 602, 607, 610, 61 1, 613,614,616,619 Eurysternus mexicanus Harold, 601,605,618,619 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 688 INDEX Fabricius, J.C., 565 fasciata butler, Erebia, 566 fasciata Butler, Erebia fasciata, 566 feildeni M’Lachlan, Lycaena phleas, 559 Ferris, C.D., 560, 563 flexura (Claassen), Malenka, 668 foedus Guerin-Meneville, Eurysternus , 599,618,620 forcipata (Frison), Paraleuctra , 668 Ford, E.B., 556 fordi dos Passos, Oeneis bore, 564 fosketti (Ricker), Oemopteryx, 668 frigida (Claassen), Zapada, 668 Gall, L., 562 gaspeensis dos Passos, Oeneis bore, 564 Gaufin, A.R., , 667, 672, 675 see also Elder, J. A., 675 see also Knight, A.W., 666,672 Geyer, C., 564 Gibson, A., 563, 565 gibsoni Holland, Oeneis melissa, 565 Gore, J.A., 674 gracilaria Claassen, Capnia, 668 grandis (Banks), Isocapnia, 668 Gregory, R.W., , 674 see Trotsky, H.M., 674 groenlandica Skinner, Boloria polaris, 562 Groothuis, D.R., see Ferris, C.D., 563 Grote, A., 556 Gunder, J.D., 566 Halffter, , 605 Halffter, G., 599, 600, 601, 602, 605, 607, 608,615,618,619, 620 Halffter, V., 601,602,607,608,615 halli Klots, Boloria napaca, 561 hanbury Watkins, Oeneis bore, 564 Hartland-Rowe, R., see Radford, D.S., 674 hecla Colias, 558 Hemming, F., 563 henryae Cadbury, Lyceana snowi, 560 herscheli Leussler, Erebia youngi, 567 Hesperoperla pacifica (Banks), 675 Hewitson, W., see Doubleday, E., 555 Heymons, R., 608 Hisaw, F.L., see Dodds, G.S., 666 Hoffmansegg, J.C., 561 Holland, W.J., 556,561,565,566 Howe, W.H., 560,561,563 Huerta, C., 608 Hydraenidae , 5-543 Index of names, 544-554 Hydropsyche, 625, 629, 630 Hydropsyche bifida Banks, 625, 626, 627, 628,630, 631,632 Hydropsyche bronta Ross, 625, 626, 627, 629,631 Hydropsyche cheilonis Ross, 626 Hydropsyche morosa Hagen, 626,631 Hydropsyche recurvata Banks, 625,626,627,628,630,631, 632 Hydropsyche walkeri Betten and Mosely, 625, 626, 627, 628,630, 631,632 Hynes, H.B.N., , 666, 673, 675 see also Spence, J.A., 674 hypophleas Boisduval, Lycaena phleas, 559 improba Butler, Boloria , 561, 568 689 INDEX improba Butler, Boloria improba , 561 integra Hanson, Isocapnia, 675 inuitica Wyatt, Erebia, 567 Isocapnia crinita (Needham and Claassen), 668 Isocapnia grandis (Banks), 668 Isocapnia integra Hanson, 675 Isogenoides colubrinus (Hagen), 674 Isoperla, 669 Isoperla mormona Banks, 669 Isoperla patricia Frison, 675 Jackson, L.E., 569 Kamler, E., 666 katahdin Newcomb, Oeneis polixenes, 565 Klots, A.B., 561,563 Knight, A.W., 666,672 Kogotus nonus (Needham and Claassen), 673 laddi Klots, Boloria eunomia, 563, 564 Larsen, J.A., 568 lawrenci Gunder, Euphydryas editha, 560 Leussler, R.A., 567 Lindroth, C.H., 573 Linnaeus, C., 559 L5ve, A., 568 Love, D., 557, 568, 572 Lopez, G., see Halffter, G., 605, 607, 608 lucilla Barnes and McDunnough, Oeneis melissa, 565 Lycaena phleas americana, 559 Lycaena phleas arethusa Wolley-Dod, 555, 559, 567, 568 Lycaena phleas feildeni M’Lachlan, 559 Lycaena phleas hypophleas Boisduval, 559 Lycaena phleas Linnaeus, 559 Lycaena snowi Edwards, 560 Lyceana snowi henry ae Cadbury, 560 Lyceana snowi snowi Edwards, 555, 560, 567, 568 M’Lachlan, R., 559 Mackay, R.J., 626,631 mackinleyensis dos Passos, Oeneis bore, 564 mackinleyensis Gunder, Erebia magdalena, 566 magdalena Strecker, Erebia, 566 magdalena Strecker, Erebia magdalena, 566, 572 magnus Laporte, Eurysternus, 599, 601, 602, 607, 610, 611,613,614,616,619 Malenka flexura (Claassen), 668 Masters, J.H., 562 Matthews, E.G., ,601 see Halffter, G., 599,601,620 Maynard, C.J., 556 McDunnough, J.H., see Barnes, W., 565 Megarcys subtruncata (Needham and Claassen), 668 melissa Fabricius, Oeneis, 565 melissa Fabricius, Oeneis melissa, 565 mexicanus Harold, Eurysternus, 601,605,618,619 moina Strecker, Colias nastes, 558 Morisset, P., 569 mormona Banks, Isoperla, 669 morosa Hagen, Hydropsyche, 626, 63 1 Mountjoy, E.W., see Roed, M.A., 569, 570 napaea Hoffmansegg, Boloria, 561 Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 690 INDEX nastes Boisduval, Colias, 558 nastes Boisduval, Colias nastes, 558 nearctica Verity, Boloria napaca, 561 Newcomb, H.H., 565 nichollae Barnes and Benjamin, Boloria eunomia, 555, 563, 564, 567, 568, 573 Nicholls, , 563 Nimmo, A.P., 570 nonus (Needham and Claassen), Kogotus, 673 nubigena Behr, Euphydryas editha, 560,561 Nursall, J.R., see Patterson, C.G., 675 Oecetina avara Banks, 647 Oecetina disjuncta Banks, 644 Oecetis, 642, 650 Oecetis avara (Banks), 641, 642, 643, 644, 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 650 Oecetis disjuncta (Banks), 641, 642, 643, 644, 646, 647, 648, 649, 650 Oecetis elatus Denning and Sykora, 642,643 Oemopteryx fosketti (Ricker), 668 Oeneis bore edwardsi dos Passos, 555, 564, 566, 567, 568 Oeneis bore fordi dos Passos, 564 Oeneis bore gaspeensis dos Passos, 564 Oeneis bore hanbury Watkins, 564 Oeneis bore mackinleyensis dos Passos, 564 Oeneis bore Schneider, 564 Oeneis bore taygete Geyer, 564 Oeneis melissa assimilis Butler, 565 Oeneis melissa beani Elwes, 555, 565, 568, 573 Oeneis melissa brucei Edwards, 565 Oeneis melissa Fabricius, 565 Oeneis melissa gibsoni Holland, 565 Oeneis melissa lucilla Barnes and McDunnough, 565 Oeneis melissa melissa Fabricius, 565 Oeneis melissa semidea Say, 565 Oeneis melissa semplei Holland, 565 Oeneis polixenes brucei Edwards, 555,566,568 Oeneis polixenes Fabricius, 565 Oeneis polixenes katahdin Newcomb, 565 Oeneis polixenes peartiae Edwards, 565 Oeneis polixenes polixenes Fabricius, 565 Oeneis polixenes subhyalina Curtis, 565 Oeneis polixenes yukonensis Gibson, 565 Oeneis taygete Geyer, 564 Oniticellini, 601 Onitini, 601,620 Onitis , 620 Onitis aygulus (Fabricius), 620 Onitis caffer Boheman, 620 Onthophagini, 601 Onthophagus , 605, 608 pacifica (Banks), Hesperoperla, 675 pacificum (Banks), Taenionema , 675 Packer, J.G., 569,571 pallidula (Banks), Suwallia, 675 Paraleuctra forcipata (Frison), 668 691 INDEX parallela (Frison), Skwala, 675 Parnassiius eversmanni thor H. Edwards, 558 Paterson, C.G., 675 patricia Frison, Isoperla, 675 peartiae Edwards, Oeneis polixenes, 565 Perlomyia utahensis Needham and Claassen, 668 petila Jewett, Capnia, 668 Phanaeus, 608 phleas Linnaeus, Lycaena, 559 Plecoptera, 665 polaris Boisduval, Boloria, 562 polaris Boisduval, Boloria polaris, 562 polixenes Fabricius, Oeneis, 565 polixenes Fabricius, Oeneis polixenes, 565 Pteronarcella badia (Hagen), 675 Pteronarcys californica Newport, 674, 675 Radford, D.S., 674 recurvata Banks, Hydropsyche, 625, 626, 627, 628, 630,631,632 Reeves, B.O.K., 569 reiffi Reuss, Boloria napaca, 555,561,567,568,573 Reimchen, T.H., 569 Ricker, W.E., 675 rileyi dos Passos, Erebia youngi , 567 Ritchie, J.C., 572 Robinson, D.J., 671 Roed, M.A., 569,570 Ross, H.H., 626, 642, 648, 649 rossi Guenee, Colias nastes, 558 Rowe, J.S., 667 Rutter, N.W., , 569 see also Roed, M.A., 569, 570 Ryan, J.K., 556 sabulosa (Banks), Claassenia, 675 Say, T., 565 Scarabaeinae, 605 Scarabaeini, 601 Schiffermuller, I., 561 Schneider, D.H., 564 Schuster, G.A., 626, 627, 628, 629 semidea Say, Oeneis melissa, 565 semplei Holland, Oeneis melissa, 565 serrata Needham and Claassen, Alloperla, 668 Setodes avara Banks, 647 severa (Hagen), Alloperla, 669 signal a (Banks), Triznaka, 675 Skinner, H, 562 Skwala parallela (Frison), 675 Smith, R.E., see Robinson, D.J., 671 snowi Edwards, Lycaena, 560 snowi Edwards, Lyceana snowi, 555, 560, 567, 568 sopladora Ricker, Utaperla, 669 Spence, J.A., 674 Sperling, F., 562 Stalker, A.McS., 569 stellata Masters, Boloria polaris, 562 Strecker, F.H., 566 streckeri Grim-Grschimaillo, Colias nastes, 555, 558, 559, 567, 568 subhyalina Curtis, Oeneis polixenes, 565 subtruncata (Needham and Claassen), Megarcys, 668 Suwallia pallidula (Banks), 675 Sweltsa borealis (Banks), 668 Sweltsa color adensis (Banks), 669 Sykora, J., see Denning, D.G., 643 Taenionema pacificum Quaest. Ent., 1980, 16(3,4) 692 INDEX (Banks), 675 Zapada frigida (Claassen), 668 taygete Geyer, Oeneis , 564 taygete Geyer, Oeneis bore , 564 thula Hovanitz, Colias nastes , 558, 559 tostonus Ricker, Cultus, 669 trava (Nebeker and Gaufin), Ut acapnia, 675 Triznaka, 669 Triznaka signata (Banks), 675 Trotsky, H.M., 674 Udvardy, M.D.F., 568 ursadentis Ferris and Groothuis, Boloria eunomia, 563, 564 Utacapnia Columbiana (Claassen), 673, 675 Utacapnia trava (Nebeker and Gaufin), 675 utahensis Needham and Claassen, Perlomyia , 668 Utaperla sopladora Ricker, 669 vernalis Newport, Capnia , 674 victoria Arygynnis, 563 Vitt, D.H., see Packer, J.G., 569, 571 xvalkeri Betten and Mosely, Hydropsyche , 625, 626, 627, 628, 630,631,632 Ward, J.V., 674, 675 Warren, B.C.S., 561 Watkins, H.T.G., 564 Whittaker, R.H., 667 Wiggins, G.B., 666 Wolley-Dod, F.H., 559 Wright, W.G., 572 Wyatt, C.W., 563, 567 youngi Holland, Boloria improba, 555, 561, 562, 568, 572, 573 youngi Holland, Erebia, 566, 567 youngi Holland, Erebia youngi, 566 yukonensis Gibson, Oeneis polixenes, 565 Publication of Quaestiones Entomologicae was started in 1965 as part of a memorial project for Professor E. , EL Strickland, the founder of the Department of Entomology at the University of Alberta in Edmonton in 1922. It is intended to provide prompt relatively low-cost publication for comprehensive accounts of entomological research of greater than average length. However, shorter papers about insects in the Prairie Provinces of Canada are acceptable. Page charges are normally levied, the rate determined by printer’s charges. For information about current page charges, consult the Editor. Copy for all types of papers should conform to the Style Manual for Biological Journals, published by the American Institute of Biological Sciences, Second Edition, 1964, except that titles of periodicals should be given in full. For style of taxonomic papers, the Editor should be consulted. Two copies of a manuscript are requested. All manuscripts will be reviewed by referees. Abstracts are required: one in English, and one in another language, preferably French. Tables, including titles and footnotes, must not be more than 7 3/4 X 4 3/4 inches (19.7 X 12.1 cm). Copy for illustrations must accompany the manuscript, and be of such character as to give satisfactory reproduction at page size (less 1 /2 inch, or 1.2 cm on plates of full page size [7 3/4X5 inches, or 19.7 X 13.2 cm]). Reprints must be ordered when proofs are returned, and will be supplied at cost. Subscription rates are the same for institutions, libraries and individuals, $15.00 per volume of four issues, normally appearing at quarterly intervals; single issues $5.00. Back volumes and issues are available at the same cost. These prices supersede those previously indicated, and are subject to change as required by inflationary pressure on the value of money. Communications regarding subscriptions and exchanges should be addressed to the Subscription Manager, and regarding manuscripts to: 1 11615 The Editor, Quaestiones Entomologicae Department of Entomology University of Alberta Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T6G 2E3 Second Class Mail Registration Number 5222 < (Z o \Sos _ o 2 _j 2 mvm an libraries Smithsonian institution NoiinuiSNi nvinoshiiins S3iav ^ r — Z r~ 2 _ /^VASOV/X 2 m O ~ ... o ^ ^ fc . m flTUTlON NOlinillSNI NVINOSHIISNS S3 1 8 V8 8 ll~L I B R AR I E S ^SMITHSONIAN “ INSTITL > 2 ^ 2 ~ ^ > 8V8 8 11 LI B R AR I ES^ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION^ NOliniUSNI NVINOSHIIINS^S 3 I 8V; 5 _ to =; CO — co £0 q uv/ _ x^ms^x O riTUTION NOlinillSNI^NVINOSHillNS S3 I 8V8 8 ll^LI B RAR I ES^ SMITHSONIAN^INSTITl 5 1 5 S 2 =» (a xj m x W -r x^jvas*^ rn n^vosvavx 'll m CO _ (jy 2 avaan libraries Smithsonian institution Nou.ruu.SNi nvinoshiiins saiavi ~ ‘C _ Z •. CU Z GO ? /^SSSggv < V s < _^T2^ S x »J/r*W o X v>2f £/ O /v t K'MAkWbJ 2 2 | I' 55 | 1TUTI0N NOIlHillSNI _ NVINOSHIIINS^ S3 ! 8V8 8 il\l BRAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN JNSTITU 1 X. . - S S xrffcu g xjf^ vtx O X^O$H ava8H LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHilWS S3iaVl ~ 7L fT 2 f- 2 rn riTUTION10 NOIlfUllSNI NVINOSHIIINS^SB I avaa n~LI BRAR I ES^SMITHSON IAN- INSTITL v, CO 2 _ _ CO 2 (O 2 vy. S5i\_. 2 ,.< 5 s ,<5X ? xtSSTTTx < ^ vV I m > j£ > 2 > avaan2LiBRARi es^smithsonian institution ^NoiiniiiSNi nvinoshiiwswS3 i a vi CO — CO ” CO O NSs^V&<^// ^ '^pp^ q Vojidv/ _ XlO-tuS^ O F I TUT I ON ^ NOlinillSNI ^NVINOSHIIINS S3 I 8V8 8 ll^LI B RAR I E S^ SMITHSONIAN^ INSTITU ^ «” v 2 r- Z r- o\ “ u- 12 ZT**- ' r r»j>\ •4jpr 2 ^ > CO 2 CO * Z C/5 - Z JR ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVINOSHIIINS S3ldVd8Il LIB RAF CO Z C/5 IT C/5 q _ N^Qiiis^X o v _«, X^xiisy q irUliSNl^NVINOSHilWS^Sa I avy a n^LI BRAR I ES2SMITHSONIAN_!|NSTITUTION2NIOiXnil m x^yosv^x 2 05 IRARIES SMITHSONIAN- INSTITUTION W NOlinillSNI - NVIN0SH1IWS S3iaVaail LI B RAF CO 2 CO Z * WW" £ y/T" 5 inilX$NI_NVINO$Hims'"S3 I d Vd 0 n“LI B R AR I ES^SMITHSONIAN “INSTITUTION NOlinil z \ 4/5 5 oo — #/i 3JC4 iro7 h Sy^AtwC/ y^r /' ^ o r 0 03 - q 2 ' * -» 2 ^ 2 J R AR I ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS $3ldVd8 Z C Z r- z <$ m X^yoc^ CO £ co 2 — oo _ linillSNI NVINOSHlllAJS S3ldVd8il LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinil Z CO Z ..... CO Z _ CO •- 5 , „ ,-S 2 2 co YjPsjwy/ co "• co i t %% i 5 ^CL£i^ > 5 ^ > N^oia^x 2 > 3RAR I ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVINOSHIIWS^S 3 I d V d 8 IT 2 L I B R A F w 5 ^ ^ w = ,v co z O pv^ _ N^iiis^X O v ” x^juis^x o linillSNI^NVINOSHHWS S3 I a VB 8 IT ^Ll B R AR I ES2 SMITHSON I AN-* INSTITUTION 2 NO 110 II ^ ^ C > 2 f~ z r* z